As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 22, 2010

 
Registration No. 333 –                         

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 


FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 

 
Globus Maritime Limited
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
 
Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s Name into English)
 
Republic of the Marshall Islands
 
4412
 
Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation
or organization)
 
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
 
(I.R.S.  Employer Identification Number)


128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 3rd Floor
166 74 Glyfada
Athens, Greece
+30 210 960 8300
 (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP
1133 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
(212) 922-2200
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:
Antonios C. Backos, Esq.
Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP
1133 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
(212) 922-2200 (Phone)
(212) 922-1512 (Fax)
 

 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:   x
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered
 
Amount to be registered
   
Proposed Maximum Offering
Price per Unit (1)
   
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (1)
   
Amount of Registration Fee
 
Common Shares, par value $0.004 per share
   
6,117,389
    $
9.32
    $
57,014,065.49
    $
4,065.11
 
 
(1)
  Bona fide estimate pursuant to Rule 457(a) solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, the average of the high and low prices for the Registrant’s ordinary shares reported on the London Stock Exchange through the Alternative Investment Market on November 17, 2010, using an exchange rate of U.K. pounds sterling:U.S. dollar of 1.0:1.6.
 

 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 
 

 

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The selling shareholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state in which the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED NOVEMBER 22, 2010


This prospectus relates to offers and sales from time to time by the persons identified in this prospectus of up to 6,117,389 currently outstanding common shares, par value $0.004 per share, which we refer to as our common shares. We refer to each person that may sell shares under this prospectus as a selling shareholder. This prospectus does not cover the issuance of any of our common shares by us and we will receive no proceeds from the sale of any of our common shares by the selling shareholders.

Our common shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange through the Alternative Investment Market, or the AIM, under the symbol “GLBS.” Our common shares will be suspended from trading on the AIM on the effective date of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates, and will be delisted from the AIM the day after the effective date. Our common shares are not currently listed on any United States stock exchange, however our common shares have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “GLBS”, subject to effectiveness of such registration statement.

The offering price of our common shares by the selling shareholders using this prospectus to sell such shares will be $        per common share, based on the closing price of our common shares on November      , 2010, the day prior to such effective date, and an exchange rate of U.K. pounds sterling:U.S. dollar of 1.0:1.6, until our shares are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. Thereafter, the offering price of our common shares may be at prevailing market prices or at fixed or negotiated prices. The selling shareholders will receive all of the net proceeds from the sale of our common shares. We will pay all expenses incurred in connection with the registration of our common shares covered by this prospectus.

On July 29, 2010, we effected a four-for-one reverse split of our common shares. Unless otherwise noted, all historical share numbers and per share amounts in this prospectus have been adjusted to give effect to this reverse split.

Investing in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” on page 10 for information that should be considered by prospective investors.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
NO UNDERWRITER HAS BEEN ENGAGED TO FACILITATE THE SALE OF OUR COMMON SHARES PURSUANT TO THIS PROSPECTUS.

The date of this prospectus is               , 2010.

 
 

 

Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
1
THE OFFERING
 
4
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL & OPERATING DATA
 
5
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
9
RISK FACTORS
 
10
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
32
OUR DIVIDEND POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS
 
32
CAPITALIZATION
 
33
DILUTION
 
33
MARKET FOR OUR COMMON SHARES
 
33
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL & OPERATING DATA
 
35
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
39
THE DRY BULK INDUSTRY
 
63
BUSINESS
 
84
LOAN ARRANGEMENTS
 
101
MANAGEMENT
 
104
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
110
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
112
SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
113
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
 
119
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
120
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
122
REPUBLIC OF THE MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS
 
129
TAXATION
 
133
EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
144
LEGAL MATTERS
 
145
EXPERTS
 
145
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
145
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
 
145
GLOSSARY
 
146
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
F-1
 
 
 

 

Unless otherwise specified, the information in this prospectus is set forth as of the date of this prospectus, and we anticipate that changes in our affairs may occur after such date. We have not authorized any person to provide any information or to make any representations, other than as contained in this prospectus, in connection with the offer contained in this prospectus. If any person provides you any information or makes representations in connection with this offer, do not rely on it as information we have authorized. This prospectus is not an offer to sell our common shares in any state or other jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer.
 
 
 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
The following summary highlights selected information from this prospectus and may not contain all the information that is important to you. To understand our business and this offering fully, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the financial statements and the related notes beginning on page F-1. This prospectus contains forward-looking statements and information relating to Globus Maritime Limited. Please read “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements.”

Globus Maritime Limited is a holding company that redomiciled into the Republic of the Marshall Islands on November        , 2010. In this prospectus, the “Company,” “Globus,” “Globus Maritime,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Globus Maritime Limited and its subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires.

References to our common shares are references to Globus Maritime Limited’s common shares, par value $0.004 per share, or, as applicable, the ordinary shares of Globus Maritime Limited prior to our redomiciliation into the Marshall Islands. References to our Class B shares are references to Globus Maritime Limited’s Class B shares, par value $0.001 per share, none of which are currently outstanding. We refer to both our common shares and Class B shares as our shares. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “dollars” and “$” in this prospectus are to, and amounts are presented in, U.S. dollars. Certain financial information has been rounded, and, as a result, certain totals shown in this prospectus may not equal the arithmetic sum of the figures that should otherwise aggregate to those totals.

OUR COMPANY

We are an integrated dry bulk shipping company, which began operations in September 2006, providing marine transportation services on a worldwide basis. We own, operate and manage a fleet of dry bulk vessels that transport iron ore, coal, grain, steel products, cement, alumina and other dry bulk cargoes internationally. Following the conclusion of our initial public offering, which we refer to as our IPO, on June 1, 2007, our common shares were listed on the AIM under the ticker “GLBS.” As of November 19, 2010, our issued and outstanding capital stock consisted of 7,241,865 common shares.

We intend to grow our fleet through timely and selective acquisitions of modern vessels in a manner that we believe will provide an attractive return on equity and will be accretive to our earnings and cash flow based on anticipated market rates at the time of purchase. There is no guarantee however, that we will be able to find suitable vessels to purchase or that such vessels will provide an attractive return on equity or be accretive to our earnings and cash flow.

Our operations are managed by our Athens, Greece-based wholly owned subsidiary, Globus Shipmanagement Corp., which provides in-house commercial and technical management exclusively for our vessels. Globus Shipmanagement enters into a ship management agreement with each of our wholly owned vessel-owning subsidiaries to provide services that include managing day-to-day vessel operations.

OUR FLEET

The weighted average age of the vessels in our fleet as of September 30, 2010 was 3.7 years. The following table presents information concerning our vessels as of September 30, 2010.

Vessel
 
Year
Built
 
Vessel
Type
 
Carrying
Capacity
(dwt)
 
Charter
Type
 
Rate (per
day)(1)
   
Earliest Anticipated
Redelivery Date
 
m/v Tiara Globe
 
1998
 
Panamax
  72,928  
Time
  $
20,000
   
January 2012(2)
 
m/v River Globe
 
2007
 
Supramax
  53,627  
Spot
   
n/a
   
n/a
 
m/v Sky Globe
 
2009
 
Supramax
  56,785  
Spot
   
n/a
   
n/a
 
m/v Star Globe
 
2010
 
Supramax
  56,785  
Time
  $
22,000
   
April 2011
 
m/v Jin Star
 
2010
 
Kamsarmax
  79,788  
Bareboat
  $
14,250
   
January 2015
 
                               
Total:
  319,913                  
(1) This table shows gross rates and does not reflect any commissions payable.
(2) The time charter contains a provision that allows for redelivery plus or minus 15 days.
 
 
1

 

Our policy is to charter the majority of our vessels with durations of up to three years, while also employing a small number of our vessels on the spot market. We believe our chartering strategy provides cash flow stability and high utilization rates, while reducing our potential exposure to a market downturn, and at the same time exposing us to the potential revenues that can be generated on the spot market. We may, however, seek to employ a greater portion of our fleet on the spot market or on time charters with longer durations, should we believe it to be in our best interests. Two of the five vessels in our fleet are employed under fixed rate time charters with an average remaining life of 11.6 months as of September 30, 2010; one vessel is on a bareboat charter that is set to expire in January 2015, at the earliest; and two vessels operate on the spot market, although we evaluate opportunities to charter such vessels on a time charter basis. We continually monitor developments in the dry bulk shipping industry and, subject to market demand, will adjust the number of vessels on charters and the charter periods for our vessels according to market conditions.

LOAN ARRANGEMENTS

In November 2007, we entered into a $120.0 million secured reducing revolving credit facility with Credit Suisse, which we refer to as our credit facility. Our credit facility is available to us in connection with vessel acquisitions by our vessel-owning subsidiaries as well as for working capital purposes. Our credit facility has a remaining term of approximately five years. Our credit facility permits us to borrow funds up to the reducing facility limit which began at $120.0 million and which is reduced on “Reduction Dates” every six months (in May and November). Consequently, on every Reduction Date that the outstanding balance exceeds the applicable reduced facility limit, we must pay a principal installment to the bank to ensure that the outstanding balance remains at or below the applicable facility limit. We are not otherwise required to repay to the bank amounts less than the facility limit until November 2015. As of June 30, 2010, we had a $75.5 million outstanding balance under the credit facility, which was equal to the reduced facility limit. We therefore could not draw down any additional funds thereunder. The facility limit will be further reduced by $4.5 million in November 2010, on the Reduction Date, when we repay such amount to Credit Suisse. Our credit facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on the m/v Tiara Globe , m/v River Globe , m/v Sky Globe and m/v Star Globe .

In June 2010, Kelty Marine Ltd., our subsidiary that owns the m/v Jin Star , entered into a $26.7 million loan agreement with Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft and used funds provided thereunder to pay part of the purchase price for the vessel. We act as guarantor for this loan. We refer to this agreement as our loan agreement. The loan agreement is payable in 28 equal quarterly installments starting three months after the draw down of the funds, as well as a balloon payment due together with the final installment in June 2017. Interest on outstanding balances under our loan agreement is payable at LIBOR plus a variable margin. The loan agreement is secured by a first preferred mortgage on the m/v Jin Star , assignment of insurances, earnings and requisition compensation on the vessel and assignment of the bareboat charter. We paid a quarterly installment of $0.5 million in September 2010 and reduced the outstanding balance to $26.2 million. The next quarterly installment is due in December 2010.

DIVIDEND POLICY

After our common shares commence trading on Nasdaq, our dividend policy will be to pay a variable quarterly dividend in excess of 50% of the net income of the previous quarter subject to any reserves our board of directors may from time to time determine are required. We believe this policy maintains an appropriate level of dividend cover taking into account the likely effects of the shipping cycle and the need to retain cash to reinvest in vessel acquisitions. We expect to pay our first quarterly cash dividend in December 2010.

In calculating our dividend, we exclude any gain on the sale of vessels and any unrealized gains or losses on derivatives. The declaration and payment of any dividend is subject at all times to the discretion of our board of directors, which can also determine in the future whether any capital surpluses arising from vessel sales are included in the calculation of a dividend. Dividends will be paid in U.S. dollars equally on a per-share basis between our shares. We did not declare or pay dividends in 2009. In September 2010, we declared and paid a cash dividend of approximately US$0.11 (GB 7.3 pence) per outstanding common share. We refer you to “Our Dividend Policy and Restrictions on Dividends” for additional information regarding our dividend policy.

 
2

 

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Globus Maritime Limited is a holding company originally incorporated on July 26, 2006 pursuant to the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 (as amended), and redomiciled into the Marshall Islands on November          , 2010 pursuant to the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act. Because of the number of U.S. publicly traded shipping companies that are incorporated, formed or redomiciled in the Marshall Islands, we believe that a redomiciliation into the Marshall Islands would facilitate investors’ understanding of our company and corporate governance.

We own our vessels through separate wholly owned subsidiaries that are also incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Our wholly owned subsidiary, Globus Shipmanagement, is also incorporated in the Marshall Islands, and conducts our operations, including the technical and day-to-day commercial management of our vessels, in our offices in Athens, Greece. Our corporate office is located at the office of Globus Shipmanagement Corp., 128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 3rd Floor, 166 74 Glyfada, Athens, Greece. Our telephone number is +30 210 960 8300. We maintain our website at www.globusmaritime.gr. Information that will be available on or accessed through our website does not constitute part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.

 
3

 

THE OFFERING
 
Common shares offered by the selling shareholders
  6,117,389 
     
Common shares outstanding on November 19, 2010
 
7,241,865
     
Use of proceeds
 
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common shares by the selling shareholders.
     
Nasdaq symbol
 
GLBS
     
Plan of distribution
 
The offering is made by the selling shareholders named in this prospectus, to the extent they sell common shares. The offering price of our common shares by the selling shareholders using this prospectus to sell such shares will be $        per common share, based on the closing price of our common shares on November      , 2010, the day prior to such effective date, and an exchange rate of U.K. pounds sterling:U.S. dollar of 1.0:1.6, until our shares are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. Thereafter, the offering price of our common shares may be at prevailing market prices or at fixed or negotiated prices.
     
   
The offering will continue until the earlier of one year following the date our registration statement to which this prospectus relates is declared effective, and such time as all securities covered by such registration statement have been sold or may be sold without volume restrictions pursuant to Rule 144(e) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act.
     
Risk factors
 
Investments in our securities involve a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus. In particular, you should evaluate the information set forth in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 before deciding whether to purchase our common shares.
 
 
4

 

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL & OPERATING DATA
 
The following tables set forth our summary consolidated financial and operating data. The summary consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB. The summary consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 are derived from our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements. The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Results of operations in any period are not necessarily indicative of results in any future period.

   
Six Months Ended June 30,
(unaudited)
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
(Expressed in Thousands of U.S. Dollars, except per share data)
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Statements of comprehensive income data
                             
Time charter revenue
    11,618       26,540       52,812       98,597       40,960  
Voyage expenses
    (845 )     (2,070 )     (3,742 )     (6,674 )     (2,245 )
Vessel operating expenses
    (2,638 )     (5,678 )     (10,137 )     (12,537 )     (7,639 )
Depreciation
    (2,816 )     (6,989 )     (11,204 )     (17,407 )     (10,212 )
Depreciation of drydocking costs
    (260 )     (836 )     (1,512 )     (1,572 )     (1,033 )
Administrative expenses
    (1,005 )     (907 )     (2,004 )     (2,122 )     (1,292 )
Administrative expenses payable to related parties
    (518 )     (541 )     (1,272 )     (1,216 )     (1,377 )
Share-based payments
    (148 )     (1,542 )     (1,754 )     (770 )     (380 )
Impairment loss
    -       (18,826 )     (28,429 )     (20,224 )     -  
Gain/(loss) on sale of vessel
    7       -       (802 )     15,095       -  
Other (expenses)/income, net
    (31 )     (20 )     (106 )     408       (36 )
Operating profit/(loss) before financial activities
    3,364       (10,869 )     (8,150 )     51,578       16,746  
                                         
Interest income from bank balances & deposits
    223       488       1,032       946       577  
Interest expense and finance costs
    (977 )     (1,591 )     (2,926 )     (7,707 )     (5,596 )
(Loss) /gain on derivative financial instruments
    (564 )     309       143       (1,373 )     -  
Foreign exchange (losses)/gains, net
    (956 )     34       (178 )     (626 )     298  
Total loss from financial activities
    (2,274 )     (760 )     (1,929 )     (8,760 )     (4,721 )
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period/year
    1,090       (11,629 )     (10,079 )     42,818       12,025  
                                         
Attributable to:
                                       
Shareholders of Globus Maritime Limited
    1,090       (11,629 )     (10,079 )     42,818       11,210  
Non-controlling interest
    -       -       -       -       815  
      1,090       (11,629 )     (10,079 )     42,818       12,025  
Basic earnings/(loss) per share for the period/year
    0.151       (1.619 )     (1.401 )     5.978       1.885  
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share for the period/year
    0.151       (1.619 )     (1.401 )     5.771       1.885  
Adjusted EBITDA(1) (unaudited)
    6,433       15,782       33,797       75,686       27,991  
 
 
5

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA represents net earnings before interest and finance costs net, gains or losses from the change in fair value of derivative financial instruments, foreign exchange gains or losses, income taxes, depreciation, depreciation of drydocking costs, impairment and gains or losses from sale of vessels. Adjusted EBITDA does not represent and should not be considered as an alternative to total comprehensive income/(loss) or cash generated from operations, as determined by IFRS, and our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under IFRS.

Adjusted EBITDA is included herein because it is a basis upon which we assess our financial performance and because we believe that it presents useful information to investors regarding a company’s ability to service and/or incur indebtedness and it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry.

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under IFRS. Some of these limitations are:

 
Ø
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 
Ø
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 
Ø
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in or cash requirements for our working capital needs; and

 
Ø
other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of total comprehensive income/ (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited) for the periods presented:
 
   
Six Months Ended June 30, (unaudited)
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
(Expressed in Thousands of U.S. Dollars, except per share data)
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period/year
    1,090       (11,629 )     (10,079 )     42,818       12,025  
Interest and finance costs, net
    754       1,103       1,894       6,761       5,019  
Loss/(gain) on derivative financial instruments
    564       (309 )     (143 )     1,373       -  
Foreign exchange losses/(gains)
    956       (34 )     178       626       (298 )
Depreciation
    2,816       6,989       11,204       17,407       10,212  
Depreciation of drydocking costs
    260       836       1,512       1,572       1,033  
Loss/(gain) on sale of vessel
    (7 )     -       802       (15,095 )     -  
Impairment loss
    -       18,826       28,429       20,224       -  
Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)
    6,433       15,782       33,797       75,686       27,991  

 
6

 
 
   
Six Months Ended
June 30, (unaudited)
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
(Expressed in Thousands of U.S. Dollars)
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Statements of financial position data
                       
Total non-current assets
    196,216       93,204       216,075       273,781  
Total current assets (including “Non-current assets classified as held for sale”)
    24,372       94,366       68,371       11,719  
Total assets
    220,588       187,570       284,446       285,500  
Total equity
    114,696       113,458       121,783       96,677  
Total non-current liabilities
    90,828       36,218       79,735       157,069  
Total current liabilities
    15,064       37,894       82,928       31,754  
Total equity and liabilities
    220,588       187,570       284,446       285,500  

   
Six Months Ended June 30,
(unaudited)
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
(Expressed in Thousands of U.S. Dollars)
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Statements of cash flows data
                             
Net cash generated from operating activities
    5,870       16,926       33,566       70,383       30,248  
Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities
    (72,723 )     10,769       60,253       27,077       (183,044 )
Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities
    35,531       (26,693 )     (74,496 )     (72,857 )     159,770  
 
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Ownership days(1)
    538       1,267       2,314       2,878       2,017  
Available days(2)
    538       1,256       2,277       2,808       1,965  
Operating days(3)
    529       1,239       2,246       2,781       1,837  
Fleet utilization(4)
    98.3 %     98.7 %     98.6 %     99.0 %     93.5 %
Average number of vessels(5)
    3.0       7.0       6.3       7.9       5.5  
Daily time charter equivalent (TCE) rate(6)
  $ 20,060     $ 19,482     $ 21,550     $ 32,736     $ 19,702  
 
(1) Ownership days are the aggregate number of days in a period during which each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us.
(2) Available days are the number of our ownership days less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire due to scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades or special surveys and the aggregate amount of time that we spend positioning our vessels for employment.
(3) Operating days are the number of available days in a period less the aggregate number of days that the vessels are off-hire due to any reason, including unforeseen circumstances.
(4) We calculate fleet utilization by dividing the number of our operating days during a period by the number of our available days during the period.
(5) Average number of vessels is measured by the sum of the number of days each vessel was part of our fleet during a relevant period divided by the number of calendar days in such period.
(6) TCE rates are our voyage and time charter revenues less voyage expenses during a period divided by the number of our available days during the period excluding bareboat charter days and net revenue, which is consistent with industry standards. TCE is a measure not in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals, or GAAP. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

The following table reflects the calculation of our daily TCE rates for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009.

 
7

 
 
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
(unaudited)
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
(Expressed in Thousands of U.S. Dollars, except number of days and daily TCE rates)
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                               
Time charter revenue
  $ 11,618     $ 26,540     $ 52,812     $ 98,597     $ 40,960  
Less: Voyage expenses
  $ 845     $ 2,070     $ 3,742     $ 6,674     $ 2,245  
Less: bareboat charter net revenue
  $ 21       -       -       -       -  
Net revenue
  $ 10,752     $ 24,470     $ 49,070     $ 91,923     $ 38,715  
Available days net of bareboat charter days
    536       1,256       2,277       2,808       1,965  
Daily TCE rate
  $ 20,060     $ 19,482     $ 21,550     $ 32,736     $ 19,702  
 
 
8

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements and information within the meaning of U.S. securities laws. Forward-looking statements provide our current expectations or forecasts of future events. Forward-looking statements include statements about our expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, intentions, assumptions and other statements that are not historical facts or that are not present facts or conditions. Forward-looking statements and information can generally be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology or words, such as, “anticipate,” “approximately,” “believe,” “continue,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “intend,” “may,” “ongoing,” “pending,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “seeks,” “should,” “views,” or similar words or phrases or variations thereon, or the negatives of those words or phrases, or statements that events, conditions or results “can,” “will,” “may,” “must,” “would,” “could,” or “should” occur or be achieved and similar expressions in connection with any discussion, expectation or projection of future operating or financial performance, costs, regulations, events or trends. The absence of these words does not necessarily mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements and information are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions, which are inherently subject to uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all statements in this prospectus concerning or relating to estimated and projected earnings, margins, costs, expenses, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates, financial results and liquidity are forward-looking statements. In addition, we, through our senior management, from time to time may make forward-looking public statements concerning our expected future operations and performance and other developments. Such forward-looking statements are necessarily estimates reflecting our best judgment based upon current information and involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Other factors may affect the accuracy of these forward-looking statements and our actual results may differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements. While it is impossible to identify all such factors, factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated by us may include, but are not limited to, those factors and conditions described under “Risk Factors” as well as general conditions in the economy, dry bulk industry and capital markets. We undertake no obligation to revise any forward-looking statement to reflect circumstances or events after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events or new information, other than any obligation to disclose material information under applicable securities laws. Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this prospectus including, without limitation, in the sections entitled “Our Dividend Policy and Restrictions on Dividends,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “The Dry Bulk Industry” and “Business.”

 
9

 

RISK FACTORS
 
In addition to the other information presented in this prospectus, the following should be considered carefully in evaluating us and our business. This prospectus contains forward-looking statements and information within the meaning of U.S. securities laws that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements and information. Factors that may cause such a difference include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Some of the following risks relate principally to the industry in which we operate and our business in general. Other risks relate principally to the securities market and ownership of our common shares. The occurrence of any of the events described in this section could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition, operating results, ability pay dividends or the trading price of our common shares.

Risks relating to Our Industry

The seaborne transportation industry is cyclical and volatile.

The international seaborne transportation industry is both cyclical and volatile in terms of charter rates, vessel values and profitability. Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply and demand for energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products internationally carried at sea. For example, the degree of charter hire rate volatility among different types of dry bulk vessels has varied widely. After reaching historical highs in mid-2008, charter hire rates for Supramax and Panamax dry bulk vessels reached near historically low levels at the end of 2008, and have since recovered to some extent. Because from time to time we may charter some of our vessels pursuant to short-term time charters or on the spot market, we may be exposed to changes in spot market and short-term charter rates for dry bulk vessels and such changes may affect our earnings and the value of our dry bulk vessels at any given time. The supply of and demand for shipping capacity strongly influences freight rates. The factors affecting the supply and demand for vessels are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable.

Factors that influence demand for vessel capacity include:

 
Ø
supply and demand for energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products;

 
Ø
changes in the production of energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products;

 
Ø
the location of regional and global production and manufacturing facilities;

 
Ø
the location of consuming regions for energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products;

 
Ø
the globalization of production and manufacturing;

 
Ø
global and regional economic and political conditions;

 
Ø
developments in international trade;

 
Ø
changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, including the distance dry bulk cargo is transported by sea;

 
Ø
environmental and other regulatory developments;

 
10

 

 
Ø
currency exchange rates; and

 
Ø
weather.

Factors that influence the supply of vessel capacity include:

 
Ø
the number of newbuilding deliveries, which among other factors relates to the ability of shipyards to deliver newbuildings by contracted delivery dates and the ability of purchasers to finance such newbuildings;

 
Ø
the scrapping rate of older vessels;

 
Ø
vessel casualties;

 
Ø
the price of steel;

 
Ø
changes in environmental and other regulations that may limit the useful lives of vessels;

 
Ø
the number of vessels that are out of service; and

 
Ø
port or canal congestion.

We anticipate that the future demand for our dry bulk vessels and charter rates will be dependent upon continued economic growth in the world’s economies including China and India, seasonal and regional changes in demand and changes to the capacity of the global dry bulk vessel fleet and the sources and supply of dry bulk cargo to be transported by sea. Adverse economic, political, social or other developments could negatively impact charter rates and therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

The dry bulk vessel charter market remains significantly below its high in 2008.

The revenues, earnings and profitability of companies in our industry are affected by the charter rates that can be obtained in the market, which is volatile and has experienced significant declines since its highs in the middle of 2008. For example, the Baltic Dry Index, or BDI, declined from a high of 11,793 on May 20, 2008 to a low of 663 on December 5, 2008, which represents a decline of 94% within a single calendar year. The BDI fell over 70% during October 2008 alone. During 2009 and through the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, the BDI remained volatile, reaching in 2009 a low of 772 on January 5, 2009 and a high of 4,661 on November 19, 2009, and, in such six-month period ending June 30, 2010, reaching a high of 4,209 on May 26, 2010 and a low of 2,406 on June 30, 2010. We believe the decline and volatility in charter rates has been due to various factors, including the lack of trade financing for purchases of commodities carried by sea, which has resulted in declines in cargo shipments, and the excess supply of iron ore in China, which has resulted in falling iron ore prices and increased stockpiles in Chinese ports. The decline and volatility in charter rates in the dry bulk market also affects the value of our dry bulk vessels, which follows the trends of dry bulk charter rates, and earnings on our charters, and similarly affects our cash flows, liquidity and compliance with the covenants contained in our loan agreements.

There remains considerable instability in the world economy.

We expect that a significant number of the port calls we expect our vessels to make will likely involve the loading or discharging of raw materials in ports in the Asia Pacific region, particularly China. As a result, a negative change in economic conditions in any Asia Pacific country, particularly China, Japan and, to some extent, India, can have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations, as well as our future prospects, by reducing demand and, as a result, charter rates and affecting our ability to charter our vessels. In the recent past, China and India have had two of the world’s fastest growing economies in terms of gross domestic product and have been the main driving force behind increases in marine dry bulk trade and the demand for dry bulk vessels. If economic growth declines in China, Japan, India and other countries in the Asia Pacific region, we may face decreases in such dry bulk trade and demand. Moreover, a slowdown in the United States and Japanese economies or the economies of the European Union or certain Asian countries may adversely affect economic growth in China, India and elsewhere. Such an economic downturn in any of these countries could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

 
11

 

The international shipping industry and dry bulk market are highly competitive.

The shipping industry and dry bulk market are capital intensive and highly fragmented with many charterers, owners and operators of vessels and are characterized by intense competition. Competition arises primarily from other vessel owners, some of whom have substantially greater resources than we do. Although we believe that no single competitor has a dominant position in the markets in which we compete, the trend towards consolidation in the industry is creating an increasing number of global enterprises capable of competing in multiple markets, which may result in a greater competitive threat to us. Our competitors may be better positioned to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and employment of their businesses than we are. Competition for the transportation of cargo by sea is intense and depends on customer relationships, operating expertise, professional reputation, price, location, size, age, condition and the acceptability of the vessel and its operators to the charterers. Competition may increase in some or all of our principal markets, including with the entry of new competitors, who may operate larger fleets through consolidations or acquisitions and may be able to sustain lower charter rates and offer higher quality vessels than we are able to offer. We may not be able to continue to compete successfully or effectively with our competitors and our competitive position may be eroded in the future, which could have an adverse effect on our fleet utilization and, accordingly, business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

There may be changes in the economic and political environment in China and China may adopt policies to regulate its economy.

The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most countries belonging to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development in respects such as structure, government involvement, level of development, growth rate, capital reinvestment, allocation of resources, rate of inflation and balance of payments position. Prior to 1978, the Chinese economy was a planned economy. Since 1978, increasing emphasis has been placed on the utilization of market forces in the development of the Chinese economy. Annual and five year State Plans are adopted by the Chinese government in connection with the development of the economy. Although state-owned enterprises still account for a substantial portion of the Chinese industrial output, in general, the Chinese government is reducing the level of direct control that it exercises over the economy through State Plans and other measures. There is an increasing level of freedom and autonomy in areas such as allocation of resources, production, pricing and management and a gradual shift in emphasis to a “market economy” and enterprise reform. Limited price reforms were undertaken, with the result that prices for certain commodities are principally determined by market forces. Many of the reforms are unprecedented or experimental and may be subject to revision, change or abolition based upon the outcome of such experiments. We cannot assure you that the Chinese government will continue to pursue a policy of economic reform.

The level of imports to and exports from China could be adversely affected by changes to these economic reforms by the Chinese government, as well as by changes in political, economic and social conditions or other relevant policies of the Chinese government, such as changes in laws, regulations or export and import restrictions, all of which could, adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.

We depend on spot charters in volatile shipping markets.

We charter two of our five vessels on the spot charter market, and we may charter other vessels on the spot market in the future. Although dependence on spot charters is not unusual in the shipping industry, the spot charter market is highly competitive and spot charter rates may fluctuate significantly based upon available charters and the supply of and demand for seaborne shipping capacity. While our focus on the spot market may enable us to benefit if industry conditions strengthen, we must consistently procure spot charter business. Conversely, such dependence makes us vulnerable to declining market rates for spot charters and to the off-hire periods including ballast passages. Rates within the spot charter market are subject to volatile fluctuations while longer-term time charters provide income at pre-determined rates over more extended periods of time. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in keeping our vessels fully employed in these short-term markets or that future spot rates will be sufficient to enable the vessels to be operated profitably. A significant decrease in charter rates would affect value and adversely affect our profitability, cash flows and ability to pay dividends. We cannot give assurances that future available spot charters will enable us to operate our vessels profitably.

 
12

 

The dry bulk vessel capacity may be oversupplied.

The market supply of dry bulk vessels has been increasing as a result of the delivery of numerous newbuilding orders over the last few years. Newbuildings were delivered in significant numbers starting at the beginning of 2006 and continued to be delivered in significant numbers through 2007 and 2008. Furthermore, the number of dry bulk vessels on order is near historic highs. As of October 31, 2010, newbuilding orders had been placed for an aggregate of approximately 55.1%   of the then-existing global dry bulk fleet, according to Drewry Shipping Consultants Limited, which we refer to as Drewry, with deliveries expected mainly during the succeeding 36 months. We have also seen fewer vessels being scrapped at levels observed during the economic crisis. As a result, the dry bulk fleet remains an aged fleet that has not decreased in number. An oversupply of dry bulk vessel capacity, particularly during a period of economic recession, will likely result in a reduction of charter hire rates. If we cannot enter into charters on acceptable terms, we may have to secure charters on the spot market, where charter rates are more volatile and revenues are, therefore, less predictable, or we may not be able to charter our vessels at all. In addition, a material increase in the net supply of dry bulk vessel capacity without corresponding growth in dry bulk vessel demand could have a material adverse effect on our fleet utilization and our charter rates generally, and could, accordingly, materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

The market values of our vessels may decrease.

The market value of dry bulk vessels has generally experienced high volatility. The market prices for secondhand and newbuilding dry bulk vessels in the recent past have declined from historically high levels to low levels within a short period of time. The market value of our vessels may increase and decrease depending on a number of factors including:

 
Ø
prevailing level of charter rates;

 
Ø
general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry;

 
Ø
competition from other shipping companies;

 
Ø
configurations, sizes and ages of vessels;

 
Ø
supply and demand for vessels;

 
Ø
other modes of transportation;

 
Ø
cost of newbuildings;

 
Ø
governmental or other regulations; and

 
Ø
technological advances.

If the market value of our vessels declines, we may incur losses if we sell one or more of our vessels, we may not be in compliance with certain provisions of our credit facility and loan agreement and we may not be able to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing, all of which would adversely affect our business and financial condition. If we sell any vessel at a time when vessel prices have fallen and before we have recorded an impairment adjustment to our financial statements, the sale may be at less than the vessel’s depreciated book value in our financial statements, resulting in a loss and a reduction in earnings. If the market values of our vessels may decrease, we may breach covenants in our credit facility and loan agreement, and such decrease and its effects could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

 
13

 

Our revenues are subject to seasonal fluctuations.

Our fleet consists of dry bulk vessels that operate in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter rates. This seasonality may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results, which could affect the amount of dividends, if any, that we pay to our shareholders from quarter to quarter. The dry bulk sector is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere during the winter months. As a result, revenues from our dry bulk vessels not otherwise fixed on long term charters may be weaker during the quarters ended June 30 and September 30, and, conversely, we expect our revenues from our dry bulk vessels may be stronger in quarters ended December 31 and March 31. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling and supplies of certain commodities. This seasonality could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

Our industry is subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental regulations.

Our operations are subject to numerous laws and regulations in the form of international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and national and international regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. These requirements include but are not limited to: International U.S. Oil Pollution Act 1990, as amended, which we refer to as OPA; International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, which we refer to as SOLAS; International Convention on Load Lines, 1966; International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, Protocol 1978; International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, 2001; International Convention on Liability and Compensation for Damage in Connection with the Carriage of Hazardous and Noxious Substances by Sea, 1996; International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as amended in 2000, which we refer to as the CLC; International Convention on the Establishment of an International Fund for Compensation for Oil Pollution Damage, 1971; and Marine Transportation Security Act of 2002, which we refer to as the MTSA.

Government regulation of vessels, particularly in the area of environmental requirements, can be expected to become more stringent in the future and could require us to incur significant capital expenditures on our vessels to keep them in compliance, or even to scrap or sell certain vessels altogether. Compliance with such laws, regulations and standards, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or operational changes and may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. We may also incur additional costs in order to comply with other existing and future regulatory obligations, including, but not limited to, costs relating to air emissions, the management of ballast waters, maintenance and inspection, elimination of tin-based paint, development and implementation of emergency procedures and insurance coverage or other financial assurance of our ability to address pollution incidents. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends.

Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and which may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Because such conventions, laws and regulations are often revised, or the required additional measures for compliance are still under development, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with such conventions, laws and regulations or the impact thereof on the resale prices or useful lives of our vessels. We are also required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses, certificates and financial assurances with respect to our operations.

 
14

 

These requirements can also affect the resale prices or useful lives of our vessels or require reductions in capacity, vessel modifications or operational changes or restrictions. Failure to comply with these requirements could lead to decreased availability of or more costly insurance coverage for environmental matters or result in the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports, or detention in certain ports. Under local, national and foreign laws, as well as international treaties and conventions, we could incur material liabilities, including cleanup obligations and claims for natural resource, personal injury and property damages in the event that there is a release of petroleum or other hazardous materials from our vessels or otherwise in connection with our operations. Violations of, or liabilities under, environmental regulations can result in substantial penalties, fines and other sanctions, including, in certain instances, seizure or detention of our vessels. Events of this nature would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires shipowners, ship managers and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. The failure of a shipowner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject it to increased liability, may invalidate existing insurance or decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. As of the date of this document, each of our vessels is ISM Code-certified.

Dividends paid by us may not constitute qualified dividend income eligible for a preferential rate of United States federal income taxation.

Unless Congress passes a law to extend the 15% preferential rate of tax on qualified dividend income, the rate of tax on qualified dividend income will increase after December 31, 2010. There can be no assurance as to whether the preferential rate of tax will be available generally if we pay a dividend before December 31, 2010, and even if the preferential rate is extended whether it would apply to dividends paid by a non-U.S. corporation such as the Company. Legislation has been previously introduced in the U.S. Congress that would deny the preferential rate of U.S. federal income tax currently imposed on qualified dividend income in certain circumstances. Some of these proposals, if enacted, may disqualify dividends from a non-U.S. corporation for the 15% preferential rate of tax on qualified dividend income.

Capital expenditures and other costs necessary to operate and maintain our vessels may increase.

Changes in safety or other equipment standards, as well as compliance with standards imposed by maritime self-regulatory organizations and customer requirements or competition, may require us to make additional expenditures. In order to satisfy these requirements, we may, from time to time, be required to take our vessels out of service for extended periods of time, with corresponding losses of revenues. In the future, market conditions may not justify these expenditures or enable us to operate some or all of our vessels profitably during the remainder of their economic lives.

There are inherent operational risks in the seaborne transportation industry and the costs associated with these risks, such as drydocking for vessel repairs, may be substantial.

The operation of any vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, collision, fire, contact with floating objects, cargo or property loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, piracy, terrorist attacks, armed hostilities and labor strikes. Such occurrences could result in death or injury to persons, loss of property or environmental damage, delays in the delivery of cargo, loss of revenues from or termination of charter contracts, governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business, higher insurance rates and damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally. In the past, political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. In addition, there is always the possibility of a marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental damage.

If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydocking repairs are unpredictable and may be substantial. We may have to pay drydocking costs that our insurance does not cover in full. The loss of earnings while these vessels are being repaired and repositioned, as well as the actual cost of these repairs, would decrease our earnings. In addition, space at drydocking facilities is sometimes limited and not all drydocking facilities are conveniently located. We may be unable to find space at a suitable drydocking facility or our vessels may be forced to travel to a drydocking facility that is not conveniently located to our vessels’ positions. The loss of earnings while these vessels are forced to wait for space or to steam to more distant drydocking facilities would decrease our earnings.

 
15

 

Our insurance may not be adequate to cover our losses that may result from our operations due to the inherent operational risks of the seaborne transportation industry.

We carry insurance to protect us against most of the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business, including marine hull and machinery insurance, war risk insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which includes pollution risks, crew insurance and war risk insurance. However, we may not be adequately insured to cover losses from our operational risks, which could have a material adverse effect on us. Additionally, our insurers may refuse to pay particular claims and our insurance may be voidable by the insurers if we take, or fail to take, certain action, such as failing to maintain certification of our vessels with applicable maritime regulatory organizations. Any significant uninsured or underinsured loss or liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends. It may also result in protracted legal litigation. In addition, we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates in the future during adverse insurance market conditions. We maintain, for each of our vessels, pollution liability coverage insurance for $1.0 billion per event. If damages from a catastrophic spill exceed our insurance coverage, it would have a materially adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.

As a result of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, the U.S. response to the attacks and related concern regarding terrorism, insurers have increased premiums and reduced or restricted coverage for losses caused by terrorist acts generally. Accordingly, premiums payable for terrorist coverage have increased substantially and the level of terrorist coverage has been significantly reduced.

In addition, we do not currently carry and may not carry loss-of-hire insurance, which covers the loss of revenue during extended vessel offhire periods, such as those that occur during an unscheduled drydocking due to damage to the vessel from accidents. Accordingly, any loss of a vessel or extended vessel off-hire, due to an accident or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and our ability to pay dividends.

We may be subject to funding calls by our protection and indemnity clubs, and our clubs may not have enough resources to cover claims made against them.

We are indemnified for legal liabilities incurred while operating our vessels through membership of protection and indemnity, or P&I, associations, otherwise known as P&I clubs. P&I clubs are mutual insurance clubs whose members must contribute to cover losses sustained by other club members. The objective of a P&I club is to provide mutual insurance based on the aggregate tonnage of a member’s vessels entered into the club. Claims are paid through the aggregate premiums of all members of the club, although members remain subject to calls for additional funds if the aggregate premiums are insufficient to cover claims submitted to the club. Claims submitted to the club may include those incurred by members of the club, as well as claims submitted by other P&I clubs with which our club has entered into interclub agreements. We cannot assure you that the P&I club to which we belong will remain viable or that we will not become subject to additional funding calls which could adversely affect us.

There are increased inspection procedures, tighter import and export controls and new security regulations.

International shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin and destination and trans-shipment points. Inspection procedures can result in the seizure of the cargo and contents of our vessels, delays in the loading, offloading or delivery and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against us.

 
16

 

It is possible that changes to inspection procedures could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. Furthermore, changes to inspection procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo impractical. Any such changes or developments may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and our ability to pay dividends.

Rising fuel prices may adversely affect our profits.

While we currently have no charters under which we are bearing the cost of fuel (bunkers), fuel is a significant, if not the largest, expense if vessels are under voyage charter. Moreover, the cost of fuel will affect the profit we can earn on the spot market. Upon redelivery of vessels at the end of a time charter, we may be obliged to repurchase the fuel on board at prevailing market prices, which could be materially higher than fuel prices at the inception of the time charter period. As a result, an increase in the price of fuel may adversely affect our profitability. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical events, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce the profitability and competitiveness of our business versus other forms of transportation, such as truck or rail.

The operation of dry bulk vessels has certain unique operational risks.
 
The operation of certain vessel types, such as dry bulk vessels, has certain unique risks. With a dry bulk vessel, the cargo itself and its interaction with the vessel can be a risk factor. By their nature, dry bulk cargoes are often heavy, dense, easily shifted, and react badly to water exposure. In addition, dry bulk vessels are often subjected to battering during unloading operations with grabs, jackhammers (to pry encrusted cargoes out of the hold), and small bulldozers. This may cause damage to the vessel. Vessels damaged due to treatment during unloading procedures may be more susceptible to breach while at sea. Hull breaches in dry bulk vessels may lead to the flooding of the vessels holds. If a dry bulk vessel suffers flooding in its forward holds, the bulk cargo may become so dense and waterlogged that its pressure may buckle the vessels bulkheads leading to the loss of a vessel. If we are unable to adequately maintain our vessels we may be unable to prevent these events. Any of these circumstances or events could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends. In addition, the loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.

Maritime claimants could arrest our vessels, which would interrupt our business.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a vessel, or other assets of the relevant vessel-owning company, for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a claimant may seek to obtain security for its claim by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels, or other assets of the relevant vessel-owning company or companies, could cause us to default on a charter, breach covenants in our credit facility and loan agreement, interrupt our cash flow and require us to pay large sums of money to have the arrest or attachment lifted.

In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel which is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could attempt to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another of our vessels.

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency.

A government could requisition one or more of our vessels for title or for hire. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes the owner. Requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes the charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during a period of war or emergency, although governments may elect to requisition vessels in other circumstances. Even if we would be entitled to compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our vessels, the amount and timing of payment would be uncertain. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

 
17

 

World events could affect our results of operations and financial condition .

Terrorist attacks such as the attacks on the United States on September 11, 2001, in London on July 7, 2005 and in Mumbai on November 26, 2008 and the continuing response of the United States and others to these attacks, as well as the threat of future terrorist attacks in the United States or elsewhere, continues to cause uncertainty in the world’s financial markets and may affect our business, operating results and financial condition. The continuing presence of United States and other armed forces in Iraq and Afghanistan may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. In the past, political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism have also affected vessels. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our operating results, revenues, costs and ability to pay dividends.

Terrorist attacks on vessels, such as the October 2002 attack on the m.v. Limburg and the July 2010 alleged Al-Qaeda attack on the M. Star , both very large crude carriers not related to us, may in the future also negatively affect our operations and financial condition and directly impact our vessels or our customers. Future terrorist attacks could result in increased volatility and turmoil of the financial markets in the United States and globally. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our operating results, revenues, costs and ability to pay dividends.

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels have recently increased in frequency .

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea and in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Throughout 2008 and 2009, the frequency of piracy incidents has increased significantly, particularly in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. If these piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being characterized by insurers as “war risk” zones, as the Gulf of Aden temporarily was in May 2008, or Joint War Committee “war and strikes” listed areas, premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult or impossible to obtain. One of our vessels was previously the subject of an attempted piracy attack, but it was able to evade such attack without damage to the vessel or its crew. In addition, crew costs, including employing onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, detention hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost, or unavailability of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

Disruptions in world financial markets and the resulting governmental action in the United States and in other parts of the world could affect us .

The United States and other parts of the world are exhibiting deteriorating economic trends and have been in a recession. For example, the credit markets in the United States have experienced significant contraction, deleveraging and reduced liquidity, and the United States federal government and state governments have implemented and are considering a broad variety of governmental action and/or new regulation of the financial markets. Securities and futures markets and the credit markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and other requirements. The Securities and Exchange Commission, which we refer to as the SEC, other regulators, self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies, and may effect changes in law or interpretations of existing laws.

A number of financial institutions have experienced serious financial difficulties and, in some cases, have entered bankruptcy proceedings or are in regulatory enforcement actions. The uncertainty surrounding the future of the credit markets in the United States and the rest of the world has resulted in reduced access to credit worldwide. As of June 30, 2010 and September 30, 2010, we have total outstanding indebtedness of $102.2 million and $101.7 million, respectively, (of principal balance) under our credit facility and loan agreement.

 
18

 

We face risks attendant to changes in economic environments, changes in interest rates and instability in the banking and securities markets around the world, among other factors. Major market disruptions and the current adverse changes in market conditions and regulatory climate in the United States and worldwide may adversely affect our business or impair our ability to borrow amounts under our credit facility or any future financial arrangements. We cannot predict how long the current market conditions will last. However, these recent and developing economic and governmental factors, together with the concurrent decline in charter rates and vessel values, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and ability to pay dividends.

Compliance with safety and other vessel requirements imposed by classification societies may be costly.

The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be certified as safe and seaworthy in accordance with applicable rules and regulations, and accordingly vessels must undergo regular surveys. If any vessel does not maintain its class and/or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey or special survey, the vessel will be unable to trade between ports and will be unemployable and we would be in violation of certain covenants in our credit facility and loan agreement. This would also negatively impact our revenues. All of the vessels that we operate are classed by the major classification societies, including Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (Class NK), American Bureau of Shipping and Germanischer Lloyd.

Vessels must undergo annual surveys, immediate surveys and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed over a five-year period. Our vessels are on special survey cycles for hull inspection and continuous survey cycles for machinery inspection. Every vessel is also required to be drydocked every two to three years for inspection of its underwater parts.

If any vessel does not maintain its class and/or fails any annual, intermediate or special survey, the vessel may be unable to trade between ports and may be unemployable which could trigger the violation of certain covenants in our credit facility and loan agreement. Such an occurrence could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

We expect that a limited number of financial institutions will hold our cash including financial institutions that may be located in Greece.

We expect that a limited number of financial institutions, including institutions that may be located in Greece, will hold all of our cash. Our bank accounts are with banks in Switzerland, Germany, Jersey and Greece. Of these financial institutions located in Greece, some are subsidiaries of international banks and others are Greek financial institutions. We do not expect that these balances will be covered by insurance in the event of default by these financial institutions. The occurrence of such a default could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and we may lose part or all of our cash that we deposit with such banks.

The smuggling of drugs or other contraband onto our vessels may lead to governmental claims against us.

We expect that our vessels will call at ports where smugglers may attempt to hide drugs and other contraband on vessels, with or without the knowledge of crew members. To the extent that our vessels are found with contraband, whether inside or attached to the hull of our vessel, and whether with or without the knowledge of any of our crew, we may face governmental or other regulatory claims that could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.

 
19

 

Risks relating to Globus

We may be unable to attract and retain key management personnel and other employees in the shipping industry.

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of our management team, and in particular on the experience, abilities, business relationships and efforts of our chief executive officer and co-founder, George Karageorgiou. Although we have entered into employment agreements in relation to the services of Mr. Karageorgiou and our chief financial officer, Elias Deftereos, and other members of our senior management, there is no guarantee that such agreements will not be terminated or honored. Our success will depend upon our ability to hire and retain key members of our management team and to hire new members as may be necessary. The loss of any of these individuals, in particular Mr. Karageorgiou, could adversely affect our business prospects and financial condition. Difficulty in hiring and retaining replacement personnel could have a similar effect. We do not intend to maintain “key man” life insurance for any of our senior management.

Labor interruptions could disrupt our business.

Our vessels are manned by masters, officers and crews (totaling approximately 90 as of September 30, 2010). Seafarers employed on the vessels in our fleet are covered by industry-wide collective bargaining agreements that set basic standards. Any labor interruptions or employment disagreements with our crew members could disrupt our operations and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends. We cannot assure you that collective bargaining agreements will prevent labor interruptions.

As we expand our business, we may need to improve our operating and financial systems and will need to recruit suitable employees and crew for our vessels.

Our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we implement our plans to expand the size of our fleet, and our attempts to improve those systems may be ineffective. In addition, as we seek to expand our internal technical management capabilities and our fleet, we or our crewing agents may need to recruit suitable additional seafarers and shore based administrative and management personnel. We cannot guarantee that we or our crewing agents will be able to hire suitable employees or a sufficient number of employees as we expand our fleet. If we or our crewing agent encounter business or financial difficulties, we may not be able to adequately staff our vessels. If we are unable to develop and maintain effective financial and operating systems or to recruit suitable employees as we expand our fleet, our financial performance may be adversely affected and, among other things, the amount of cash available for distribution as dividends to our shareholders may be reduced or eliminated.

Recently, the limited supply of and increased demand for well-qualified crew, due to the increase in the size of the global shipping fleet, has created upward pressure on crewing costs, which we generally bear under our time and spot charters. Increases in crew costs may adversely affect our profitability.

We may be unable to successfully employ our vessels on long-term time charters or take advantage of favorable opportunities involving short-term or spot market charter rates.

Our strategy involves employing our vessels primarily on time charters generally with durations of between three months and three years. As of September 30, 2010, three of our dry bulk vessels were employed on time and bareboat charters with remaining terms of 25 months on average (based on earliest charter expiration dates). Although time charters with durations of between one to three years provide relatively steady streams of revenue, our vessels committed to such charters may not be available for rechartering or for spot market voyages when such employment would allow us to realize the benefits of comparably more favorable charter rates. In addition, in the future, we may not be able to enter into new time charters on favorable terms. The market is volatile, and in the past charter rates have declined below operating costs of vessels. If we are required to enter into a charter when charter rates are low, employ our vessels on the spot market during periods when charter rates have fallen or we are unable to take advantage of short-term opportunities on the spot or charter market, our earnings and profitability could be adversely affected. We cannot assure you that future charter rates will enable us to operate our vessels profitably or to pay dividends, or both.

 
20

 

Our charterers may renegotiate or default on their charters.

Our charters provide the charterer the right to terminate the charter on the occurrence of stated events or the existence of specified conditions. In addition, the ability of each of our charterers to perform its obligations under a charter will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control. These factors may include general economic conditions, the condition of the dry bulk shipping industry and the overall financial condition of the counterparties. The costs and delays associated with the default of a charterer of a vessel may be considerable and may adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.

In the recent depressed dry bulk market conditions, there have been numerous reports of charterers renegotiating their charters or defaulting on their obligations thereunder. If our current charterers or a future charterer defaults on a charter, we will seek the remedies available to us, which may include arbitration or litigation to enforce the contract, although such efforts may not be successful. We cannot predict whether our charterers will, upon the expiration of their charters, recharter our vessels on favorable terms or at all. If our charterers decide not to recharter our vessels, we may not be able to recharter them on terms similar to the terms of our current charters or at all. In the future, we may also employ our dry bulk vessels on the spot charter market, which is subject to greater rate fluctuation than the time charter market. If we receive lower charter rates under replacement charters or are unable to recharter all of our vessels, this may adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.

The aging of our fleet may result in increased operating costs in the future.

In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition increases with the age of the vessel. As of September 30, 2010, the weighted average age of the vessels in our current fleet was 3.7 years. As our fleet ages, we will incur increased costs. Older vessels are typically less fuel efficient and more costly to maintain than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine technology. Cargo insurance rates, paid by charterers, increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations, safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage. We cannot assure you that, as our vessels age, further market conditions will justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

We may have difficulty managing our planned growth properly.

Any future acquisitions of additional vessels will impose additional responsibilities on our management and staff and may require us to increase the number of our personnel. In the event of a future acquisition of additional vessels, we will also have to increase our customer base to provide continued employment for the new vessels.

We intend to continue to grow our business through disciplined acquisitions of secondhand vessels that meet our selection criteria and newly-built vessels if we can negotiate attractive purchase prices. Our future growth will primarily depend on:

 
Ø
locating and acquiring suitable vessels;

 
Ø
identifying and consummating acquisitions;

 
Ø
enhancing our customer base;

 
21

 

 
Ø
managing our expansion; and

 
Ø
obtaining required financing on acceptable terms.

A delay in the delivery to us of any such vessel, or the failure of the shipyard to deliver a vessel at all, could cause us to breach our obligations under a related charter and could adversely affect our earnings. In addition, the delivery of any of these vessels with substantial defects could have similar consequences. A shipyard could fail to deliver a newbuilding on time or at all because of:

 
Ø
work stoppages or other hostilities or political or economic disturbances that disrupt the operations of the shipyard;

 
Ø
quality or engineering problems;

 
Ø
bankruptcy or other financial crisis of the shipyard;

 
Ø
a backlog of orders at the shipyard;

 
Ø
weather interference or catastrophic events, such as major earthquakes or fires;

 
Ø
our requests for changes to the original vessel specifications or disputes with the shipyard;

Ø
shortages of or delays in the receipt of necessary construction materials, such as steel; or

Ø
shortages of or delays in the receipt of necessary equipment, such as main engines, electricity generators and propellers.

In addition, if we enter a newbuilding or secondhand contract in the future, we may seek to terminate the contract due to market conditions, financing limitations or other reasons. The outcome of contract termination negotiations may require us to forego deposits on construction or purchase and pay additional cancellation fees. In addition, where we have already arranged a future charter with respect to the terminated newbuilding contract, we would need to provide an acceptable substitute vessel to the charterer to avoid breaching our charter agreement.

During periods in which charter rates are high, vessel values generally are high as well, and it may be difficult to consummate vessel acquisitions or enter into newbuilding contracts at favorable prices. During periods when charter rates are low, we may be unable to fund the acquisition of newbuildings, whether through lending or cash on hand. For these reasons, we may be unable to execute our growth plans or avoid significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth efforts.

Growing any business by acquisition presents numerous risks, such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations, the possibility that indemnification agreements will be unenforceable or insufficient to cover potential losses and difficulties associated with imposing common standards, controls, procedures and policies, obtaining additional qualified personnel, managing relationships with customers and integrating newly acquired assets and operations into existing infrastructure. We cannot give any assurance that we will be successful in executing our growth plans or that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth.

Possible new legislative or regulatory changes in Greece may adversely affect our results from operations.

Globus Shipmanagement, our ship management subsidiary regulated under Greek Law 89/67, conducts its operations and those on our behalf primarily in Greece. Greece has been implementing new legislative measures to address its recent financial difficulties, several of which as a response from oversight by the International Monetary Fund and by European regulatory bodies such as the European Central bank. Such legislative actions may impose new regulations on our operations in Greece that will require us to incur new or additional compliance or other administrative costs and may require that Globus Shipmanagement or we pay to the Greek government new taxes or other fees. Any such taxes, fees or costs we incur could be in amounts that are significantly greater than those in the past and could adversely affect our results from operations.

 
22

 

Purchasing and operating secondhand vessels may result in increased operating costs and reduced fleet utilization.

While we have the right to inspect previously owned vessels prior to our purchase of them, such an inspection does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition that we would have if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us. A secondhand vessel may have conditions or defects that we are not aware of when we buy the vessel and which may require us to incur costly repairs to the vessel. These repairs may require us to put a vessel into drydocking, which would reduce our fleet utilization. Furthermore, we usually do not receive the benefit of warranties on secondhand vessels.

The declaration and payment of dividends will depend on a number of factors and will always be subject to the discretion of our board of directors.

There can be no assurance that dividends will be paid in any anticipated amounts and frequency at all. Our policy is to declare and pay a variable quarterly dividend in excess of 50% of the net income of the previous quarter subject to any reserves our board of directors may from time to time determine are required. However, we may incur other expenses or liabilities that would reduce or eliminate the cash available for distribution as dividends, including as a result of the risks described in this section of the document. Our credit facility and loan agreement also prohibit our declaration and payment of dividends under some circumstances. Under each of our credit facility and loan agreement we will be prohibited from paying dividends if an event of default has occurred or any event has occurred or circumstance arisen which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or the satisfaction of any other condition would constitute an event of default under our credit facility and loan agreement. Please read “Loan Arrangements” for further details. We may also enter into new financing or other agreements that will restrict our ability to pay dividends.

In addition, the declaration and payment of dividends will be subject at all times to the discretion of our board of directors, and will be paid equally on a per-share basis between our common shares and our Class B shares. We can provide no assurance that dividends will be paid in the future.

There may be a high degree of variability from period to period in the amount of cash, if any, that is available for the payment of dividends based upon, among other things:

 
Ø
the rates we obtain from our charters as well as the rates obtained upon the expiration of our existing charters;

 
Ø
the level of our operating costs;

 
Ø
the number of unscheduled off-hire days and the timing of, and number of days required for, scheduled drydocking of our vessels;

 
Ø
vessel acquisitions and related financings;

 
Ø
restrictions in our credit facility and loan agreement and in any future debt arrangements;

 
Ø
our ability to obtain debt and equity financing on acceptable terms as contemplated by our growth strategy;

 
Ø
prevailing global and regional economic and political conditions;

 
Ø
the effect of governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards on the conduct of our business;

 
23

 

 
Ø
our overall financial condition;

 
Ø
our cash requirements and availability;

 
Ø
the amount of cash reserves established by our board of directors; and

Ø
restrictions under Marshall Islands law.

Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus or net profits, or while a company is insolvent or would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend. We may not have sufficient funds, surplus or net profits to make distributions available to us.

We may incur expenses or liabilities or be subject to other circumstances in the future that reduce or eliminate the amount of cash that we have available for distribution as dividends, if any. Our growth strategy contemplates that we will finance the acquisition of our newbuildings or selective acquisitions of vessels through a combination of our operating cash flow and debt financing through our subsidiaries or equity financing. If financing is not available to us on acceptable terms, our board of directors may decide to finance or refinance acquisitions with a greater percentage of cash from operations to the extent available, which would reduce or even eliminate the amount of cash available for the payment of dividends. We may also enter into other agreements that will restrict our ability to pay dividends.

The amount of cash we generate from our operations may differ materially from our net income or loss for the period, which will be affected by non-cash items. We may incur other expenses or liabilities that could reduce or eliminate the cash available for distribution as dividends. As a result of these and the other factors mentioned above, we may pay dividends during periods when we record losses and may not pay dividends during periods when we record net income, if we pay dividends at all.

We are a holding company, and we will depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations or to make dividend payments.

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries, which are all directly wholly owned by us, will conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our wholly owned subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to make dividend payments depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, our board of directors may exercise its discretion not to declare or pay dividends. We and our subsidiaries will be permitted to pay dividends under our credit facility and loan agreement only for so long as no event of default has occurred and no event has occurred or circumstance arisen which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or the satisfaction of any other condition would constitute an event of default under the loan facility. In addition, our subsidiaries are subject to limitations on the payment of dividends under Marshall Islands law.

Management may be unable to provide reports as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm may be unable to provide us with unqualified attestation reports as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

Under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which we refer to as Sarbanes-Oxley, after we file our annual report on Form 20-F for our next fiscal year, we will be required to include in each of our subsequent future annual reports on Form 20-F a report containing our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a related attestation of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our manager, Globus Shipmanagement, will provide substantially all of our financial reporting, and we will depend on the procedures it has in place. If, in such future annual reports on Form 20-F, our management cannot provide a report as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified attestation report as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as required by Section 404, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could result in a decrease in the value of our common shares.

 
24

 

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company in the United States.
 
When we become a public company in the United States, we anticipate that we will incur costs associated with corporate governance requirements, including requirements under Sarbanes-Oxley as well as new rules implemented by the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., including, in particular, the need to establish an enhanced system of internal controls over financial reporting. These rules and regulations may increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and may make certain corporate activities more time-consuming and costly above the costs and time spent while we were listed on the AIM. We also expect these new rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs or the impact such costs may have on our results of operations, profitability, cash flows and ability to pay dividends.

Unless we set aside reserves or are able to borrow funds for vessel replacement, at the end of a vessel’s useful life our revenues will decline.

As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, the vessels in our current fleet had a weighted average age of 10.5 and 3.7 years, respectively. Unless we maintain reserves or are able to borrow or raise funds for vessel replacement, we will be unable to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their remaining useful lives, which we expect to be 25 years from   the date of their construction. Our cash flows and income are dependent on the revenues earned by the chartering of our vessels to customers. If we are unable to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their useful lives, our business, results of operations, financial condition and ability to pay dividends will be materially adversely affected. Any reserves set aside for vessel replacement may not be available for dividends.

Investments in derivative instruments such as forward freight agreements could result in losses.

From time to time, we may take positions in derivative instruments including forward freight agreements, or FFAs. FFAs and other derivative instruments may be used to hedge a vessel owner’s exposure to the charter market by providing for the sale of a contracted charter rate along a specified route and period of time. Upon settlement, if the contracted charter rate is less than the average of the rates, as reported by an identified index, for the specified route and time period, the seller of the FFA is required to pay the buyer an amount equal to the difference between the contracted rate and the settlement rate, multiplied by the number of days in the specified period. Conversely, if the contracted rate is greater than the settlement rate, the buyer is required to pay the seller the settlement sum. If we take positions in FFAs or other derivative instruments and do not correctly anticipate charter rate movements over the specified route and time period, we could suffer losses in the settling or termination of the FFA. This could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flow and ability to pay dividends.

We depend upon a few significant customers for a large part of our revenues.

We derive a significant part of our revenue from a small number of customers. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we derived substantially all of our revenues from approximately 25   customers and a majority of our revenues from two customers, neither of which is currently a customer that time charters or bareboat charters our vessels. If one or more of our customers that contribute to a significant part of our revenues is unable to perform under a charter with us and we are not able to find a replacement charter, or if such a customer exercises certain rights to terminate the charter, we could suffer a loss of revenues that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash available for distribution as dividends to our shareholders.

 
25

 

We could lose a customer or the benefits of a time charter if, among other things:

 
Ø
the customer fails to make charter payments because of its financial inability, disagreements with us or otherwise;

 
Ø
the customer terminates the charter because of our non-performance, including failure fail to deliver the vessel within a fixed period of time, the vessel is lost or damaged beyond repair, serious deficiencies in the vessel, prolonged periods of off-hire or our default under the charter; or

 
Ø
the customer terminates the charter because the vessel has been subject to seizure for more than 30 days.

If we lose a key customer, we may be unable to obtain charters on comparable terms with charterers of comparable standing or we may have increased exposure to the volatile spot market, which is highly competitive and subject to significant price fluctuations. We would not receive any revenues from such a vessel while it remained unchartered, but we may be required to pay expenses necessary to maintain the vessel in proper operating condition, insure it and service any indebtedness secured by such vessel. The loss of any of our customers, time charters or vessels or a decline in payments under our charters could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to borrow amounts under our existing credit facility or future debt arrangements and restrictive covenants in our credit facility and loan agreement may impose financial and other restrictions on us.

Our credit facility and loan agreement impose operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions may limit our ability to, among other things:

 
Ø
create or permit liens on our assets;

 
Ø
engage in mergers or consolidations;

 
Ø
change the flag or classification society of our vessels;

 
Ø
pay dividends; and

 
Ø
change the management of our vessels.

These restrictions could limit our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs, make acquisitions or pursue available business opportunities. In addition, our credit facility and loan agreement will require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy financial covenants, some of which are based upon the market value of our fleet. If the market value of our fleet declines sharply, we may not be in compliance with certain provisions of our credit facility and loan agreement and we may not be able to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing. We expect that the market value of our fleet will be above the minimum market values required by our credit facility and loan agreement. However, should our time charter rate or vessel values materially decline in the future due to any of the reasons discussed in the risk factors set forth above or otherwise, we may be required to take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives to meet these ratios and satisfy these provisions.

Events beyond our control, including changes in the economic and business conditions in the shipping sectors in which we operate, may affect our ability to comply with these covenants. We cannot assure you that we will satisfy this requirement or that our lenders will waive any failure to do so.

A breach of any of the covenants in, or our inability to maintain the required financial ratios under, our credit facility would prevent us from borrowing additional money under this facility and could result in a default under our credit facility. If a default occurs under our credit facility or loan agreement, the respective lender could elect to declare the outstanding debt, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against the collateral securing that debt, which could constitute all or substantially all of our assets.

 
26

 

Therefore, our discretion is limited because we may need to obtain consent from our lenders in order to engage in certain corporate actions. Our lenders’ interests may be different from ours, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain our lenders’ consent when needed. This may limit our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders, finance our future operations or pursue business opportunities.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any indebtedness incurred under our credit facility and loan agreement or obtain additional debt financing.

We may finance future fleet expansion with additional secured indebtedness. While we may refinance amounts drawn under our credit facility and loan agreement or secure new debt facilities with the net proceeds of future debt and equity offerings, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so at an interest rate or on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering, including the actual or perceived credit quality of our charterers and the market value of our fleet, as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions, weakness in the financial markets and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Significant contraction, de-leveraging and reduced liquidity in credit markets worldwide is reducing the availability and increasing the cost of credit.

If we are not able to refinance our current credit facility and loan agreement or obtain new debt financing on terms acceptable to us, we will have to dedicate a portion of our cash flow from operations to pay the principal and interest of this indebtedness. If we are not able to satisfy these obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans. In addition, debt service payments under our credit facility and loan agreement or alternative financing may limit funds otherwise available for working capital, capital expenditures, the payment of dividends and other purposes. Our inability to obtain additional or replacement financing at anticipated costs or at all may materially affect our results of operation, our ability to implement our business strategy and our payment of dividends.

The superior voting rights of our Class B shares, when issued, may limit our common shareholders’ ability to influence corporate matters.

Under our articles of incorporation following our redomiciliation into the Marshall Islands, our Class B shares will have 20 votes per share, and our common shares will have one vote per share. We currently have no Class B shares outstanding, although we intend to issue in December 2010 or in 2011 a special stock dividend of Class B shares to the holders of our common shares in a ratio of one Class B share for every number of common shares owned that we will determine in the future in connection with such dividend. We plan to issue this special stock dividend to protect the voting power of the current shareholders against future dilutions in the case of additional equity issuances.

Even after we issue or otherwise sell additional common shares after we issue Class B shares, holders of our Class B shares, depending on the number, may have substantial control and influence over our management and affairs and over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. It is possible that, because of this dual class stock structure, holders of our Class B shares will be able to control all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval even though they may own significantly less than 50% of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of our common shares and Class B shares. This potential concentrated control could limit our common shareholders’ ability to influence corporate matters and, as a result, we may take actions that our common shareholders do not view as beneficial. As a result, the market price of our common shares could be adversely affected.

 
27

 

Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws may have anti-takeover effects.

Several provisions of our articles of incorporation following our redomiciliation into the Marshall Islands, which are summarized below, may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire our company. However, these anti-takeover provisions could also discourage, delay or prevent the merger or acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that a shareholder may consider in its best interest and the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Dual Class Stock . Our dual class stock structure, which consists of common shares and Class B shares, can provide holders of our Class B shares a significant degree of control over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets.

Blank Check Preferred Shares . Under the terms of our articles of incorporation, our board of directors will have authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue up to 100 million shares of “blank check” preferred shares. Our board could authorize the issuance of preferred shares with voting or conversion rights that could dilute the voting power or rights of the holders of common shares. The issuance of preferred shares, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us or the removal of our management and may harm the market price of our common shares. We intend to issue one preferred share to Mr. Feidakis or his affiliate that will provide the holder with the ability to appoint any one person to be a director, who may also be the chairman of our board of directors, for so long as such holder and his or its affiliates also hold in the aggregate at least 30% of the voting power of our shares. Such preferred share will have no voting or dividend rights.

Classified Board of Directors . Our articles of incorporation provide for the division of our board of directors into three classes of directors, with each class as nearly equal in number as possible, serving staggered, three-year terms beginning upon the expiration of the initial term for each class. Approximately one-third of our board of directors is elected each year. This classified board provision could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of us. It could also delay shareholders who do not agree with the policies of our board of directors from removing a majority of our board of directors for up to two years.

Election of Directors . Our articles of incorporation do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Our bylaws require parties, other than the chairman of the board of directors, board of directors and shareholders holding 30% or more of the voting power of the aggregate number of our shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, to provide advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations . Our bylaws provide that shareholders, other than shareholders holding 30% or more of the voting power of the aggregate number of our shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary. Generally, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 150 days or more than 180 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions may impede a shareholder’s ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of shareholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of shareholders.

We may issue additional securities in the future.

The market price of our common shares could decline due to sales of a large number of our securities in the market, including sales of shares by our large shareholders, or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales could also make it more difficult or impossible for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate to raise funds through future offerings of shares.

 
28

 

We are subject to risk relating to exchange rate fluctuations as we generate revenues from the trading of our vessels in U.S. dollars but incur a portion of our expenses in other currencies.

We generate substantially all of our revenues from the trading of our vessels in U.S. dollars, but in 2009 we incurred approximately 13% of our vessel operating expenses, and certain administrative expenses, in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. This difference could lead to fluctuations in net profit due to changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the other currencies. Expenses incurred in foreign currencies against which the U.S. dollar falls in value can increase, decreasing our revenues. We have not hedged our currency exposure, and, as a result, our results of operations and financial condition, denominated in U.S. dollars, and our ability to pay dividends could suffer.

Increases in interest rates may cause the market price of our shares to decline.

An increase in interest rates may cause a corresponding decline in demand for equity investments in general. Any such increase in interest rates or reduction in demand for our shares resulting from other relatively more attractive investment opportunities may cause the trading price of our shares to decline.

There is no guarantee that an active and liquid public market will be maintained or develop for you to resell our common shares in the United States, or that our common share price, once listed, will not decrease.

Prior to this offering, our common shares traded on the AIM. Our common shares will be suspended from trading on the AIM on the effective date of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates, and will be delisted from the AIM the day after the effective date. Although our common shares have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, subject to effectiveness of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates, a liquid trading market for our common shares may not develop in the United States. If an active, liquid trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common shares purchased by you. Moreover, our selling shareholders may determine to sell their common shares as soon as such common shares are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market causing the market price of our common shares to decline.

We or our vessel-owning subsidiaries may have to pay tax on United States source shipping income.

Under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, 50% of the gross shipping income of a vessel-owning or chartering company that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States is characterized as United States source shipping income and such income is subject to a 4% United States federal income tax without allowance for deductions, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under section 883 of the Code and the United States Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, which we refer to as the Section 883 Exemption. For the taxable year that includes the date of this prospectus, we expect that each of our vessel-owning subsidiaries should qualify for the Section 883 Exemption based on the beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the value of its shares by a qualifying shareholder, assuming that such shareholder meets all of the substantiation and reporting requirements under Section 883 of the Code and the United States Treasury regulations thereunder for such taxable year. However, the eligibility of our vessel-owning subsidiaries to qualify for the Section 883 Exemption is determined each taxable year and is dependent on certain circumstances related to the ownership of our shares and on interpretations of existing United States Treasury regulations, each of which could change. We can therefore give no assurance that our vessel-owning subsidiaries will in fact be eligible to qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for all future taxable years. In addition, changes to the Code, the United States Treasury regulations or the interpretation thereof by the United States Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, or the courts could adversely affect the ability of our subsidiaries to take advantage of the Section 883 Exemption.

If our subsidiaries are not entitled to the Section 883 Exemption for any taxable year, our subsidiaries would be subject to a 4% United States federal income tax on any U.S.-source shipping income for the year (or an effective rate of 2% on shipping income attributable to the transportation of freight to or from the United States). The imposition of this taxation could have a negative effect on our business and the business of our subsidiaries and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our shareholders.

 
29

 

For a more complete discussion, please read the section entitled “Taxation—United States Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Taxation of the Company.”

United States tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company.”

A foreign corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income” or at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.”

U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC, and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC, unless those shareholders make an election available under the Code (which election could itself have adverse consequences for such shareholders). In particular, U.S. holders who are individuals would not be eligible for the 15% tax rate on qualified dividends that is in effect through December 31, 2010 (and possibly thereafter if Congress enacts legislation to extend the qualified dividend tax rate). Please read “Taxation—United States Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders” for a more comprehensive discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

Based on our current operations and anticipated future operations, we believe that Globus Maritime Limited will not be treated as a PFIC. In this regard, we intend to treat gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering activities as services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, we believe that our income from our time chartering activities should not constitute “passive income,” and that the assets we own and operate in connection with the production of that income do not constitute passive assets.

There are legal uncertainties involved in this determination, because there is no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our current and projected future operations. Moreover, a recent case by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit held that, contrary to the position of the IRS in that case, and for purposes of a different set of rules under the Code, income received under a time charter of vessels should be treated as rental income rather than services income. If the reasoning of this case were extended to the PFIC context, the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering activities would be treated as rental income, and we would probably be a PFIC. Although the IRS has recently announced that it will not follow the reasoning of this case, and that it intends to treat the income from standard industry time charter as services income, no assurance can be given that a United States court will not follow the aforementioned case. Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if there were to be changes in our assets, income or operations.

If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, our U.S. shareholders will face adverse U.S. tax consequences and information reporting obligations, as more fully described under “Taxation—United States Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders.”

 
30

 

Following our redomiciliation into the Marshall Islands, we are subject to Marshall Islands corporation law, which is not well-developed.

Following our redomiciliation into the Marshall Islands, our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation, our bylaws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the laws of the Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in certain United States jurisdictions. The rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in or redomiciled into the Marshall Islands may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in the United States. While the BCA provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Marshall Islands and we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as United States courts. Thus, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by our management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction that has developed a more substantial body of case law in the corporate law area.

It may be difficult to serve us with legal process or enforce judgments against us, our directors or our management.

Our business is operated primarily from our offices in Greece. In addition, a majority of our directors and officers are or will be non-residents of the United States, and all of our assets and a substantial portion of the assets of these non-residents are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States if you believe that your rights have been infringed under securities laws or otherwise. You may also have difficulty enforcing, both within and outside of the United States, judgments you may obtain in the United States courts against us or these persons in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of United States federal or state securities laws. There is also substantial doubt that the courts of the Marshall Islands or Greece would enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on United States federal or state securities laws.

The nature of our operations may make the outcome of any bankruptcy proceedings difficult to predict.

We redomiciled into the Marshall Islands on November         , 2010, and our subsidiaries are incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands, and we have limited operations in the United States and maintain limited assets in the United States . Consequently, in the event of any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding involving us or any of our subsidiaries, bankruptcy laws other than those of the United States could apply . Marshall Islands does not have a bankruptcy statute or general statutory mechanism for insolvency proceedings. If we become a debtor under U.S. bankruptcy law, bankruptcy courts in the United States may seek to assert jurisdiction over all of our assets, wherever located, including property situated in other countries. There can be no assurance, however, that we would become a debtor in the United States, or that a U.S. bankruptcy court would be entitled to, or accept, jurisdiction over such a bankruptcy case, or that courts in other countries that have jurisdiction over us and our operations would recognize a U.S. bankruptcy court s jurisdiction if any other bankruptcy court would determine it had jurisdiction.   These fact ors may delay or prevent us from entering bankruptcy in the United States and may affect the ability of our shareholders to receive any recovery following our bankruptcy.

 
31

 

USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of securities offered by the selling shareholders.
 
OUR DIVIDEND POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS
 
After our common shares commence trading on Nasdaq, our dividend policy will be to pay a variable quarterly dividend in excess of 50% of the net income of the previous quarter subject to any reserves our board of directors may from time to time determine are required. We believe this policy maintains an appropriate level of dividend cover taking into account the likely effects of the shipping cycle and the need to retain cash to reinvest in vessel acquisitions. We expect to pay our first quarterly cash dividend in December 2010.

In calculating our dividend, we exclude any gain on the sale of vessels and any unrealized gains or losses on derivatives. Our board of directors, in its discretion, can determine in the future whether any capital surpluses arising from vessel sales are included in the calculation of a dividend. Dividends will be paid in U.S. dollars equally on a per-share basis between our common shares and our Class B shares, to the extent any are issued and outstanding.

We are a holding company, with no material assets other than the shares of our subsidiaries. Therefore, our ability to pay dividends depends on the earnings and cash flow of those subsidiaries and their ability to pay dividends to us. Additionally, the declaration and payment of any dividend is subject at all times to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition and anticipated cash requirements and availability, additional acquisitions of vessels, restrictions in our debt arrangements, the provisions of Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of distributions to shareholders, required capital and drydocking expenditures, reserves established by our board of directors, increased or unanticipated expenses, a change in our dividend policy, additional borrowings or future issuances of securities and other factors, many of which will be beyond our control.

Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus (retained earnings and the excess of consideration received from the sale of shares above the par value of the shares) or while a company is insolvent or would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such dividend.

As a company listed on the AIM, we historically paid dividends to our shareholders in amounts ranging from $0.03 per share to $0.50 per share. We did not declare or pay dividends in 2009. In September 2010, we declared and paid a cash dividend of approximately US$0.11 (GB 7.3 pence) per outstanding common share.

 
32

 

CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our capitalization and indebtedness as of October 31 , 2010. There has been no material change in our capitalization between October 31, 2010 and the date of this prospectus, as adjusted to reflect our redomiciliation into the Marshall Islands. The following should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and related notes thereto in this prospectus as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

   
As of October 31, 2010
 
   
(In thousands of U.S. Dollars)
 
       
Long term borrowings net of current portion
  $ 90,650  
Long term borrowings, current portion
    11,000  
Total borrowings
    101,650  
         
Equity:
       
Issued share capital
    29  
Share premium
    88,534  
Retained earnings
    28,461  
Total Equity
    117,024  
Total capitalization and indebtedness
  $ 218,674  

DILUTION
 
Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2010 was $114,696 or $15.84 per common share (as adjusted after the reverse split of our common shares). Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our tangible book value (total tangible assets less total liabilities) by the number of outstanding common shares (as adjusted after the reverse split of our common shares) on June 30, 2010.

The offering by our selling shareholders under this prospectus will not impact our net tangible book value or our net tangible book value per share and thus there is no dilution pursuant to this offering.

MARKET FOR OUR COMMON SHARES
 
Our common shares began trading in the United Kingdom on the London Stock Exchange through the AIM on June 6, 2007. The current stock symbol on the AIM is “GLBS.” Historical reports of transactions of our shares are available on the AIM through the London Stock Exchange under the symbol “GLBS.”

Our common shares will be suspended from trading on the AIM on the effective date of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates, and will be delisted from the AIM the day after the effective date.

The following table lists the high and low sales prices and the average daily trading volume on the AIM for our common shares for the last six months; the last ten fiscal quarters; and the last three fiscal years (since we began trading on the AIM). On July 29, 2010, we effected a four-for-one reverse split of our common shares. Prices indicated below with respect to our common share price include inter-dealer prices, without retail mark up, mark down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions. All prices are quoted in U.K. pounds sterling.

 
33

 

 
Period Ended
 
High
   
Low
   
Average Daily
Trading
Volume
 
                   
Monthly
                 
October 31, 2010
    6.35       6.27       556  
September 30, 2010
    6.45       5.55       3,502  
August 31, 2010
    5.70       5.55       3,508  
July 31, 2010
    6.14       5.40       3,023  
June 30, 2010
    5.60       5.46       18,932  
May 31, 2010
    5.60       5.46       41,971  
                         
Quarterly
                       
September 30, 2010
    6.45       5.40       3,190  
June 30, 2010
    5.60       4.90       28,512  
March 31, 2010
    5.00       3.78       13,143  
December 31, 2009
    3.88       2.36       8,957  
September 30, 2009
    3.08       2.46       2,610  
June 30, 2009
    4.36       2.00       4,394  
March 31, 2009
    3.28       1.76       1,748  
December 31, 2008
    12.10       2.60       1,939  
September 30, 2008
    18.40       11.90       3,173  
June 30, 2008
    22.20       17.10       3,544  
March 31, 2008
    21.50       14.20       11, 367  
                         
Yearly
                       
December 31, 2009
    4.36       1.76       4,431  
December 31, 2008
    22.20       2.60       4,954  
December 31, 2007
    25.00       12.00       14,391  

 
34

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL & OPERATING DATA
 
The following tables set forth our selected consolidated financial and operating data. The selected consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The selected consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 are derived from our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements. The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Results of operations in any period are not necessarily indicative of results in any future period.

   
Six Months Ended June 30,
(unaudited)
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
(Expressed in Thousands of U.S. Dollars, except per share data)
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
 
2007
 
Statements of comprehensive income data
                             
Time charter revenue
    11,618       26,540       52,812       98,597       40,960  
Voyage expenses
    (845 )     (2,070 )     (3,742 )     (6,674 )     (2,245 )
Vessel operating expenses
    (2,638 )     (5,678 )     (10,137 )     (12,537 )     (7,639 )
Depreciation
    (2,816 )     (6,989 )     (11,204 )     (17,407 )     (10,212 )
Depreciation of drydocking costs
    (260 )     (836 )     (1,512 )     (1,572 )     (1,033 )
Administrative expenses
    (1,005 )     (907 )     (2,004 )     (2,122 )     (1,292 )
Administrative expenses payable to related parties
    (518 )     (541 )     (1,272 )     (1,216 )     (1,377 )
Share-based payments
    (148 )     (1,542 )     (1,754 )     (770 )     (380 )
Impairment loss
    -       (18,826 )     (28,429 )     (20,224 )     -  
Gain/(loss) on sale of vessel
    7       -       (802 )     15,095       -  
Other (expenses)/income, net
    (31 )     (20 )     (106 )     408       (36 )
Operating profit/(loss) before financial activities
    3,364       (10,869 )     (8,150 )     51,578       16,746  
 
                                       
Interest income from bank balances & deposits
    223       488       1,032       946       577  
Interest expense and finance costs
    (977 )     (1,591 )     (2,926 )     (7,707 )     (5,596 )
(Loss) /gain on derivative financial instruments
    (564 )     309       143       (1,373 )     -  
Foreign exchange (losses)/gains, net
    (956 )     34       (178 )     (626 )     298  
Total loss from financial activities
    (2,274 )     (760 )     (1,929 )     (8,760 )     (4,721 )
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period/year
    1,090       (11,629 )     (10,079 )     42,818       12,025  
 
                                       
Attributable to:
                                       
Shareholders of Globus Maritime Limited
    1,090       (11,629 )     (10,079 )     42,818       11,210  
Non-controlling interest
    -       -       -       -       815  
 
    1,090       (11,629 )     (10,079 )     42,818       12,025  
                                         
Basic earnings/(loss) per share for the period/year
    0.151       (1.619 )     (1.401 )     5.978       1.885  
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share for the period/year
    0.151       (1.619 )     (1.401 )     5.771       1.885  
Adjusted EBITDA(1) (unaudited)
    6,433       15,782       33,797       75,686       27,991  

 
35

 

(1) Adjusted EBITDA represents net earnings before interest and finance costs net, gains or losses from the change in fair value of derivative financial instruments, foreign exchange gains or losses, income taxes, depreciation, depreciation of drydocking costs, impairment and gains or losses from sale of vessels. Adjusted EBITDA does not represent and should not be considered as an alternative to total comprehensive income/(loss) or cash generated from operations, as determined by IFRS, and our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under IFRS.

Adjusted EBITDA is included herein because it is a basis upon which we assess our financial performance and because we believe that it presents useful information to investors regarding a company’s ability to service and/or incur indebtedness and it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry.

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under IFRS. Some of these limitations are:

 
Ø
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 
Ø
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 
Ø
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in or cash requirements for our working capital needs; and

 
Ø
other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of total comprehensive income/ (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited) for the periods presented:
 
   
Six Months Ended June 30, (unaudited)
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
(Expressed in Thousands of U.S. Dollars, except per share data)
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period/year
    1,090       (11,629 )     (10,079 )     42,818       12,025  
Interest and finance costs, net
    754       1,103       1,894       6,761       5,019  
Loss/(gain) on derivative financial instruments
    564       (309 )     (143 )     1,373       -  
Foreign exchange losses/(gains)
    956       (34 )     178       626       (298 )
Depreciation
    2,816       6,989       11,204       17,407       10,212  
Depreciation of drydocking costs
    260       836       1,512       1,572       1,033  
Loss/(gain) on sale of vessel
    (7 )     -       802       (15,095 )     -  
Impairment loss
    -       18,826       28,429       20,224       -  
Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)
    6,433       15,782       33,797       75,686       27,991  

 
36

 
 
   
Six Months Ended
June 30, (unaudited)
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
(Expressed in Thousands of U.S. Dollars)
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Statements of financial position data
                       
Total non-current assets
    196,216       93,204       216,075       273,781  
Total current assets (including “Non-current assets classified as held for sale”)
    24,372       94,366       68,371       11,719  
Total assets
    220,588       187,570       284,446       285,500  
Total equity
    114,696       113,458       121,783       96,677  
Total non-current liabilities
    90,828       36,218       79,735       157,069  
Total current liabilities
    15,064       37,894       82,928       31,754  
Total equity and liabilities
    220,588       187,570       284,446       285,500  
    
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
(unaudited)
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
(Expressed in Thousands of U.S. Dollars)
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Statements of cash flows data
                             
Net cash generated from operating activities
    5,870       16,926       33,566       70,383       30,248  
Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities
    (72,723 )     10,769       60,253       27,077       (183,044 )
Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities
    35,531       (26,693 )     (74,496 )     (72,857 )     159,770  
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Ownership days(1)
    538       1,267       2,314       2,878       2,017  
Available days(2)
    538       1,256       2,277       2,808       1,965  
Operating days(3)
    529       1,239       2,246       2,781       1,837  
Fleet utilization(4)
    98.3 %     98.7 %     98.6 %     99.0 %     93.5 %
Average number of vessels(5)
    3.0       7.0       6.3       7.9       5.5  
Daily time charter equivalent (TCE) rate(6)
  $ 20,060     $ 19,482     $ 21,550     $ 32,736     $ 19,702  

(1) Ownership days are the aggregate number of days in a period during which each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us.
(2) Available days are the number of our ownership days less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire due to scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades or special surveys and the aggregate amount of time that we spend positioning our vessels for employment.
(3) Operating days are the number of available days in a period less the aggregate number of days that the vessels are off-hire due to any reason, including unforeseen circumstances.
(4) We calculate fleet utilization by dividing the number of our operating days during a period by the number of our available days during the period.
(5) Average number of vessels is measured by the sum of the number of days each vessel was part of our fleet during a relevant period divided by the number of calendar days in such period.
(6) TCE rates are our voyage and time charter revenues less voyage expenses during a period divided by the number of our available days during the period excluding bareboat charter days and net revenue, which is consistent with industry standards. TCE is a non-GAAP measure. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

The following table reflects the calculation of our daily TCE rates for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009.

 
37

 
 
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
(unaudited)
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
(Expressed in Thousands of U.S. Dollars, except number of days and daily TCE rates)
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                               
Time charter revenue
  $ 11,618     $ 26,540     $ 52,812     $ 98,597     $ 40,960  
Less: Voyage expenses
  $ 845     $ 2,070     $ 3,742     $ 6,674     $ 2,245  
Less: bareboat charter net revenue
  $ 21       -       -       -       -  
Net revenue
  $ 10,752     $ 24,470     $ 49,070     $ 91,923     $ 38,715  
Available days net of bareboat charter days
    536       1,256       2,277       2,808       1,965  
Daily TCE rate
  $ 20,060     $ 19,482     $ 21,550     $ 32,736     $ 19,702  
 
 
38

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe that the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results or plan of operations could differ materially from those anticipated by forward-looking information due to factors discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

OVERVIEW

We are an integrated dry bulk shipping company, which began operations in September 2006, providing marine transportation services on a worldwide basis. We own, operate and manage a fleet of dry bulk vessels that transport iron ore, coal, grain, steel products, cement, alumina and other dry bulk cargoes internationally. Following the conclusion of our initial public offering on June 1, 2007, our common shares were listed on the AIM under the ticker “GLBS.” Our common shares will be suspended from trading on the AIM on the effective date of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates, and will be delisted from the AIM the day after the effective date. As of November 19, 2010, our issued and outstanding capital stock consisted of 7,241,865 common shares. Our fleet consists of three Supramax vessels, one Panamax vessel and one Kamsarmax vessel.

We intend to grow our fleet through timely and selective acquisitions of modern vessels in a manner that we believe will provide an attractive return on equity and will be accretive to our earnings and cash flow based on anticipated market rates at the time of purchase. There is no guarantee however, that we will be able to find suitable vessels to purchase or that such vessels will provide an attractive return on equity or be accretive to our earnings and cash flow.

Our policy is to charter our vessels on charters generally with durations of up to three years, while also engaging vessels on the spot market. We may, from time to time, enter into charters with longer durations depending on our assessment of market conditions.

The composition of our fleet has changed significantly since December 2009. As of December 31, 2009, our fleet consisted of four dry bulk vessels (two Handymaxes, one Supramax and one Panamax) with an aggregate carrying capacity of 212,915 dwt. As of March 31, 2010 our fleet consisted of two dry bulk vessels (one Supramax and one Panamax) with an aggregate carrying capacity of 126,555 dwt. As of June 30, 2010 and September 30, 2010, our fleet consisted of five dry bulk vessels (three Supramaxes, one Panamax and one Kamsarmax) with an aggregate carrying capacity of 319,913 dwt.

We seek to manage our fleet in a manner that allows us to maintain profitability across the shipping cycle and thus maximize returns for our shareholders. To accomplish this objective we have deployed our vessels primarily on a mix of time charters (with terms of between six months and two years) and spot charters. According to our assessment of market conditions, we have adjusted the mix of these charters to take advantage of the relatively stable cash flow and high utilization rates associated with time charters or to profit from attractive spot charter rates during periods of strong charter market conditions. As of June 30, 2010, our fleet was comprised of three vessels employed on a time charter, one vessel employed on a spot charter, and one vessel employed on a bareboat charter. The time charter on one such vessel in our fleet has since expired and the vessel operates on the spot market.

The average number of vessels in our fleet for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009 was 5.5, 7.9 and 6.3 respectively. The average number of vessels in our fleet for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was 3.0 and 3.7   vessels, respectively.

Our operations are managed by our Athens, Greece-based wholly owned subsidiary, Globus Shipmanagement Corp., which provides in-house commercial and technical management exclusively for our vessels. Globus Shipmanagement enters into a ship management agreement with each of our wholly owned vessel-owning subsidiaries to provide such services.

 
39

 

FACTORS AFFECTING OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

We believe that the important measures for analyzing trends in our results of operations consist of the following:

 
Ø
Ownership days . We define ownership days as the aggregate number of days in a period during which each vessel in our fleet has been owned by us. Ownership days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenues and the amount of expenses that we record during a period.

 
Ø
Available days . We define available days as the number of our ownership days less the aggregate number of days that our vessels are off-hire due to scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades or special surveys and the aggregate amount of time that we spend positioning our vessels for employment. The shipping industry uses available days to measure the number of days in a period during which vessels should be capable of generating revenues.

 
Ø
Operating days . Operating days are the number of available days in a period less the aggregate number of days that the vessels are off-hire due to any reason, including unforeseen circumstances. The shipping industry uses operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a period during which vessels generate revenues.

 
Ø
Fleet utilization . We calculate fleet utilization by dividing the number of our operating days during a period by the number of our available days during the period. The shipping industry uses fleet utilization to measure a company’s efficiency in finding suitable employment for its vessels and minimizing the amount of days that its vessels are off-hire for reasons other than scheduled repairs or repairs under guarantee, vessel upgrades, special surveys or vessel positioning.

 
Ø
Average number of vessels . We measure average number of vessels by the sum of the number of days each vessel was part of our fleet during a relevant period divided by the number of calendar days in such period.

 
Ø
TCE rates . We define TCE rates as our voyage and time charter revenues less voyage expenses during a period divided by the number of our available days during the period   excluding bareboat charter days and net revenues, which is consistent with industry standards. TCE is a non-GAAP measure. TCE rate is a standard shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare daily earnings generated by vessels on time charters with daily earnings generated by vessels on voyage charters, because charter hire rates for vessels on voyage charters are generally not expressed in per day amounts while charter hire rates for vessels on time charters generally are expressed in such amounts.

The following table reflects our ownership days, available days, operating days, average number of vessels and fleet utilization for the periods indicated.

   
Six Months Ended June 30,
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Ownership days
    538       1,267       2,314       2,878       2,017  
Available days
    538       1,256       2,277       2,808       1,965  
Operating days
    529       1,239       2,246       2,781       1,837  
Fleet utilization
    98.3 %     98.7 %     98.6 %     99.0 %     93.5 %
Average number of vessels
    3.0       7 .0       6.3       7.9       5.5  
Daily time charter equivalent (TCE) rate
  $ 20,060     $ 19,482     $ 21,550     $ 32,736     $ 19,702  

We utilize TCE because we believe it is a meaningful measure to compare period-to-period changes in our performance despite changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., spot charters, time charters and bareboat charters) under which our vessels may be employed between the periods. Our management also utilizes TCE to assist them in making decisions regarding employment of our vessels. We believe that our method of calculating TCE is consistent with industry standards and is determined by dividing net revenues after deducting voyage expenses, including commissions, by available days for the relevant period   excluding bareboat charter days and net revenues. Voyage expenses primarily consist of brokerage commissions, port, canal and fuel costs that are unique to a particular voyage, which would otherwise be paid by the charter under a time charter contract.

 
40

 

The following table reflects the calculation of our daily TCE rates for the periods indicated.

   
Six Months Ended June 30,
(unaudited)
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
(Expressed in Thousands of U.S. Dollars, except number of days and daily TCE rates)
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                               
Time charter revenue
  $ 11,618     $ 26,540     $ 52,812     $ 98,597     $ 40,960  
Less: Voyage expenses
  $ 845     $ 2,070     $ 3,742     $ 6,674     $ 2,245  
Less: bareboat charter net revenue
  $ 21       -       -       -       -  
Net revenue
  $ 10,752     $ 24,470     $ 49,070     $ 91,923     $ 38,715  
Available days net of bareboat charter days
    536       1,256       2,277       2,808       1,965  
Daily TCE rate
  $ 20,060     $ 19,482     $ 21,550     $ 32,736     $ 19,702  

LACK OF HISTORICAL OPERATING DATA FOR VESSELS BEFORE THEIR ACQUISITION

Consistent with shipping industry practice, we were not and have not been able obtain the historical operating data for the secondhand vessels we purchase, in part because that information is not material to our decision to acquire such vessels, nor do we believe such information would be helpful to potential investors in our common shares in assessing our business or profitability. We purchased our vessels under a standardized agreement commonly used in shipping practice, which, among other things, provides us with the right to inspect the vessel and the vessel’s classification society records. The standard agreement does not provide us the right to inspect, or receive copies of, the historical operating data of the vessel. Accordingly, such information was not available to us. Prior to the delivery of a purchased vessel, the seller typically removes from the vessel all records, including past financial records and accounts related to the vessel. Typically, the technical management agreement between a seller’s technical manager and the seller is automatically terminated and the vessel’s trading certificates are revoked by its flag state following a change in ownership.

In addition, and consistent with shipping industry practice, we treat the acquisition of vessels from unaffiliated third parties as the acquisition of an asset rather than a business. We believe that, under the applicable provisions of Rule 11-01(d) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, the acquisition of our vessels does not constitute the acquisition of a “business” for which historical or pro forma financial information would be provided pursuant to Rules 3-05 and 11-01 of Regulation S-X.

Although vessels are generally acquired free of charter, we may in the future acquire some vessels with time charters. Where a vessel has been under a voyage charter, the vessel is usually delivered to the buyer free of charter. It is rare in the shipping industry for the last charterer of the vessel in the hands of the seller to continue as the first charterer of the vessel in the hands of the buyer. In most cases, when a vessel is under time charter and the buyer wishes to assume that charter, the vessel cannot be acquired without the charterer’s consent and the buyer entering into a separate direct agreement, called a novation agreement, with the charterer to assume the charter. The purchase of a vessel itself does not transfer the charter because it is a separate service agreement between the vessel owner and the charterer.

Where we identify any intangible assets or liabilities associated with the acquisition of a vessel, we record all identified assets or liabilities at fair value. Fair value is determined by reference to market data. We value any asset or liability arising from the market value of the time charters assumed when a vessel is acquired. The amount to be recorded as an asset or liability at the date of vessel delivery is based on the difference between the current fair market value of the charter and the net present value of future contractual cash flows. When the present value of the time charter assumed is greater than the current fair market value of such charter, the difference is recorded as prepaid charter revenue. When the opposite situation occurs, any difference, capped to the vessel’s fair value on a charter free basis, is recorded as deferred revenue. Such assets and liabilities, respectively, are amortized as a reduction of, or an increase in, revenue over the period of the time charter assumed.

 
41

 

If we purchase a vessel and assume or renegotiate a related time charter, we must take the following steps before the vessel will be ready to commence operations:

 
Ø
obtain the charterer’s consent to us as the new owner;

 
Ø
obtain the charterer’s consent to a new technical manager;

 
Ø
in some cases, obtain the charterer’s consent to a new flag for the vessel;

 
Ø
arrange for a new crew for the vessel, and where the vessel is on charter, in some cases, the crew must be approved by the charterer;

 
Ø
replace all hired equipment on board, such as gas cylinders and communication equipment;

 
Ø
negotiate and enter into new insurance contracts for the vessel through our own insurance brokers;

 
Ø
register the vessel under a flag state and perform the related inspections in order to obtain new trading certificates from the flag state;

 
Ø
implement a new planned maintenance program for the vessel; and

 
Ø
ensure that the new technical manager obtains new certificates for compliance with the safety and vessel security regulations of the flag state.

The following discussion is intended to help you understand how acquisitions of vessels affect our business and results of operations.

Our business is comprised of the following main elements:

 
Ø
employment and operation of our dry bulk vessels; and

 
Ø
management of the financial, general and administrative elements involved in the conduct of our business and ownership of our dry bulk vessels.

The employment and operation of our vessels require the following main components:

 
Ø
vessel maintenance and repair;

 
Ø
crew selection and training;

 
Ø
vessel spares and stores supply;

 
Ø
contingency response planning;

 
Ø
onboard safety procedures auditing;

 
Ø
accounting;

 
Ø
vessel insurance arrangement;

 
Ø
vessel chartering;

 
42

 

 
Ø
vessel security training and security response plans (ISPS);

 
Ø
obtain ISM certification and audit for each vessel within the six months of taking over a vessel;

 
Ø
vessel hire management;

 
Ø
vessel surveying; and

 
Ø
vessel performance monitoring.

The management of financial, general and administrative elements involved in the conduct of our business and ownership of our vessels requires the following main components:

 
Ø
management of our financial resources, including banking relationships, i.e., administration of bank loans and bank accounts;

 
Ø
management of our accounting system and records and financial reporting;

 
Ø
administration of the legal and regulatory requirements affecting our business and assets; and

 
Ø
management of the relationships with our service providers and customers.

The principal factors that affect our profitability, cash flows and shareholders’ return on investment include:

 
Ø
rates and periods of hire;

 
Ø
levels of vessel operating expenses, including repairs and drydocking;

 
Ø
purchase and sale of vessels;

 
Ø
depreciation expenses;

 
Ø
financing costs; and

 
Ø
fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

CHARTER & SPOT MARKET REVENUE

Overview

We generate revenues by charging our customers for the use of our vessels to transport their dry bulk commodities. Under a time charter, the charterer pays us a fixed daily charter hire rate and bears all voyage expenses, including the cost of bunkers (fuel oil) and port and canal charges. We remain responsible for paying the chartered vessel’s operating expenses, including the cost of crewing, insuring, repairing and maintaining the vessel, the costs of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses. Under a bareboat charter, the charterer pays us a fixed daily charter hire rate and bears all voyage expenses, as well as the vessel’s operating expenses.

Spot charters can be spot voyage charters or spot time charters. Spot voyage charters involve the carriage of a specific amount and type of cargo on a load-port to discharge-port basis, subject to various cargo handling terms, and the vessel owner is paid on a per-ton basis. Under a spot voyage charter, the vessel owner is responsible for the payment of all expenses including capital costs, voyage and expenses, such as port, canal and bunker costs. A spot time charter is a contract to charter a vessel for an agreed period of time at a set daily rate. Under spot time charters, the charterer pays the voyage expenses.

 
43

 

Revenues

Our revenues are driven primarily by the number of vessels in our fleet, the number of days during which our vessels operate and the amount of daily hire rates that our vessels earn under charters or on the spot market, which, in turn, are affected by a number of factors, including:

 
Ø
the duration of our charters;

 
Ø
the number of days our vessels are hired to operate on the spot market;

 
Ø
our decisions relating to vessel acquisitions and disposals;

 
Ø
the amount of time that we spend positioning our vessels for employment;

 
Ø
the amount of time that our vessels spend in drydocking undergoing repairs;

 
Ø
maintenance and upgrade work;

 
Ø
the age, condition and specifications of our vessels;

 
Ø
levels of supply and demand in the dry bulk shipping industry; and

 
Ø
other factors affecting spot market charter rates for dry bulk vessels.

Our revenues grew significantly in 2008 as a result of the enlargement of our fleet, which increased our ownership, available and operating days. Revenues also increased in 2008 due to high time charter rates negotiated on vessels before the drastic decline in the dry bulk market during the latter five months of 2008, although not all of our vessels were employed through time charters.

Our revenues in 2009 declined as we were exposed to the lower charter rates on the spot market and consequently a number of vessels were fixed to new employments at daily time charter rates considerably lower than their previous employments, in addition to the lower spot charter rates we earned. We also disposed of vessels in 2009, which led to decreased ownership, available and operating days.

Our revenues declined during the six months ended June 30, 2010 as a result of the decrease in the number of vessels in our fleet.

Employment of our Vessels

As of June 30, 2010, we employed our vessels as follows:

 
Ø
m/v Tiara Globe – on a time charter with Transgrain Shipping that began in February 2010 and is scheduled to expire in a minimum of 24 months (maximum of 26 months) from such date, at the gross rate of $20,000 per day.

 
Ø
m/v Star Globe – on a time charter with Transgrain Shipping that began in May 2010 and is scheduled to expire in a minimum of 11 months (maximum of 13 months) from such date, at the gross rate of $22,000 per day.

 
Ø
m/v River Globe – on a time charter with Eastern Bulk Carriers A/S at the gross rate of $25,000 per day, which has since been redelivered to us. We currently employ such vessel on the spot market while we contemplate employing this vessel on a new time charter.
 
 
44

 

 
Ø
m/v Jin Star – on a bareboat charter with Eastern Media International Corporation and Far Eastern Silo & Shipping (Panama) S.A. for a period of five years (which can be extended for one year at the charterer’s option, and thereafter extended one additional year at our option), at the gross rate of $14,250 per day.

 
Ø
m/v Sky Globe – on the spot market.

Our charter agreements subject us to counterparty risk. In depressed market conditions, charterers may seek to renegotiate the terms of their existing charter parties or avoid their obligations under those contracts. Should counterparties to one or more of our charters fail to honor their obligations under their agreements with us, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to pay dividends.

VOYAGE EXPENSES

We charter our vessels primarily through time charters under which the charterer is responsible for most voyage expenses, such as the cost of bunkers (fuel oil), port expenses, agents’ fees, canal dues, extra war risks insurance and any other expenses related to the cargo.

Whenever we employ our vessels on a voyage basis (such as trips for the purpose of geographically repositioning a vessel or trip(s) after the end of one time charter and up to the beginning of the next time charter), we incur voyage expenses that include port expenses and canal charges and bunker (fuel oil) expenses.

If we charter our vessels on bareboat charters, the charterer will pay all voyage expenses.

As is common in the shipping industry, we have historically paid commissions ranging from 3.75% to 6.25% of the total daily charter hire rate of each charter to unaffiliated ship brokers and in-house brokers associated with the charterers, depending on the number of brokers involved with arranging the charter.

For 2009, 2008 and 2007, commissions amounted to $2.7 million, $4.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively. During the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, commissions amounted to $0.6 million.

We believe that the amounts and the structures of our commissions are consistent with industry practices.

These commissions are directly related to our revenues. We therefore expect that the amount of total commissions will increase as the size of our fleet grows as a result of additional vessel acquisitions and employment of those vessels.

VESSEL OPERATING EXPENSES

Vessel operating expenses include costs for crewing, insurance, repairs and maintenance, lubricants, spare parts and consumable stores, statutory and classification tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses. We calculate daily vessel operating expenses by dividing vessel operating expenses by ownership days for the relevant time period   excluding bareboat charter days.

Our vessel operating expenses have historically fluctuated as a result of changes in the size of our fleet. In addition, a portion of our vessel operating expenses is in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, such as costs related to repairs, spare parts and consumables. These expenses may increase or decrease as a result of fluctuation of the U.S. dollar against these currencies.

We expect that crewing costs will increase in the future due to the shortage in the supply of qualified sea-going personnel. In addition, we expect that drydocking and maintenance costs will increase as our vessels age. Other factors that may affect the shipping industry in general, such as the cost of insurance, may also cause our expenses to increase. To the extent that we purchase additional vessels, we expect our vessel operating expenses to increase accordingly.

 
45

 

DEPRECIATION

The cost of our vessels is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of each vessel. Depreciation is based on the cost of the vessel less its estimated residual value. We estimate the useful life of our vessels to be 25 years from the date of delivery from the shipyard. Furthermore, we estimate the residual values of our vessels to be $200 per light-weight ton. We do not expect these assumptions to change in the near future. Our depreciation charges have decreased in recent periods due to the reduction of the size our fleet which has also led to a decrease of ownership days. We expect that these charges will increase if we acquire additional vessels.

DEPRECIATION OF DRYDOCKING COSTS

Vessels are required to be drydocked for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the vessels are operating. Drydockings occur approximately every 2.5 years. The costs associated with the drydockings are capitalized and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the period between drydockings, to a maximum of 2.5 years. At the date of acquisition of a secondhand vessel, we estimate the component of the cost that corresponds to the economic benefit to be derived until the first scheduled drydocking of the vessel under our ownership and this component is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the remaining period through the estimated drydocking date.

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

Our administrative expenses include payroll expenses, traveling, promotional and other expenses associated with us being a public company, which include the preparation of disclosure documents, legal and accounting costs, director and officer liability insurance costs and costs related to compliance. We expect that our administrative expenses will increase as we enlarge our fleet.

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTIES

Our administrative expenses payable to related parties include cash remuneration of our executive officers and directors and rental of our office space.

SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

We operate an equity-settled, share-based compensation plan. The value of the service received in exchange of the grant of shares is recognized as an expense. The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the fair value of the share awards at the grant date. The relevant expense is recognized in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, with a corresponding impact in equity.

IMPAIRMENT LOSS

We assess at each reporting date whether there is an indication that a vessel may be impaired. The vessel’s recoverable amount is estimated when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. If such indication exists and where the carrying value exceeds the estimated recoverable amounts, the vessel is written down to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use. In assessing value-in-use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the vessel. Impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. If that is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. After such a reversal, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life.

 
46

 

GAIN/(LOSS) ON SALE OF VESSEL

Gain or loss on the sale of a vessel is the residual value remaining after deducting from the vessel’s sale proceeds, the carrying value of the vessel at the date of delivery to its new owners and the total expenses associated with the sale.

OTHER (EXPENSES)/INCOME, NET

We include other operating expenses or income that is not classified otherwise. It mainly consists of provisions for insurance claims deductibles and refunds from insurance claims.

INTEREST INCOME FROM BANK BALANCES & DEPOSITS

We earn interest on the funds we have deposited with banks as well as from short-term certificates of deposit.

INTEREST EXPENSE AND FINANCE COSTS

We incur interest expense and financing costs in connection with the indebtedness under our credit facility and loan agreement. We also incurred financing costs in connection with establishing those arrangements, which is included in our finance costs and amortization and write-off of deferred finance charges. As of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we had $70.6 million, $157.6 million and $183.2 million of indebtedness outstanding under our then existing credit facilities, respectively. As of June 30, 2010, outstanding bank debt is $102.2 million. We incur interest expense and financing costs relating to our outstanding debt as well as our available but undrawn credit facility. We will incur additional interest expense in the future on our outstanding borrowings and under future borrowings to finance future acquisitions.

(LOSS)/GAIN ON DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

We may enter into derivative instruments, which mainly consist of interest rate SWAP agreements. Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recognized immediately in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

FOREIGN EXCHANGE (LOSSES)/GAINS, NET

We generate substantially all of our   revenues from the trading of our vessels in U.S. dollars but incur a portion of our expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. While we were incorporated in Jersey, the majority of our general and administrative expenses as well as the dividends paid to shareholders were in U.K. pounds sterling. Following our redomiciliation into the Marshall Islands and the listing of our common shares on the Nasdaq Global Market, we do not anticipate having any material expenses in U.K. pounds sterling, and going forward our dividends will be declared and paid in U.S. dollars.

For cash management, or treasury, purposes, we convert U.S. dollars into foreign currencies to pay for our non-U.S. dollar expenses, which we then hold on deposit until the date of each transaction. Fluctuations in foreign exchange rates create foreign exchange gains or losses when we mark-to-market these non-U.S. dollar deposits.

For accounting purposes, expenses incurred in all foreign currencies are converted into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of each transaction.

Because a portion of our expenses is payable in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, our expenses may from time to time increase relative to our revenues as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates, which could affect the amount of net income that we report in future periods.

 
47

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion of our operating results for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six-month period ended June 30, 2009, for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007.

Six-month period ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six-month period ended June 30, 2009

During the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, we had an average of 3.0 dry bulk vessels in our fleet. During the six-month period ended June 30, 2009, we had an average of 7.0 dry bulk vessels in our fleet. The m/v Sea Globe and m/v Coral Globe were sold in February 2010, the m/v Sky Globe and m/v Star Globe were delivered to us in May 2010 and the m/v Jin Star was delivered to us in June 2010.

Time charter revenue . Time charter revenue decreased by $14.9 million, or 56%, to $11.6 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, compared to $26.5 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. Net revenues decreased by $13.7 million, or 56%, to $10.8 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, compared to $24.5 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. The decrease is partly attributable to a decrease in the size of the fleet, which resulted in a 57% decrease in operating days and effectively reduced our net revenues by approximately $14 million, assuming all other variables were held constant. The decrease is also partly attributable to continued volatility of market conditions. During the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, we had total operating days of 529 and fleet utilization of 98.3%, compared to 1,239 total operating days and a fleet utilization of 98.7% during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009.

Voyage expenses . Voyage expenses decreased by $1.3 million, or 62%, to $0.8 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, compared to $2.1 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. This decrease is attributable to the decrease in our revenues and the reduction in the size of our fleet.

Vessel operating expenses . Vessel operating expenses decreased by $3.1 million, or 54%, to $2.6 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, compared to $5.7 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. This decrease is attributable to the reduction in the size of our fleet.

Average daily operating expenses were $4,922 during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, compared to $4,481 during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009, representing an increase of 10%. This increase is mostly due to the initial supplies for the m/v Sky Globe and m/v Star Globe , which were delivered to us in May 2010.

Depreciation . Depreciation decreased by $4.2 million, or 60%, to $2.8 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, compared to $7.0 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. This decrease is a direct result of the decrease in the number of vessels in our fleet.

Depreciation of drydocking costs . Depreciation of drydocking costs decreased by $0.5 million, or 63%, to $0.3 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, compared to $0.8 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. This decrease is directly the result of the decrease in the number of vessels in our fleet.

Share-based payments . Share-based payments decreased by $1.4 million to $0.1 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, compared to $1.5 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. The decrease is due to a decrease in the number of shares we paid to our executives during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010. In April 2009, our board of directors, in agreement with our chief executive officer, decided to release the unvested 171,052 common shares awarded in March 2008 to our chief executive officer under our long term incentive plan, which we refer to as our incentive plan. We accounted for the cancellation of this award as an acceleration of vesting and as such, we immediately recognized the amount that otherwise would have been recognized over the remainder of the vesting period to March 2011. The amount recognized was $1.4 million.

 
48

 

Impairment loss . During the six-month period ended June 30, 2009, we entered into two memoranda of agreement for the sale of the m/v Island Globe and m/v Gulf Globe . From the date each memorandum of agreement was executed up until the delivery of each vessel to its respective new owner, the vessels were classified as held for sale and were measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less cost to sale. As a result, we recognized an impairment loss of approximately $18.8 million for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. We did not recognize any impairment charge during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010.

Interest income from bank balances & deposits . Interest income decreased by $0.3 million, or 60%, to $0.2 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, compared to $0.5 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. The decrease is attributable to the decrease in the average cash and cash balances and bank deposits during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010.

Interest expense and finance costs . Interest expense decreased by $0.6 million, or 38%, to $1.0 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, compared to $1.6 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. The decrease is attributable to a de crease in our average loan balances , all of which were denominated in U.S. dollars .

Loss/(gain) on derivative financial instruments . At June 30, 2010, the two interest rate SWAP agreements (for $25 million in total, or 24% of our then-existing total debt outstanding of $102.2 million) were recorded at fair value, which resulted in a $0.6 million non-cash unrealized loss compared to the valuation of the SWAP agreements for the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. The valuation of our interest rate swaps at the end of each six-month period is affected by the prevailing interest rates at the time.

Foreign exchange (losses)/gains, net . Foreign currency losses were $1.0 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, compared to a gain of $0.03 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. Foreign currency exchange losses resulted primarily from the change in fair value of cash deposits in Euro, as well as currency exchanges to pay for vessel operating expenses and general and administrative expenses, a material portion of which were in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

Year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we agreed to sell to unaffiliated third parties five vessels, each of which was built in the mid-1990s. Three of these vessels (the m/v Island Globe , m/v Gulf Globe and m/v Lake Globe ) were delivered to their new owners during 2009, and two vessels (the m/v Sea Globe and m/v Coral Globe ) were delivered to their new owners in February 2010. At the time in 2009 when both parties executed each of the five memoranda of agreement to sell these vessels, the book value (or carrying amount) of each of such vessels was higher than the agreed sale price. The mandatory adjustment of the book values (or carrying amount) of these five vessels resulted in a $28.4 million impairment charge for the year ended December 31, 2009 and we had an operating loss of $8.2 million, whereas during the year ended December 31, 2008, we had an operating profit of $51.6 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we sold to an unaffiliated third party the m/v Ocean Globe , built in the mid-1990s, for a sale price that exceeded the book value (or carrying amount) of the vessel, which resulted in a $15.1 million profit on the sale.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we had an average of 6.3 dry bulk vessels in our fleet. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we had an average of 7.9 dry bulk vessels in our fleet.

Time charter revenue . Time charter revenue decreased by $45.8 million, or 46%, to $52.8 million for 2009, compared to $98.6 million for 2008. Net revenues decreased by $42.8 million, or 47%, to $49.1 million for 2009, from $91.9 million for 2008. The decrease is partly attributable to a decrease in the size of the fleet, which resulted in a 19% decrease in operating days and effectively reduced our time charter revenue by approximately $17.4 million, assuming all other variables were held constant. In addition, the decrease is partly attributable to a 34% decrease in average TCE rates due to the unfavorable shipping rates in 2009 compared to 2008, which effectively reduced our net revenues by approximately $25.4 million, assuming all other variables were held constant. In 2009, we had total operating days of 2,246 and fleet utilization of 98.6%, compared to 2,781 total operating days and a fleet utilization of 99.0% in 2008.

 
49

 

Voyage expenses . Voyage expenses decreased by $3.0 million, or 45%, to $3.7 million in 2009, compared to $6.7 million in 2008. This decrease is attributable to the decrease in our revenues and the reduction of the size of our fleet.

Vessel operating expenses . Vessel operating expenses decreased by $2.4 million, or 19%, to $10.1 million in 2009, compared to $12.5 million in 2008. The decrease in operating expenses is attributable to the 20% decrease in ownership days resulting from the sale of vessels in our fleet. The breakdown of our operating expenses for the year 2009 was as follows:

Crew expenses
52%
Repairs and spares
17%
Insurance
11%
Stores
9%
Lubricants
9%
Other
2%

Daily operating expenses were $4,381 in 2009 compared to $4,356 in 2008, representing an increase of under 1%. This increase is a result of a combination of lower insurance costs due to the lower values of our vessels , higher crewing cost attributable to increased salaries paid to our crews and higher cost for lubricants due to increased lubricants prices.

Depreciation . Depreciation decreased by $6.2 million, or 36%, to $11.2 million for 2009, compared to $17.4 million for 2008. This decrease is directly the result of the decrease in the number of vessels in our fleet.

Depreciation of drydocking costs . Depreciation of drydocking costs decreased by $0.1 million, or 5%, to $1.5 million for 2009, compared to $1.6 million for 2008.

Administrative expenses . Administrative expenses for 2009 decreased by $0.1 million or 5% to $2.0 million, compared to $2.1 million in 2008. The decrease in administration expenses is due to our improved cost efficiency.

Share-based payments . Share-based payments for 2009 increased by $1 million or 125% to $1.8 million, compared to $0.8 million in 2008. On April 21, 2009, our board of directors in agreement with our chief executive officer, decided to release the unvested 171,052 common shares awarded on March 4, 2008 to our chief executive officer under our incentive plan. We accounted for the cancellation of the award as an acceleration of vesting and therefore recognized immediately the amount that otherwise would have been recognized over the remaining of the vesting period to March 4, 2011. The amount recognized was $1.4 million.

Impairment loss .   In 2009, we entered into five memoranda of agreement for the sale of the m/v Sea Globe , m/v Coral Globe , m/v Island Globe , m/v Gulf Globe and m/v Lake Globe . From the date each memorandum of agreement was executed until the delivery of each vessel to its respective new owner, the vessels were classified as held for sale and were measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less cost to sale. As a result, we recognized an impairment loss of approximately $28.4 million   for the year ended December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2008, we assessed whether any of our vessels may have been impaired. We concluded that the recoverable amount for the m/v Tiara Globe and m/v River Globe was lower than their carrying values. Subsequently, we recognized an impairment loss of approximately $20.2 million   for the year ended December 31, 2008.

(Loss)/gain on sale of vessel . In 2009, we had a loss on sale of vessel of $0.8 million, compared to a gain on sale of vessel of $15.1 million in 2008. The loss is mainly attributable to a discount on the sale proceeds received due to late delivery of m/v Island Globe to its new owners.

 
50

 

Interest income from bank balances & deposits . Interest income increased by $0.1 million, or 11%, to $1.0 million in 2009, compared to $0.9 million in 2008. The increase is attributable to the increased cash balances on average in our accounts.

Interest expense and finance costs . Interest expense decreased by $4.8 million, or 62%, to $2.9 million in 2009, compared to $7.7 million in 2008. The decrease is attributable to the lower prevailing LIBOR rates. The total outstanding bank loans as of December 31, 2009 amounted to $70.6 million compared to $157.6 million as of December 31, 2008. All of our bank loans are denominated in U.S. dollars.

Gain/(loss) on derivative financial instruments . At December 31, 2009, the two interest rate SWAP agreements (for $25.0 million in total or 35% of our then-existing total debt outstanding of $70.6 million) were recorded at fair value, which resulted in a $0.1 million non-cash unrealized gain in favor of us as compared to the valuation of the SWAP agreements as of December 31, 2008.

Foreign exchange (losses)/gains, net . Foreign exchange losses were $0.2 million for 2009, compared to losses of $0.6 million in 2008. Foreign currency exchange losses resulted primarily from currency exchanges to pay for operating expenses of our fleet   and general and administrative expenses, a material portion of which were in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we had an average of 7.9 dry bulk vessels in our fleet. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we had an average of 5.5 dry bulk vessels in our fleet.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we sold the m/v Ocean Globe to an unaffiliated third party.

During the year ended December 31, 2007, we acquired the m/v Gulf Globe in January, the m/v Island Globe in July and the m/v River Globe and the m/v Tiara Globe in December.

Time charter revenue . Time charter revenue increased by $57.6 million, or 140%, to $98.6 million for 2008, compared to $41.0 million for 2007. Net revenues increased by $53.2 million, or 137%, to $91.9 million for 2008, from $38.7 million for 2007. The increase is partly attributable to an increase in the size of our fleet resulting in a 51% increase in operating days, which effectively increased our time charter revenue by approximately $16.6 million, assuming all other variables were held constant. The increase in revenues is also partly attributable to a 66% increase in TCE rates as a result of the favorable shipping rates in 2008 compared to the same period of 2007, which effectively increased our net revenues by approximately $36.6 million, assuming all other variables were held constant. The net increase in operating days during 2008 resulted from the enlargement of our fleet following our acquisition of the m/v Tiara Globe and the m/v River Globe , both in late December 2007, and was offset with days lost due to the sale of the m/v Ocean Globe in November 2008. In 2008, we had total operating days of 2,781 and fleet utilization of 99.0%, compared to 1,837 total operating days and a fleet utilization of 93.5% in 2007.

Voyage expenses . Voyage expenses increased by $4.5 million, or 205%, to $6.7 million in 2008, compared to $2.2 million in 2007. This increase is attributable to our increased revenues and the increase in the number of days some vessels in our fleet operated on the spot market as compared to 2007 when all our vessels operated under time charters.

Vessel operating expenses . Vessel operating expenses increased by $4.9 million, or 64%, to $12.5 million in 2008, compared to $7.6 million in 2007. This increase is attributable to the 43% increase in ownership days resulting from the acquisition of the m/v Tiara Globe and the m/v River Globe , both in late December 2007 as well as higher crew costs, higher insurance premiums, higher prices for lubricants and other expenses. The breakdown of our operating expenses for the year 2008 was as follows:

 
51

 
 
Crew expenses
47%
Repairs and spares
17%
Stores
13%
Insurance
12%
Lubricants
9%
Other
2%

Daily operating expenses were $4,356 in 2008 compared to $3,787 in 2007, representing an increase of 15%.

Depreciation . Depreciation increased by $7.2 million, or 71%, to $17.4 million for 2008, from $10.2 million for 2007. This increase is the result of the net increase in the number of vessels in our fleet.

Depreciation of drydocking costs . Depreciation of drydocking costs increased by $0.6 million, or 60%, to $1.6 million for 2008, from $1.0 million for 2007. This increase is the result of the net increase in the number of vessels in our fleet.

Administrative expenses . Administrative expenses increased by $0.8 million, or 62%, to $2.1 million for 2008, compared to $1.3 million in 2007. The increase is due mainly to higher employee related expenses and higher general administration costs associated with the compliance requirements of an AIM listed company.

Administrative expenses payable to related parties . Administrative expenses payable to related parties decreased by $0.2 million, or 14%, to $1.2 million in 2008, compared to $1.4 million in 2007. The difference is attributable to a cash bonus paid to our executive directors in 2007.

Share-based payments . Share-based payments increased by $0.4 million, or 100%, to $0.8 million for 2008, compared to $0.4 million for 2007. The increase is due to the shares we paid to our executives in 2008, in compliance with our incentive plan, after our total shareholder return in 2007, which was calculated based on changes in share price and dividends paid over a calendar year, was higher relative to a peer group of publicly listed dry bulk shipping companies.

Impairment loss . As of December 31, 2008, due to the general decrease in vessel values worldwide, we assessed whether a vessel may be impaired, in compliance with our policy to assess at each reporting date whether there is an indication that our vessels may be impaired. We concluded that the recoverable amount for the m/v Tiara Globe and m/v River Globe was lower than their carrying values. Subsequently, we recognized an impairment loss of $20.2 million. We did not recognize any impairment in 2007.

(Loss)/gain on sale of vessel . In 2008, we gained $15.1 million on the sale of the m/v Ocean Globe , which selling price was higher than the carrying amount. We did not sell any vessels in 2007.

Interest income from bank balances & deposits . Interest income increased by $0.3 million, or 50%, to $0.9 million in 2008, compared to $0.6 million in 2007. The increase is attributable to increased cash generated by the operations of our growing fleet activities.

Interest expense and finance costs . Interest expense increased by $2.1 million, or 38%, to $7.7 million in 2008, compared to $5.6 million in 2007. The increase is attributable to the drawing of new debt in December 2007 to finance the acquisition of the m/v Tiara Globe and the m/v River Globe .

(Gain)/loss on derivative financial instruments . In November 2008, we entered into two interest rate SWAP agreements for $25.0 million in total, or 16% of our then-existing total debt outstanding of $157.6 million. As LIBOR interest rates fell, as of December 31, 2008 the two SWAP agreements had a total value of $1.4 million in favor of the SWAP counterparties, resulting in a non-cash mark-to-market valuation loss.

Foreign exchange (losses)/gains, net . Foreign currency losses were $0.6 million for 2008, compared to gains of $0.3 million in 2007. Foreign currency exchange gains and losses resulted primarily from currency exchanges to pay for the operating expenses of our fleet   and general and administrative expenses, a material portion of which were in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. All of our bank loans are denominated in U.S. dollars.

 
52

 

INFLATION

Inflation has only a moderate effect on our expenses given current economic conditions. In the event that significant global inflationary pressures appear, these pressures would increase our operating, voyage, administrative and financing costs.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

As of December 31, 2009, we had $59.2 million in “cash and bank balances and bank deposits” that consisted of cash short-term bank deposits with original maturities shorter than three months.

As of December 31, 2009, we had an aggregate bank debt outstanding of $70.6 million of which $34.2 million was payable within the next 12 months, including the entire outstanding balance of $27.0 million for the loan secured by the m/v Sea Globe and the m/v Coral Globe , which were shown on our Statement of Financial Position as “held for sale” under memoranda of agreement signed in November 2009. We fully repaid this loan   to Deutsche Schiffsbank in February 2010 upon the delivery of these two vessels to their new unaffiliated third party owners. In addition, at December 31, 2009, we had committed undrawn funds up to $36.4 million under the facility with Credit Suisse. As of June 30, 2010, we had an aggregate bank debt outstanding of $102.2 million, which includes $35.5 million drawn from Credit Suisse to finance the purchase of the m/v Sky Globe and m/v Star Globe and $26.7 million borrowed by Kelty Marine Ltd., a subsidiary that owns the m/v Jin Star , to finance the purchase of such vessel, and which has since paid a quarterly installment of $0.5 million and reduced the outstanding balance to $26.2 million.

Our primary uses of funds have been capital expenditures for the acquisition of vessels, vessel operating expenses, general and administrative expenses, expenditures incurred in connection with ensuring that our vessels comply with international and regulatory standards, financing expenses and repayments of bank loans and payments of dividends to our shareholders. We do not have any commitments for newbuilding contracts.

Since our operations began in 2006, we have financed our capital requirements with equity contributions from shareholders, long-term bank debt and cash from operations, including cash from sales of vessels. To finance further vessel acquisitions of either new or secondhand vessels, we anticipate that our primary sources of funds will be our current cash, cash from continuing operations, additional indebtedness to be raised and, possibly, future equity financings.

Working capital, which is current assets, including non-current assets held for sale minus current liabilities, including the current portion of long-term debt, amounted to $56.5 million as of December 31, 2009.

As of June 30, 2010, we had $102.2 million outstanding debt and cash (including bank balances and bank deposits that consisted of short-term bank deposits with original maturities shorter than three months) of $22.7 million. Our working capital amounted to $9.3 million as of June 30, 2010. As of September 30, 2010, our cash and bank balances and bank deposits exceeded $26.7 million and our outstanding debt was $101.7 million.

Because of the global economic downturn that has affected the international dry bulk industry we may not be able to obtain financing either from our credit facility or the equity markets. Based on our planned expenditures and assuming no unanticipated expenses, we believe that our cash reserves and expected cash from operations will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for the next twelve months.

 
53

 

Cash Flows

Cash and bank balances and bank deposits decreased to $59.2 million as of December 31, 2009, compared to $65.3 million as of December 31, 2008. While $21.4 million, or 33%, was pledged as collateral at the end of 2008, only $6 million, or 10%, was pledged as collateral at the end of 2009. Cash and bank balances and bank deposits decreased to $22.7 million as of June 30, 2010, compared to $59.2 million as of December 31, 2009. We consider highly liquid investments such as bank time deposits with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Net Cash Generated From Operating Activities

Net cash generated from operating activities decreased by $36.8 million, or 52%, to $33.6 million in 2009, compared to $70.4 million in 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to the decrease in the number of operating days that we achieved during the year due to the operation of a smaller fleet and the decrease in time charter equivalent rate, which resulted in decreased revenues. Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $40.2 million, or 133%, to $70.4 million in 2008, compared to $30.2 million in 2007. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in the charter equivalent rate, the increase of the average number of vessels in our fleet and the improved fleet utilization.

Net cash generated from operating activities decreased by $11.0 million to $5.9 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, compared to $16.9 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. The decrease was primarily attributable to the decrease in the number of operating days during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 due to the operation of a smaller fleet.

Net Cash Generated From (Used In) Investing Activities

Net cash generated from investing activities was $60.3 million for 2009, which consisted mainly of the $49.0 million received from the sale of three vessels during 2009, plus $10.0 million which was reclassified upon the maturity of a time deposit with original maturity of four months, as compared to net cash from investing activities in 2008 of $27.1 million that related mostly to $36.8 million proceeds from the sale of the m/v Ocean Globe reduced by $10.0 million which was invested on a time deposit with maturity of four months.

Net cash generated from investing activities was $27.1 million for 2008, related mostly to the proceeds from the sale of the m/v Ocean Globe as compared to net cash used in investing activities of $183.0 million for 2007, mainly consisting of the acquisition of the m/v Gulf Globe , m/v Island Globe , m/v Tiara Globe and m/v River Globe for $22.3 million, $38.0 million, $66.9 million and $57.6 million, respectively.

Net cash used in investing activities was $72.7 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, compared to net cash generated from investing activities of $10.8 million during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009. This was attributable to net cash of $106.1 million used for the acquisition of the m/v Star Globe , m/v Sky Globe and m/v Jin Star and $33.0 million generated from the sale of the m/v Sea Globe and m/v Coral Globe during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, compared to $10.0 million that was reclassified upon the maturity of a time deposit with original maturity of four months during the six-month period ended June 30, 2009.

Net Cash Generated From (Used In) Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities in 2009 amounted to $74.5 million and consisted of $87.0 million of indebtedness that we repaid under our then-existing credit and loan facilities, plus $2.9 million of interest paid on our loans, reduced by $15.4 million of pledged cash, which was released by the bank.

Net cash used in financing activities in 2008 amounted to $72.9 million and consisted of $120.6 million of indebtedness that we repaid under our then-existing credit and loan facilities, $21.4 million which was pledged in favor of the bank, $18.5 million of dividends paid to shareholders and $7.8 million of interest paid on our loans. Net cash generated by financing activities in 2008 consisted of $95.0 million of proceeds drawn under our then-existing credit and loan facilities.

 
54

 

Net cash generated from financing activities in 2007 was $159.8 million, mainly consisting of $5.6 million equity financing prior to our IPO, $46.6 million equity financing upon the conclusion of our IPO on June 1, 2007 and $147.0 million of proceeds drawn under our then-existing credit and loan facilities for the acquisition of the m/v Island Globe , m/v Gulf Globe , m/v Tiara Globe and m/v River Globe. Net cash used in financing activities in 2007 includes an amount of $5.5 million of interest paid on our loans, $30 million indebtedness that we repaid under our then-existing credit and loan facilities and $2.9 million which was paid as dividends to shareholders in 2007.

Net cash generated from financing activities during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 amounted to $35.5 million and consisted of $62.2 million of proceeds drawn for the acquisition of the m/v Star Globe , m/v Sky Globe and m/v Jin Star , $30.6 million of indebtedness that we repaid under our then-existing credit and loan facilities, plus $0.9 million of interest paid on our loans, reduced by $5.0 million of pledged cash, which was released by the bank.

Indebtedness

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we and our vessel-owning subsidiaries had outstanding borrowings under our credit facility from Credit Suisse and a loan from Deutsche Schiffsbank of an aggregate of $70.6 million and $157.6 million, respectively. We repaid such Deutsche Schiffsbank loan in full in February 2010.

As of June 30, 2010, our loan arrangements consisted of the following:

 
Ø
our reducing revolving credit facility with Credit Suisse, which we entered into in November 2007. Interest on outstanding balances are payable at 0.95% per annum over LIBOR, except when the aggregate security value of the mortgaged vessels is more than 200% of the outstanding balances, in which case the interest is 0.75% per annum over LIBOR. As of December 31, 2009, the reduced facility limit of our credit facility with Credit Suisse stood at $80 million, approximately $43.6 million of which was outstanding while approximately $36.5 million was undrawn and available. The credit facility limit reduces in 11 semi-annual reduction dates after May 2010, and $30.5 million is due on the final reduction date in November 2015. As of June 30, 2010, the outstanding balance of our credit facility with Credit Suisse was $75.5 million, which was equal to the reduced facility limit. We therefore cannot draw down any additional funds thereunder unless and until we repay a portion of the debt. The facility limit will be further reduced by $4.5 million in November 2010, on the Reduction Date, when we repay such amount to Credit Suisse; and

 
Ø
a loan agreement with Deutsche Schiffsbank, which our vessel-owning subsidiary, Kelty Marine, entered into in June 2010. Interest on outstanding balances under our loan agreement is payable at LIBOR plus a variable margin. The margin will depend on the “loan to value ratio,” which is a fraction where the numerator is the principal amount outstanding under our loan agreement and the denominator is the charter free market value of the vessel securing our loan agreement and any amount of free liquidity maintained with Deutsche Schiffsbank. As of June 30, 2010, $26.7 million remained outstanding, which is payable in 28 equal quarterly installments of $500,000, as well as a balloon payment of $12.65 million due together with the final installment in June 2017. As of September 30, 2010, $26.2 million remained outstanding.

Our loan arrangements generally contain, in addition to provisions relating to events of default, covenants requiring us, among other things, to ensure that:

 
Ø
we or Kelty Marine must maintain a minimum liquidity; and

 
Ø
the fair market value of the mortgaged vessel(s) must be no less than a certain percentage (which is greater than 100%) of outstanding borrowings under the respective loan arrangement.

 
55

 
 
As of December 31, 2008, we were in breach of the loan to value ratio covenant in our credit facility, for which we obtained a waiver from the bank that was valid until January 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, we were not in breach of any provisions of our credit facility.

As of December 31, 2008, we had breached a loan to value ratio covenant on a loan that has since been repaid. In order to rectify such breach, we had pledged an amount of $21.4 million in favor of the lending bank.

Financial Instruments

The major trading currency of our business is the U.S. dollar. Movements in the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies can potentially impact our operating and administrative expenses and therefore our operating results.

In November 2008, in an effort to mitigate the exposure to interest rate movements, we entered into two interest rate swap agreements for a notional amount of $25 million in total, which remain in place on the date of this prospectus.

We believe that we have a low risk approach to treasury management. Cash balances are invested in term deposit accounts, with their maturity dates projected to coincide with our liquidity requirements. Credit risk is diluted by placing cash on deposit with a variety of institutions in Europe, including a small number of banks in Greece, which are selected based on their credit ratings. We have policies to limit the amount of credit exposure to any particular financial institution.

As of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and as of the date of this prospectus, we did not use and have not used any financial instruments designated in our financial statements as those with hedging purposes.

Capital Expenditures

We make capital expenditures from time to time in connection with our vessel acquisitions. We have no agreements to purchase any additional vessels, but may do so in the future. We expect that any purchases of vessels will be paid for with cash from operations, with funds from new credit facilities from banks with whom we currently transact business, with loans from banks with whom we do not have a banking relationship but will provide us funds at terms acceptable to us, with funds from equity issuances or any combination thereof.

We incur additional capital expenditures when our vessels undergo surveys. This process of recertification may require us to reposition these vessels from a discharge port to shipyard facilities, which will reduce our operating days during the period. The loss of earnings associated with the decrease in operating days, together with the capital needs for repairs and upgrades, is expected to result in increased cash flow needs. We expect to fund these expenditures with cash on hand.

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

We incur, from time to time, expenditures relating to inspections for acquiring new vessels that meet our standards. Such expenditures are insignificant and they are expensed as they incur.

Trend Information

Our results of operations depend primarily on the charter hire and spot market rates that we are able to realize. Charter hire and spot market rates paid for dry bulk vessels are primarily a function of the underlying balance between vessel supply and demand. To the extent that either supply or demand is significantly affected, we believe this would cause rates to fluctuate.

 
56

 

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

On November 12, 2010, we issued a press release that contained certain of our unaudited financial and operating information for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and for the third quarter in 2010. We disclosed in the press release that on September 30, 2010, our cash and bank balances and bank deposits exceeded $26.7 million while the total outstanding debt under our credit facility and loan agreement was $101.7 million (consisting of $75.5 million owed to Credit Suisse and $26.2 million owed to Deutsche Schiffsbank).

The following tables set forth certain selected consolidated financial and operating data for the three-month and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 that we included in the press release .
 
   
Three   Months   Ended
September 30, (unaudited)
   
Nine   Months   Ended
September 30, (unaudited)
 
   
(Expressed   in   Thousands   of   U.S.   Dollars )
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2010
   
2009
 
                         
Time charter revenue
    8,828       14,958       20,446       41,498  
Vessel operating expenses
    1,486       2,530       4,124       8,208  
Total comprehensive i ncome/(loss) for the period
    2,289       2,730       3,379       (8,899 )
Cash generated from operations
    5,818       9,536       11,688       26,462  
                                 
Adjusted EBITDA reconciliation with Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period
                               
                                 
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period
    2,289       2,730       3,379       (8,899 )
Interest expense and finance costs, net
    583       490       1,337       1,593  
( Gain ) /loss on derivative financial instruments
    395       261       959       (48 )
Foreign exchange losses/ ( gains ) , net
    (96 )     204       860       170  
Depreciation
    2,263       2,550       5,079       9,539  
Depreciation of dry docking costs
    132       505       392       1,341  
Loss/(gain) on sale of vessel
    -       896       (7 )     896  
Impairment loss
    -       3,499       -       22,325  
Adjusted EBITDA( 1 )
    5,566       11,135       11,999       26,917  

(1) Adjusted EBITDA represents net earnings before interest and finance costs net, gains or losses from the change in fair value of derivative financial instruments, foreign exchange gains or losses, income taxes, depreciation, depreciation of drydocking costs, impairment and gains or losses from sale of vessels. Adjusted EBITDA does not represent and should not be considered as an alternative to total comprehensive income/(loss) or cash generated from operations, as determined by IFRS, and our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to that reported by other companies. Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under IFRS.

Adjusted EBITDA is included herein because it is a basis upon which we assess our financial performance and because we believe that it presents useful information to investors regarding a company’s ability to service and/or incur indebtedness and it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry.

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under IFRS. Some of these limitations are:

 
Ø
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 
Ø
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;
 
 
57

 
 
 
Ø
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in or cash requirements for our working capital needs; and
 
 
Ø
other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business.

   
Three   Months   Ended
September   30,  (unaudited)
   
Nine   Months   Ended   September
30,  (unaudited)
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2010
   
2009
 
                         
Ownership days
    460       615       998       1,882  
Available days
    460       589       998       1,845  
Operating days
    460       579       989       1,818  
Fleet utilization
    100 %     98.3 %     99.1 %     98.5 %
Average number of vessels
    5       6.68       3.66       6.89  
Time c harter equivalent (TCE) rate
  $ 18,234     $ 24,496     $ 19,316     $ 21,083  

The following table reflects the calculation of our daily TCE rates for the periods indicated.

   
Three   Months   Ended
September 30, (unaudited)
   
Nine   Months   Ended  
September 30, (unaudited)
 
   
(Expressed   in   Thousands   of   U.S.   Dollars,   except  daily  TCE   rate )
 
   
2010
   
200 9
   
2010
   
2 009
 
                         
Time charter revenue
    8,828       14,958       20,446       41,498  
Less: Voyage expenses
    856       530       1,701       2,600  
Less: Bareboat charter net revenue
    1,262       -       1,283       -  
Net Revenue
    6,710       14,428       17,462       38,898  
Available days net of bareboat charter days
    368       589       904       1,845  
Daily TCE rate
    18,234       24,496       19,316       21,083  

Our performance during the third quarter of 2010 as compared to the third quarter of 2009 and during the nine month period ending September 30, 2010 as compared to the nine month period ending September 30, 2009 mainly reflect the results from changes to the size of our fleet and that the m/v Tiara Globe was chartered in 2009 for a greater amount than such vessel was able to obtain in 2010 and that voyage expenses were greater in 2010 than in 2009.
 
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rates

We are exposed to market risks associated with changes in interest rates relating to our loan arrangements with Credit Suisse and Deutsche Schiffsbank. As of June 30, 2010, we had a $75.5 million outstanding balance under our credit facility with Credit Suisse. As of June 30, 2010, Kelty Marine has a $26.7 million principal balance outstanding under its loan agreement with Deutsche Schiffsbank. Interest costs incurred under our loan arrangements are included in our statement of income.

In 2009, the weighted average interest rate for our then-outstanding facilities was 1.91% and the respective interest rates ranged from 1.16 % to 3.04%, including margins. An average increase of 1% in the interest rates of 2009 would have resulted in interest costs of $3.7 million instead of $   2.7 million, an increase of 37%.

In 2009, the weighted average interest rate relating to our credit facility with Credit Suisse was 1.97% and the respective interest rates ranged from 1.19% to 2.27%, including margins. An average increase of 1% in the interest rates of 2009 would have resulted in interest expenses of $2.1 million, instead of $1.7 million, an increase of 24%.

 
58

 

In 2009, the weighted average interest rate relating to our credit facility with Deutsche Schiffsbank (which has since been repaid in full) was 1.84% and the respective interest rates ranged from 1.16% to 3.04%, including margins. An average increase of 1% in the interest rates of 2009 would have resulted in interest expenses of $1.6 million, instead of $1.0 million, an increase of 60%.

We will continue to have debt outstanding, which could impact our results of operations and financial condition. Although we may in the future prefer to generate funds through equity offerings on terms acceptable to us rather than through the use of debt arrangements, we may not be able to do so. We expect to manage any exposure in interest rates through our regular operating and financing activities and, when deemed appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments.

Currency and Exchange Rates

We generate revenues from the trading of our vessels in U.S. dollars but historically incur certain amounts of our operating expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. While we were incorporated in Jersey, the majority of our general and administrative expenses (including stock exchange fees and advisor fees) were payable in U.K. pounds sterling. For cash management, or treasury, purposes, we convert U.S. dollars into foreign currencies which we then hold on deposit until the date of each transaction. Fluctuations in foreign exchange rates create foreign exchange gains or losses when we mark-to-market these non-U.S. dollar deposits.

For accounting purposes, expenses incurred in Euro and other foreign currencies are converted into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of each transaction. Because a portion of our expenses are incurred in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, our expenses may from time to time increase relative to our revenues as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates, which could affect the amount of net income that we report in future periods. While we historically have not mitigated the risk associated with exchange rate fluctuations through the use of financial derivatives, we may determine to employ such instruments from time to time in the future in order to minimize this risk. Our use of financial derivatives would involve certain risks, including the risk that losses on a hedged position could exceed the nominal amount invested in the instrument and the risk that the counterparty to the derivative transaction may be unable or unwilling to satisfy its contractual obligations, which could have an adverse effect on our results.

Commodity Risk Exposure

The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates as a result of events outside our control, including geo-political developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by members of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries, and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns and regulations. Because we do not intend to hedge our fuel costs, an increase in the price of fuel beyond our expectations may adversely affect our profitability, cash flows and ability to pay dividends.

Inflation

We do not expect inflation to be a significant risk to us in the current and foreseeable economic environment. In the event that inflation becomes a significant factor in the global economy, inflationary pressures would result in increased operating, voyage and finance costs.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements in place at this time.

TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and their maturity dates as of December 31, 2009, as adjusted to reflect an additional draw down of $35.5 million from our credit facility, and Kelty Marine’s entry into the loan agreement with Deutsche Schiffsbank   for $26.7 million. The table does not include any amounts payable under our ship management agreements, as those amounts are eliminated upon consolidation of our accounts.

 
59

 

   
Within
One Year
   
One to
Three
Years
   
Three to
Five
Years
   
More
than
Five
years
   
Total
 
   
(in thousands of U.S. Dollars)
 
Long term debt(1)
 
$
36,082
(3)    
22,000
     
22,000
     
52,650
   
$
132,732
 
Operating lease obligations(2)
   
247
     
513
     
538
     
185
     
1,483
 
 
(1) Our long term debt includes both our credit facility with Credit Suisse and Kelty Marine’s loan agreement with Deutsche Schiffsbank, each of which is described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness.”
(2) We rent our office space from Cyberonica S.A. for an amount of €14,577 per month, which we expect will increase at a rate of 2.5% per year. We expect that the Euro:U.S. dollar exchange rate is 1.0:1.4.
(3) As of September 30, 2010, we had paid $31.1 million out of the $36.1 million scheduled to be paid within the year ending December 31, 2010.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The preparation of those financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

Critical accounting policies are those that reflect significant judgments of uncertainties and potentially result in material different results under different assumptions and conditions. We have described below what we believe are our most critical accounting policies, because they generally involve a comparatively higher degree of judgment in their application. For a description of all our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.   We assess at each reporting date whether there is an indication that a vessel may be impaired. The vessel’s recoverable amount is estimated when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.

If such indication exists and where the carrying value exceeds the estimated recoverable amounts, the vessel is written down to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use. In assessing value-in-use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the vessel. This assessment is made at the individual vessel level as separately identifiable cash flow information for each vessel is available. We determine the fair value of our assets based on management estimates and assumptions and by making use of available market data and taking into consideration third party valuations.

The estimated future cash flows are determined by considering the charter revenues from existing time charters for the fixed fleet days and an estimated daily time charter equivalent for the unfixed days, based on the most recent 10 year historical average of the six-month, one-year and three-year time charter rates over the remaining estimated life of each vessel assuming an annual growth rate as published by the International Monetary Fund, or IMF, net of brokerage commissions. Expected outflows for scheduled vessels’ maintenance and vessel operating expenses are based on historical rates, and adjusted annually assuming an average annual inflation rate as published by the IMF. Effective fleet utilization is assumed to be 92%, taking into account the period(s) each vessel is expected to undergo drydocking and estimated off-hire days during the year. We have assumed no change in the remaining estimated useful lives of the current fleet, and scrap values based on $200 per lightweight ton at disposal.

 
60

 

Although we believe that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate, these assumptions are highly subjective and we are not able to estimate the variability between the assumptions used and actual results that is reasonably likely to result in the future.

Impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. If that is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. After such a reversal, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life.

Vessels, net.   Vessels are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Vessel cost consists of the contract price for the vessel and any material expenses incurred upon acquisition (initial repairs, improvements and delivery expenses, interest and on-site supervision costs incurred during the construction periods). Any seller’s credit, i.e., amounts received from the seller of the vessels until date of delivery, is deducted from the cost of the vessel. Subsequent expenditures for conversions and major improvements are also capitalized when the recognition criteria are met. Otherwise, these amounts are charged to expenses as incurred. When we acquire a vessel with a time charter agreement assumed, the cost of acquisition is allocated between the individual assets and/or liabilities assumed based on their relative fair values at the time of acquisition. The time charter agreement assumed can be assigned a positive value (asset) or a negative value (deferred revenue) or zero value.

Depreciation. We depreciate our vessels based on a straight line basis over the expected useful life of each vessel, which is 25 years from the date of their initial delivery from the shipyard, which we believe is within industry standards and represents the most reasonable useful life for each of our vessels. Depreciation is based on the cost of the vessel less its estimated residual value at the date of the vessel’s acquisition, which is estimated at $200 per lightweight ton, which we believe is common in the shipping industry. Secondhand vessels are depreciated from the date of their acquisition through their remaining estimated useful lives. A decrease in the useful life of a vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge. When regulations place limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, its useful life is adjusted to end at the date such regulations become effective.

Deferred drydocking costs.   Vessels are required to be drydocked for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the vessels are operating. Drydockings occur approximately every 2.5 years. The costs associated with the drydockings are capitalized and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the period between drydockings, to a maximum of 2.5 years.   At the date of acquisition of a secondhand vessel, management estimates the component of the cost that corresponds to the economic benefit to be derived until the first scheduled drydocking of the vessel under our ownership and this component is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the remaining period through the estimated drydocking date.

Costs capitalized are limited to actual costs incurred, such as shipyard rent, paints and related works and surveyor fees in relation to obtaining the class certification. If a drydocking is performed prior to the scheduled date, the remaining unamortized balances of previous drydockings are immediately written off. Unamortized balances of vessels that are sold are written off and included in the calculation of the resulting gain or loss in the period of the vessel’s sale.

Non-current assets held for sale.   Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. We determine the fair value of our assets based on management estimates and assumptions and by making use of available market data and taking into consideration third party valuations. If the carrying amount exceeds fair value less costs to sell, we recognize a loss under impairment loss in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset or disposal group is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a complete sale within one year from the date of classification. Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets once classified as held for sale are not depreciated or amortized.

 
61

 

Revenue.   We generate our revenues from charterers for the charter hire of our vessels. Vessels are chartered using time charters, where a contract is entered into for the use of a vessel for a specific period of time and a specified daily charter hire rate. If a time charter agreement exists and collection of the related revenue is reasonably assured, revenue is recognized on a straight line basis over the period of the time charter. Such revenues are treated in accordance with IAS 17 as lease income. Associated voyage expenses, which primarily consist of commissions, are recognized on a pro-rata basis over the duration of the period of the time charter. Deferred revenue relates to cash received prior to the financial position date and is related to revenue earned after such date. Deferred revenue also includes the value ascribed to time charter agreements assumed upon the purchase of a vessel, if any. This ascribed amount is amortized over the remaining term of the time charter and the amortized portion for the period is included in revenue for the period.

Voyage expenses. Primarily consisting of port expenses and owner’s expenses paid by the charterer, canal and bunker expenses that are unique to a particular charter under time charter arrangements or by us under voyage charter arrangements. Furthermore, voyage expenses include commission on income paid by us. We defer bunker expenses under voyage charter agreements and amortize them over the related voyage.

Trade receivables, net.   The amount shown as trade receivables at each financial position date includes estimated recoveries from charterers for hire, freight and demurrage billings, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Trade receivables are measured at amortized cost less impairment losses, which are recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. At each financial position date, all potentially uncollectible accounts are assessed individually for the purpose of determining the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts. Although we may believe that our provisions are based on fair judgment at the time of their creation, it is possible that an amount under dispute will not be recovered and the estimated provision of doubtful accounts would be inadequate. If any of our revenues become uncollectible, these amounts would be written-off at that time.

Derivative financial instruments. Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. The fair value of these instruments at each reporting date is derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets, liabilities (risk adjusted) and market-corroborated inputs, such as market comparables, interest rates, yield curves and other items that allow value to be determined. Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recognized immediately in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 
62

 

THE DRY BULK INDUSTRY
 
All the information and data presented in this section, including the analysis of the various sectors of the dry bulk shipping industry, has been provided by Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd, or Drewry. Drewry has advised that the statistical and graphical information contained herein is drawn from its database and other sources. In connection therewith, Drewry has advised that:

 
Ø
certain information in Drewry’s database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments;

 
Ø
the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in Drewry’s database; and

 
Ø
while Drewry has taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures.

Drewry’s methodologies for collection information and data, and therefore the information discussed in this section, may differ from those of other sources, and do not reflect all or even necessarily a comprehensive set of the actual transactions occurring in the dry bulk industry.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
The seaborne transportation industry is a vital link in international trade, with ocean going vessels representing the most efficient, and often the only, method of transporting large volumes of basic commodities and finished products. In 2009, approximately 4.8 billion tons of dry cargo was transported by sea, which represents approximately 60% of total global seaborne trade. Dry bulk cargo is cargo that is shipped in large quantities and can be easily stowed in a single hold with little risk of cargo damage. The following table presents the breakdown of global seaborne trade by type of cargo in 2000 and 2009.

World Seaborne Trade: 2000 & 2009

   
Trade -
Million Tons
   
CAGR(1)
2000-09
   
% Total Trade
 
   
2000
   
2009
   
%
   
2000
   
2009
 
Dry Cargo
                             
Major Bulks
    1,249       1,952       5.1       21.2       23.4  
Coal
    539       784       4.3       9.1       9.4  
Iron Ore
    489       959       7.8       8.3       11.5  
Grain
    221       209       -0.6       3.7       2.5  
Minor Bulks
    901       1,080       2.0       15.3       12.9  
Total Dry Bulk
    2,150       3,032       3.9       36.5       36.3  
Container Cargo
    620       1,205       7.7       10.5       14.4  
Non Container/General Cargo
    720       590       -2.2       12.2       7.1  
Total Dry Cargo
    3,490       4,827       3.7       59.2       57.8  
                                         
Liquid Cargo
    2977       3,526       1.9       40.8       42.2  
                                         
Total Seaborne Trade
    6,467       8,353       2.9       100.0       100.0  
(1) Compound annual growth rate
Source: Drewry

 
63

 

Dry bulk cargo is generally categorized as either major dry bulk or minor dry bulk. Major dry bulk cargo constitutes the vast majority of dry bulk cargo by weight, and includes, among other things, iron ore, coal and grain. Minor dry bulk cargo includes products such as agricultural products (other than grain), mineral cargoes, cement, forest products and steel products and represents the balance of the dry bulk industry. Other dry bulk cargo is categorized as container cargo, which is shipped in 20- or 40- foot containers and includes a wide variety of either finished products, or non-container cargo, which includes other dry bulk cargoes that cannot be shipped in a container due to size, weight or handling requirements, such as large manufacturing equipment or large industrial vehicles. The balance of seaborne trade involves the transport of liquids or gases in tanker vessels and includes products such as oil, refined oil products and chemicals.

In 2009, in line with the downturn in the world economy, the volume of seaborne trade in some of the major commodity groups has declined from the levels achieved in 2008.

DRY BULK TRADE
 
Dry bulk trade is influenced by the underlying demand for the dry bulk commodities which, in turn, is influenced by the level of worldwide economic activity. Generally, growth in gross domestic product, or GDP, and industrial production correlate with peaks in demand for marine dry bulk transportation services. The following chart demonstrates the change in world dry bulk trade between 2000 and 2009.
 
Dry Bulk Trade Development: 2000 to 2009
(Million Tons)
 
 
Source: Drewry
 
Historically, certain economies have acted as the primary drivers of dry bulk trade. In the 1990s, Japan was the driving force of increases in ton-miles, when buoyant Japanese industrial production stimulated demand for imported dry bulk commodities. More recently, China and, to a lesser extent, India have been the main drivers behind the recent increase in seaborne dry bulk trade, as high levels of economic growth have generated increased demand for imported raw materials. The downturn in economic activity in 2009 has obviously had a negative impact on world trade; however, the economic stimulus packages announced by several countries have had a positive effect on economic development. The following table illustrates China’s and India’s gross domestic product growth rates compared to those of the United States, Europe, Japan and the world during the periods indicated.

 
64

 
 
Real GDP Growth: 2000 to 2010
(% change previous period)
 
GDP
 
2000
   
2001
   
2002
   
2003
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2009
      2010 *
Global Economy
    4.8       2.4       3.0       4.1       5.3       4.4       4.9       5.0       2.8       -0.8       4.7  
USA
    3.8       0.3       1.6       2.7       3.9       3.1       2.7       2.1       0.4       -2.6       2.7  
Europe
    3.4       1.7       1.1       1.1       2.1       1.8       3.1       2.7       0.5       -4.1       1.7  
Japan
    2.8       0.4       -0.3       1.8       2.7       1.9       2.0       2.4       -1.2       -5.2       3.0  
China
    8.0       7.5       8.3       10.0       10.1       10.4       11.6       13.0       9.6       9.1       10.0  
India
    5.1       4.4       4.7       7.4       7.0       9.1       9.9       9.3       7.5       6.7       8.5  
* Provisional
Source: Drewry
 
The impact of the rapid expansion of Asian economies on dry bulk trade growth can be seen below. In the 1990s, the average CAGR in seaborne trade was 2.4%, but in the period 2000-2009, the average annual rate increased to 3.9%.
 
Dry Bulk Trade*—Growth Rates by Period
(CAGR—Percent)
 
 
* Based on tons
Source: Drewry
 
The following is an overview of changes in seaborne trade in major and minor bulk cargoes in the period 2000 to 2009.

 
65

 
 
Dry Bulk Seaborne Trade: 2000 to 2009
(Million Tons)
 
                                                               
CAGR%
 
   
2000
   
2001
   
2002
   
2003
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2009
   
2000/2009
 
Coal
    539       587       590       619       650       675       769       833       830       784       4.3  
Iron Ore
    489       503       544       580       644       715       759       823       886       959       7.8  
Grain
    221       213       210       211       208       212       221       228       235       209       -0.6  
Minor Bulks
    901       890       900       957       1,025       1,000       1,035       1,075       1,087       1,080       2.1  
Total
    2,150       2,193       2,244       2,367       2,526       2,602       2,783       2,958       3,037       3,032       3.9  
Source: Drewry
 
Coal
 
Asia’s rapid industrial development has contributed to strong demand for coal, which accounted for roughly one third of the total growth of seaborne dry bulk trade between 2000 and 2009. Coal is divided into two main categories: thermal (or steam) and coking (or metallurgical). Thermal coal is used mainly for power generation, whereas coking coal is used to produce coke to feed blast furnaces in the production of steel. Chinese and Indian electricity consumption has grown at a rapid pace. China is the second largest consumer of electricity in the world, even though generally highly populated developing economies have low per capita electricity consumption.
 
Expansion in air conditioned office and factory space, along with industrial use, has increased demand for electricity, of which nearly half is generated from coal-fired plants, thus increasing demand for thermal coal. In addition, Japan’s domestic nuclear power generating industry has suffered from safety problems in recent years, leading to increased demand for oil, gas and coal-fired power generation. Furthermore, the high cost of oil and gas has led to increasing development of coal-fired electricity plants around the world, especially in Asia. Future prospects are heavily tied to the steel industry. Coking coal is of a higher quality than thermal coal (i.e., more carbon and fewer impurities) and its price is both higher and more volatile.
 
The following chart illustrates trends in the Chinese coal trade in recent years. From January to December 2009, China’s coal imports exceeded 126.6 million tons, a year-on-year increase of approximately 310%.
 
Chinese Coal Trade: 2007 to 2010
(Thousand Tons)
 
 
Source: Drewry
 
Increases in steam coal demand have been significant, as both developed and developing nations require increasing amounts of electric power. The main exporters of coal are Australia, South Africa, Russia, Indonesia, United States, Colombia and Canada. The main importers of coal are Europe, Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, India and China, as illustrated in the first chart below. China has recently become a net importer of coal, and Indian imports have doubled in less than five years. Coal is transported primarily by Capesize, Panamax and Supramax vessels.

 
66

 
 
Coal Imports: 2002 to 2010
(Thousand Tons)
 
 
Source: Drewry
 
Iron Ore
 
Iron ore is used as a raw material for the production of steel, along with limestone and coking (or metallurgical) coal. Steel is the most important construction and engineering material in the world. In 2009, approximately 928 million tons of iron ore were exported worldwide, with the main importers being China, the European Union, Japan and South Korea. The main producers and exporters of iron ore are Australia and Brazil.
 
Chinese imports of iron ore have grown significantly due to increased steel production in the last few years and have been a major driving force in the dry bulk sector. In 2008, Chinese iron ore imports increased by approximately 15.7% to 444.1 million tons and despite the downturn in the world economy and global trade they continued to grow in 2009. In 2009, total Chinese imports of iron ore amounted to 628.2 million tons.

 
67

 
 
Iron Ore Imports: 2000 to 2010
(Thousand Tons)
 

Source: Drewry
 
Chinese Iron Ore Imports and Steel Production: 2000 to 2010
(Thousand Tons)
 
 
Source: Drewry
 
Chinese imports of iron ore have traditionally come primarily from Australia, Brazil and India. The shares of Indian and Brazilian imports into China have increased since 2000. Australia and Brazil together account for approximately two-thirds of global iron ore exports. Although both countries have seen strong demand from China, Australia continues to benefit the most from China’s increased demand for iron ore. India is also becoming a major exporter of iron ore. Unlike Australia and Brazil, which tend to export primarily in the larger Capesize vessels, much of India’s exports are shipped in smaller Panamax, Supramax and Handymax vessels.
 
 
68

 
 
The following chart shows how Chinese market share of world iron ore seaborne trade developed between 2000 and 2009.
 
World Seaborne Iron Ore Trades and Chinese Market Share
 
 
Source: Drewry
 
The growth in iron ore trades is closely linked to trends in global steel production. World steel production rose steadily between 2000 and 2009, as did Chinese market share, as indicated by the following chart.
 
World Steel Production and Chinese Market Share
 
 
Source: Drewry
 
Globally, Chinese steel production and consumption was the principal driver of the dry bulk shipping boom supported by the iron ore trades. From about 127.2 million tons of crude steel output in 2000, Chinese production increased to approximately 498 million tons in 2008 and 566 million tons in 2009.
 
Industrialization of emerging economies, primarily China and India, will continue to drive an increasing demand for steel commodities. On a per capita basis, emerging economies are consuming less steel than developed countries and thus have a great potential for growth in consumption. As a country builds infrastructure, steel consumption increases on a per capita basis. This is illustrated by Chinese construction sector demand, which accounts for close to 50% of the country’s total steel consumption.

 
69

 

Grains
 
Grains include wheat, coarse grains (corn, barley, oats, rye and sorghum) and oil seeds extracted from different crops such as soybeans and cotton seeds. In general, wheat is used for human consumption, while coarse grains are used as feed for livestock. Oil seeds are used to manufacture vegetable oil for human consumption or for industrial use, while their protein-rich residue is used as food for livestock.
 
Global grain production is dominated by the United States. Argentina is the second largest producer, followed by Canada and Australia. International trade in grains is dominated by four key exporting regions: North America, South America, Oceania and Europe (including the former Soviet Union). These regions collectively account for over 90% of global exports. In terms of imports, the Asia/Pacific region (excluding Japan) ranks first, followed by Latin America, Africa and the Middle East.
 
Historically, international grain trade volumes have fluctuated considerably as a result of regional weather conditions and the long history of grain price volatility and government interventionism. However, demand for wheat and coarse grains are fundamentally linked in the long-term to population growth and rising per capita income.
 
Minor Dry Bulks
 
The balance of dry bulk trade, minor dry bulks, can be subdivided into two types of cargo. The first type includes secondary dry bulks or free-flowing cargo, such as agricultural cargoes, bauxite and alumina, fertilizers and cement. The second type is neo-bulks, which include non-free flowing or part manufactured cargo that is principally forest products and steel products, including scrap.
 
Major Dry Bulk Vessel Routes
 
Dry bulk vessels are one of the most versatile elements of the global shipping fleet in terms of employment alternatives. They seldom operate on round trip voyages with high ballasting times. Rather, the norm is often triangular or multi-leg voyages. Hence, trade distances assume greater importance in the demand equation, and increases in long-haul shipments will have greater impact on overall vessel demand. The following map represents the major global dry bulk trade routes:

 
70

 
 
Major Dry Bulk Seaborne Trades
 
 
Source: Drewry

DEMAND FOR DRY BULK VESSELS
 
Globally, total seaborne trade in all dry bulk commodities increased from 2.15 billion tons in 2000 to 2.97 billion tons in 2009, representing a CAGR of 3.7%. Another industry measure of vessel demand is ton-miles, which is calculated by multiplying the volume of cargo moved on each route by the distance of such voyage. Between 2000 and 2009, ton-mile demand in the dry bulk sector increased by 37% to 15.3 billion ton-miles, equivalent to a CAGR of 3.6%. The following table illustrates this measure.
 
Dry Bulk Vessel Demand: 2000 to 2009*
( Billion Ton-Miles)
                                                               
CAGR
 
   
2000
   
2001
   
2002
   
2003
   
2004
   
2005
   
2006
   
2007
   
2008
   
2009
   
2000/2009%
 
Coal
    2,831       3,082       3,115       3,250       3,412       3,544       3,842       4,166       4,151       3,830       3.4  
Iron Ore
    2,690       2,766       2,990       3,193       3,525       3,899       4,098       4,443       4,782       5,011       7.2  
Grain
    1,161       1,118       1,103       1,108       1,089       1,113       1,161       1,196       1,231       1,128       -0.3  
Minor Bulks
    4,457       4,404       4,452       4,724       5,059       4,927       5,096       5,289       5,354       5,296       1.9  
Total
    11,138       11,371       11,641       12,274       13,086       13,728       14,197       15,094       15,518       15,265       3.6  
 
* includes ton-mile demand for vessels less than 10,000 dwt.
Source: Drewry
 
Seasonality
 
Two of the three largest commodity drivers of the dry bulk industry, coal and grains, are affected by seasonal demand fluctuations. Thermal coal is linked to the energy markets and in general encounters upswings towards the end of the year in anticipation of the forthcoming winter period as power supply companies try to increase their stocks, or during hot summer periods when increased electricity demand is required for air conditioning and refrigeration purposes. Grain production is also seasonal and is driven by the harvest cycle of the northern and southern hemispheres. However, with four nations and the European Union representing the largest grain producers (the United States, Canada and the European Union in the northern hemisphere and Argentina and Australia in the southern hemisphere), harvests and crops reach seaborne markets throughout the year. In 2009, seasonal trading patterns were also disrupted due to Chinese iron ore price negotiations. Taken as a whole, seasonal factors mean that the market for dry bulk vessels is often stronger during the winter months.

 
71

 

Supply of Dry Bulk Vessels
 
The world dry bulk fleet is generally divided into six major categories, based on a vessel’s cargo carrying capacity. These categories consist of: Handysize, Handymax/Supramax, Panamax, Post Panamax, Capesize and Very Large Ore Carrier.

Category
 
Size Range - Dwt
Handysize
 
10-39,999
Handymax/Supramax
 
40-59,999
Panamax
 
60-79,999
Post Panamax
 
80-109,999
Capesize
 
110-199,999
VLOC
 
200,000 +

Ø        Handysize. Handysize vessels have a carrying capacity of up to 39,999 dwt. These vessels are primarily involved in carrying minor bulk cargoes. Increasingly, vessels of this type operate on regional trading routes, and may serve as trans-shipment feeders for larger vessels. Handysize vessels are well suited for small ports with length and draft restrictions. Their cargo gear enables them to service ports lacking the infrastructure for cargo loading and unloading.
 
Ø        Handymax/Supramax. Handymax vessels have a carrying capacity of between 40,000 and 59,999 dwt. These vessels operate on a large number of geographically dispersed global trade routes, carrying primarily iron ore, coal, grains and minor bulks. Within the Handymax category there is also a sub-sector known as Supramax . Supramax bulk vessels are vessels between 50,000 to 59,999 dwt, normally offering cargo loading and unloading flexibility with on-board cranes, while at the same time possessing the cargo carrying capability approaching conventional Panamax bulk vessels. Hence, the earnings potential of a Supramax dry bulk vessel, when compared to a conventional Handymax vessel of 45,000 dwt, is greater.
 
Ø        Panamax. Panamax vessels have a carrying capacity of between 60,000 and 79,999 dwt. These vessels carry coal, grains, and, to a lesser extent, minor bulks, including steel products, forest products and fertilizers. Panamax vessels are able to pass through the Panama Canal, making them more versatile than larger vessels.
 
Ø        Post Panamax. (sometimes known as Kamsarmax). Post Panamax vessels typically have a carrying capacity of between 80,000 and 109,999 dwt. These vessels tend to be shallower and have a larger beam than a standard Panamax vessel with a higher cubic capacity. They have been designed specifically for loading high cubic cargoes from draught restricted ports. This type of vessel cannot transit the Panama Canal. The term Kamsarmax stems from Port Kamsar in Guinea, where large quantities of bauxite are exported from a port with only 13.5 meter draught and a 229 meter length overall restriction, but no beam restriction.
 
Ø        Capesize. Capesize vessels have carrying capacities of between 110,000 and 199,999 dwt. Only the largest ports around the world possess the infrastructure to accommodate vessels of this size. Capesize vessels are mainly used to transport iron ore or coal and, to a lesser extent, grains, primarily on long-haul routes.
 
Ø        VLOC. Very large ore carriers are in excess of 200,000 dwt and are a comparatively new sector of the dry bulk vessel fleet. VLOCs are built to exploit economies of scale on long-haul iron ore routes.

 
72

 

Dry Bulk Vessels: Indicative Deployment by Size Category
 
Cargo Type 
 
Handysize
 
Handymax
 
Supramax
 
Panamax
 
Post Panamax/
Kamsarmax
 
Capesize
 
VLOC
Iron Ore
                     
X
 
X
Coal
         
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
Grains
         
X
 
X
 
X
       
Alumina, Bauxite
         
X
 
X
 
X
       
Steel Products
     
X
 
X
 
X
 
X
       
Forest Products
     
X
 
X
               
Fertilizers
     
X
 
X
 
X
           
Minerals
     
X
 
X
 
X
           
Minor Bulks-Other
  
X
  
X
  
X
  
X
  
 
  
 
  
 
Source: Drewry
 
The supply of dry bulk shipping capacity, measured by the amount of suitable vessel tonnage available to carry cargo, is determined by the size of the existing worldwide dry bulk fleet, the number of new vessels on order, the scrapping of older vessels and the number of vessels out of active service (i.e., laid up or otherwise not available for hire). In addition to prevailing and anticipated freight rates, factors that affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up include newbuilding prices, secondhand vessel values in relation to scrap prices, costs of bunkers and other voyage expenses, costs associated with classification society surveys, normal maintenance and insurance coverage, the efficiency and age profile of the existing fleets in the market and government and industry regulation of marine transportation practices.
 
The supply of dry bulk vessels is not only a result of the number of vessels in service, but also the operating efficiency of the fleet. For example, during times of very heavy commodity demand, bottlenecks develop in the form of port congestion, which absorbs fleet capacity through delays in loading and discharging of cargo.
 
As of October 31, 2010, the world fleet of dry bulk vessels consisted of 7,858 vessels, totaling 518 million dwt in capacity. These figures are, however, based on pure dry bulk vessels and exclude a small number of combination vessels.
 
The following table presents the world dry bulk vessel fleet by size as of October 31, 2010.
 
Dry Bulk  Fleet: October 31, 2010
 
Size Category
 
Deadweight
Tons
   
Number of
Vessels
   
% of Total
Fleet
   
Total
Capacity
   
% of Total
Fleet
 
               
(number)
   
(million dwt)
   
(dwt)
 
Handysize
    10-39,999       2,878       36.6       79.2       15.3  
Handymax
    40-59,999       2,070       26.3       103.8       20.0  
Panamax
    60-79,999       1,420       18.1       102.0       19.7  
Post Panamax
    80-109,999       376       4.8       33.0       6.4  
Capesize
    110-199,999       923       11.8       154.2       29.7  
VLOC
    200,000 +     191       2.4       45.9       8.9  
Total
            7,858       100.0       518.0       100.0  
 
Source: Drewry
 
As the table below illustrates, ownership of the world dry bulk fleet remains fragmented with no single owner accounting for more than 6% of any one sector.

 
73

 

The average age of dry bulk vessels in service as of October 31, 2010 was approximately 14.0 years, and 22% of the fleet is more than 20 years old. The following chart illustrates the age profile of the global dry bulk vessel fleet as of October 31, 2010.
 
Dry Bulk Vessel Fleet Age Profile: October 31, 2010
(Millions of Dwt & No. of Vessels)
 
 
Source: Drewry
 
The supply of dry bulk vessels depends on the delivery of new vessels and the removal of vessels from the global fleet, either through scrapping or loss.
 
As of October 31, 2010, the global dry bulk orderbook (excluding options) amounted to 285.4 million dwt, or 55.1% of the then-existing dry bulk fleet. The size of orderbook built up rapidly in the period 2006 to 2008, when strong freight encouraged high levels of new ordering. Although there was decreased new ordering in the dry sector in 2009, new ordering levels increased during the first six months of 2010.
 
Dry Bulk Vessel Orderbook: October 31, 2010
 
Size
 
2010
   
2011
   
2012
   
2013
   
2014
   
2015+
   
Total
   
No.
   
Dwt
   
No.
   
Dwt
   
No.
   
Dwt
   
No.
   
Dwt
   
No.
   
Dwt
   
No.
   
Dwt
   
No.
   
Dwt
   
% of fleet
10-40,000
 
  350
   
  10,949
   
  287
   
  9,436
   
  135
   
  4,581
   
  17
   
  572
   
  0
   
  0
   
  0
   
  0
   
  789
   
  25,538
   
  32.3%
40-60,000
 
  409
   
  22,864
   
  338
   
  19,135
   
  119
   
  6,695
   
  17
   
  931
   
  0
   
  0
   
  0
   
  0
   
  883
   
  49,624
   
  47.8%
60-80,000
 
  78
   
  5,817
   
  77
   
  5,477
   
  55
   
  3,594
   
  16
   
  1,006
   
  2
   
  121
   
  0
   
  0
   
  228
   
  16,015
   
  15.7%
80-110,000
 
  208
   
  18,156
   
  243
   
  21,029
   
  89
   
  7,592
   
  19
   
  1,646
   
  4
   
  330
   
  0
   
  0
   
  563
   
  48,753
   
  148.0%
110-200,000
 
  303
   
  51,722
   
  210
   
  35,001
   
  72
   
  11,724
   
  18
   
  2,875
   
  1
 
 
  180
   
  0
   
  0
   
  604
   
  101,502
   
  65.8%
200,000+
 
  19
   
  5,415
   
  61
   
  17,975
   
  56
   
  16,285
   
  14
   
  3,726
   
  2
   
  545
   
  0
   
  0
   
  152
   
  43,946
   
  95.7%
Total
 
  1,367
   
  114,923
   
  1,216
   
  108,053
   
  526
   
  50,472
   
  101
   
  10,755
   
  9
   
  1,176
   
  0
   
  0
   
  3,219
   
  285,379
   
  55.1%
 
Dry Bulk Vessel Orderbook (‘000 Dwt) by Delivery Date: as of October 31, 2010
(By Scheduled Year of Delivery)


Source: Drewry

 
74

 
 
Deliveries & Slippage
 
If all the vessels currently on order are delivered on time and to schedule, there would be a large influx of newbuildings in 2010 and 2011 in the dry bulk sector. However, it is clear that not all vessels currently on order will be delivered on time for a number of reasons, including the following:
 
 
Ø
In the most recent new ordering spree, which peaked in early 2008, shipowners were quoted unrealistic delivery times by some of the less experienced and new emerging shipyards.
 
 
Ø
The current economic and financial crisis and the steep depression in shipping markets generally may lead to further orderbook cancellations. A significant number of dry bulk vessel orders have been cancelled since the crisis began in the second half of 2008.
 
 
Ø
Financing is not in place for all of the vessels on order and in the current climate some owners will find it difficult to secure adequate funding.
 
 
Ø
Orders have been placed at “greenfield” shipyards, some of which are also finding it difficult to secure funding for yard development.
 
 
Ø
Even before the crisis, the less experienced shipyards were experiencing delays in deliveries.
 
Delays in deliveries are often referred to as slippage. Historically, slippage rates have tended to be less than 10%, which means that 10% of the vessels due to be delivered in any year are in fact delivered in subsequent years. However, in 2007 and 2008 slippage rates rose, as the high level of new ordering that occurred across all market sectors since 2004 led to the commercial vessel orderbook reaching its highest point in history. This placed pressure on shipbuilding capacity, which in turn has forced shipowners to place orders for new vessels in countries or shipyards which have little or no experience in building vessels for international customers. Indeed, in some cases the orders have been placed with new shipyards which have yet to construct the actual shipbuilding facilities—the so called “greenfield” shipyards.
 
In the dry bulk sector, the evidence suggests that the slippage rate was slightly less than 20% in 2008 and that it increased further in 2009. At the start of 2009, approximately 70 million dwt was scheduled for delivery in the year, but by the year end only 43 million dwt had been completed. Although late reports may inflate the 43 million dwt, it seems that slippage rates have increased in the dry bulk sector. As previously explained, one reason for the delay in deliveries is the inexperience of some of the shipyards constructing dry bulk vessels. Indeed, almost 50% of the current dry bulk vessel orderbook is with Chinese shipyards.

 
75

 
 
Dry Bulk Vessel Orderbook—By Place of Build: October 31, 2010
 
 
Source: Drewry
 
Taken as whole, slippage is a manifestation of the combined effects of (1) shipyards initially quoting unrealistic delivery times, (2) inexperience among new shipbuilders, and (3) financing problems associated with both shipowners securing finance and new shipyards obtaining development capital.
 
The outcome is that the delivery of new vessels to the marketplace has been at a slower pace than the headline newbuilding orderbook delivery schedule would suggest. If this situation persists, the increases in dry bulk vessel supply will be spread out over a longer period of time.
 
Vessel Scrapping
 
The level of scrapping activity is generally a function of the age profile of the fleet, as all vessels have finite lives, together with charter market conditions, and operating, repair and survey costs. While strong freight markets persisted, there was minimal scrapping activity, but as freight markets weakened, scrapping activity has increased. The following chart illustrates the scrapping rates of dry bulk vessels for the periods indicated. It can be seen there was a marked increase in scrapping activity in 2008, 2009 and the first eight months of 2010.

 
76

 
 
Dry Bulk Vessel Scrapping: 2000 to October 2010
(‘000 Dwt)
 
 
* January to October 2010
Source: Drewry
 
CHARTER MARKET
 
Dry bulk vessels are employed in the market through a number of different chartering options. The general terms typically found in these types of contracts are described below.
 
Ø      Time Charter. A charter under which the vessel owner is paid charterhire on a per-day basis for a specified period of time. Typically, the shipowner receives semi-monthly charterhire payments on a U.S. dollar-per-day basis and is responsible for providing the crew and paying vessel operating expenses while the charterer is responsible for paying the voyage expenses and additional voyage insurance. Under time charters, including trip time charters, the charterer pays voyage expenses such as port, canal and fuel costs and bunkers.
 
Ø      Trip Charter. A time charter for a trip to carry a specific cargo from a load port to a discharge port at a set daily rate.
 
Ø      Voyage Charter. A voyage charter involves the carriage of a specific amount and type of cargo on a load port-to-discharge port basis, subject to various cargo handling terms. Most of these charters are of a single voyage nature, as trading patterns do not encourage round voyage trading. The owner of the vessel receives one payment derived by multiplying the tonnage of cargo loaded on board by the agreed upon freight rate expressed on a U.S. dollar-per-ton basis. The owner is responsible for the payment of all voyage and operating expenses, as well as the capital costs of the vessel.
 
Ø      Spot Charter. A spot charter generally refers to a voyage charter or a trip charter, which generally last from 10 days to three months. Under both types of spot charters, the shipowner would pay for vessel operating expenses, which include crew costs, provisions, deck and engine stores, lubricating oil, insurance, maintenance and repairs and for commissions on gross revenues. The shipowner would also be responsible for each vessel’s intermediate and special survey costs.
 
Ø      Contract of Affreightment. A contract of affreightment, or CoA, relates to the carriage of multiple cargoes over the same route and enables the CoA holder to nominate different vessels to perform the individual voyages. Essentially, it constitutes a series of voyage charters to carry a specified amount of cargo during the term of the CoA, which usually spans a number of years. The entire vessel’s operating expenses, voyage expenses and capital costs are borne by the shipowner. Freight normally is agreed on a U.S. dollar-per-ton basis.

 
77

 

Ø      Bareboat Charter. A bareboat charter involves the use of a vessel usually over longer periods of time ranging over several years. In this case, all voyage related costs, mainly vessel fuel and port dues, as well as all vessel operating expenses, such as day-to-day operations, maintenance, crewing and insurance, are for the charterer’s account. The owner of the vessel receives monthly charter hire payments on a U.S. dollar per day basis and is responsible only for the payment of capital costs related to the vessel. A bareboat charter is also known as a “demise charter” or a “time charter by demise.”
 
Charter Rates
 
In the time charter market, rates vary depending on the length of the charter period and vessel specific factors such as age, speed, size and fuel consumption. In the voyage charter market, rates are influenced by cargo size, commodity, port dues and canal transit fees, as well as delivery and redelivery regions. In general, a larger cargo size is quoted at a lower rate per ton than a smaller cargo size. Routes with costly ports or canals generally command higher rates. Voyages loading from a port where vessels usually discharge cargo, or discharging from a port where vessels usually load cargo, are generally quoted at lower rates. This is because such voyages generally increase vessel efficiency by reducing the unloaded portion (or ballast leg) that is included in the calculation of the return charter to a loading area.
 
Within the dry bulk shipping industry, the freight rate indices issued by the Baltic Exchange in London are the references most likely to be monitored. These references are based on actual charter hire rates under charters entered into by market participants as well as daily assessments provided to the Baltic Exchange by a panel of major shipbrokers. The Baltic Exchange, an independent organization comprised of shipbrokers, shipping companies and other shipping players, provides daily independent shipping market information and has created freight rate indices reflecting the average freight rates (that incorporate actual business concluded as well as daily assessments provided to the exchange by a panel of independent shipbrokers) for the major bulk vessel trading routes. These indices include the Baltic Panamax Index, or BPI, the index with the longest history and, more recently, the Baltic Capesize Index, or BCI. The following chart details the movement of the BPI, BCI and Baltic Supramax Index.
 
Baltic Exchange Freight Indices: 2000 to 2010
(Index Points)

 
* The Baltic Supramax Index (BSI) is included from January 7, 2005, the date of its initial calculation.
Source: Baltic Exchange

 
78

 

Charter (or hire) rates paid for dry bulk vessels are generally a function of the underlying balance between vessel supply and demand. Over the past 25 years, dry bulk cargo charter rates have passed through cyclical phases and changes in vessel supply and demand have created a pattern of rate “peaks” and “troughs,” which can been from the chart above. Generally, spot/voyage charter rates will be more volatile than time charter rates, as they reflect short term movements in demand and market sentiment. The BDI declined from a high of 11,793 on May 20, 2008 to a low of 663 on December 5, 2008, which represents a decline of 94% within a single calendar year. The BDI fell over 70% during October 2008 alone. During 2009 and through the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, the BDI remained volatile, reaching in 2009 a low of 772 on January 5, 2009 and a high of 4,661 on November 19, 2009, and, in such six-month period ending June 30, 2010, reaching a high of 4,209 on May 26, 2010 and a low of 2,406 on June 30, 2010.
 
The trend in voyage rates expressed in terms of a time charter equivalent is shown in the following chart for representative dry bulk vessels.
 
Dry Bulk Vessels TCE Rates: 2002 to 2010
(U.S. Dollars per Day)
 
 
Source: Drewry
 
In the time charter market, rates vary depending on the length of the charter period as well as vessel specific factors, such as age, speed and fuel consumption. Generally, short-term time charter rates are higher than long-term charter rates. The market benchmark tends to be a 12-month time charter rate, based on a modern vessel.
 
From early 2006 until the middle of 2008, rates for all sizes of dry bulk vessels increased significantly and in most cases reached record levels. However, the severe downturn in the global economy in the second half of 2008 and the collapse in demand for dry bulk vessels led rates to plummet to record lows. Since the early part of 2009 rates have been volatile, but they have gradually recovered from the market lows, with further improvements taking place in the first half of 2010, before leveling out in the period July to October 2010.
 
The following charts show one year time charter rates for Capesize, Panamax, Supramax and Handysize class vessels between 2000 and October 2010.

 
79

 
 
One Year Time Charter Rates: 2000 to October 2010
(U.S. Dollars per Day)
 
 
Source: Drewry
 
The following table illustrates a comparison of average one year time charter rates for Handysize, Supramax, Panamax, Capesize and VLOC dry bulk vessels between 2000 and October 2010.
 
Dry Bulk Vessels—One Year Time Charter Rates (Period Averages)
(U.S. Dollars per Day)
   
Handysize
   
Supramax
   
Panamax
   
Capesize
   
VLOC
 
   
28,000 dwt
   
55,000 dwt
   
75,000 dwt
   
170,000 dwt
   
200,000 dwt+
 
   
10-15 years old
   
1-5 years old
   
1-5 years old
   
1-5 years old
   
1-5 years old
 
2000
    7,371       9,433       11,063       18,021       n/a  
2001
    5,629       8,472       9,543       14,431       n/a  
2002
    4,829       7,442       9,102       13,608       n/a  
2003
    8,289       13,736       17,781       30,021       n/a  
2004
    14,413       31,313       36,708       55,917       n/a  
2005
    12,021       23,038       27,854       49,333       54,330  
2006
    12,558       21,800       22,475       45,646       50,650  
2007
    23,021       43,946       52,229       102,875       107,920  
2008
    24,110       48,310       56,480       116,180       119,240  
2009
    9,425       15,179       19,650       35,285       30,950  
October 2010(1)
    13,000       19,700       23,000       43,000       44,000  
(1) Average rate for October 2010
Source: Drewry

 
80

 

Newbuilding Prices
 
Newbuilding prices are determined by a number of factors, including the underlying balance between shipyard output and newbuilding demand, raw material costs, freight markets and exchange rates. From 2003 to 2007, high levels of new ordering were recorded across all sectors of shipping, and as a result, newbuilding prices increased significantly, as can be seen in the chart below. However, as freight markets declined in the second half of 2008, new vessel ordering came to an almost complete stop, which made the assessment of newbuilding prices very difficult. Nevertheless, based on the few contracts which have been reported, it is evident that prices for new vessels also weakened in line with the general downturn in the market, but have shown some signs of stabilizing in 2010.
 
The following chart depicts changes in newbuilding contract prices for dry bulk vessels on a monthly basis since 2000 to October 2010.
 
Dry Bulk Vessel Newbuilding Prices: 2000 to October 2010
(Million U.S. Dollars)
 
 
Source: Drewry
 
Secondhand Prices
 
The dramatic increase in newbuilding prices and the strength of the charter market have also affected values in the secondhand market, to the extent that prices for dry bulk vessels rose sharply from 2004 reaching a peak in mid 2008. With vessel earnings running at relatively high levels and a limited availability of newbuilding berths, the ability to deliver a vessel early has resulted in increases in secondhand prices, especially for modern tonnage. Consequently, secondhand prices of modern dry bulk vessels in 2008 reached higher levels than those of comparably sized newbuildings.
 
However, this situation changed quickly when the freight market fell and values for all types of bulk vessels declined steeply in the second half of 2008. There were very few recorded sales in the second half of 2008 after the market collapsed and the trend in prices during this period can only be taken as an assessment. In 2009, there were more reported sales and the details of these sales seem to suggest that after reaching a low in the early part of 2009, prices for modern secondhand dry bulk vessels have since staged a modest recovery that has continued in the first ten months of 2010.

 
81

 
 
Dry Bulk Vessel Secondhand Prices: 2000 to October 2010
5 Year Old Vessels*
(Million U.S. Dollars )
 
 
* Handysize vessel is 10 years old
Source: Drewry
 
Port Congestion
 
Supply of dry bulk vessel capacity is also affected by the operating efficiency of the global fleet. In recent years, the growth in trade has led to port congestion, with vessels at times being forced to wait outside port to either load or discharge due to limited supply of berths at major ports. At major Australian coal and iron ports in 2009/ 2010, delays were several days for most vessels, and there have also been delays in unloading at Chinese dry bulk terminals. In effect, port delays absorb shipping capacity, and the potential impact of this type of delay on capacity is illustrated in the chart below.
 
82

 
Port Delays—Impact on Shipping Capacity
Indicates reduction in shipping capacity of a 170,000 dwt Capesize bulk vessel
trading iron ore on round voyages
 
 
Source: Drewry
 
Based on a Capesize bulk vessel trading iron ore on a round voyage pattern from Australia to China, a 10-day delay for loading on each voyage would reduce the overall transportation capacity of the vessel by 30%. Hence, delays at major bulk vessel loading ports have reduced the amount of available shipping capacity in the sector, and in doing so have led to a much tighter balance between overall supply and demand.

 
83

 

BUSINESS
 
OUR COMPANY

We are an integrated dry bulk shipping company, which began operations in September 2006, providing marine transportation services on a worldwide basis. We own, operate and manage a fleet of dry bulk vessels that transport iron ore, coal, grain, steel products, cement, alumina and other dry bulk cargoes internationally. Following the conclusion of our IPO on June 1, 2007, our common shares were listed on the AIM under the ticker “GLBS.” As of November 19, 2010, our issued and outstanding capital stock consisted of 7,241,865 common shares.

We intend to grow our fleet through timely and selective acquisitions of modern vessels in a manner that we believe will provide an attractive return on equity and will be accretive to our earnings and cash flow based on anticipated market rates at the time of purchase. There is no guarantee however, that we will be able to find suitable vessels to purchase or that such vessels will provide an attractive return on equity or be accretive to our earnings and cash flow.

Our policy is to charter our vessels on charters generally with durations of up to three years, while also engaging vessels on the spot market. We may, from time to time, enter into charters with longer durations depending on our assessment of market conditions.

Our operations are managed by our Athens, Greece-based wholly owned subsidiary, Globus Shipmanagement, which provides in-house commercial and technical management exclusively for our vessels. Globus Shipmanagement enters into a ship management agreement with each of our wholly owned vessel-owning subsidiaries to provide services that include managing day-to-day vessel operations, such as supervising the crewing, supplying, maintaining of vessels and other services.

OUR FLEET

As of December 31, 2009, our fleet comprised a total of four dry bulk vessels, consisting of two Handymaxes, one Supramax and one Panamax, with a weighted average age of approximately 10.5 years and a total carrying capacity of 212,915 dwt.

In February 2010, we sold both Handymax vessels, the m/v Sea Globe and the m/v Coral Globe , for an aggregate total selling price of $34.0 million. In May 2010, we purchased two sister ships, the m/v Sky Globe and m/v Star Globe , for a total purchase price of approximately $65.7 million. In June 2010, we purchased one Kamsarmax vessel, the m/v Jin Star , for $41.1 million.

The weighted average age of the vessels in our fleet as of September 30, 2010 was 3.7 years. The following table presents information concerning our vessels.

 
84

 

Vessel
 
Year
Built
 
Flag
 
Direct
Owner
 
 
Shipyard
 
 
Vessel
Type
 
Delivery
Date
 
Carrying
Capacity
(dwt)
 
Charter
Type
 
Rate
(per
day)(1)
   
Earliest
Anticipated
Redelivery
Date
 
m/v Tiara Globe
 
1998
 
Marshall Islands
 
Elysium Maritime
Limited
 
Hudong Zhonghua
 
Panamax
 
December 2007
    72,928  
Time
  $ 20,000    
January 2012
(2)
m/v River Globe
 
2007
 
Marshall Islands
 
Devocean Maritime Ltd.
 
Yangzhou Dayang
 
Supramax
 
December 2007
    53,627  
Spot
    n/a       n/a  
m/v Sky Globe
 
2009
 
Marshall Islands
 
Domina Maritime Ltd.
 
Taizhou Kouan
 
Supramax
 
May 2010
    56,785  
Spot
    n/a       n/a  
m/v Star Globe
 
2010
 
Marshall Islands
 
Dulac Maritime S.A.
 
Taizhou Kouan
 
Supramax
 
May 2010
    56,785  
Time
  $ 22,000    
April 2011
 
m/v Jin Star
 
2010
 
Panama
 
Kelty Marine Ltd.
 
Jiangsu Eastern
 
Kamsarmax
 
June 2010
    79,788  
Bareboat
  $ 14,250    
January 2015
 
                       
Total:
    319,913                    

(1) This table shows gross rates and does not reflect any commissions payable.
(2) The time charter contains a provision that allows for redelivery plus or minus 15 days.

We own each of our vessels through separate, wholly owned subsidiaries, all incorporated in the Marshall Islands. The Panamax vessel and all of our Supramax vessels are geared. Geared vessels can operate in ports with minimal shore-side infrastructure. Due to the ability to switch between various dry bulk cargo types and to service a wider variety of ports, the day rates for geared vessels tend to have a premium.

We budget 20 days per drydocking per vessel. Actual length will vary based on the condition of each vessel, shipyard schedules and other factors.

The following table provides information about vessels we previously owned since we began our operations and subsequently sold:

Vessel
Type
Year Built
Month-Year of
Delivery
Month-Year Sold
m/v Ocean Globe
Handymax
1995
September 2006
November 2008
m/v Island Globe
Panamax
1995
July 2007
September 2009
m/v Gulf Globe
Handymax
1994
January 2007
October 2009
m/v Lake Globe
Handymax
1994
December 2006
November 2009
m/v Coral Globe
Handymax
1994
November 2006
February 2010
m/v Sea Globe
Handymax
1995
September 2006
February 2010

All the vessels that we purchased and sold since we began our operations were purchased from and sold to unaffiliated third parties.

Our capital expenditures, which principally consist of purchasing, operating and maintaining dry bulk vessels,   for the previous three fiscal years consisted of deferred drydocking costs. We paid deferred drydocking costs of $1.1 million in 2009, of $2.8 million in 2008 and of $1.7 million in 2007. During the six-month period ended June 30, 2009, we paid deferred drydocking costs of $0.3 million. We did not incur any deferred drydocking costs during the six-month period ended June 30, 2010.
 
85


VESSEL EMPLOYMENT

Our policy is to charter the majority of our vessels with durations of up to three years, while also employing a small number of our vessels on the spot market. We believe our chartering strategy provides cash flow stability and high utilization rates, while reducing our potential exposure to a market downturn, and at the same time exposing us to the potential revenues that can be generated on the spot market. We may, however, seek to employ a greater portion of our fleet on the spot market or on time charters with longer durations, should we believe it to be in our best interests. We continually monitor developments in the dry bulk shipping industry and, subject to market demand, will adjust the number of vessels on charters and the charter periods for our vessels according to market conditions.

We and Globus Shipmanagement have developed relationships with a number of international charterers, vessel brokers, financial institutions, insurers and shipbuilders. We have also developed a network of relationships with vessel brokers who help facilitate vessel charters and acquisitions.

Employment of our Vessels

The m/v Tiara Globe is employed on a time charter with Transgrain Shipping   that began in February 2010,   at the gross rate of $20,000 per day, for a minimum of 24 months (maximum of 26 months) from such date.

The m/v Star Globe is employed on a time charter with Transgrain Shipping that began in May 2010, at the gross rate of $22,000 per day, and is scheduled to expire in 11 months (maximum 13 months) from such date.

The m/v River Globe was   employed on a time charter with Eastern Bulk Carriers A/S at the gross rate of $25,000 per day, which has since been redelivered to us. We currently employ such vessel on the spot market while we contemplate employing this vessel on a new time charter.

The m/v Jin Star is employed on a bareboat charter with Eastern Media International Corporation and Far Eastern Silo & Shipping (Panama) S.A., at the gross rate of $14,250 per day, for a period of five years (which can be extended for one year at the charterer’s option, and thereafter extended one additional year at our option).

The m/v Sky Globe is employed on the spot market.

Each of our vessels travels across the world and not on any particular route. The charterers of our vessels, whether time, bareboat or on the spot market, select the locations to which our vessels travel.

TIME CHARTER

A time charter is a contract for the use of a vessel for a fixed period of time at a specified daily rate. Under a time charter, the vessel owner provides crewing, insuring, repairing and maintenance and other services related to the vessel’s operation, the cost of which is included in the daily rate, and the customer is responsible for substantially all of the vessel voyage costs, including the cost of bunkers (fuel oil) and canal and port charges. The owner also pays commissions typically ranging from 0% to 6.25% of the total daily charter hire rate of each charter to unaffiliated ship brokers and to in-house brokers associated with the charterer, depending on the number of brokers involved with arranging the charter. Two of the vessels in our fleet are hired out under time charters, and we intend to continue to hire out our vessels under time charters in the future.

Basic Hire Rate and Term

“Basic hire rate” refers to the basic payment from the customer for the use of the vessel. The hire rate is generally payable semi-monthly or 15 days, in advance, in U.S. dollars as specified in the charter. The following chart discloses when such vessels are contracted to be redelivered to us at the end of the charter period.

Vessel Name
Earliest Anticipated Redelivery Date
m/v Tiara Globe
January 2012(1)
m/v Star Globe
April 2011
 (1) The time charter contains a provision that allows for redelivery plus or minus 15 days.

 
86

 

Off-hire

When the vessel is “off-hire,” the charterer generally is not required to pay the basic hire rate, and we are responsible for all costs. Prolonged off-hire may lead to vessel substitution or termination of the time charter. A vessel generally will be deemed off-hire if there is a loss of time due to, among other things, operational deficiencies; drydocking for examination or painting the bottom; equipment breakdowns; damages to the hull; or similar problems. The charterers for the m/v Tiara Globe and the m/v Star Globe have the option to extend the charter for the number of days that the vessel was off-hire.

Ship Management and Maintenance

We are responsible for the technical management of the vessel and for maintaining the vessel, periodic drydocking, cleaning and painting and performing work required by regulations. Globus Shipmanagement provides the technical, commercial and day-to-day operational management of our vessels. Technical management includes crewing, maintenance, repair and drydockings. We pay Globus Shipmanagement $700 per vessel per day. All fees payable to Globus Shipmanagement are eliminated upon consolidation of our accounts.

Termination

We are generally entitled to suspend performance under the time charter if the customer defaults in its payment obligations. Either party may terminate the charter in the event of war in specified countries.

Commissions

During 2009, we paid commissions ranging from 3.75% to 6.25% relevant to each time charter agreement. During the first six months of 2010, we paid commissions ranging from 5% to 6.25%.

BAREBOAT CHARTER

A bareboat charter is a contract pursuant to which the vessel owner provides the vessel to the charterer for a fixed period of time at a specified daily rate, and the charterer provides for all of the vessel’s operating expenses including crewing, repairs, maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils and communication expenses in addition to the voyage costs, and generally assumes all risk of operation. The charterer undertakes to maintain the vessel in a good state of repair and efficient operating condition and drydock the vessel during this period as per the classification society requirements. We have bareboat chartered the m/v Jin Star to Eastern Media International Corporation and Far Eastern Silo & Shipping (Panama) S.A.

Basic Hire Rate and Term

Our bareboat charter commenced upon the vessel’s delivery for a five year term at a rate of $14,250 per day. Our bareboat charter includes an option to extend the charter’s term for one additional year at the charterer’s option. After such one year extension, we can extend the charter for one additional year.

Redelivery

Upon the expiration of the bareboat charter, the charterer is required to redeliver the vessel in as good structure, state, condition and class as that in which the vessel was delivered, fair wear and tear not affecting class excepted.

Ship Management and Maintenance

Under the bareboat charter, the charterer is responsible for crewing, insuring, maintaining and repairing the vessel including any drydocking as well as for all other operating costs with respect to the vessel. The charterer will cover the costs associated with the vessel’s special surveys and related drydocking falling within the charter period.

 
87

 

Termination

We have the right to terminate the charter if the charterer fails (following a short grace period in which the charterer may have an opportunity to cure) to make punctual hire payments, to insure the vessel or to maintain and/or repair the vessel as agreed.

Either party may terminate the charter in the event of war. The charterer may also terminate the charter if the charterer is deprived of ownership of the vessel for 14 days. In addition, the bareboat charter terminates automatically upon a total or constructive loss of the vessel.

Commissions

We pay a 3.75% commission on our bareboat charter.

INDEBTEDNESS

We have one credit facility and one loan agreement outstanding. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness” and “Loan Arrangements.”

OUR CUSTOMERS

We seek to charter our vessels to customers who we perceive as creditworthy thereby minimizing the risk of default by our charterers. We also try to select charterers depending on the type of product they want to carry and the geographical areas in which they tend to trade.

Our assessment of a charterer’s financial condition and reliability is an important factor in negotiating employment for our vessels. We generally charter our vessels to operators, trading houses (including commodities traders), shipping companies and producers and government-owned entities and generally avoid chartering our vessels to speculative or undercapitalized entities. Since our operations began in September 2006, our customers have included COSCO Bulk Carrier Co., Ltd, Dampskibsselskabet NORDEN A/S, ED & F Man Shipping Limited, STX Pan Ocean Co., Ltd, Transgrain, and Korea Line Corporation. In addition, during the periods when some of our vessels were trading on the spot market, they have been chartered to charterers such as Cargill International SA, Oldendorff Carriers GmbH & Co. KG, Western Bulk Carriers KS and others, thus expanding our customer base.

COMPETITION

Our business fluctuates in line with the main patterns of trade of the major dry bulk cargoes and varies according to changes in the supply and demand for these items. We operate in markets that are highly competitive and based primarily on supply and demand. We compete for charters on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age and condition of the vessel, as well as on our reputation as an owner and operator. We compete with other owners of dry bulk vessels in the Panamax, Supramax and Kamsarmax dry bulk vessels, but we also compete with owners for the purchase and sale of vessels of all sizes.

According to Drewry, ownership of dry bulk vessels is highly fragmented. It is likely that we will face substantial competition for long-term charter business from a number of experienced companies. Many of these competitors will have larger dry bulk vessel fleets and greater financial resources than us, which may make them more competitive. It is also likely that we will face increased numbers of competitors entering into our transportation sectors, including in the dry bulk sector. Many of these competitors have strong reputations and extensive resources and experience. Increased competition may cause greater price competition, especially for long-term charters. We believe that no single competitor has a dominant position in the markets in which we compete. For a more detailed description of our competitive environment, please read “The Dry Bulk Industry.”

 
88

 

The process for obtaining longer term time charters generally involves a lengthy and intensive screening and vetting process and the submission of competitive bids. In addition to the quality and suitability of the vessel, longer term shipping contracts may be awarded based upon a variety of other factors relating to the vessel operator, including:

 
Ø
environmental, health and safety record;

 
Ø
compliance with regulatory industry standards;

 
Ø
reputation for customer service, technical and operating expertise;

 
Ø
shipping experience and quality of vessel operations, including cost-effectiveness;

 
Ø
quality, experience and technical capability of crews;

 
Ø
the ability to finance vessels at competitive rates and overall financial stability;

 
Ø
relationships with shipyards and the ability to obtain suitable berths;

 
Ø
construction management experience, including the ability to procure on-time delivery of new vessels according to customer specifications;

 
Ø
willingness to accept operational risks pursuant to the charter, such as allowing termination of the charter for force majeure events; and

 
Ø
competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price.

As a result of these factors, we may be unable to expand our relationships with existing customers or obtain new customers for long-term time charters on a profitable basis, if at all. However, even if we are successful in employing our vessels under longer term charters, our vessels will not be available for trading on the spot market during an upturn in the market cycle, when spot trading may be more profitable. If we cannot successfully employ our vessels in profitable charters, our results of operations and operating cash flow could be materially adversely affected.

SEASONALITY

Our fleet consists of dry bulk vessels that operate in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter rates. The dry bulk sector is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere during the winter months. Such seasonality will affect the rates we obtain on the vessels in our fleet that operate on the spot market.

PERMITS AND AUTHORIZATIONS

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required depend upon several factors, including the commodity transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel’s crew and the age of a vessel. We have been able to obtain all permits, licenses and certificates currently required to permit our vessels to operate. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of us doing business.

INSPECTION BY CLASSIFICATION SOCIETIES

Every oceangoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in class,” signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

 
89

 

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned. For maintenance of the class certification, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

 
Ø
Annual Surveys . For seagoing vessels, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant and where applicable for special equipment classed, at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

 
Ø
Intermediate Surveys . Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

 
Ø
Class Renewal Surveys . Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the vessel’s hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. The classification society may grant a one-year grace period for completion of the special survey. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every four or five years, depending on whether a grace period was granted, a shipowner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle. At an owner’s application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years.

Most vessels are also drydocked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts and for repairs related to inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a “recommendation” which must be rectified by the shipowner within prescribed time limits.

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as “in class” by a classification society that is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies. All our vessels that we operate are certified as being “in class” by Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (Class NK), American Bureau of Shipping and Germanischer Lloyd. Typically, all new and secondhand vessels that we purchase must be certified prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memorandum of agreement. Under our standard purchase contracts, unless negotiated otherwise, if the vessel is not certified on the date of closing, we would have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel. Although we may not have an obligation to accept any vessel that is not certified on the date of closing, we may determine nonetheless to purchase the vessel, should we determine it to be in our best interests. If we do so, we may be unable to charter such vessel after we purchase it until it obtains such certification, which could increase our costs and affect the earnings we anticipate from the employment of the vessel.

 
90

 

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE

General

The operation of any cargo vessel embraces a wide variety of risks, including the following:

 
Ø
mechanical failure or damage, for example by reason of the seizure of a main engine crankshaft;

 
Ø
cargo loss, for example arising from hull damage;

 
Ø
personal injury, for example arising from collision or piracy;

 
Ø
losses due to piracy, terrorist or war-like action between countries;

 
Ø
environmental damage, for example arising from marine disasters such as oil spills and other environmental mishaps;

 
Ø
physical damage to the vessel, for example by reason of collision;

 
Ø
damage to other property, for example by reason of cargo damage or oil pollution; and

 
Ø
business interruption, for example arising from strikes and political or regulatory change.

The value of such losses or damages may vary from modest sums, for example for a small cargo shortage damage claim, to catastrophic liabilities, for example arising out of a marine disaster, such as a serious oil or chemical spill, which may be virtually unlimited. While we maintain the traditional range of marine and liability insurance coverage for our fleet (hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance and protection and indemnity coverage) in amounts and to extents that we believe are prudent to cover normal risks in our operations, we cannot insure against all risks, and we cannot be assured that all covered risks are adequately insured against. Furthermore, there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid by the insurer or that it will always be possible to obtain insurance coverage at reasonable rates. Any uninsured or under-insured loss could harm our business and financial condition.

Hull and Machinery and War Risks

The principal coverages for marine risks (covering loss or damage to the vessels, rather than liabilities to third parties) are hull and machinery insurance and war risk insurance. These address the risks of the actual (or constructive) total loss of a vessel and accidental damage to a vessel’s hull and machinery, for example from running aground or colliding with another ship. These insurances provide coverage which is limited to an agreed “insured value” which, as a matter of policy, is never less than the particular vessel’s fair market value. Reimbursement of loss under such coverage is subject to policy deductibles which vary according to the vessel and the nature of the coverage. Hull and machinery deductibles may, for example, be between $75,000 and $150,000 per incident whereas the war risks insurance has a more modest incident deductible of, for example, $30,000.

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

We are a member of a P&I association, or P&I club, which covers our third party liabilities in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other expenses and claims in connection with injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, loss or damage to cargo, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances, wreck removal and related costs. Subject to the “capping” discussed below, our coverage, except for pollution, is unlimited. Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage for oil pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. The Company’s P&I policies are subject to deductibles per each accident or occurrence.

 
91

 

The P&I club of which we are a member is one of the P&I clubs that compose the International Group of P&I clubs, which insure more than 90% of the world’s commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. Each P&I club has capped its exposure to this pooling agreement at $4.25 billion. A member of a P&I club that is a member of the International Group is typically subject to possible supplemental amounts or calls, payable to its P&I club based on its claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations, and members of the International Group. To the extent the Company experiences supplemental calls, its policy is to expense such amounts.

Uninsured Risks

Not all risks are insured and not all risks are insurable. The principal insurable risks which nevertheless remain uninsured across our fleet are “loss of hire” and “strikes.” We will not insure these risks because the costs are regarded as disproportionate. These insurances provide, subject to a deductible, a limited indemnity for hire that is not receivable by the shipowner for reasons set forth in the policy. For example, loss of hire risk may be covered on a 14/90/90 basis, with a 14 days deductible, 90 days cover per incident and a 90-day overall limit per vessel per year. Should a vessel on time charter, where the vessel is paid a fixed hire day by day, suffer a serious mechanical breakdown, the daily hire will no longer be payable by the charterer. The purpose of the loss of hire insurance is to secure the loss of hire during such periods.

ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION

Sources of Applicable Rules and Standards

Shipping is one of the world’s most heavily regulated industries, and it is subject to many industry standards. Government regulation significantly affects the ownership and operation of vessels. These regulations consist mainly of rules and standards established by international conventions, but they also include national, state and local laws and regulations in force in jurisdictions where vessels may operate or are registered, and which may be more stringent than international rules and standards. This is the case particularly in the United States and, increasingly, in Europe.

A variety of governmental and private entities subject vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include local port authorities (the U.S. Coast Guard, harbor masters or equivalent entities), classification societies, flag state administration (country vessel of registry), and charterers, particularly terminal operators. Certain of these entities require vessel owners to obtain permits, licenses and certificates for the operation of their vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require a vessel owner to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend operation of one or more of its vessels.

Heightened levels of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers continue to lead to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to stricter environmental standards. Vessel owners are required to maintain operating standards for all vessels that will emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of officers and crews and compliance with U.S. and international regulations. Because laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a future serious marine incident that causes significant adverse environmental impact could result in additional legislation or regulation that could negatively affect our profitability.

The International Maritime Organization, or IMO, has negotiated a number of international conventions concerned with preventing, reducing or controlling pollution from vessels. These fall into two main categories, consisting firstly of those concerned generally with vessel safety standards, and secondly of those specifically concerned with measures to prevent pollution.

Ship Safety Regulation

In the former category the primary international instrument is the Safety of Life at Sea Convention of 1974, as amended, or SOLAS, together with the regulations and codes of practice that form part of its regime. Much of SOLAS is not directly concerned with preventing pollution, but some of its safety provisions are intended to prevent pollution as well as promote safety of life and preservation of property. These regulations have been and continue to be regularly amended as new and higher safety standards are introduced with which we are required to comply.

 
92

 

An amendment of SOLAS introduced the International Safety Management, or ISM, Code, which has been effective since July 1998. Under the ISM Code, the party with operational control of a vessel is required to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by the respective flag state for the vessel, under the ISM Code.

Another amendment of SOLAS, made after the terrorist attacks in the United States on September 11, 2001, introduced special measures to enhance maritime security, including the International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code, or ISPS Code.

The vessels that we operate maintain ISM and ISPS certifications for safety and security of operations.

Regulations to Prevent Pollution from Ships

In the secondary main category of international regulation, the primary instrument is the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, or MARPOL, which imposes environmental standards on the shipping industry set out in Annexes I-VI of MARPOL. These contain regulations for the prevention of pollution by oil (Annex I), by noxious liquid substances in bulk (Annex II), by harmful substances in packaged forms within the scope of the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (Annex III), by sewage (Annex IV), by garbage (Annex V) and by air emissions (Annex VI).

These regulations have been and continue to be regularly amended as new and higher standards of pollution prevention are introduced with which we are required to comply.

For example, MARPOL Annex VI sets limits on Sulphur Oxides (SOx) and Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) emissions from vessel exhausts, prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances and limits the emission of volotile organic compound (VOC). Limiting worldwide SOx emissions will mean a cap on the content of sulphur in fuel oil and such cap will be reduced from the current 4.5% to 3.5% on or after January 2012. For special areas (SECAS) the cap is lower at currently at 1.0% and will reduce to 0.1% after January 1, 2015. In addition, within the EU Member States the current cap is now at 0.1%. Limiting NOx emissions is set on a three tier reduction, the final one of which comes into force on January 1, 2016. We anticipate incurring costs at each stage of implementation on all these areas. Currently we are compliant in all our vessels.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions

In February 2005, the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change entered into force. Pursuant to the Kyoto Protocol, adopting countries are required to implement national programs to reduce emissions of certain gases, generally referred to as greenhouse gases, which are suspected of contributing to global warming. Currently, the greenhouse gas emissions from international shipping do not come under the Kyoto Protocol. The European Union confirmed in April 2007 that it plans to expand the European Union emissions trading scheme by adding vessels. In the United States, the California Attorney General and a coalition of environmental groups petitioned the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, in October 2007 to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ocean-going vessels under the Clean Air Act. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, European Union or individual countries where we operate that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases from vessels could require us to make significant financial expenditures, which we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

 
93

 

Anti-Fouling Requirements

In 2001, the IMO adopted the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti-fouling Systems on Ships, or the Anti-fouling Convention. The Anti-fouling Convention prohibits the use of organotin compound coatings to prevent the attachment of mollusks and other sea life to the hulls of vessels after September 1, 2003. The exteriors of vessels constructed prior to January 1, 2003 that have not been in drydock must, as of September 17, 2008, either not contain the prohibited compounds or have coatings applied to the vessel exterior that act as a barrier to the leaching of the prohibited compounds. Vessels of over 400 gross tons engaged in international voyages must obtain an International Anti-Fouling System Certificate and undergo a survey before the vessel is put into service or when the anti-fouling systems are altered or replaced.

Other International Regulations to Prevent Pollution

In addition to MARPOL, other more specialized international instruments have been adopted to prevent different types of pollution or environmental harm from vessel. In February 2004, the IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention. The BWM Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, beginning in 2009, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. The BWM Convention will not enter into force until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35.0% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. To date, there has not been sufficient adoption of this standard by governments that are members of the convention for it to take force. Moreover, the IMO has supported deferring the requirements of this convention that would first come into effect until December 31, 2011, even if it were to be adopted earlier.

Although the United States is not a party to these conventions, many countries have ratified and follow the liability plan adopted by the IMO and set out in the CLC and its Protocols. Under this convention and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject to certain defenses. The limits on liability outlined in the 1992 Protocol use the International Monetary Fund currency unit of Special Drawing Rights, or SDR. Under an amendment to the 1992 Protocol that became effective on November 1, 2003, for vessels between 5,000 and 140,000 gross tons (a unit of measurement for the total enclosed spaces within a vessel), liability is limited to approximately 4.51 million SDR plus 631 SDR for each additional gross ton over 5,000. For vessels of over 140,000 gross tons, liability is limited to 89.77 million SDR. The exchange rate between SDRs and U.S. dollars was 0.63364 SDR per U.S. dollar on November 9, 2010. The right to limit liability is forfeited under the CLC where the spill is caused by the shipowner’s actual fault and under the 1992 Protocol where the spill is caused by the shipowner’s intentional or reckless conduct. Vessels trading with states that are parties to these conventions must provide evidence of insurance covering the liability of the owner. In jurisdictions where the CLC has not been adopted, various legislative schemes or common law govern, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or in a manner similar to that of the convention. We believe that our protection and indemnity insurance will cover the liability under the plan adopted by the IMO.

IMO regulations also require owners and operators of vessels to adopt Ship Oil Pollution Emergency Plans. Periodic training and drills for response personnel and for vessels and their crews are required.

European Regulations

European regulations in the maritime sector are in general based on international law   most of which were promulgated by the IMO and then adopted by the Member States. However, since the Erika incident in 1999, when the Erika broke in two off the coast of France while carrying heavy fuel oil, the European Community has become increasingly active in the field of regulation of maritime safety and protection of the environment. It has been the driving force behind a number of amendments of MARPOL (including, for example, changes to accelerate the timetable for the phase-out of single hull tankers, and prohibiting the carriage in such tankers of heavy grades of oil), and if dissatisfied either with the extent of such amendments or with the timetable for their introduction it has been prepared to legislate on a unilateral basis. In some instances where it has done so, international regulations have subsequently been amended to the same level of stringency as that introduced in Europe, but the risk is well established that EU regulations (and other jurisdictions) may from time to time impose burdens and costs on shipowners and operators which are additional to those involved in complying with international rules and standards.

 
94

 

In some areas of regulation the EU has introduced new laws without attempting to procure a corresponding amendment of international law. Notably, it adopted in 2005 a directive on ship-source pollution, imposing criminal sanctions for pollution not only where this is caused by intent or recklessness (which would be an offense under MARPOL), but also where it is caused by “serious negligence.” The directive could therefore result in criminal liability being incurred in circumstances where it would not be incurred under international law. Experience has shown that in the emotive atmosphere often associated with pollution incidents, retributive attitudes towards vessel interests have found expression in negligence being alleged by prosecutors and found by courts on grounds which the international maritime community has found hard to understand. Moreover, there is skepticism that the notion of “serious negligence” is likely to prove any narrower in practice than ordinary negligence. Criminal liability for a pollution incident could not only result in us incurring substantial penalties or fines but may also, in some jurisdictions, facilitate civil liability claims for greater compensation than would otherwise have been payable.

Compliance Enforcement

The flag state, as defined by the United Nations Convention on Law of the Sea, has overall responsibility for the implementation and enforcement of international maritime regulations for all vessels granted the right to fly its flag. The “Shipping Industry Guidelines on Flag State Performance” evaluates flag states based on factors such as sufficiency of infrastructure, ratification of international maritime treaties, implementation and enforcement of international maritime regulations, supervision of surveys, casualty investigations and participation at IMO meetings. The vessels that we operate are flagged in the Marshall Islands. Marshall Islands-flagged vessels have historically received a good assessment in the shipping industry.

Noncompliance with the ISM Code or other IMO regulations may subject the shipowner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The U.S. Coast Guard and European Union authorities have, for example, indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, respectively. As of the date of this prospectus, each of our vessels is ISM Code certified. However, there can be no assurance that such certificate will be maintained.

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations may have on our operations.

United States Environmental Regulations and Laws Governing Civil Liability for Pollution

Environmental legislation in the United States merits particular mention as it is in many respects more onerous than international laws, representing a high-water mark of regulation with which shipowners and operators must comply, and of liability likely to be incurred in the event of non-compliance or an incident causing pollution.

U.S. federal legislation, including notably the OPA, establishes an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills, including bunker oil spills from dry bulk vessels as well as cargo or bunker oil spills from tankers. The OPA affects all owners and operators whose vessels trade in the United States, its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in United States waters, which includes the United States’ territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone. Under the OPA, vessel owners, operators and bareboat charterers are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or substantial threats of discharges of oil from their vessels. In addition to potential liability under the OPA as the relevant federal legislation, vessel owners may in some instances incur liability on an even more stringent basis under state law in the particular state where the spillage occurred.

 
95

 

Title VII of the U.S. Coast Guard and Maritime Transportation Act of 2004 amended the OPA to require the owner or operator of any non-tank vessel of 400 gross tons or more that carries oil of any kind as a fuel for main propulsion, including bunkers, to prepare and submit a response plan for each vessel on or before August 8, 2005. Prior to this amendment, these provisions of the OPA applied only to vessels that carried oil in bulk as cargo. The vessel response plans must include detailed information on actions to be taken by vessel personnel to prevent or mitigate any discharge or substantial threat of such a discharge of oil from the vessel due to operational activities or casualties. The OPA limits the liability of responsible parties to the greater of $1,000 per gross ton or approximately $855,000 per containership that is over 300 gross tons (subject to possible adjustment for inflation).

These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by violation of applicable United States federal safety, construction or operating regulations or by a responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or if the responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with oil removal activities.

In addition, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or CERCLA, which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances (other than oil) whether on land or at sea, contains a similar liability regime and provides for cleanup, removal and natural resource damages. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $0.5 million for vessels not carrying hazardous substances as cargo or residue, unless the incident is caused by gross negligence, willful misconduct or a violation of certain regulations, in which case liability is unlimited.

We maintain, for each of our owned vessels, insurance coverage against pollution liability risks in the amount of $1.0 billion per event. The insured risks include penalties and fines as well as civil liabilities and expenses resulting from accidental pollution. However, this insurance coverage is subject to exclusions, deductibles and other terms and conditions. If any liabilities or expenses fall within an exclusion from coverage, or if damages from a catastrophic incident exceed the $1.0 billion limitation of coverage per event, our cash flow, profitability and financial position could be adversely impacted.

The OPA requires owners and operators of all vessels over 300 gross tons, even those that do not carry petroleum or hazardous substances as cargo, to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet their potential liabilities under the OPA. The U.S. Coast Guard has implemented regulations requiring evidence of financial responsibility for containerships in the amount of $1,300 per gross ton, which includes the OPA limitation on liability of $1,000 per gross ton and the CERCLA liability limit of $300 per gross ton for vessels not carrying hazardous substances as cargo or residue. Under the regulations, vessel owners and operators may evidence their financial responsibility by showing proof of insurance, surety bond, self-insurance or guaranty. We believe our insurance coverage as described above meets the requirements of the OPA.

Under the OPA, an owner or operator of a fleet of vessels is required only to demonstrate evidence of financial responsibility in an amount sufficient to cover the vessel in the fleet having the greatest maximum liability under the OPA. Under the self-insurance provisions, the shipowner or operator must have a net worth and working capital, measured in assets located in the United States against liabilities located anywhere in the world, that exceeds the applicable amount of financial responsibility.

The U.S. Coast Guard’s regulations concerning certificates of financial responsibility provide, in accordance with the OPA, that claimants may bring suit directly against an insurer or guarantor that furnishes certificates of financial responsibility. In the event that such insurer or guarantor is sued directly, it is prohibited from asserting any contractual defense that it may have had against the responsible party and is limited to asserting those defenses available to the responsible party and the defense that the incident was caused by the willful misconduct of the responsible party.

 
96

 

The OPA specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. In some cases, states that have enacted such legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining vessels owners’ responsibilities under these laws. We intend to comply with all applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

The United States Clean Water Act, or CWA, prohibits the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in U.S. navigable waters and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under CERCLA. Pursuant to regulations promulgated by the EPA in the early 1970s, the discharge of sewage and effluent from properly functioning marine engines was exempted from the permit requirements of the National Pollution Discharge Elimination System. This exemption allowed vessels in U.S. ports to discharge certain substances, including ballast water, without obtaining a permit to do so. However, on March 30, 2005, a U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California granted summary judgment to certain environmental groups and U.S. states that had challenged the EPA regulations, arguing that the EPA exceeded its authority in promulgating them. On September 18, 2006, the U.S. District Court issued an order invalidating the exemption in EPA’s regulations for all discharges incidental to the normal operation of a vessel as of September 30, 2008, and directing the EPA to develop a system for regulating all discharges from vessels by that date.

The EPA enacted rules governing the regulation of ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the normal operation of vessels within U.S. waters. Under the rules, commercial vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing vessels), or Regulated Vessels, are required to obtain a CWA permit regulating and authorizing such normal discharges. This permit, which the EPA has designated as the Vessel General Permit for Discharges Incidental to the Normal Operation of Vessels, or VGP, incorporates the current U.S. Coast Guard requirements for ballast water management as well as supplemental ballast water requirements, and includes limits applicable to specific discharge streams, such as deck runoff, bilge water and gray water.

For each discharge type, among other things, the VGP establishes effluent limits pertaining to the constituents found in the effluent, including best management practices, or BMPs, designed to decrease the amount of constituents entering the waste stream. Unlike land-based discharges, which are deemed acceptable by meeting certain EPA-imposed numerical effluent limits, each of the VGP discharge limits is deemed to be met when a Regulated Vessel carries out the BMPs pertinent to that specific discharge stream. The VGP imposes additional requirements on certain Regulated Vessel types that emit discharges unique to those vessels. Administrative provisions, such as inspection, monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements are also included for all Regulated Vessels.

The VGP application procedure, known as the Notice of Intent, or NOI, may be accomplished through the “eNOI” electronic filing interface, which became operational in June 2009. Owners and operators of Regulated Vessels must have filed their NOIs prior to September 19, 2009, or the Deadline. Any Regulated Vessel that did not file an NOI by the Deadline will, as of that date, no longer be covered by the VGP and will not be allowed to discharge into U.S. navigable waters until it has obtained a VGP. Any Regulated Vessel that was delivered on or before the Deadline will receive final VGP permit coverage on the date that the EPA receives such Regulated Vessel’s complete NOI. Regulated Vessels delivered after the Deadline will not receive VGP permit coverage until 30 days after their NOI submission. We submitted NOIs for all our vessels to which the CWA applies.

In addition, pursuant to section 401 of the CWA, which requires each state to certify federal discharge permits such as the VGP, certain states have enacted additional discharge standards as conditions to their certification of the VGP. These local standards bring the VGP into compliance with more stringent state requirements, such as those further restricting ballast water discharges and preventing the introduction of non-indigenous species considered to be invasive. The VGP and related state-specific regulations and any similar restrictions enacted in the future will increase the costs of operating in the relevant waters.

 
97

 

The U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, was enacted in 1996 in response to growing reports of harmful organisms being released into U.S. ports through ballast water taken on by vessels in foreign ports. NISA established a ballast water management program for vessels entering U.S. waters. Under NISA, mid-ocean ballast water exchange is voluntary, except for vessels heading to the Great Lakes or Hudson Bay, or vessels engaged in the foreign export of Alaskan North Slope crude oil. However, NISA’s reporting and record keeping requirements are mandatory for vessels bound for any port in the United States. Although ballast water exchange is the primary means of compliance with NISA’s guidelines, compliance can also be achieved through the retention of ballast water on board the ship, or the use of environmentally sound alternative ballast water management methods approved by the U.S. Coast Guard. If the mid-ocean ballast exchange is made mandatory throughout the United States, or if water treatment requirements or options are instituted, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers. Although we do not believe that the costs of compliance with a mandatory mid-ocean ballast exchange would be material, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of such a requirement on the dry bulk shipping industry. In April 2008, the U.S. House of Representatives passed a bill that amends NISA by prohibiting the discharge of ballast water unless it has been treated with specified methods or acceptable alternatives. Similar bills have been introduced in the U.S. Senate, but we cannot predict which bill, if any, will be enacted into law. In the absence of federal standards, states have enacted legislation or regulations to address invasive species through ballast water and hull cleaning management and permitting requirements. For instance, in 2007 the state of California enacted legislation extending its ballast water management program to regulate the management of “hull fouling” organisms attached to vessels and adopted regulations limiting the number of organisms in ballast water discharges. In addition, in November 2008, the Sixth Circuit affirmed a District Court’s dismissal of challenges to the state of Michigan’s ballast water management legislation mandating the use of various techniques for ballast water treatment. Other states may proceed with the enactment of similar requirements that could increase the costs of operating in state waters.

Security Regulations

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, the MTSA came into effect. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new chapter went into effect on July 1, 2004, and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, most of which are contained in the newly created ISPS Code. Among the various requirements are:

 
Ø
on-board installation of automatic information systems to enhance vessel-to-vessel and vessel-to-shore communications;

 
Ø
on-board installation of ship security alert systems;

 
Ø
the development of vessel security plans; and

 
Ø
compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to be aligned with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from MTSA vessel security measures, provided such vessels have on board, by July 1, 2004, a valid International Ship Security Certificate that attests to the vessel’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code. The vessels in our fleet that we operate have on board valid International Ship Security Certificates and, therefore, will comply with the requirements of the MTSA.

 
98

 

International Laws Governing Civil Liability to Pay Compensation or Damages

In 2001, the IMO adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the Bunker Convention, which imposes strict liability on shipowners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of “bunker oil.” The Bunker Convention defines “bunker oil” as “any hydrocarbon mineral oil, including lubricating oil, used or intended to be used for the operation or propulsion of the ship, and any residues of such oil.” The Bunker Convention also requires registered owners of vessels over a certain size to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, as amended, or the 1976 Convention). The Bunker Convention entered into force on November 21, 2008, and in early 2009 it was in effect in 22 states. In other jurisdictions, liability for spills or releases of oil from vessels’ bunkers continues to be determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.

Outside the United States, national laws generally provide for the owner to bear strict liability for pollution, subject to a right to limit liability under applicable national or international regimes for limitation of liability. The most widely applicable international regime limiting maritime pollution liability is the 1976 Convention. Rights to limit liability under the 1976 Convention are forfeited where a spill is caused by a shipowners’ intentional or reckless conduct. Some states have ratified the 1996 LLMC Protocol to the 1976 Convention, which provides for liability limits substantially higher than those set forth in the 1976 Convention to apply in such states. Finally, some jurisdictions are not a party to either the 1976 Convention or the 1996 LLMC Protocol, and, therefore, shipowners’ rights to limit liability for maritime pollution in such jurisdictions may be uncertain.

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

We own six operational subsidiaries, all of which are Marshall Islands corporations. Five of our operational subsidiaries each own one vessel and our sixth operational subsidiary, Globus Shipmanagement, provides the technical and day-to-day commercial management of our fleet. Globus Shipmanagement maintains ship management agreements with each of our vessel-owning subsidiaries.

PROPERTY

In August 2006, Globus Shipmanagement entered into a rental agreement for 350 square meters of office space for our operations within a building owned by Cyberonica S.A., a company related to us through common control. Rental expense is currently €14,577 per month. The rental agreement provides for an annual increase in rent of 2% above the rate of inflation as set by the Bank of Greece. The contract runs for nine years and can be terminated by us with six months notice. We do not presently own any real estate.

We have no manufacturing capacity, nor do we produce any products.

We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the foreseeable future.

EXCHANGE CONTROLS

Under Marshall Islands law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common shares.

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Globus Maritime Limited is a holding company originally incorporated on July 26, 2006 pursuant to the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 (as amended), and redomiciled into the Marshall Islands on November          , 2010 pursuant to the BCA. Because of the number of U.S. publicly traded shipping companies that are incorporated, formed or redomiciled in the Marshall Islands, we believe that a redomiciliation into the Marshall Islands would facilitate investors’ understanding of our company and corporate governance. Our executive office is located at the office of Globus Shipmanagement Corp., 128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 3rd Floor, 166 74 Glyfada, Athens, Greece. Our telephone number is +30 210 960 8300. Our registered agent in the Marshall Islands is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc. and our registered address in the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. We maintain our website at www.globusmaritime.gr. Information that will be available on or accessed through our website does not constitute part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.

 
99

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We have not been involved in any legal proceedings which may have, or have had, a significant effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity, nor are we aware of any proceedings that are pending or threatened which may have a significant effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity. From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. We expect that these claims would be covered by insurance, subject to customary deductibles. Those claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

 
100

 

LOAN ARRANGEMENTS
 
The following summary of the material terms of our credit facility and loan agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the credit facility and loan agreement. Because the following is only a summary, it does not contain all information that you may find useful. For more complete information, you should read each of the credit facility and loan agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

CREDIT SUISSE CREDIT FACILITY

General

In November 2007, we entered into a $120.0 million secured reducing revolving credit facility with Credit Suisse, which we have supplemented from time to time. Our credit facility is available to us in connection with vessel acquisitions by our vessel-owning subsidiaries as well as for working capital purposes. Our credit facility had an original term of eight years and has a remaining term of approximately five years.

Our credit facility permits us to borrow funds up to the reducing facility limit which began at $120.0 million and which is reduced on “Reduction Dates” every six months (in May and November) according to the following agreed schedule: (1) by $10.0 million on each of the first to fourth Reduction Dates, inclusive, (2) by $4.5 million on each of the fifth to fifteenth Reduction Dates, inclusive, and (3) $30.5 million on the sixteenth and final Reduction Date, which is November 2015. Consequently, on every Reduction Date that the outstanding balance exceeds the applicable reduced facility limit, we must pay a principal installment to the bank to ensure that the outstanding balance remains at or below the applicable facility limit. As of June 30, 2010, we had a $75.5 million outstanding balance under the credit facility, which was equal to the reduced facility limit. We therefore could not draw down any additional funds thereunder. The facility limit will be further reduced by $4.5 million in November 2010, on the Reduction Date, when we repay such amount to Credit Suisse.

We can voluntarily prepay principal installments to the bank without penalty at any time between Reduction Dates. Such voluntarily prepaid principal amounts become undrawn amounts under the credit facility and we can re-borrow such amounts, or parts thereof, subject to the reducing facility limit. Our credit facility has commitment fees of 0.25% per annum on any undrawn amounts under the facility, other than undrawn amounts currently relating to approximately $15.5 million, in which the commitment fee is 0.5%. Interest on outstanding balances is payable at 0.95% per annum over LIBOR, except when the aggregate security value of the mortgaged vessels is more than 200% of the outstanding balances, in which case the interest is 0.75% per annum over LIBOR.

Our ability to borrow amounts under our credit facility is subject to satisfaction of certain customary conditions precedent and compliance with terms and conditions included in our credit facility documentation. To the extent that the vessels in our fleet that secure our obligations under our credit facility are insufficient to satisfy minimum security requirements, we will be required to grant additional security or obtain a waiver or consent from the lender.

Security

Our obligations under our credit facility are secured by a first preferred mortgage on one or more vessels in our fleet, currently on four vessels (the m/v Tiara Globe , m/v River Globe , m/v Sky Globe and m/v Star Globe ), and such other vessels that we may from time to time include with the approval of our lender, and a first priority assignment of any time charter or other contract of employment of any vessel that acts as security, a first priority account pledge over the operating account of the vessel-owning company and an assignment of the vessel’s insurances and earnings. We may grant additional security from time to time in the future. Each of the vessel-owning subsidiaries that owns a vessel pledged as security under our credit facility has guaranteed our obligations under the facility.

 
101

 

Covenants

Our credit facility contains financial and other covenants requiring us, among other things, to ensure that:

 
Ø
the aggregate market value of the four vessels in our fleet financed by our credit facility at all times is or exceeds 133% of the outstanding balance under our credit facility plus the notional or actual cost of terminating any relating hedging arrangements minus the aggregate amount, if any, standing to the credit of our operating accounts or any bank accounts opened with Credit Suisse, which are subject to an encumbrance in favor of Credit Suisse and designated as a “security account” by Credit Suisse for purposes of the credit facility;

 
Ø
the ratio of our consolidated market adjusted net worth to our total assets will not be less than 0.35:1.0;

 
Ø
Mr. Feidakis maintains at least 35% of our total issued voting share capital; and

 
Ø
we maintain an aggregate of $10.0 million of consolidated cash and cash equivalents.

Our credit facility also contains general covenants that require us to comply with the ISPS Code, carry all required licenses and provide financial statements to the bank. In addition, our credit facility includes customary events of default, including those relating to a failure to pay principal or interest, a breach of covenant, representation and warranty, a cross-default to other indebtedness and non-compliance with security documents. We are permitted to pay dividends so long as we are not in default of our credit facility at the time of the declaration or payment of the dividends and the dividends do not exceed 75% of our net profit for such period.

We believe we are not in default of our covenants relating to our credit facility.

DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK LOAN AGREEMENT

In June 2010, Kelty Marine Ltd., our subsidiary that owns the m/v Jin Star , entered into a $26.7 million loan agreement with Deutsche Schiffsbank and used the funds to pay part of the purchase price for the vessel. We act as guarantor for this loan.

The loan agreement has a term of seven years and is payable in 28 equal quarterly installments of $500,000 starting three months after the draw down of the funds, as well as a balloon payment of $12.65 million due together with the 28 th and final installment due in June 2017. Interest on outstanding balances under our loan agreement is payable at LIBOR plus a variable margin. The margin depends on the “loan to value ratio,” which is a fraction where the numerator is the principal amount outstanding under our loan agreement and the denominator is the charter free market value of the m/v Jin Star and any amount of free liquidity maintained with Deutsche Schiffsbank. Set forth below is the margin that will apply to the loan, depending on the applicable loan to value ratio in any given application period:

Loan to Value Ratio
 
Margin
     
Less than 45%
   
2.25%
       
45% or greater and less than or equal to 60%
    2.40%
       
Greater than 60% and less than or equal to 70%
    2.50%
       
Greater than 70%
    2.75%

Kelty Marine can prepay up to $2 million per year in minimum prepayment amounts of $1 million without any penalty. Our loan agreement has a commitment fee of 0.5% per annum on the amount of the undrawn balance of the agreement through September 30, 2010, and had a 0.75% flat management fee on the loan amount. As of June 30, 2010, the loan was fully drawn and the outstanding balance was $26.7 million. We paid a quarterly installment of $0.5 million in September 2010 and reduced the outstanding balance to $26.2 million. The next quarterly installment is due in December 2010.

 
102

 

Security

The loan is secured by a first preferred mortgage on the m/v Jin Star , assignment of insurances, earnings and requisition compensation on the vessel and assignment of the bareboat charter.

Covenants

The loan agreement with Deutsche Schiffsbank contains financial and other covenants requiring Kelty Marine to, among other things, ensure that:

 
Ø
Kelty Marine does not undergo a change of control;

 
Ø
Kelty Marine maintain at least $1 million in minimum liquidity;

 
Ø
the ratio of our shareholders’ equity to total assets is not less than 25%;

 
Ø
we must have a minimum equity of $50 million;

 
Ø
the market value of the m/v Jin Star is or exceeds 130% of the aggregate principal amount of debt outstanding under our loan agreement; and

 
Ø
Mr. Feidakis and Mr. Karageorgiou, our founders, maintain at least 37% of the shareholding in us.

Our loan agreement permits us to declare and pay dividends without prior written permission of the lender so long as there is no event of default under the loan agreement.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have a $75.5 million balance outstanding under our credit facility with Credit Suisse and $26.2 million outstanding under the loan agreement with Deutsche Schiffsbank.

 
103

 

MANAGEMENT
 
The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and our directors. Our articles of incorporation following our redomiciliation provide for a board of directors serving staggered, three-year terms, other than any members of our board of directors that may serve at the option of the holders of preferred shares, if any. The term of our Class I directors expires at our annual general meeting of shareholders in 2011, the term of our Class II directors expires at our annual general meeting of shareholders in 2012 and the term of our Class III directors expires at our annual general meeting of shareholders in 2013. The business address of each of the directors and officers is c/o Globus Shipmanagement Corp., 128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 3rd Floor, 166 74 Glyfada, Athens, Greece.

Name
Position
Age
Georgios Feidakis
Chairman of the Board of Directors
60
Georgios Karageorgiou
Director and Chief Executive Officer
45
Elias S. Deftereos
Director and Chief Financial Officer
50
Amir Eilon
Director
62
Jeffrey O. Parry
Director
51

Georgios (“George”) Feidakis , a Class III director, is our founder and principal shareholder and has served as chairman of the board of directors since inception. Mr. Feidakis is also the major shareholder and Chairman of FG Europe, a company Mr. Feidakis has been involved with since 1994 and that has been listed on the Athens Stock Exchange since 1968, and acts as a director and executive for several of its subsidiaries. FG Europe is active in four lines of business and distributes well known brands in Greece, the Balkans, Turkey and Italy. FG Europe is in the air-conditioning and white/brown electric goods market in Greece and is active in power generation and mobile telephony. Mr. Feidakis is also the director and chief executive officer of R.F. Energy S.A., a company that plans, develops and controls the operation of energy projects, and acts as a director and executive for several of its subsidiaries.

Georgios (“George”) Karageorgiou , a Class III director, has served as our chief executive officer since our inception. From 1992 to March 2004, Mr. Karageorgiou worked as a director and corporate secretary for Stelmar Shipping Limited, a shipping company listed on the New York Stock Exchange between 2001 and 2004. Mr. Karageorgiou worked as a projects engineer for Kassos Maritime Enterprises from 1990 to 1992. Mr. Karageorgiou was also a director of easyGroup Ltd, easyJet Holdings Ltd, easyInternetCafe Ltd, easyCruise Ltd, Stelinvest Corp. and a number of other easyGroup subsidiaries from 1995 through March 2005. Mr. Karageorgiou holds a B.E. in Mechanical Engineering and an M.E. in Ocean Engineering from Stevens Institute of Technology and an M.Sc. in Shipping Trade and Finance from City University Business School.

Elias S. Deftereos , a Class I director, has served as our chief financial officer and a member of our board of directors since April 2007. Mr. Deftereos previously worked as a finance director at Astron Maritime from March 2005 to July 2006 and as the finance director of Konkar Shipping Agencies S.A. from January 2004 to February 2005, each of which company managed fleets of dry bulk vessels. Mr. Deftereos worked as the group treasurer of Mytilineos Holdings from 1999 to 2001, a company listed on the Athens Stock Exchange, and as an investment manager for Lehman Brothers from 1997 to 1998. Mr. Deftereos worked as an account officer for ship financing for ABN AMRO Bank from 1994 to 1996, and an analyst for Olympic Maritime of the Onassis Group from 1988 to 1991. Mr. Deftereos holds a B.A. in Economics from the State University of New York at Buffalo and an MBA in Finance from the University of Chicago.

Amir Eilon , a Class I director, has served as our director since June 2007. Mr. Eilon has been a director of Eilon & Associates Limited since February 1999, which provides general corporate advice. Mr. Eilon was previously a non-executive chairman of Spring plc, listed on the London Stock Exchange, from mid-2004 to August 2009 and a director of Flamingo Holdings, a venture capital backed private company, from March 2007 to April 2009. Mr. Eilon was the managing director of Credit Suisse First Boston Private Equity from 1998 to 1999, the managing director of BZW from 1990 to 1998, where he was head of global capital markets, and the managing director of Morgan Stanley, London from 1985 to 1990, where he was responsible for international equity capital markets.

 
104

 

Jeffrey O. Parry , a Class II director,   has served as our director since July 2010. Mr. Parry is currently the president of Mystic Marine Advisors LLC, a Connecticut-based advisory firm specializing in turnaround and emerging shipping companies, and has been affiliated with such company since August 1998. From July 2008 to October 2009, he was president and chief executive officer of Nasdaq-listed Aries Maritime Transport Limited (now named NewLead Holdings Ltd.). Mr. Parry has also served as the managing director of A.G. Pappadakis & Co. Ltd, an Athens-based shipowner from March 2007 to July 2008, and managing director of Poten Capital Services LLC, a U.S. broker/dealer firm specializing in shipping from February 2003 to March 2007. Mr. Parry holds a B.A. from Brown University and an MBA from Columbia University. Mr. Parry started his career as a stevedore on the New York waterfront.

There are no family relationships between any of our directors or senior management. There are no arrangements or understandings with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others, pursuant to which any person referred to above was selected as a director or member of senior management.

BOARD & COMMITTEE PRACTICES

Our board of directors and executive officers will oversee and supervise our operations.

Mr. Parry has a letter of appointment, which contains a provision that the director may be terminated by us upon three months’ notice. Each director holds office until his successor is elected or appointed, unless his office is earlier vacated in accordance with the articles of incorporation or with the provisions of the BCA. In addition to cash compensation as described below under “Compensation—Non-Executive Directors’ Fees,” we intend to pay to Mr. Eilon, and the letter of appointment with Mr. Parry provides that we will pay to Mr. Parry, £12,000 in our shares annually. If Mr. Parry ceases to be a director as a result of a change of control in us, then he will immediately receive the number of shares that he would have otherwise received had his appointment been for two years. The members of our senior management are appointed to serve at the discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors and committees of our board of directors schedule regular meetings over the course of the year. Under the Nasdaq rules, we believe that Mr. Eilon and Mr. Parry are independent.

While a number of the Nasdaq’s corporate governance standards do not apply to us as a foreign private issuer, we intend to comply with a number of those rules. The practices that we will follow in lieu of Nasdaq’s corporate governance rules are as follows:

 
Ø
in lieu of a nomination committee and remuneration committee comprised entirely of independent directors, our nomination and remuneration committees will be comprised of a majority of independent directors. Each of these committees will be comprised of a minimum of two individuals. There is nothing to prohibit shareholders identifying and recommending potential candidates to become board members;

 
Ø
in lieu of holding regularly scheduled meetings of the board of directors at which only independent directors are present, we will not be holding such regularly scheduled meetings;

 
Ø
in lieu of a board of directors that is comprised by a majority of independent directors, our board of directors is not comprised of a majority of independent directors; and

 
Ø
in lieu of an audit committee comprised of three independent directors, our audit committee has two members.

We have an Audit Committee, a Remuneration Committee and a Nomination Committee.

The Audit Committee is comprised of Amir Eilon and Jeffrey Parry. It is responsible for ensuring that our financial performance is properly reported on and monitored, for reviewing internal control systems and the auditors’ reports relating to our accounts and for reviewing and approving all related party transactions. Our board of directors has determined that Amir Eilon is our audit committee financial expert. Each Audit Committee member has experience in reading and understanding financial statements, including statements of financial position, statements of comprehensive income and statements of cash flows.

 
105

 

The Remuneration Committee is comprised of George Feidakis, Amir Eilon and Jeffrey Parry. It is responsible for determining, subject to approval from our board of directors, the remuneration guidelines to apply to our executive officers, secretary and other members of the executive management as our board of directors designates the Remuneration Committee to consider. It is also responsible for determining the total individual remuneration packages of each director including, where appropriate, bonuses, incentive payments and share options. The Remuneration Committee will also liaise with the Nomination Committee to ensure that the remuneration of newly appointed executives falls within our overall remuneration policies.

The Nomination Committee is comprised of George Feidakis, Amir Eilon and Jeffrey Parry. It is responsible for reviewing the structure, size and composition of our board of directors and identifying and nominating candidates to fill board of directors’ positions as and when they arise.

CODE OF ETHICS

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees.   Our code of ethics is posted on our website and is available upon written request by our shareholders at no cost.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately 13   full-time employees and five consultants, including the senior management, all of whom were hired through Globus Shipmanagement. All of these employees are located in Greece and are engaged in the service and management of our fleet. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, although certain crew members are parties to collective bargaining agreements. We do not employ a significant number of temporary employees.

COMPENSATION

Non-Executive Directors’ Fees

We intend to pay to Mr. Eilon, and the letter of appointment with Mr. Parry provides that we will pay Mr. Parry, £25,000 in cash annually, and we intend to pay the chairman of our board of directors £40,000 in cash annually. Our three non-executive directors were remunerated in 2009 by quarterly cash payments as well as by quarterly issuances of shares, as follows:

Name
 
Date
 
Cash (GBP)
   
Share Issuances (1)
 
                 
Mr. George Feidakis
 
March 12, 2009
    10,000       -  
   
June 16, 2009
    10,000       -  
   
September 15, 2009
    10,000       -  
   
December 9, 2009
    10,000       -  
                     
Mr. Amir Eilon
 
April 9, 2009
    6,250       4,225  
   
June 16, 2009
    6,250       4,000  
   
September 15, 2009
    6,250       4,444  
   
December 9, 2009
    6,250       4,286  
                     
Mr. Arjun Batra (2)
 
April 9, 2009
    6,250       4,225  
   
June 16, 2009
    6,250       4,000  
   
September 15, 2009
    6,250       4,444  
   
December 9, 2009
    6,250       4,286  
                     
TOTAL
      £ 90,000       33,910  
(1) Does not take into account the 4:1 reverse split of shares that took place on July 29, 2010.
(2) Mr. Batra resigned as a director in 2010.

 
106

 

Executives of Globus

Globus Shipmanagement has entered into employment agreements with each of Mr. Karageorgiou and Mr. Deftereos for work performed in Greece and we have entered into separate consulting agreements with companies wholly owned by each of them for them to assist and advise the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, respectively, in respect of his duties performed outside of Greece.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

We believe that our executive compensation program should reward executives for enhancing our long-term performance while delivering favorable annual operating results. The Remuneration Committee evaluates both performance and compensation so that we may attract and retain superior executives and maintain compensation competitive to that of our peer companies for similarly situated executives. The principal components of compensation for our executives currently are salary, annual cash bonuses and equity awards in the form of common shares issued pursuant to our incentive plan.

Annual Salary and Bonus

The salaries of our executive officers are reviewed on an annual basis. Adjustments in salary are based on the evaluation of individual performance, our overall performance during a given financial year and the individual’s contribution to our overall performance. With respect to determining bonuses, the Remuneration Committee considers the following factors:

 
Ø
average operating expenses per vessel per day;

 
Ø
overall fleet utilization;

 
Ø
average overhead burden per vessel per day (excluding corporate-related expenses);

 
Ø
unplanned incidents;

 
Ø
drydocking budget performance; and

 
Ø
growth in earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA).

An individual may not be granted a bonus in excess of 100% of his annual base salary in any fiscal year.

In 2009, our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer received the following aggregate amounts shown in Euro, net of contributions and taxes:

Salary and Fees (Euro)
 
Benefits (Euro)
   
Cash Bonus (Euro)
   
Share Issuances
 
€480,000
  6,000     78,448       256,812 *
* This number of shares does not take into account the 4:1 reverse split.

We expect that the aggregate compensation that we will pay members of our senior management will be approximately $800,000 in 2010, using a Euro:U.S. dollar exchange rate of 1.0:1.4.

THE INCENTIVE PLAN

We allocate a portion of annual compensation to awards of our common shares, or awards, under our incentive plan, because we believe that equity awards are important to align our employees’ interests with those of our shareholders. Our incentive plan is administered by our Remuneration Committee.

Our board of directors believes that these awards will keep our employees focused on our growth, as well as dividend growth and its impact on our share price, over an extended time period. In addition, our board of directors believes the gradual vesting schedule of these awards will help us retain both our executive officers and key employees. The amount of awards we grant to any person under our incentive plan is subject to the performance condition as set out below.

 
107

 

Grant of Awards

Awards will be granted on an annual basis. Awards may generally only be granted in the period of four weeks commencing on the day following any amendment to our incentive plan taking effect; or an announcement by us of our results for any period, or the issue by us of a prospectus or similar document. The grant of any awards under our incentive plan will be subject to performance conditions.

Performance Condition

The Remuneration Committee generally compares our performance in terms of total shareholder return, which is calculated based on changes in share price and dividends paid over a calendar year, and which we refer to as TSR, relative to a peer group of publicly listed dry bulk shipping companies. The current peer group that we use is comprised of the following companies, which is subject to change at the discretion of our Remuneration Committee:

 
Ø
United Kingdom: Hellenic Carriers Ltd. and Goldenport Holdings Inc.; and

 
Ø
United States: Diana Shipping Inc., Excel Maritime Carriers Ltd., Paragon Shipping Inc., DryShips Inc., Eagle Bulk Shipping Inc., Euroseas Ltd., FreeSeas Inc., Genco Shipping & Trading Limited, OceanFreight Inc. and Seanergy Maritime Holdings Corp.

We believe that TSR, measured relative to the performance of comparable companies, is the best way of evaluating our performance and measuring value creation for shareholders.

If, on the purported date of grant, we rank below the twentieth percentile within the peer group, then no awards may be granted. If we achieve or exceed the twentieth percentile, the number of common shares which may be made subject to an award to a particular individual on the date of grant shall be restricted to a percentage of the “individual limit” referred to below. This percentage shall be calculated on a straight-line basis from 17.5% of the individual limit (if we achieve the twentieth percentile) to the maximum value we are permitted to grant under our incentive plan (if we achieve the hundredth percentile and therefore rank first compared to our then existing peer group). These targets will be reviewed annually.

Individual Limit

In any fiscal year, no participant may be granted awards over common shares with a market value (on the relevant date(s) of grant) in excess of 200% of the aggregate of the participant’s annual salary and bonus.

Vesting of Awards

Subject to what is set out below, awards vest proportionally over a three-year period from their date of grant and vested common shares subject to awards will be delivered to participants within the 30 days that follow the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant of the relevant award. If the participant is summarily dismissed from his employment, his award in respect of vested and unvested common shares will lapse in its entirety. In all other circumstances of cessation of employment (unless the Remuneration Committee acting in its absolute discretion otherwise determines), the participant shall retain his vested award but any unvested award shall lapse. Vested common shares subject to awards in such circumstances will be delivered to participants within the 30 days that follow cessation of employment.

Lock In

After shares are issued under our incentive plan, they are subject to a one-year “lock-in” period pursuant to the terms of our incentive plan.

 
108

 

Overall Limit

Not more than 10% of our issued share capital (including shares held in treasury) may be made subject to awards or options granted under our incentive plan or any other share-based employee incentive plan established by us in any ten-year period.
 
2009 Grants

On December 10, 2009, we granted to our two executive officers and a number of managers and staff of our wholly owned subsidiary Globus Shipmanagement a conditional award of 575,199 shares, which following our four-for-one reverse split of our common shares, became an effective award of 143,799, with a conditional right for the shares to be allotted and delivered to them in the future at no cost. If a cash dividend is paid during the vesting period, additional shares will be granted and calculated in accordance with the terms of our incentive plan. Due to the cash dividend declared and paid during September 2010, an additional 1,631 common shares of the Company were added to the initially granted shares. The outstanding award adjusted for the effects of the dividend paid, award forfeitures and reverse split became as follows:

 
Ø
255,536 ordinary shares were granted to George Karageorgiou, our chief executive officer, which following our four-for-one reverse split of our common shares and dividend paid, became an effective award of 64,618;

 
Ø
94,679 ordinary shares were granted to Elias Deftereos, our chief financial officer, which following our four-for-one reverse split of our common shares and dividend paid, became an effective award of 23,942; and

 
Ø
224,984 ordinary shares were granted to fourteen managers and staff of Globus Shipmanagement, which following our four-for-one reverse split of our common shares, dividend paid and award forfeitures, became an effective award of 54,910, making the total effective award 143,470 shares.

The shares above will only be issued if, prior to December 31, 2010, our shares are listed on Nasdaq or we have raised more than $30 million from third parties. Our incentive plan provides that these shares will vest on a daily basis over the next three years, and one-third of these shares will be allotted and delivered to them at no cost on each of the first, second and third anniversaries subject to their continuing employment.

There are no other outstanding awards.

 
109

 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Globus Maritime Limited or Globus Shipmanagement has entered into various agreements that will effect our business. These agreements are not the result of third party negotiations as they were negotiated with related parties. According to its charter, our Audit Committee will review and approve all related party transactions.

CONSULTING AGREEMENTS

We have entered into separate consulting agreements with companies wholly owned by each of our executive officers for them to assist and advise the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, respectively, in respect of his duties performed outside of Greece.

LEASE

During the 2009, 2008 and 2007 fiscal years, we paid $239,000 $242,000 and $214,000 respectively, to Cyberonica S.A., a company owned by Mr. Feidakis, for the rental of 350 square meters of office space for our operations. During the six-month period ended June 30, 2010, we paid $118,000 to Cyberonica S.A for the rental of the office space.

BROKERAGE SERVICES

In November 2009, we entered into memoranda of agreement for the sale of m/v Sea Globe and m/v Coral Globe for an aggregate price of $34 million, for which North South Maritime Ltd provided brokerage services. The managing director of North South Maritime Ltd, Arjun Batra, was a member of our board of directors who resigned in 2010 as a result of his family’s relocation from the United Kingdom to Singapore. North South Maritime Ltd received brokerage commission fees of 2.5% on the total sale price of the vessels, which amounted to $850,000.

SHIP MANAGEMENT

In September 2006, Globus Shipmanagement entered into an agreement with Eolos Shipmanagement S.A., a company related through common control. The agreement provided for a fee of $100,000 per month for services rendered in connection with the management of dry bulk vessels. The amount of the service fee was unaffected by the number of vessels and timing of delivery or sale of any such vessels. During the year ended December 31, 2007, an amount of $204,000 was included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the fee payable to Eolos Shipmanagement. The agreement was terminated on March 31, 2007 and there was no balance outstanding as of that date.

BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES AGREEMENT

In November 2010, Mr. Feidakis entered into a business opportunities arrangement with us. Under this agreement, Mr. Feidakis is required to disclose to us any business opportunities relating to dry bulk shipping that may arise during his service to us as a member of our board of directors that could reasonably be expected to be a business opportunity that we may pursue. Mr. Feidakis agreed to disclose all such opportunities, and the material facts attendant thereto, to our board of directors for our consideration and if our board of directors fails to adopt a resolution regarding an opportunity within seven business days of disclosure, we will be deemed to have declined to pursue the opportunity, in which event Mr. Feidakis will be free to pursue it. Mr. Feidakis is also prohibited for six months after the termination of the agreement to solicit any of our or our subsidiaries’ senior employees or officers. Mr. Feidakis’s obligations under the business opportunities agreement will also terminate when he no longer beneficially owns our shares representing at least 30% of the combined voting power of all our outstanding shares or any other equity, or no longer serves as our director. Mr. Feidakis remains free to conduct his other businesses that are not related to dry bulk shipping.

 
110

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

In November 2010, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Firment Trading Limited and Kim Holdings S.A., pursuant to which we granted to them and their affiliates (including Mr. George Feidakis and Mr. George Karageorgiou) and certain of their transferees, the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions to require us to register under the Securities Act our common shares held by them. Under the registration rights agreement, these persons have the right to request us to register the sale of shares held by them on their behalf and may require us to make available shelf registration statements permitting sales of shares into the market from time to time over an extended period. In addition, these persons have the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights in connection with registered offerings requested by shareholders or initiated by us.

RELATIONSHIP AGREEMENT

In May 2007, we, Firment Trading Limited and Mr. George Feidakis entered into a relationship agreement, which provided that Firment Trading is entitled to appoint the chairman of our board of directors for so long as Firment Trading and Mr. Feidakis held directly or indirectly at least 30% of our outstanding shares. The agreement also provided, among other things, that Firment Trading and Mr. Feidakis would not compete with us, and contained provisions relating to related party transactions. We intend to terminate this agreement shortly after our common shares are delisted from the AIM. In connection with such termination, we intend to issue one preferred share to Mr. Feidakis or his affiliate that will provide the holder with the ability to appoint any one person to be a director, who may also be the chairman of our board of directors, for so long as such holder and his or its affiliates also hold in the aggregate at least 30% of the voting power of our shares. Such preferred share will have no voting or dividend rights.

ACQUISITION OF NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS

In March 2007, prior to the consummation of our IPO, we acquired from related parties all outstanding non-controlling interests in two subsidiaries, over which we had already exercised full operational control. We issued common shares as consideration for such acquisition.

 
111

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of our common shares in the United States or the availability of our common shares for sale in the United States will have on the market price of our common shares. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate.
 
7,241,865 of our common shares are outstanding, and no Class B shares are outstanding, although we intend to issue in December 2010 or in 2011 a special stock dividend of Class B shares to the holders of our common shares in a ratio of one Class B share for every number of common shares owned that we will determine in the future in connection with such dividend. The common shares registered in our registration statement to which this prospectus relates will be freely transferable in the United States without restriction under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding common shares, if any, may be sold in the public market only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which is summarized below, or another SEC rule.
 
Under Rule 144, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned our common shares to be sold for at least six months, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of our common shares, provided current public information about us is available. In addition, under Rule 144, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned our common shares to be sold for at least one year, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares.
 
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, our affiliates who have beneficially owned our common shares for at least one year are entitled to sell within any three month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
 
Ø
1.0% of our then-outstanding common shares; and
 
 
Ø
the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.
 
Sales of restricted shares under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell our common shares that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.
 
Shares sold outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S would not be subject to these restrictions.
 
We entered into a registration rights agreement in November 2010 with Firment Trading Limited and Kim Holdings S.A. pursuant to which we granted to them and their affiliates and certain of their transferees, the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions to require us to register under the Securities Act our common shares held by them. When registered under any registration statement, our common shares held by them will be available for sale in the open market unless restrictions apply. Please see “Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.” In addition, these common shares would be available for sale into the public market after one year pursuant to Rule 144, Regulation S and other exemptions under the Securities Act, subject to the limitations contained therein, as described above.

 
112

 

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
The following table identifies the selling shareholders, and the number and percentage of common shares beneficially owned by the selling shareholders as of November 19, 2010, the number of common shares that the selling shareholders may offer or sell, the number and percentage of common shares beneficially owned by the selling shareholders assuming they sell all of the shares that may be sold by them and their relationship with us over the past three years, if any. We have prepared this table solely based upon information furnished to us by or on behalf of the selling shareholders. The selling shareholders may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, at any time and from time to time, the common shares after the date on which each selling shareholder provided the information set forth in the table below. As used in this prospectus, “selling shareholders” includes pledgees, assignees, successors-in-interest, donees, transferees or others who may later hold the selling shareholders’ common shares. Unless otherwise provided, the address of each of the selling shareholders is c/o Globus Shipmanagement Corp., 128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 3rd Floor, 166 74 Glyfada, Athens, Greece. We have assumed for purposes of the following table that all of the securities covered by this prospectus held by such selling shareholders are sold. Unless otherwise noted, none of the following selling shareholders have, or have had in the past three years, a material relationship with us.

Name and Address of Selling Shareholder
 
Beneficial
Ownership
of Common
Shares as of
November
19, 2010
   
Percentage
of
Common
Shares
Owned as
of
November
19, 2010
   
Number of
Common
Shares
Offered for
Sale
   
Beneficial
Ownership of
Common Shares
After Giving
Effect to
Proposed Sale
   
Percentage
to be
Owned
After
Offering
 
Firment Trading Limited (1)(2)
    4,474,475       61.8 %     4,474,475       -    
*
 
                                       
Lipati Shipping Company Limited (1)(3)
56 Pindou Street, Chalandri
152 33, Athens, Greece
    428,928       5.9 %     428,928       -    
*
 
                                       
Alpine Navigation Co. (4)
Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island
Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH 96960
    328,075       4.5 %     328,075       -    
*
 
                                       
Muse Trading Co. (5)
Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island
Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH 96960
    326,577       4.5 %     326,577       -    
*
 
                                       
Kim Holdings S.A. (1)
    250,157       3.5 %     250,157       -    
*
 
                                       
Jupiter Dividend & Growth Trust plc (6)
1 Grosvenor Place
London, SW1X 7JJ, U.K.
    178,833       2.5 %     178,833       -    
*
 
                                       
Unis Investments Ltd. (7)
Trust Company Complex
Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island
Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH 96960
    25,000       *       25,000       -    
*
 
                                       
Elias S. Deftereos (1)
    15,000       *       15,000       -    
*
 
                                       
Amir Eilon (1)
    10,401       *       10,401       -    
*
 

 
113

 

Avery Holding Corp. (8)
Trust Company Complex
Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island
Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH 96960
    7,500       *       7,500       -    
*
 
                                       
Arjun Batra (9)
#06-04 Astrid Meadows
46B Coronation Road West
Singapore 269262
    6,250       *       6,250       -    
*
 
                                       
Sherman Revocable Trust (10)
5840 East Joshua Tree
Paradise Valley, Arizona 85253, U.S.A.
    5,250       *       5,250       -    
*
 
                                       
John Archibald Burdon-Cooper
Cret William, Crieff
Perthshire, PH7 4JY, Scotland
    5,000       *       5,000       -    
*
 
                                       
Malcolm John Morrisby
331 Chartridge Lane
Chesham, Bucks HP5 2SQ, U.K.
    5,000       *       5,000       -    
*
 
                                       
George Nikas
25 Columbus Circle
New York, New York 10019
    4,975       *       4,975       -    
*
 
                                       
Patricia Mary Morrisby
331 Chartridge Lane
Chesham, Bucks HP5 2SQ, U.K.
    4,000       *       4,000       -    
*
 
                                       
Richard A. Hurowitz, Sasha C. Hurowitz M/NY/UTMA (11)
985 Fifth Avenue, Apt. 2B
New York, New York 10075-0142
    3,250       *       3,250       -    
*
 
                                       
Richard A. Hurowitz, Asher C. Hurowitz
M/NY/UTMA (11)
985 Fifth Avenue, Apt. 2B
New York, New York 10075-0142
    3,250       *       3,250       -    
*
 
                                       
Bettina von Meyenburg
Seestrasse 1
8704 Herrliberg, Switzerland
    3,000       *       3,000       -    
*
 
                                       
Claudia von Meyenburg
Seestrasse 1
8704 Herrliberg, Switzerland
    3,000       *       3,000       -    
*
 
                                       
Olav zu Ermgassen
3 Cranmore Avenue, Osterley
Isleworth, TW7 4QW, U.K.
    2,556       *       2,556       -    
*
 
                                       
George Charalambous
29 Dimitriou Biskini Str.
157 71, Athens, Greece
    2,500       *       2,500       -    
*
 

 
114

 

Jason Richard Higgins
3, The Granary Buildings, Millow
Biggleswade, Bedfordshire SG18 8RH, U.K.
    2,035       *       2,035       -    
*
 
                                       
Winterflood Securities Ltd. (12)
The Atrium Building, Cannon Bridge House
25 Dowgate Hill
London, EC4R 2GA, U.K.
    1,525       *       1,525       -    
*
 
                                       
Christopher John Baker
7 Avenue Road, Dorridge
Solihull, B93 8LD, U.K.
    1,455       *       1,455       -    
*
 
                                       
Raymond Edward Oakley
The Old School House, Westbury
Brackley, Northamptonshire, NN13 5JR, U.K.
    1,250       *       1,250       -    
*
 
                                       
Christopher William Owens
24, Pembridge Mews
London, W11 3EQ, U.K.
    1,250       *       1,250       -    
*
 
                                       
Alastair Dickson
16 Charlotte Square
Edinburgh, EH2 4DF, U.K.  
    1,150       *       1,150       -    
*
 
                                       
IPM Sipp Administration Limited (13)
Cintel House, Watton Road, Ware
Hertfordshire, SG12 0AD, U.K.
    1,091       *       1,091       -    
*
 
                                       
Ioannis Papaioannou
27 Proteos Street
145 64, Kifisia, Greece
    1,000       *       1,000       -    
*
 
                                       
Graham Stewart Brandon Street
Impstone House, Pamber Road, Silchester
Reading, Berkshire RG7 2NU, U.K.
    1,000       *       1,000       -    
*
 
                                       
Ioannis Triarchos
3 Rue Adrien Lachenal
Geneva 1207, Switzerland
    1,000       *       1,000       -    
*
 
                                       
Alastair Marshall
Flat 28, Churchfield Mansions
321-345 New King’s Road
Parsons Green, London SW6 4RA, U.K.
    758       *       758       -    
*
 
                                       
Brian Gregory Burroughs
6 Queen Mary Road
Chesterfield, S40 3LB, U.K.
    750       *       750       -    
*
 
                                       
Charles Albert Vanbergen
24 Castle Court, Hadlow Road
Tonbridge, Kent TN9 1QU, U.K.
    750       *       750       -    
*
 
                                       
Lazaridis Vassilis
24 B Kifissias Ave.
151 25, Marousi, Greece
    750       *       750       -    
*
 

 
115

 

Michael Emanuel
Flat 7, 260 Elgin Avenue
London, W9 1JD, U.K.
    670       *       670       -    
*
 
                                       
Jillian Sandra Kay Hellen
7 Owen Drive, Failand,
Bristol, BS8 3UE, U.K.
    597       *       597       -    
*
 
                                       
Kishor Pindoria
66 Chapman Crescent, Harrow
Middlesex, HA3 0TE U.K.
    550       *       550       -    
*
 
                                       
Kouniniotis Anoliki
8 D Tripia Street
151 21, Pefki, Greece
    500       *       500       -    
*
 
                                       
Kathleen Rowe
Heigh Head, Mewith, Bentham
Lancaster, LA2 7AV, U.K.
    500       *       500       -    
*
 
                                       
Jeffrey O. Parry (1)
    472       *       472       -    
*
 
                                       
Paul Lyon
7 Lime Road, Southville
Bristol, BS3 ILS, U.K.
    452       *       452       -    
*
 
                                       
Robert David Cole
Pastures Farm, Farm town, Coleorton
Leicestershire, LE67 BFH, U.K.
    379       *       379       -    
*
 
                                       
Michael Francis and Margaret Woodhouse
45 St. Peter’s Road
West Mersea, Essex C05 8LL, U.K.
    330       *       330       -    
*
 
                                       
Stephen Sharrock
58 Milnthorpe Road, Kendal
Cumbria, LA9 5ND, U.K.
    325       *       325       -    
*
 
                                       
Peter Berchtold
5 Whitethorn Close
Marple, Stockport SK6 6XP, U.K.
    323       *       323       -    
*
 
                                       
Andrew Timothy Harwood
Green Farm House, Green Lane
Hucclecote, Gloucester, U.K.
    260       *       260       -    
*
 
                                       
Christina Costaridi Crosby
51 Holland Park
London, W11 3RS, U.K.
    250       *       250       -    
*
 
                                       
David Paul Fletcher
4 Waveney Hill, Oulton Broad
Suffolk, NR32 3PR, U.K.
    250       *       250       -    
*
 

 
116

 

Christos Karaindros
24 B Kifissias Ave.
151 25, Marousi, Greece
    250       *       250       -    
*
 
                                       
Robert Woodland-Ferrari
Eyot Lodge, Walton Lane
Weybridge, Surrey, KT13 8LU
    250       *       250       -    
*
 
                                       
Carl Pollard
47 Avenue Clamart, Scunthorpe
North Lincolnshire, DN15 8EQ, U.K.
    216       *       216       -    
*
 
                                       
Grahame Booth
64 Prince Charles Road
Worksop, Nottinghamshire S81 7ER, U.K.
    175       *       175       -    
*
 
                                       
Robert Oliver Drummond
Pine Ridge, Common Road, Ightham
Sevenoaks, Kent TN15 9AY, U.K.
    164       *       164       -    
*
 
                                       
Andrew James Leese
The School House, Fimber, Driffield
East Yorkshire, YO25 9LY, U.K.
    140       *       140       -    
*
 
                                       
Lady DM White Aim
c/o Kirkland House, Bruce Street
Whithorn, Newton Stewart, Wigtownshire DG8 8PY, U.K.
    135       *       135       -    
*
 
                                       
Anthony King
1 Dean Road, Colebrode
Plymouth, Devon, U.K.
    121       *       121       -    
*
 
                                       
Robert Neil Essex
22 Woodstock Road
Bristol, BS6 7EJ, U.K.
    111       *       111       -    
*
 
                                       
Nikolaos Economides
6 Fokilidou Str
106 73 , Athens, Greece
    100       *       100       -    
*
 
                                       
Vosinaki Eleftheria
54 Papanastasiou
154 52, Athens, Greece
    100       *       100       -    
*
 
                                       
Sofia Gavriilidou
3 Psatha
152 37, Athens, Greece
    100       *       100       -    
*
 
                                       
Elias Konstantinidis
54 Papanastasiou
154 52, Athens, Greece
    100       *       100       -    
*
 
                                       
Vasilios Konstantinidis
30 Vas. Pavlou St
154 52, Athens, Greece
    100       *       100       -    
*
 

 
117

 

Giourgas Marinos
3 Psatha
152 37, Athens, Greece
    100       *       100       -    
*
 
                                       
Julia Naiboropenko
Pontou 26
Athens 14572 Greece
    100       *       100       -    
*
 
                                       
Maria Platanopoulou
Pontou 26
145 72, Athens, Greece
    100       *       100       -    
*
 
                                       
Stefanos Platanopoulos
Pontou 26
145 72, Athens, Greece
    100       *       100       -    
*
 
                                       
Brian Sampson
114 Pinehurst Road
Swindon, England, U.K.
    100       *       100       -    
*
 
                                       
Paul Charles Philip Bernardes
18 Carnarvon Grove
Carlton, Nottingham, NG4 IRN, U.K.
    72       *       72       -    
*
 
                                       
Sandeep Modi
1F1, 13 Wardlaw Place
Edinburgh, EH11 IUD, U.K.
    50       *       50       -    
*
 
                                       
James Barry Fox
40 Drumlee Road, Dungannon
County Tyrone, Northern Ireland, BT71 7QD
    44       *       44       -    
*
 
                                       
Jennifer Mary Jackson
183 Pompallier Estate Drive, Maunu
Whangarei, New Zealand, 0110
    33       *       33       -    
*
 
                                       
Sippdeal Trustees Limited (14)
Trafford House, Chester Road
Manchester, M32 0RS, U.K.
    29       *       29       -    
*
 
                                       
TOTAL
    6,117,389               6,117,389       -    
 
 
 
* Less than one percent.
(1) Individual or entity listed is one of our officers, directors or 5% shareholders, or owned by one of our officers or directors.
(2) Firment Trading Limited is beneficially owned by George Feidakis, the chairman of our board of directors, and owns more than 50% of our outstanding common shares.
(3)   Ioannis Panayiotopoulos exercises dispositive and voting authority over the common shares owned by this entity.
(4) Poulengeris Sotiris exercises dispositive and voting authority over the common shares owned by this entity.
(5) Kazantzidis Ioannis exercises dispositive and voting authority over the common shares owned by this entity.
(6) Anthony Nutt, fund manager for Jupiter Asset Management Ltd, exercises dispositive and voting authority over the common shares held by Jupiter Dividend & Growth Trust plc.
(7) Georgios Melisanidis exercises dispositive and voting authority over the common shares owned by this entity.
(8) Mileua Maria Pappa exercises dispositive and voting authority over the common shares owned by this entity.
(9) Arjun Batra previously served as one of our non-executive directors.
(10) Aaron and Paula G. Sherman share beneficial ownership of the trust and both exercise dispositive and voting authority over the common shares owned by the trust.
(11) Richard A. Horowitz,is the indirect beneficial owner of, and, in his capacity as trustee, exercises dispositive and voting authority over, the common shares owned by the trust.
(12) Winterflood Securities Ltd is beneficially owned by Close Brothers Group plc, a publicly traded company listed on the London Stock Exchange.
(13) Maurice Daley exercises dispositive and voting authority over the common shares owned by this entity.
(14) Philip Sloan, in his capacity as trustee, exercises dispositive and voting authority over the common shares owned by the trust.

 
118

 

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth information concerning ownership of our common shares as of November 9, 2010 by persons who beneficially own more than 5.0% of our outstanding common shares, each person who is a director of our company, each executive officer named in this Prospectus and all directors and executive officers as a group.
 
Beneficial ownership of shares is determined under rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to community property laws where applicable, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them.

The numbers of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership are based on approximately 7,241,865 common shares outstanding. All common shares owned by the shareholders listed in the table below have the same voting rights as other of our outstanding common shares.

The address for those individuals for which an address is not otherwise indicated is: c/o Globus Shipmanagement Corp., 128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 3rd Floor, 166 74 Glyfada, Athens, Greece.

Name and address of beneficial owner
 
Number of common shares
beneficially owned as of
November 19, 2010
   
Percentage of common shares
beneficially owned as of
November 19, 2010
 
George Feidakis (1)
    4,474,475       61.8 %
George Karageorgiou (2)
    250,157       3.5 %
Ioannis Panayiotopoulos (3)
    428,928       5.9 %
Commerzbank AG (4)
    480,250       6.6 %
Elias S. Deftereos
    15,000       *  
Amir Eilon
    10,401       *  
Jeffrey O. Parry
    472       *  
                 
All executive officers and directors as a group (five persons)
    4,750,505       65.6 %

*Less than 1.0% of the outstanding shares.
(1) Mr. George Feidakis beneficially owns his common shares through Firment Trading Limited, a Cypriot company, for which he exercises sole voting and investment power through two companies that hold Firment Trading’s shares in trust for Mr. Feidakis.
(2) Mr. George Karageorgiou beneficially owns his common shares through Kim Holdings S.A., a Marshall Islands company, for which we believe he exercises   sole voting and investment power.
(3) Mr. Ioannis Panayiotopoulos beneficially owns his common shares through Lipati Shipping Company Limited, a Cypriot company, for which we believe he exercises   sole voting and investment power. Its address is 56 Pindou Street, Halandri, 152 33 Athens, Greece.
(4) To our knowledge, Commerzbank AG, a publicly traded company in Germany, purchased and holds the common shares for use in “contract for difference” transactions in order to hedge the trades of its own clients. Its address is P.O. Box 52715, 30 Gresham Street, London EC2P 2XY.

To the best of our knowledge, except as disclosed in the table above, we are not owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by another corporation or by any foreign government. To the best of our knowledge, there are no agreements in place that could result in a change of control of us.

In the normal course of business, there have been institutional investors that buy and sell our shares. It is possible that significant changes in the percentage ownership of these investors will occur. Kairos Fund Limited, a company unrelated to us other than by its ownership of our shares, held more than five percent of our shares in 2009 and no longer holds any of our shares.

 
119

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
The selling shareholders of our common shares and any of their pledgees, assignees and successors-in-interest may, from time to time, sell any or all of their common shares on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions. The offering price of our common shares by the selling shareholders using this prospectus to sell such shares will be $        per common share, based on the closing price of our common shares on November      , 2010, the day prior to such effective date, and an exchange rate of U.K. pounds sterling:U.S. dollar of 1.0:1.6, until our shares are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. Thereafter, the offering price of our common shares may be at prevailing market prices or at fixed or negotiated prices. The selling shareholders may use any one or more of the following methods when selling shares:

 
Ø
ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

 
Ø
block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

 
Ø
purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

 
Ø
an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

 
Ø
privately negotiated transactions;

 
Ø
settlement of short sales entered into after the date of this prospectus;

 
Ø
broker-dealers may agree with the selling shareholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;

 
Ø
through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise entered into after the date of this prospectus; or

 
Ø
any other method of sale permitted pursuant to applicable law; and

 
Ø
a combination of any such methods of sale.

The selling shareholders may also transfer the securities by gift or sell the common shares in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Please read “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

Agents or broker-dealers engaged by the selling shareholders may arrange for other broker-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling shareholders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of shares, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated. The selling shareholders do not expect these commissions and discounts to exceed what is customary in the types of transactions involved, however compensation to a particular broker-dealer may be in excess of customary commissions. If the broker-dealer is unable to sell securities acting as agent for a selling shareholder, it may purchase as principal any unsold securities at the stipulated price. Broker-dealers who acquire securities as principals may thereafter resell the securities from time to time in transactions on any stock exchange on which the securities are then listed, at prices and on terms then prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to the then-current market price or in negotiated transactions. Broker-dealers may use block transactions and sales to and through broker-dealers, including transactions of the nature described above.

The selling shareholders and any broker-dealers or agents that participate in the distribution of the securities may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any discounts, concessions, commissions or fees received by them and any profit on the resale of the securities sold by them may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions.

In connection with the sale of our common shares or interests therein, the selling shareholders after the date the registration statement in which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective by the SEC may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the common shares in the course of hedging the positions they assume.

 
120

 

The selling shareholders after the date the registration statement in which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective by the SEC may also sell our common shares short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge the common shares to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The selling shareholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus.

Each selling shareholder has informed us that it is not a broker-dealer registered pursuant to Section 15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to as the Exchange Act, or an affiliate of a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act, and does not have any agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute these securities.

Any person participating in the distribution of common shares covered by this prospectus will be subject to applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the applicable SEC rules and regulations, including, among others, Regulation M, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of our common shares by that person.

We may suspend offers and sales of the common shares pursuant to the registration statement to which this prospectus relates in certain circumstances.

The offering by our selling shareholders pursuant to the registration statement to which this prospectus relates will continue until the earlier of one year following the date our registration statement to which this prospectus relates is declared effective, and such time as all securities covered by such registration statement have been sold or may be sold without volume restrictions pursuant to Rule 144(e) under the Securities Act.

We cannot assure you that the selling shareholders will sell all or any portion of the shares offered by this prospectus. In addition, we cannot assure you that a selling shareholder will not transfer shares by other means not described in this prospectus.

 
121

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
The following is a description of the material terms of our articles of incorporation and bylaws that we adopted in connection with our redomiciliation into the Marshall Islands. The description does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the articles of incorporation and bylaws. Because the following is only a summary, it does not contain all information that you may find important.

AUTHORIZED CAPITAL

As of November      , 2010, the authorized number of shares of us consisted of (1) 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.004 per share, (2) 100,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, which we refer to as the Class B shares, and (3) 100,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.001 per share, which we refer to as the preferred shares. As of November 19, 2010,   7,241,865 of our common shares are outstanding. No Class B shares or preferred shares have been issued, nor has any series of preferred shares been designated. We intend to issue in December 2010 or in 2011 a special stock dividend of Class B shares to the holders of our common shares in a ratio of one Class B share for every number of common shares owned that we will determine in the future in connection with such dividend . We plan to issue this special stock dividend to protect the voting power of the current shareholders against future dilutions in the case of additional equity issuances. We also intend to issue one preferred share to Mr. Feidakis or his affiliate that will provide the holder with the ability to appoint any one person to be a director, who may also be the chairman of our board of directors, for so long as such holder and his or its affiliates also hold in the aggregate at least 30% of the voting power of our shares. Such preferred share will have no voting or dividend rights. There is no limitation on the right to own securities or the rights of non-resident shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our securities under Marshall Islands law or our articles of incorporation or bylaws.

We have financed our operations through funds raised in public and private placements of common shares. We also issued shares to our officers and employees as part of our incentive plan.

The following table shows our history of share capital for the last three years. None of the share numbers below prior to August 2010 reflect the 4:1 reverse split of our shares:

Effective Date of
Issuance
 
Number of
ordinary
shares Issued
   
Price per
share
   
Gross Proceeds or
Fair Value of
Share Transaction
 
Process/ Consideration
October 8, 2010
    472       -       n/a  
Payment for acting as board member
September 13, 2010
    541       -       n/a  
Payment for acting as board member
June 29, 2010
    2,256       -       n/a  
Payment for acting as board member
March 16, 2010
    4,980       -       n/a  
Payment for acting as board member
December 9, 2009
    8,572       -       n/a  
Payment for acting as board member
November 19,2009
    171,052       -       n/a  
Bonus payment for services rendered
September 15, 2009
    8,888       -       n/a  
Payment for acting as board member
June 16, 2009
    8,000       -       n/a  
Payment for acting as board member
April 9, 2009
    8,450       -       n/a  
Payment for acting as board member
March 5, 2009
    85,760       -       n/a  
Part of the annual compensation award
December 9, 2008
    8,282       -       n/a  
Payment for acting as board member
September 3, 2008
    1,412       -       n/a  
Payment for acting as board member
June 2, 2008
    1,206       -       n/a  
Payment for acting as board member
May 1, 2008
    16,897       -       n/a  
Bonus payment for services rendered
March 12, 2008
    1,500       -       n/a  
Payment for acting as board member
December 31, 2007
    35,586       -       n/a  
Bonus payment for services rendered
December 4, 2007
    1,240       -       n/a  
Payment for acting as board member
October 3, 2007
    920       -       n/a  
Payment for acting as board member
September 26, 2007
    920       -       n/a  
Payment for acting as board member
May 31, 2007
    8,423,333     $
5.9391
    $ 50,027,000  
Initial public offering on the AIM

 
122

 

Please read “Management—Board & Committee Practices” and   “Management—The Incentive Plan—2009 Grants” and for a discussion of shares that may be awarded in the near future.

PURPOSE

Our objects and purposes, as provided in Section 1.3 of our articles of incorporation, are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the BCA.

COMMON SHARES AND CLASS B SHARES

Generally, Marshall Islands law provides that the holders of a class of stock of a Marshall Islands corporation are entitled to a separate class vote on any proposed amendment to the relevant articles of incorporation that would change the aggregate number of authorized shares or the par value of that class of shares or alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of that class so as to affect it adversely. Except as described below, holders of our common shares and Class B shares will have equivalent economic rights, but holders of our common shares will be entitled to one vote per share and holders of our Class B shares will be entitled to 20 votes per share. Each holder of Class B shares (not including the Company and the Company’s subsidiaries) may convert, at its option, any or all of the Class B shares held by such holder into an equal number of common shares.

Except as otherwise provided by the BCA, holders of our common shares and Class B shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including the election of directors.

The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our shares are subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred shares which we may issue in the future.

Holders of our common shares do not have conversion, redemption or pre-emptive rights to subscribe to any of our securities.

PREFERRED SHARES

Our articles of incorporation authorize our board of directors to establish and issue up to 100 million preferred shares and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred shares, the rights and preferences of that series, including:

 
Ø
the designation of the series;

 
Ø
the number of preferred shares in the series;

 
Ø
the preferences and relative participating option or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such series; and

 
Ø
the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series (subject to terms set forth below with regard to the policy of our board of directors regarding preferred shares).

Our board of directors may issues preferred shares on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of us or the removal of management. We intend to issue one preferred share to Mr. Feidakis or his affiliate that will provide the holder with the ability to appoint any one person to be a director, who may also be the chairman of our board of directors, for so long as such holder and his or its affiliates also hold in the aggregate at least 30% of the voting power of our shares. Such preferred share will have no voting or dividend rights.

LIQUIDATION
 
In the event of our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment in full of the amounts, if any, required to be paid to our creditors and the holders of preferred shares, our remaining assets and funds shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of our common shares and Class B shares, and the holders of common shares and the holders of Class B shares shall be entitled to receive the same amount per share in respect thereof.

 
123

 

DIVIDENDS
 
Declaration and payment of any dividend is subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The timing and amount of dividend payments will depend on a series of factors and risks described under “Risk Factors,” and includes risks relating to earnings, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, restrictions in our current and future loan arrangements, the provisions of the Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of dividends and other factors. The BCA generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from paid-in capital in excess of par value and our earnings or while we are insolvent or if we would be rendered insolvent upon paying the dividend.
 
Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common shares and Class B shares will be entitled to share equally in any dividends that our board of directors may declare from time to time out of funds legally available for dividends.
 
CONVERSION
 
Our common shares will not be convertible into any other shares of our capital stock. Each of our Class B shares will be convertible at any time at the election of the holder thereof into one of our common shares. All conversions will be effected on a one-for-one basis. We will not reissue or resell any Class B shares that shall have been converted into common shares.
 
DIRECTORS
 
Our directors will be elected by the vote of the plurality of the votes cast by holders with voting power of our voting shares. Our articles of incorporation provide that our board of directors must consist of at least three members. Shareholders may change the number of directors only by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock (subject to the rights of any holders of preferred shares). The board of directors may change the number of directors only by a majority vote of the entire board of directors. We intend to issue one preferred share to Mr. Feidakis or his affiliate that will provide the holder with the ability to appoint any one person to be a director, who may also be the chairman of our board of directors, for so long as such holder and his or its affiliates also hold in the aggregate at least 30% of the voting power of our shares. Such preferred share will have no voting or dividend rights.
 
No contract or transaction between us and one or more of our directors or officers will be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of our board of directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if (1) the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to our board of directors or the committee and the board of directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, or, if the votes of the disinterested directors are insufficient to constitute an act of the board of directors, by unanimous vote of the disinterested directors; or (2) the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the shareholders.
 
CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
Our articles of incorporation provide for a board of directors serving staggered, three-year terms. Approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year.
 
REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS; VACANCIES
 
Our articles of incorporation provides that directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of holders of 66-2/3% of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Our bylaws require parties to provide advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors other than the board of directors and shareholders holding 30% or more of the voting power of the aggregate number of our shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

 
124

 

NO CUMULATIVE VOTING
 
The BCA provides that shareholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our articles of incorporation provide otherwise. Our articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting.
 
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS
 
Under our bylaws, annual shareholder meetings will be held at a time and place selected by our board of directors. The meetings may be held in or outside of the Marshall Islands. Special meetings may be called by the chairman of our board of directors, by resolution of our board of directors or by holders of 30% or more of the voting power of the aggregate number of our shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting. Our board of directors may set a record date between 15 and 60 days before the date of any meeting to determine the shareholders that will be eligible to receive notice and vote at the meeting.
 
DISSENTERS’ RIGHTS OF APPRAISAL AND PAYMENT
 
Under the BCA, our shareholders have the right to dissent from various corporate actions, including any merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets not made in the usual course of our business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares. In the event of any amendment of our articles of incorporation, a shareholder also has the right to dissent and receive payment for his or her shares if the amendment alters certain rights in respect of those shares. The dissenting shareholder must follow the procedures set forth in the BCA to receive payment. In the event that we and any dissenting shareholder fail to agree on a price for the shares, the BCA procedures involve, among other things, the institution of proceedings in the high court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or in any appropriate court in any jurisdiction in which our shares are primarily traded on a local or national securities exchange to fix the value of the shares.
 
SHAREHOLDERS’ DERIVATIVE ACTIONS
 
Under the BCA, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of common shares both at the time the derivative action is commenced and at the time of the transaction to which the action relates.
 
AMENDMENT OF OUR ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
 
Except as otherwise provided by law, any provision in our articles of incorporation requiring a vote of shareholders may only be amended by such a vote. Further, certain sections may only be amended by affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the voting shares.
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF OUR ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS
 
Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a takeover attempt or hostile change of control that a shareholder may consider in its best interest, including those attempts that may result in a premium over the market price for our common shares held by shareholders.
 
Two Classes of Shares
 
As discussed above, our Class B shares will have 20 votes per share, while our common shares, which is the only class of shares that is currently outstanding and will be the only class of shares to be listed on an established U.S. securities exchange, will have one vote per share. Because of this share structure, any issuance of Class B shares may cause such holders to be able to significantly influence matters submitted to our shareholders for approval even if such holders and its affiliates come to own significantly less than 50% of the aggregate number of outstanding common shares and Class B shares. This control over shareholder voting could discourage others from initiating any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transaction that other shareholders may view as beneficial and which would require shareholder approval.

 
125

 

Blank Check Preferred Shares
 
Under the terms of our articles of incorporation, our board of directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue up to 100 million shares of blank check preferred shares.
 
Classified Board of Directors
 
Our articles of incorporation provide for a board of directors serving staggered, three-year terms. Approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. This classified board of directors provision could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of us. It could also delay shareholders who do not agree with the policies of the board of directors from removing a majority of the board of directors for two years.
 
No Cumulative Voting
 
The BCA provides that shareholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our articles of incorporation provide otherwise. Our articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting.
 
Calling of Special Meetings of Shareholders
 
Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our shareholders may be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, by resolution of our board of directors or by holders of 30% or more of the voting power of the aggregate number of our shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting.
 
Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations
 
Our bylaws provide that, with a few exceptions, shareholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary.
 
Generally, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 150 days nor more than 180 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions may impede shareholders’ ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of shareholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of shareholders.
 
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
 
Although the BCA does not contain specific provisions regarding “business combinations” between companies organized under or redomiciled pursuant to the laws of the Marshall Islands and “interested shareholders,” these provisions are contained in our articles of incorporation. Specifically, our articles of incorporation contain provisions that prohibit us from engaging in a business combination with an interested shareholder for a period of three years following the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested shareholder, unless, in addition to any other approval that may be required by applicable law:
 
 
Ø
prior to the date of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder;

 
126

 

 
Ø
upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85.0% of our voting shares outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned by (1) persons who are directors and officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
 
 
Ø
at or after the date of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of the voting shares that are not owned by the interested shareholder.
 
Among other transactions, a “business combination” includes any merger or consolidation of us or any directly or indirectly majority-owned subsidiary of ours with (1) the interested shareholder or any of its affiliates or (2) with any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested shareholder. Generally, an “interested shareholder” is any person or entity (other than us and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of ours) that:
 
 
Ø
owns 15.0% or more of our outstanding voting shares;
 
 
Ø
is an affiliate or associate of ours and was the owner of 15.0% or more of our outstanding voting shares at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested shareholder; or
 
 
Ø
is an affiliate or associate of any person listed in the first two bullets, except that any person who owns 15.0% or more of our outstanding voting shares, as a result of action taken solely by us will not be an interested shareholder unless such person acquires additional voting shares, except as a result of further action by us and not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person.
 
Additionally, the restrictions regarding business combinations do not apply to persons that became interested shareholders prior to the effectiveness of our articles of incorporation.
 
LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
The BCA authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and officers to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties. Our articles of incorporation include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by law and provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We are also expressly authorized to advance certain expenses to our directors and officers and expect to carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors and officers for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and the directors’ and officers’ insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.
 
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our articles of incorporation may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, may otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. In addition, an investor in our common shares may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
 
There is no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
The registrar and transfer agent for our common shares is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. Its principal business address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

 
127

 

LISTING

Our common shares have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “GLBS.”

 
128

 

REPUBLIC OF THE MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS
 
Upon our redomiciliation on November      , 2010, our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. While the BCA specifically incorporates the non-statutory law, or judicial case law, of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under Marshall Islands law are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in certain U.S. jurisdictions and there have been few judicial cases in the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. Shareholder rights may differ as well. We cannot predict whether the Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as United States courts. Thus, you may have more uncertainty and difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction that has developed a substantial body of case law. The following table provides a comparison between the statutory provisions of the BCA and the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, relating to shareholders’ rights.

BCA
 
DGCL
Shareholder Meetings
Ø Held at a time and place as designated in the bylaws
 
Ø May be held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors
Ø May be held within or outside the Marshall Islands
 
Ø May be held within or outside Delaware
Ø Notice:
o     Whenever shareholders are required to take action at a meeting, written notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting
o     A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given personally or sent by mail not less than 15 nor more than 60 days before the meeting
 
Ø Notice:
o     Whenever shareholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given that shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any
o     Written notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting
 
Shareholder’s Voting Rights
Ø Any action required to be taken by meeting of shareholders may be taken without meeting if consent is in writing and is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote
 
Ø Shareholders may act by written consent signed by the holders of outstanding shares having the number of votes necessary to take action at a meeting
Ø Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person to act for him by proxy
 
Ø Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy
Ø Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, a majority of shares entitled to vote constitutes a quorum. In no event shall a quorum consist of fewer than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting
 
Ø For stock corporations, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum

 
129

 

BCA
 
DGCL
Ø The articles of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting
 
Ø The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting
     
Ø Any two or more domestic corporations may merge into a single corporation if approved by the board and if authorized by a majority vote of the holders of outstanding shares at a shareholder meeting
 
Ø Any two or more corporations existing under the laws of the state may merge into a single corporation pursuant to a board resolution and upon the majority vote by stockholders of each constituent corporation at an annual or special meeting
Ø Any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation, if not made in the corporation’s usual or regular course of business, once approved by the board, shall be authorized by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the shares of those entitled to vote at a shareholder meeting
 
Ø Every corporation may at any meeting of the board sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property and assets as its board deems expedient and for the best interests of the corporation when and as so authorized by a resolution adopted by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of a corporation entitled to vote
Ø Any domestic corporation owning at least 90.0% of the outstanding shares of each class of another domestic corporation may merge such other corporation into itself without the authorization of the shareholders of any corporation
 
Ø Any corporation owning at least 90.0% of the outstanding shares of each class of another corporation may merge the other corporation into itself and assume all of its obligations without the vote or consent of stockholders; however, in case the parent corporation is not the surviving corporation, the proposed merger shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding stock of the parent corporation entitled to vote at a duly called stockholder meeting
Ø Any mortgage, pledge of or creation of a security interest in all or any part of the corporate property may be authorized without the vote or consent of the shareholders, unless otherwise provided for in the articles of incorporation
 
Ø Any mortgage or pledge of a corporation’s property and assets may be authorized without the vote or consent of stockholders, except to the extent that the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides
 
Directors
Ø Board must consist of at least one member
 
Ø Board must consist of at least one member
Ø Number of members can be changed by an amendment to the bylaws, by the shareholders or by action of the board
 
Ø Number of members shall be fixed by the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment of the certificate of incorporation
Ø If the board is authorized to change the number of directors, it can only do so by an absolute majority (majority of the entire board)
   

 
130

 

BCA
 
DGCL
Ø Removal:
 
Ø Removal:
o     Any or all of the directors may be removed for cause by vote of the shareholders
o     If the articles of incorporation or the bylaws so provide, any or all of the directors may be removed without cause by vote of the shareholders
 
o     Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote except: (1) unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides, in the case of a corporation whose board is classified, stockholders may effect such removal only for cause, or (2) if the corporation has cumulative voting, if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against such director’s removal would be sufficient to elect such director if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors, or, if there be classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which such director is a part
 
Dissenter’s Rights of Appraisal
Ø Shareholders have a right to dissent from a merger or sale of all or substantially all assets not made in the usual course of business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares
 
Ø Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a corporation in a merger or consolidation, subject to exceptions
Ø A holder of any adversely affected shares who does not vote on or consent in writing to an amendment to the articles of incorporation has the right to dissent and to receive payment for such shares if the amendment:
o     Alters or abolishes any preferential right of any outstanding shares having preference;
o     Creates, alters or abolishes any provision or right in respect to the redemption of any outstanding shares;
o     Alters or abolishes any preemptive right of such holder to acquire shares or other securities; or
o     Excludes or limits the right of such holder to vote on any matter, except as such right may be limited by the voting rights given to new shares then being authorized of any existing or new class
 
Ø The certificate of incorporation may provide that appraisal rights are available for shares as a result of an amendment to the certificate of incorporation, any merger or consolidation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets

 
131

 

BCA
 
DGCL
Shareholder’s Derivative Actions
Ø An action may be brought in the right of a corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by a holder of shares or of voting trust certificates or of a beneficial interest in such shares or certificates. It shall be made to appear that the plaintiff is such a holder at the time of bringing the action and that he was such a holder at the time of the transaction of which he complains, or that his shares or his interest therein devolved upon him by operation of law
 
Ø In any derivative suit instituted by a shareholder or a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such shareholder by operation of law
Ø Complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to secure the initiation of such action by the board or the reasons for not making such effort
   
Ø Such action shall not be discontinued, compromised or settled, without the approval of the High Court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands
   
Ø Attorney’s fees may be awarded if the action is successful
   
Ø Corporation may require a plaintiff bringing a derivative suit to give security for reasonable expenses if the plaintiff owns less than 5.0% of any class of stock and the shares have a value of less than $50,000
   

 
132

 

TAXATION

MARSHALL ISLANDS TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is the opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP, our counsel as to matters of the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and the current laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and is applicable only to persons who do not reside in, maintain offices in or engage in business in the Marshall Islands.

Because we do not, and we do not expect that we or any of our future subsidiaries will, conduct business or operations in the Marshall Islands, and because we anticipate that all documentation related to any offerings of our securities will be executed outside of the Marshall Islands, under current Marshall Islands law our shareholders will not be subject to Marshall Islands taxation or withholding tax on our distributions. In addition, our shareholders will not be subject to Marshall Islands stamp, capital gains or other taxes on the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common shares, and our shareholders will not be required by the Marshall Islands to file a tax return related to our common shares.

Each shareholder is encouraged to consult its own tax counsel or other advisor with regard to the legal and tax consequences under the laws of all pertinent jurisdictions, including the Marshall Islands, of its investment in us.

UNITED STATES TAX CONSIDERATIONS

This section is a discussion of the material United States federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to holders of our common shares who are individual citizens or residents of the United States and is the opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP, counsel to the Company, insofar as it relates to matters of United States federal income tax law and legal conclusions with respect to those matters. This discussion is based upon provisions of the Code, existing final, temporary and proposed regulations thereunder and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all as in effect on the effective date of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below. No rulings have been or are expected to be sought from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, with respect to any of the United States federal income tax consequences discussed below, and no assurance can be given that the IRS will not take contrary positions.

Further, the following summary does not deal with all United States federal income tax consequences applicable to any given holder of our common shares, nor does it address the United States federal income tax considerations applicable to categories of investors subject to special taxing rules, such as expatriates, banks, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, dealers or traders in securities or currencies, partnerships, S corporations, estates and trusts, investors that hold their common shares as part of a hedge, straddle or an integrated or conversion transaction, investors whose “functional currency” is not the United States dollar or investors that own, directly or indirectly 10% or more of our stock by vote or value. Furthermore, the discussion does not address alternative minimum tax consequences or estate or gift tax consequences, or any state tax consequences, and is generally limited to people that will hold their common shares as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. Each prospective shareholder is encouraged to consult, and discuss with his or her own tax advisor the United States federal, state, local and non-United States tax consequences particular to him or her of the acquisition, ownership or disposition of common shares. Further, it is the responsibility of each shareholder to file all state, local and non-U.S., as well as U.S. federal, tax returns that may be required of it.

Pursuant to U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations, the Company and its tax advisors hereby inform you that: (1) any tax advice contained in the registration statement to which this prospectus relates is not intended and was not written to be used, and cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purposes of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on the taxpayer; and (2) each taxpayer should seek advice based on the taxpayer’s particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

 
133

 

United States Federal Income Taxation of the Company

Taxation of Operating Income

Unless exempt from United States federal income taxation under the rules described below in “—The Section 883 Exemption,” a foreign corporation that earns only transportation income is generally subject to United States federal income taxation under one of two alternative tax regimes: (1) the 4% gross basis tax or (2) the net basis tax and branch profits tax. Because the Company following its redomiciliation and its subsidiaries are incorporated in the Marshall Islands and there is no comprehensive income tax treaty between the Marshall Islands and the United States, the Company and such subsidiaries cannot claim an exemption from this tax under a treaty.

The 4% Gross Basis Tax

The United States imposes a 4% United States federal income tax (without allowance of any deductions) on a foreign corporation’s United States source gross transportation income to the extent such income is not treated as effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business. For this purpose, transportation income includes income from the use, hiring or leasing of a vessel, or the performance of services directly related to the use of a vessel (and thus includes time charter, spot charter and bareboat charter income). The United States source portion of transportation income is 50% of the income attributable to voyages that begin or end, but not both begin and end, in the United States. As a result of this sourcing rule the effective tax rate is 2% of the gross income attributable to U.S. voyages. Generally, no amount of the income from voyages that begin and end outside the United States is treated as United States source, and consequently none of the transportation income attributable to such voyages is subject to this 4% tax. Although the entire amount of transportation income from voyages that begin and end in the United States would be United States source, neither the Company nor any of its   subsidiaries expects to have any transportation income from voyages that begin and end in the United States.

The Net Basis Tax and Branch Profits Tax

The Company and each of its subsidiaries do not expect to engage in any activities in the United States (other than port calls of its vessels) or otherwise have a fixed place of business in the United States. Nonetheless, if this situation were to change or if the Company   or a subsidiary of the Company were to be treated as engaged in a United States trade or business, all or a portion of the Company’s or such subsidiary’s taxable income, including gain from the sale of vessels, could be treated as effectively connected with the conduct of this United States trade or business, or effectively connected income. Any effectively connected income, net of allowable deductions, would be subject to United States federal corporate income tax (with the highest statutory rate currently being 35%). In addition, an additional 30% branch profits tax would be imposed on the Company or such subsidiary at such time as the Company’s or such subsidiary’s after-tax effectively connected income is deemed to have been repatriated to the Company’s or subsidiary’s offshore office. The 4% gross basis tax described above is inapplicable to income that is treated as effectively connected income. A non-United States corporation’s United States source transportation income would be considered to be effectively connected income only if the non-United States corporation has or is treated as having a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of the transportation income and substantially all of its United States source transportation income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation (such as a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States). The Company and its vessel-owning subsidiaries believe that their vessels will not operate to and from the United States on a regularly scheduled basis. Based on the intended mode of shipping operations and other activities, the Company and its vessel-owning subsidiaries do not expect to have any effectively connected income.

 
134

 

The Section 883 Exemption

Both the 4% gross basis tax and the net basis and branch profits taxes described above are inapplicable to transportation income that qualifies for the Section 883 Exemption. To qualify for the Section 883 Exemption a foreign corporation must, among other things:

Ø
be organized in a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an equivalent exemption from tax to corporations organized in the United States (an “Equivalent Exemption”);
 
Ø
satisfy one of the following three ownership tests (discussed in more detail below): (1) the more than 50% ownership test, or 50% Ownership Test, (2) the controlled foreign corporation test, or CFC Test or (3) the “Publicly Traded Test”; and
 
Ø
meet certain substantiation, reporting and other requirements (which include the filing of United States income tax returns).
 
Following the Company’s redomiciliation into the Marshall Islands, it will be a Marshall Islands corporation, and each of the vessels in its fleet is owned by a separate wholly owned subsidiary organized in the Marshall Islands. The U.S. Department of the Treasury recognizes the Marshall Islands as a jurisdiction that grants an Equivalent Exemption; therefore, the Company   and each of its vessel-owning subsidiaries meets the first requirement for the Section 883 Exemption.

The 50 % Ownership Test

In order to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test, a non-United States corporation must be able to substantiate that more than 50% of the value of its shares is owned, directly or indirectly, by “qualified shareholders.” For this purpose, qualified shareholders are: (1) individuals who are residents (as defined in the Treasury regulations promulgated under Section 883 of the Code, or Section 883 Regulations) of countries, other than the United States, that grant an Equivalent Exemption, (2) non-United States corporations that meet the Publicly Traded Test of the Section 883 Regulations and are organized in countries that grant an Equivalent Exemption, or (3) certain foreign governments, non-profit organizations, and certain beneficiaries of foreign pension funds. In order for a shareholder to be a qualified shareholder, there generally cannot be any bearer shares in the chain of ownership between the shareholder and the taxpayer claiming the exemption (unless such bearer shares are maintained in a dematerialized or immobilized book-entry system as permitted under the Section 883 Regulations). A corporation claiming the Section 883 exemption based on the 50% Ownership Test must obtain all the facts necessary to satisfy the IRS that the 50% Ownership Test has been satisfied (as detailed in the Section 883 Regulations). For the taxable year that includes the effective date of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates, the Company believes that each of its vessel-owning subsidiaries should satisfy the 50% Ownership Test based on the beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the value of its shares by a qualifying shareholder, assuming that such shareholder meets all of the substantiation and reporting requirements under Section 883 of the Code and the Section 883 Regulations for such taxable year, and that each such subsidiary should therefore qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for such taxable year.

The CFC Test

The CFC Test requires that a non-United States corporation be treated as a controlled foreign corporation, or a CFC, for United States federal income tax purposes for more than half of the days in the taxable year. A CFC is a foreign corporation, more than 50% of the vote or value of which is owned by significant U.S. shareholders (meaning U.S. persons who own at least 10% of the voting power of the foreign corporation). In addition, more than 50% of the value of the shares of the CFC must be owned by qualifying U.S. persons for more than half of the days during the taxable year concurrent with the period of time that the company qualifies as a CFC. For this purpose, a qualifying U.S. person is defined as a U.S. citizen or resident alien, a domestic corporation or domestic trust, in each case, if such U.S. person provides the company claiming the exemption with an ownership statement. Please read “—United States Federal Income Taxation of the Company—The Publicly Traded Test.” Each of the Company and its subsidiaries will not be a CFC on the effective date of the registration statement to which this prospectus relates and, hence, the Company does not believe that the requirements of the CFC Test will be met in the near future   with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 
135

 

The Publicly Traded Test

The Publicly Traded Test requires that one or more classes of equity representing more than 50% of the voting power and value in a non-United States corporation be “primarily and regularly traded” on an established securities market either in the United States or in a foreign country that grants an Equivalent Exemption. The Section 883 Regulations provide, in relevant part, that the shares of a non-United States corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on an established securities market in a country if the number of shares of each class of shares that are traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that are traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. The Section 883 Regulations also generally provide that shares will be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market if one or more classes of shares in the corporation representing in the aggregate more than 50% of the total combined voting power and value of all classes of shares of the corporation are listed on an established securities market. Also, with respect to each class relied upon to meet this requirement (1) such class of shares must be traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year or one-sixth of the days in a short taxable year, and (2) the aggregate number of shares of such class of shares traded on such market during the taxable year is at least 10% of the average number of shares of such class of shares outstanding during such year or as adjusted for a short taxable year. These two tests are deemed to be satisfied if such class of shares is traded on an established market in the United States and such shares are regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such shares.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Section 883 Regulations provide, in relevant part, that a class of shares will not be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class are owned, actually or constructively under specified share attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the vote and value of such class of outstanding shares, to which we refer as the 5 Percent Override Rule.

For purposes of being able to determine the person who actually or constructively own 5% or more of the vote and value of the Company’s common shares, or 5% Shareholders, the Section 883 Regulations permit the Company to rely on those persons that are identified on Schedule 13G and Schedule 13D filings with the SEC, as owning 5% or more of the Company’s common shares.

In the event the 5 Percent Override Rule is triggered, the Section 883 Regulations provide that such rule will not apply if the Company can establish that within the group of 5% Shareholders, there are sufficient qualified shareholders within the meaning of Section 883 and the Section 883 Regulations to preclude non-qualified shareholders in such group from owning 50% or more of the total value of the Company’s common shares for more than half the number of days during the taxable year.

The Company and its vessel-owning subsidiaries do not expect to rely on the Publicly Traded Test immediately after the registration statement to which this prospectus relates is declared effective because they expect to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test. The stock in the Company’s vessel-owning subsidiaries is not publicly traded, but if the Company meets the Publicly Traded Test described above, the Company may be a qualifying shareholder for purposes of applying the 50% Ownership Test as to any subsidiary claiming the Section 883 Exemption. However, if for any period after the Company issues the Class B shares, the common shares represent less than 50% of the voting power of the Company, the Company would not be able to satisfy the Publicly Traded Test for such period because less than 50% of the stock of the Company, measured by voting power, would be listed on an established securities market.

A foreign corporation can only claim the Section 883 Exemption if it receives the ownership statements required under the Section 883 Regulations certifying as to the matters required to satisfy the relevant ownership test, each an ownership statement. Each of our vessel-owning subsidiaries has received, or expects to receive, ownership statements, relating to the current taxable year, certifying the qualifying shareholder status of a shareholder beneficially owning more than 50% of the value of each such subsidiary’s stock and the status of intermediaries as required to support a claim by each vessel-owning subsidiary of the Section 883 Exemption.

 
136

 

Each of the Company’s vessel-owning subsidiaries has claimed the Section 883 Exemption on the basis that it satisfies the 50% Ownership Test and the Company intends to continue to comply with the substantiation, reporting and other requirements that are applicable under Section 883 of the Code to enable such subsidiaries to claim the exemption on this basis.

In the future, if the shareholders or the relative ownership in the Company changes, if the Company believes that it (or its subsidiaries) can qualify for the Section 883 Exemption, each shareholder who is or may be a qualifying person will be asked to provide to the Company an ownership statement for purposes of substantiating the relevant company’s entitlement for the exemption. An ownership statement is required to be signed by the shareholder under penalties of perjury and contains information regarding the residence of the shareholder and its ownership in the company claiming the Section 883 Exemption. If the Company or a subsidiary needs to obtain additional ownership statements in order to establish a Section 883 Exemption, there is no guarantee that shareholders representing a sufficient ownership interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries will provide ownership statements to the relevant company so that it will satisfy any of the Section 883 ownership tests and the Section 883 Exemption would not apply to the Company. If in future years the shareholders fail to update or correct such statements, the Company and its subsidiaries may not continue to qualify for the Section 883 Exemption.

A corporation’s qualification for the Section 883 Exemption is determined for each taxable year. If the Company and/or its subsidiaries were not to qualify for the Section 883 Exemption in any year, the United States income taxes that become payable would have a negative effect on the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to the Company’s shareholders.

United States Taxation of Gain on Sale of Vessels

If the Company’s subsidiaries qualify for the Section 883 Exemption, then gain from the sale of any vessel would be exempt from tax under Section 883. If, however, the gain is not exempt from tax under Section 883, the Company will not be subject to United States federal income taxation with respect to such gain provided that the income from the vessel has never constituted effectively connected income and that the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under United States federal income tax principles. In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States. To the extent possible, the Company will attempt to structure any sale of a vessel so that it is considered to occur outside of the United States.

United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders

As used herein, “United States Holder” means a beneficial owner of the Company’s common shares that is an individual citizen or resident of the United States for United States federal income tax purposes, a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (including the District of Columbia), an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source or a trust where a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons (as defined in the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust (or a trust that has made a valid election under U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations to be treated as a domestic trust). A “Non-United States Holder” generally means any owner (or beneficial owner) of common shares that is not a United States Holder, other than a partnership. If a partnership holds common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships holding common shares should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of an investment in the common shares (including their status as United States Holders or Non-United States Holders).

 
137

 

Distributions

Subject to the discussion of PFICs below, any distributions made by the Company with respect to the common shares to a United States Holder will generally constitute dividends, which may be taxable as ordinary income or qualified dividend income as described in more detail below, to the extent of the Company’s current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of the Company’s earnings and profits will be treated as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the United States Holder’s tax basis in its common shares and, thereafter, as capital gain. United States Holders that are corporations generally will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us.

Dividends paid on the shares of a non-U.S. corporation to an individual generally will not be treated as qualified dividend income that is taxable at a maximum tax rate of 15% through 2010. The preferential rate of federal tax on qualified dividends will expire unless Congress enacts legislation to extend it beyond December 31, 2010. However, under the law in effect through December 31, 2010, dividends paid in respect of the Company’s common shares may qualify as qualified dividend income if: (1) the common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States; (2) the Company is not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or in the immediately preceding taxable year; (3) the United States Holder has owned the common shares for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common shares become ex-dividend and (4) the United States Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. The first requirement is expected to be met shortly after the registration statement to which this prospectus relates is declared effective after our common shares are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. The second requirement is expected to be met as more fully described below under “—Consequences of Possible PFIC Classification.” Satisfaction of the final two requirements will depend on the particular circumstances of each United States Holder. Consequently, if any of these requirements are not met, the dividends paid to individual United States Holders in respect of the Company’s common shares would not to be treated as qualified dividend income and would be taxed as ordinary income at ordinary rates.

After December 31, 2010, dividend income will be taxed at ordinary interest rates and, therefore, the rate on such dividend income will increase, unless Congress enacts legislation to extend the preferential rates. However, legislation has been proposed in the past and may again be proposed in the future that would have the effect of classifying dividends paid by the Company as other than qualified dividends, with the result that no United States Holder would be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income even if the preferential rate is extended.

Amounts taxable as dividends generally will be treated as income from sources outside the United States and will, depending on your circumstances, be “passive” or “general” income which, in either case, is treated separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to you. However, if (1) the Company is 50% or more owned, by vote or value, by United States persons and (2) at least 10% of the Company’s earnings and profits are attributable to sources within the United States, then for foreign tax credit purposes, a portion of our dividends would be treated as derived from sources within the United States. Under such circumstances, with respect to any dividend paid for any taxable year, the United States source ratio of the Company’s dividends for foreign tax credit purposes would be equal to the portion of the Company’s earnings and profits from sources within the United States for such taxable year, divided by the total amount of the Company’s earnings and profits for such taxable year.

Consequences of Possible PFIC Classification

A non-United States entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes will be a PFIC in any taxable year in which, after taking into account the income and assets of the corporation and certain subsidiaries pursuant to a “look through” rule, either: (1) 75% or more of its gross income is “passive” income or (2) 50% or more of the average value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. If a corporation is a PFIC in any taxable year that a person holds shares in the corporation (and was not a qualified electing fund with respect to such year, as discussed below), the shares held by such person will be treated as shares in a PFIC for all future years (absent an election which, if made, may require the electing person to pay taxes in the year of the election). A United States Holder of shares in a PFIC would be required to file an annual information return on IRS Form 8621 containing information regarding the PFIC as required by U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations.

 
138

 

While there are legal uncertainties involved in this determination, including as a result of adverse recent case law described herein, based upon the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ expected operations as described herein and based upon the current and expected future activities and operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, the income of the Company and such subsidiaries from time charters should not constitute “passive income” for purposes of applying the PFIC rules, and the assets that the Company owns for the production of this time charter income should not constitute passive assets for purposes of applying the PFIC rules.

Although there is no legal authority directly on point, this view is based principally on the position that the gross income that the Company and its subsidiaries derive from time charters constitutes services income rather than passive rental income. Recently, the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals decided in Tidewater Inc. v. United States , 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir., April 13, 2009), that a typical time charter is a lease, and not a contract for the provision of transportation services. In that case, the court was considering a tax issue that turned on whether the taxpayer was a lessor where a vessel was under a time charter, and the court did not address the definition of passive income or the PFIC rules; however, the reasoning of the case could have implications as to how the income from a time charter would be classified under such rules. If the reasoning of the Tidewater case is applied to the Company’s situation and the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ time charters are treated as leases, the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ time charter income could be classified as rental income and the Company would be a PFIC unless more than 25% of the income of the Company (taking into account the subsidiary look through rule) is from spot charters plus other active income or an active leasing exception applies. The IRS has announced that it will not follow the reasoning of the Tidewater case and would have treated the income from the time charters at issue in that case as services income, including for other purposes of the Code. The Company intends to take the position that all of its time, voyage and spot chartering activities will generate active services income and not passive leasing income, but in the absence of direct legal authority specifically relating to the Code provisions governing PFICs, the IRS or a court could disagree with this position. Although the matter is not free from doubt as described herein, based on the current operations and activities of the Company and its subsidiaries and on the relative values of the vessels in the Company’s fleet and the charter income in respect of the vessels, Globus Maritime Limited should not be treated as a PFIC during the taxable year in which the registration statement to which this prospectus relates is declared effective.

Based on the Company’s intention and expectation that the Company’s subsidiaries’ income from spot, time and voyage chartering activities plus other active operating income will be greater than 25% of the Company’s total gross income at all relevant times and that the gross value of the vessels subject to such time, voyage or spot charters will exceed the gross value of all other assets the Company owns at all relevant times, Globus Maritime Limited does not expect that it will constitute a PFIC with respect to a taxable year in the near future.

The Company will try to manage its vessels and its business so as to avoid being classified as a PFIC for a future taxable year; however there can be no assurance that the nature of the Company’s assets, income and operations will remain the same in the future (notwithstanding the Company’s current expectations). Additionally, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept the Company’s position that the time charters that the Company’s subsidiaries have entered into or any other time charter that the Company or a subsidiary may enter into will give rise to active income rather than passive income for purposes of the PFIC rules, or that future changes of law will not adversely affect this position. The Company has not obtained a ruling from the IRS on its time charters or its PFIC status and does not intend to seek one. Any contest with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for the common shares and the prices at which they trade. In addition, the costs of any contest on the issue with the IRS will result in a reduction in cash available for distribution and thus will be borne indirectly by the Company’s shareholders.

 
139

 

If Globus Maritime Limited were to be classified as a PFIC in any year, each United States Holder of the Company’s shares will be subject (in that year and all subsequent years) to special rules with respect to: (1) any “excess distribution” (generally defined as any distribution received by a shareholder in a taxable year that is greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by the shareholder in the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the shareholder’s holding period for the shares), and (2) any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of the common shares. Under these rules:

Ø
the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over the United States Holder’s holding period;
 
Ø
the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any year prior to the first year in which the Company was a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income in the current year; and
 
Ø
the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years in the United States Holder’s holding period will be subject to United States federal income tax at the highest rate in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge will be added as though the amount of the taxes computed with respect to these other taxable years were overdue.
 
In order to avoid the application of the PFIC rules, United States Holders may make a qualified electing fund, or a QEF, election provided in Section 1295 of the Code in respect of their common shares. Even if a United States Holder makes a QEF election for a taxable year of the Company, if the Company was a PFIC for a prior taxable year during which such holder held the common shares and for which such holder did not make a timely QEF election, the United States Holder would also be subject to the more adverse rules described above. Additionally, to the extent any of the Company’s subsidiaries is a PFIC, an election by a United States Holder to treat Globus Maritime Limited as a “Qualifying Electing Fund” would not be effective with respect to such holder’s deemed ownership of the stock of such subsidiary and a separate QEF election with respect to such subsidiary is required. In lieu of the PFIC rules discussed above, a United States Holder that makes a timely, valid QEF election will, in very general terms, be required to include its pro rata share of the Company’s ordinary income and net capital gains, unreduced by any prior year losses, in income for each taxable year (as ordinary income and long-term capital gain, respectively) and to pay tax thereon, even if no actual distributions are received for that year in respect of the common shares and even if the amount of that income is not the same as the amount of actual distributions paid on the common shares during the year. If the Company later distributes the income or gain on which the United States Holder has already paid taxes under the QEF rules, the amounts so distributed will not again be subject to tax in the hands of the United States Holder. A United States Holder’s tax basis in any common shares as to which a QEF election has been validly made will be increased by the amount included in such United States Holder’s income as a result of the QEF election and decreased by the amount of nontaxable distributions received by the United States Holder. On the disposition of a common share, a United States Holder making the QEF election generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference, if any, between the amount realized upon such disposition and its adjusted tax basis in the common share. In general, a QEF election should be made by filing a Form 8621 with the United States Holder’s federal income tax return on or before the due date for filing such Holder’s federal income tax return for the first taxable year for which the Company is a PFIC or, if later, the first taxable year for which the United States Holder held common shares. In this regard, a QEF election is effective only if certain required information is made available by the PFIC. Subsequent to the date that the Company first determines that it is a PFIC, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide any United States Holder of common shares, upon request, with the information necessary for such United States Holder to make the QEF election.

In addition to the QEF election, Section 1296 of the Code permits United States Holders to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to marketable shares in a PFIC, generally meaning shares regularly traded on a qualified exchange or market and certain other shares considered marketable under U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations. As the Company’s common shares are expected to be listed on an established securities market   after the registration statement to which this prospectus relates is declared effective, such common shares may be marketable for purposes of this election. If a United States Holder makes a mark-to-market election in respect of its common shares, such United States Holder generally would, in each taxable year: (1) include as ordinary income the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common shares at the end of the taxable year over such United States Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares, and (2) be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of such United States Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election (with the United States Holder’s basis in the common shares being increased and decreased, respectively, by the amount of such ordinary income or ordinary loss). The consequences of this election are generally less favorable than those of a QEF election for United States Holders that are sensitive to the distinction between ordinary income and capital gain, although this is not necessarily the case.

 
140

 

United States Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of making a mark-to-market or QEF election, as well as other United States federal income tax consequences of holding shares in a PFIC.

As previously indicated, if the Company were to be classified as a PFIC for a taxable year in which the Company pays a dividend or the immediately preceding taxable year, dividends paid by the Company would not constitute “qualified dividend income” and, hence, would not be eligible for the reduced rate of United States federal income tax that is available through 2010.

Consequences of Controlled Foreign Corporation Classification of the Company

If more than 50% of either the total combined voting power of the shares of the Company entitled to vote or the total value of all of the Company’s outstanding shares were owned, directly, indirectly or constructively by (i) citizens or residents of the United States, (ii) U.S. partnerships or corporations, or U.S. estates or trusts (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), each of which owned, directly, indirectly or constructively 10% or more of the total combined voting power of the Company shares entitled to vote (each a “U.S. Shareholder”), the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries generally would be treated as CFCs. U.S. Shareholders of a CFC are treated as receiving current distributions of their shares of Subpart F Income of the CFC even if they do not receive actual distributions. The Company or its subsidiaries may have income that would be treated as Subpart F Income, such as interest income, services income of Globus Shipmanagement or passive leasing income in respect of vessel charters. (Please read “—United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders—Consequences of Possible PFIC Classification”). Consequently, any United States Holders who are also U.S. Shareholders may be required to include in their U.S. federal taxable income their pro rata share of the Subpart F income of the Company and its subsidiaries, regardless of the amount of cash distributions received. The Company believes that its time charter income will not be treated as passive rental income, but there can be no assurance that the IRS will accept this position. Please read “—United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders—Consequences of Possible PFIC Classification.”

In the case where the Company and its subsidiaries are CFCs, to the extent that the Company’s distributions to a United States Holder who is also a U.S. Shareholder are attributable to prior inclusions of Subpart F income of such United States Holder, such distributions are not required to be reported as additional income of such United States Holder.

Whether or not the Company or a subsidiary will be a CFC will depend on the identity of the shareholders of the Company during each taxable year of the Company. As of the date of this prospectus, the Company should not be a CFC based on the current shareholders in the Company.

If the Company or one of its subsidiaries is a CFC, certain burdensome U.S. federal income tax and administrative requirements would apply to United States Holders that are U.S. Shareholders, but such United States Holders generally would not also be subject to all of the requirements generally applicable to owners of a PFIC. For example, a United States Holder that is a U.S. Shareholder will be required to annually file IRS Form 5471 to report certain aspects of its indirect ownership of a CFC. United States Holders should consult with their own tax advisors as to the consequences to them of being a U.S. Shareholder in a CFC.

 
141

 

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares

A United States Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the United States Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the United States Holder’s tax basis in such common shares. Assuming the Company does not constitute a PFIC for any taxable year, this gain or loss will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the United States Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. A United States Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to severe limitations.

A United States Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the United States Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the United States Holder’s tax basis in such shares.

If a United States Holder’s holding period for the common shares is more than one year, the gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss assuming that the Company does not constitute a PFIC for any taxable year.

United States Federal Income Taxation of Non-United States Holders

A Non-United States Holder will generally not be subject to United States federal income tax on dividends paid in respect of the common shares or on gains recognized in connection with the sale or other disposition of the common shares provided that the Non-United States Holder makes certain tax representations regarding the identity of the beneficial owner of the common shares, that such dividends or gains are not effectively connected with the Non-United States Holder’s conduct of a United States trade or business and that, with respect to gain recognized in connection with the sale or other disposition of the common shares by a non-resident alien individual, such individual is not present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and other conditions are met. If the Non-United States Holder is engaged in a United States trade or business for United States federal income tax purposes, the income from the common shares, including dividends and gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock, that is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business will generally be subject to regular United States federal income tax in the same manner as discussed above relating to the taxation of United States Holders.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Information reporting to the IRS may be required with respect to payments on the common shares and with respect to proceeds from the sale of the common shares. With respect to Non-United States Holders, copies of such information returns may be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-United States Holder resides under the provisions of any applicable income tax treaty or exchange of information agreement. A “backup” withholding tax may also apply to those payments if:

 
Ø
a holder of the common shares fails to provide certain identifying information (such as the holder’s taxpayer identification number or an attestation to the status of the holder as a Non-United States Holder);

 
Ø
such holder is notified by the IRS that he or she has failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on his or her federal income tax returns; or

 
Ø
in certain circumstances, such holder has failed to comply with applicable certification requirements.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax and may be refunded (or credited against the holder’s United States federal income tax liability, if any), provided that certain required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

United States Holders of common shares may be required to file forms with the IRS under the applicable reporting provisions of the Code. For example, such United States Holders may be required, under Sections 6038, 6038B and/or 6046 of the Code, to supply the IRS with certain information regarding the United States Holder, other United States Holders and the Company if (1) such person owns at least 10% of the total value or 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares entitled to vote or (2) the acquisition, when aggregated with certain other acquisitions that may be treated as related under applicable regulations, exceeds $100,000. In the event a United States Holder fails to file a form when required to do so, the United States Holder could be subject to substantial tax penalties.

 
142

 

Non-United States Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

We encourage each United States Holder and Non-United States Holder to consult with his, her or its own tax advisor as to the particular tax consequences to him, her or it of holding and disposing of the Company’s common shares, including the applicability of any federal, state, local or foreign tax laws and any proposed changes in applicable law.

 
143

 

EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
We estimate our expenses in connection with the distribution by our selling shareholders of our common shares in this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, which, if any, will be paid by our selling shareholders, will be as follows:

SEC Registration Fee
  $ 4,065  
Printing and Engraving Expenses
    6,000  
Legal Fees and Expenses
    150,000  
Accountants’ Fees and Expenses
    170,000  
Nasdaq Listing Fee
    125,000  
Transfer Agent’s Fees and Expenses
    6,000  
Miscellaneous Costs
    50,000  
Total
  $ 511,065  

 
144

 

LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of our common shares and certain other legal matters with respect to the laws of the Marshall Islands and other legal matters relating to United States law will be passed upon for us by Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements of Globus Maritime Limited as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors Accountants S.A., independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The sections in this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors,” “The Dry Bulk Industry,” and the statistical and graphical information contained therein, and “Business,” and in any other instance where Drewry has been identified as the source of information included in this prospectus, have been reviewed by Drewry, which has confirmed to us that it accurately describes the dry bulk shipping market industry.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to our common shares offered by this prospectus. This prospectus is a part of that registration statement. For the purposes of this section, the term registration statement means the original registration statement and any and all amendments including the schedules and exhibits to the original registration statement or any amendment. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement we filed. Each statement made in this prospectus concerning a document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement is qualified by reference to that exhibit for a complete statement of its provisions. The registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling 1 (800) SEC-0330, and you may obtain copies at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at its principal office in Washington, D.C. 20549. The SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.
 
As a “foreign private issuer,” we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders. In addition, as a “foreign private issuer,” our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act relating to short swing profit reporting and liability.
 
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
 
As of November  , 2010, we are a Marshall Islands corporation and our executive offices are located outside of the United States. Certain of our directors, executive officers and some of the experts named in this prospectus reside outside the United States. In addition, a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of our directors, executive officers and experts are located outside of the United States. As a result, you may have difficulty serving legal process within the United States upon us or any of these persons. You may also have difficulty enforcing, both in and outside the United States, judgments you may obtain in U.S. courts against us or these persons in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal or state securities laws.
 
Furthermore, there is substantial doubt that the courts of the Marshall Islands would enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws.

 
145

 

GLOSSARY
 
The following are definitions of certain terms that are commonly used in the shipping industry and in this prospectus:

Annual survey . The inspection of a vessel pursuant to international conventions, by a classification society surveyor, on behalf of the flag state, that takes place every year.

Ballast . A voyage during which the vessel is not laden with cargo.

Bareboat charter . A charter of a vessel under which the shipowner is usually paid a fixed daily or monthly rate for a certain period of time during which the charterer is responsible for the vessel operating expenses and voyage expenses of the vessel and for the management of the vessel. In this case, all voyage related costs, including vessel fuel, or bunker, and port dues as well as all vessel operating expenses, such as day-to-day operations, maintenance, crewing and insurance are paid by the charterer. A bareboat charter is also known as a “demise charter” or a “time charter by demise” and involves the use of a vessel usually over longer periods of time ranging over several years. The owner of the vessel receives monthly charter hire payments on a per day basis and is responsible only for the payment of capital costs related to the vessel.

Bunkers . Fuel oil used to operate a vessel’s engines, generators and boilers.

Capesize . A dry bulk vessel with a cargo-carrying of approximately 110,000 to 199,999 dwt. These vessels generally operate along long haul iron ore and coal trade routes. Only the largest ports around the world possess the infrastructure to accommodate vessels of this size.

Charter . The hire of a vessel for a specified period of time or to carry a cargo for a fixed fee from a loading port to a discharging port. The contract for a charter is called a charterparty.

Charterer . The company that hires a vessel pursuant to a charter.

Charter hire . Money paid to the shipowner by a charterer for the use of a vessel under a time charter or bareboat charter. Such payments are usually made during the course of the charter every 15 or 30 days in advance or in arrears by multiplying the daily charter rate times the number of days and, under a time charter only, subtracting any time the vessel was deemed to be off-hire. Under a bareboat charter such payments are usually made monthly and are calculated on a 360 or 365 day calendar year basis.

Charter rate . The amount of money agreed between the charterer and the shipowner accrued on a daily or monthly basis that is used to calculate the vessel’s charter hire.

Classification society . An independent society that certifies that a vessel has been built and maintained according to the society’s rules for that type of vessel and complies with the applicable rules and regulations of the country in which the vessel is registered, as well as the international conventions which that country has ratified. A vessel that receives its certification is referred to as being “in class” as of the date of issuance.

Deadweight ton or “dwt” . A unit of a vessel’s capacity for cargo, fuel oil, stores and crew, measured in metric tons. A vessel’s dwt or total deadweight is the total weight the vessel can carry when loaded to a particular load line.

Draft . Vertical distance between the waterline and the bottom of the vessel’s keel.

Dry bulk . Non-liquid cargoes of commodities shipped in an unpackaged state.

Dry bulk vessels . Vessels which are specially designed and built to carry large volumes of dry bulk.

Drydocking . The removal of a vessel from the water for inspection and/or repair of those parts of a vessel which are below the water line. During drydockings, which are required to be carried out periodically, certain mandatory classification society inspections are carried out and relevant certifications issued. Drydockings are generally required once every 30 to 60 months.

 
146

 

Freight . Money paid to the shipowner by a charterer for the use of a vessel under a voyage charter. Such payment is usually made on a lump-sum basis upon loading or discharging the cargo and is derived by multiplying the tons of cargo loaded on board by the cost per cargo ton, as agreed to transport that cargo between the specific ports.

Gross ton . A unit of measurement for the total enclosed space within a vessel equal to 100 cubic feet or 2.831 cubic meters used in arriving at the calculation of gross tonnage.

Handymax . Handymax vessels have a cargo carrying capacity of approximately 40,000 to 59,999 dwt. These vessels operate on a large number of geographically dispersed global trade routes, carrying primarily grains and minor bulks. Vessels that are less than 60,000 dwt are sometimes built with on-board cranes enabling them to load and discharge cargo in countries and ports with limited infrastructure. These vessels are generally called “geared” vessels.

Handysize . Handysize vessels have a cargo carrying capacity of approximately 10,000 to 39,999 dwt. These vessels carry exclusively minor bulk cargo. Increasingly, these vessels are operating on regional trading routes. Handysize vessels are well suited for small ports with length and draft restrictions that may lack the infrastructure for cargo loading and unloading.

Hull . Shell or body of a vessel.

IMO . International Maritime Organization, a United Nations agency that issues international regulations and standards for seaborne transportation.

Intermediate survey . The inspection of a vessel by a classification society surveyor which takes place between two and three years before and after each special survey for such vessel pursuant to the rules of international conventions and classification societies.

Kamsarmax . Kamsarmax vessels (sometimes known as Post Panamax) have a cargo carrying capacity of approximately 80,000 to 109,999 dwt. These vessels tend to be shallower and have a larger beam than a standard Panamax vessel with a higher cubic capacity. These vessels have been designed specifically for loading high cubic cargoes from draught restricted ports, and cannot transit the Panama Canal.

Metric ton . A unit of weight equal to 1,000 kilograms.

Newbuilding . A new vessel under construction or just completed.

Off-hire . The period a vessel is unable to perform the services for which it is required under a time charter. Off-hire periods typically include days spent undergoing repairs and drydocking, whether or not scheduled.

OPA . Oil Pollution Act of 1990 of the United States, as amended.

Orderbook . The orderbook refers to the total number of currently placed orders for the construction of vessels or a specific type of vessel worldwide.

Panamax . Panamax vessels have a cargo carrying capacity of approximately 60,000 to 79,999 dwt of maximum length, depth and draft capable of passing fully loaded through the Panama Canal. The ability of Panamax vessels to pass through the Panama Canal makes them more versatile than larger vessels. Panamax dry bulk vessels carry coal, grains, and, to a lesser extent, minor bulks, including steel products, forest products and fertilizers.

Protection and indemnity (or P&I) insurance . Insurance obtained through mutual associations (called “P&I clubs”) formed by vessel-owners to provide liability insurance protection against a large financial loss by one member by contribution towards that loss by all members. To a great extent, the risks are reinsured.

 
147

 

Scrapping . The disposal of old or damaged vessel tonnage by way of sale as scrap metal.

Sister ships . Vessels of the same type and specification which were built by the same shipyard.

SOLAS . The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974, as amended, adopted under the auspices of the IMO.

Special survey . An extensive inspection of a vessel by classification society surveyors that must be completed within five years. Special surveys require a vessel to be drydocked.

Spot charter . A spot charter is an industry term referring to both voyage and trip time charters. These charters are referred to as spot charters or spot market charters due to their short term duration, consisting mostly of a single voyage between one load port and one discharge port.

Strict liability . Liability that is imposed without regard to fault.

Supramax . Supramax vessels have a cargo carrying capacity of approximately 50,000 to 59,999 dwt. These vessels normally offer cargo loading and unloading flexibility with on-board cranes, while at the same time possess the cargo carrying capability approaching conventional Panamax bulk vessels.

Tanker . Vessel designed for the carriage of liquid cargoes in bulk with cargo space consisting of many tanks. Tankers carry a variety of products including crude oil, refined petroleum products and liquid chemicals. The vessel may have equipment designed for the loading and unloading of cargoes with a high viscosity.

TCE . Time charter equivalent, a standard industry measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel. The TCE rate achieved on a given voyage is expressed in U.S. dollars/day and is generally calculated by subtracting voyage expenses, including bunkers and port charges, from voyage revenue and dividing the net amount (time charter equivalent revenues) by the round-trip voyage duration. TCE is a standard seaborne transportation industry performance measure used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a seaborne transportation company’s performance despite changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., spot charters, time charters and bareboat charters) under which the vessels may be employed during specific periods.

Time charter . A time charter is a contract under which a charterer pays a fixed daily hire rate on a semi-monthly or monthly basis for a fixed period of time for use of the vessel. Subject to any restrictions in the charter, the charterer decides the type and quantity of cargo to be carried and the ports of loading and unloading. The charterer pays the voyage related expenses such as fuel, canal tolls, and port charges. The shipowner pays all vessel operating expenses such as the management expenses and crew costs as well as for the capital costs of the vessel. Any delays at port or during the voyages are the responsibility of the charterer, save for certain specific exceptions such as loss of time arising from vessel breakdown and routine maintenance.

Vessel operating expenses . The costs of operating a vessel that is incurred during a charter, primarily consisting of crew wages and associated costs, insurance premiums, lubricants and spare parts, and repair and maintenance costs. Vessel operating expenses exclude fuel and port charges, which are known as
“voyage expenses.” For a time charter, the vessel-owner pays vessel operating expenses. For a bareboat charter, the charterer pays vessel operating expenses.

Voyage charter . A voyage charter involves the carriage of a specific amount and type of cargo from specific load port(s) to specific discharge port(s), subject to various cargo handling terms. Most of these charters are of a single voyage nature between two specific ports, as trading patterns do not encourage round voyage trading. The owner of the vessel receives one payment derived by multiplying the tons of cargo loaded on board by the cost per cargo ton, as agreed to transport that cargo between the specific ports. The owner is responsible for the payment of all expenses including voyage, operating and capital costs of the vessel. The charterer is typically responsible for any delay at the loading or discharging ports.

 
148

 
 
Voyage expenses . Expenses incurred due to a vessel’s traveling from a loading port to a discharging port, such as fuel (bunker) cost, port expenses, agent’s fees, canal dues and extra war risk insurance, as well as commissions.
149

 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
Page
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
F-2
     
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of December 31, 2008 and 2009
 
F-3
     
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
 
F-4
     
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
 
F-5
     
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
 
F-6
     
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
F-7
     
Interim Condensed Consolidated Unaudited Statement of Financial Position as of June 30, 2010
 
F-41
     
Interim Condensed Consolidated Unaudited Statement of Comprehensive Income for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010
 
F-42
     
Interim Condensed Consolidated Unaudited Statement of Changes in Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010
 
F-43
     
Interim Condensed Consolidated Unaudited Statement of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010
 
F-44
     
Notes to the Interim Condensed Consolidated Unaudited Financial Statements
 
F-45

 
 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Globus Maritime Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Globus Maritime Limited (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Globus Maritime Limited at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Athens, Greece
November   , 2010
 

The foregoing report is in the form that will be signed upon the completion of the Company’s redomiciliation described in Notes 1 and 26 to the financial statements.

Athens, Greece
November 22, 2010

 
F-2

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

         
December 31 ,
 
   
Notes
   
2009
   
2008
 
ASSETS
                 
                   
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
                 
Vessels, net
 
5
      93,166       216,007  
Office furniture and equipment
          28       58  
Other non-current assets
          10       10  
Total non-current assets
          93,204       216,075  
CURRENT ASSETS
                     
Cash and bank balances and bank deposits
 
3
      59,157       65,342  
Trade accounts receivable, net
          336       830  
Inventories
 
6
      355       565  
Prepayments and other assets
 
7
      1,488       1,634  
Total current assets
          61,336       68,371  
Non-current assets classified as held for sale
 
2.29, 5
      33,030       -  
            94,366       68,371  
TOTAL ASSETS
          187,570       284,446  
                       
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
                     
                       
EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO SHAREHOLDERS OF GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
                     
Share capital
 
10
      29       29  
Share premium
 
10
      88,516       87,600  
Retained earnings
          24,913       34,154  
Total equity
          113,458       121,783  
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
                     
Long-term borrowings, net of current portion
 
12
      36,175       79,705  
Provision for staff retirement indemnities
          43       30  
Total non-current liabilities
          36,218       79,735  
CURRENT LIABILITIES
                     
Current portion of long-term borrowings
 
12
      33,900       77,278  
Trade accounts payable
 
8
      1,158       2,212  
Accrued liabilities and other payables
 
9
      1,095       707  
Derivative financial instruments
 
19
      1,230       1,373  
Deferred revenue
          511       1,358  
Total current liabilities
          37,894       82,928  
TOTAL LIABILITIES
          74,112       162,663  
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
          187,570       284,446  

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 
F-3

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except per share data)

       
Year ended December 31
 
   
Notes
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
REVENUE:
                     
Time charter revenue
        52,812       98,597       40,960  
                             
EXPENSES & OTHER OPERATING INCOME:
                           
Voyage expenses
 
15
    (3,742 )     (6,674 )     (2,245 )
Vessel operating expenses
 
15
    (10,137 )     (12,537 )     (7,639 )
Depreciation
 
5
    (11,204 )     (17,407 )     (10,212 )
Depreciation of drydocking costs
 
5
    (1,512 )     (1,572 )     (1,033 )
Administrative expenses
 
16
    (2,004 )     (2,122 )     (1,292 )
Administrative expenses payable to related parties
 
4
    (1,272 )     (1,216 )     (1,377 )
Share-based payments
 
13
    (1,754 )     (770 )     (380 )
Impairment loss
 
5
    (28,429 )     (20,224 )     -  
(Loss)/gain on sale of vessel
 
20
    (802 )     15,095       -  
Other (expenses)/income, net
        (106 )     408       (36 )
                             
Operating (loss)/profit before financial activities
        (8,150 )     51,578       16,746  
                             
Interest income from bank balances & deposits
        1,032       946       577  
Interest expense and finance costs
 
17
    (2,926 )     (7,707 )     (5,596 )
Gain/(loss) on derivative financial instruments
 
19
    143       (1,373 )     -  
Foreign exchange (losses)/gain, net
        (178 )     (626 )     298  
Total loss from financial activities
        (1,929 )     (8,760 )     (4,721 )
                             
TOTAL (LOSS)/PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
        (10,079 )     42,818       12,025  
Other comprehensive income
        -       -       -  
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS)/INCOME FOR THE YEAR
        (10,079 )     42,818       12,025  
                             
Attributable to:
                           
                             
Shareholders of Globus Maritime Limited
        (10,079 )     42,818       11,210  
Non-controlling interests
        -       -       815  
          (10,079 )     42,818       12,025  
                             
(Loss)/earnings per share (U.S.$):
                           
                             
- Basic (loss)/earnings per share for the year
 
11
    (1.401 )     5.978       1.885  
- Diluted (loss)/earnings per share for the year
 
11
    (1.401 )     5.771       1.885  

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 
F-4

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except share and per share data)

   
Common Stock
                               
               
Post reverse split
                               
               
equivalent (note 26)
   
Issued
               
Non-
       
   
Number of
Shares
   
Par
Value
   
Number
of Shares
   
Par
Value
   
Share
Capital
   
Share
Premium
   
Retained
Earnings
   
Controlling
Interests
   
Total
Equity
 
   
(note 10)
         
(note 14)
       
                                                       
Balance at January 1, 2007
    7,333       2       -       -       14       28,783       940       5,298       35,035  
Profit for the year
    -       -       -       -       -       -       11,210       815       12,025  
Other comprehensive income
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total comprehensive income for the year
    -       -       -       -       -       -       11,210       815       12,025  
Issuance of share capital
    402       2       -       -       1       -       -       -       1  
Capital contributions
    -       -       -       -       -       1,575       -       4,000       5,575  
Acquisition of non-controlling interests (note 14)
    2,342       2       -       -       4       10,109       -       (10,113 )     -  
Conversion of share capital
    20,174,154       0.001       5,043,539       0.004       -       -       -       -       -  
Proceeds from initial public offering
    8,423,333       0.001       2,105,833       0.004       10       50,017       -       -       50,027  
Transaction costs
    -       -       -       -       -       (3,449 )     -       -       (3,449 )
Share-based payment (note 13)
    38,666       0.001       9,667       0.004       -       376       4       -       380  
Dividends (note 18)
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (2,917 )     -       (2,917 )
Balance as of December 31, 2007
    28,636,153       0.001       7,159,039       0.004       29       87,411       9,237       -       96,677  
Profit for the year
    -       -       -       -       -       -       42,818       -       42,818  
Other comprehensive income
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total comprehensive income for the year
    -       -       -       -       -       -       42,818       -       42,818  
Share-based payment (note 13)
    29,297       0.001       7,324       0.004       -       189       581       -       770  
Dividends (note 18)
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (18,482 )     -       (18,482 )
Balance as of December 31, 2008
    28,665,450       0.001       7,166,363       0.004       29       87,600       34,154       -       121,783  
Loss for the year
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (10,079 )     -       (10,079 )
Other comprehensive income
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total comprehensive loss for the year
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (10,079 )     -       (10,079 )
Share-based payment (note 13)
    290,722       0.001       72,680       0.004       -       916       838       -       1,754  
Balance as of December 31, 2009
    28,956,172       0.001       7,239,043       0.004       29       88,516       24,913       -       113,458  

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 
F-5

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

       
Year ended December 31,
 
   
Notes
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                     
(Loss)/profit for the year
        (10,079 )     42,818       12,025  
Adjustments for:
                           
Depreciation
 
5
    11,204       17,407       10,212  
Depreciation of deferred drydocking costs
 
5
    1,512       1,572       1,033  
Payment of deferred drydocking costs
        (1,135 )     (2,823 )     (1,688 )
Loss/(gain) on sale of vessel
 
20
    802       (15,095 )     -  
Impairment loss
 
5
    28,429       20,224       -  
Provision for staff retirement indemnities
        13       -       30  
(Gain)/loss on derivative financial instruments
 
19
    (143 )     1,373       -  
Interest expense and finance costs
        2,926       7,707       5,596  
Interest income
        (1,032 )     (946 )     (577 )
Foreign exchange losses/(gains), net
        178       626       (298 )
Share-based payment
 
13
    1,754       770       380  
(Increase)/decrease in:
                           
Due from related parties
        -       -       489  
Trade accounts receivables, net
        494       (795 )     (16 )
Inventories
        210       (12 )     (171 )
Prepayments and other assets
        (46 )     (591 )     (1,020 )
Increase/(decrease) in:
                           
Due to related parties
        -       -       (77 )
Trade accounts payable
        (1,054 )     (881 )     2,480  
Accrued liabilities and other payables
        380       110       234  
Deferred revenue
        (847 )     (1,081 )     1,616  
Net cash generated from operating activities
        33,566       70,383       30,248  
                             
Cash flows from investing activities:
                           
Vessel acquisitions
        -       -       (184,841 )
Sellers credit
        -       -       1,294  
Vessel improvements
        -       (307 )     -  
Time deposits with maturity of three months or more
        10,000       (10,000 )     -  
Net proceeds from sale of vessels
        49,031       36,752       -  
Purchases of office furniture and equipment
        (2 )     (24 )     (80 )
Interest received
        1,224       656       583  
Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities
        60,253       27,077       (183,044 )
                             
Cash flows from financing activities:
                           
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
 
12
    -       95,000       147,000  
Repayment of long-term debt
 
12
    (87,038 )     (120,635 )     (30,115 )
Capital contributions
        -       -       5,575  
Proceeds from issuance of share capital, net of costs
        -       -       46,593  
Pledged bank deposits
 
12
    15,400       (21,400 )     -  
Restricted cash
 
2.7
    -       732       (364 )
Payment of financing costs
        -       (284 )     (549 )
Dividends paid
 
18
    -       (18,482 )     (2,917 )
Interest paid
        (2,858 )     (7,788 )     (5,453 )
Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities
        (74,496 )     (72,857 )     159,770  
                             
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
        19,323       24,603       6,974  
Foreign exchange (losses)/gains on cash and cash equivalents
        (108 )     (2 )     298  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
 
3
    33,942       9,341       2,069  
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
 
3
    53,157       33,942       9,341  
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 
F-6

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

1.
General Information

The consolidated financial statements of Globus Maritime Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) include the financial statements of the following companies:

Company
 
Country of
Incorporation
 
Date of
Incorporation
 
Activity
             
Globus Maritime Limited
 
Jersey
 
July 26, 2006
 
Holding Company
Globus Shipmanagement Corp.
  
Marshall Islands
  
July 26, 2006
  
Management Company

Globus Shipmanagement Corp. (the “Manager”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The consolidated financial statements also include the financial statements of the following vessel-owning subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:

Company
 
Country of
Incorporation
 
Vessel
Delivery Date
 
Vessel Owned
             
Chantal Maritime Co.
 
Marshall Islands
 
September 15, 2006
 
m/v Ocean Globe (sold in November 2008)
Sibelle Marine Inc.
 
Marshall Islands
 
September 26, 2006
 
m/v Sea Globe (Delivered to its new owners in February 2010, see note 25)
Supreme Navigation Co.
 
Marshall Islands
 
November 14, 2006
 
m/v Coral Globe (Delivered to its new owners in February 2010, see note 25)
Adagio Marine S.A.
 
Marshall Islands
 
December 6, 2006
 
m/v Lake Globe (sold in November 2009)
Abrosa Shipping Inc.
 
Marshall Islands
 
January 11, 2007
 
m/v Gulf Globe (sold in October 2009)
Eleanor Maritime Limited
 
Marshall Islands
 
July 9, 2007
 
m/v Island Globe (sold in September 2009)
Devocean Maritime Ltd.
 
Marshall Islands
 
December 18, 2007
 
m/v River Globe
Elysium Maritime Limited
  
Marshall Islands
  
December 18, 2007
  
m/v Tiara Globe

The principal business of the Group is the ownership and operation of a fleet of dry bulk motor vessels (“m/v”), providing maritime services for the transportation of dry cargo products on a worldwide basis. The Group conducts its operations through its vessel-owning companies.

On June 1, 2007, the Company consummated its initial public offering in the United Kingdom and its shares were admitted for trading on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange (“AIM”).

The address of the registered office of the Company is Walker House, P.O. Box 498, 28-34 Hill Street, St Helier, Jersey, JE4 5TF, Channel Islands. On November   , 2010, the Company redomiciled from Jersey into the Marshall Islands. Upon redomiciliation, the existence of the Company shall be deemed to have commenced on the date the Company commenced its existence in Jersey (note 26).

The operations of the vessels are managed by the Manager, a wholly owned Marshall Islands corporation. The Manager has an office in Greece, located at 128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 166 74 Glyfada, Greece and provides the commercial, technical, cash management and accounting services necessary for the operation of the fleet in exchange for a management fee. The management fee is eliminated on consolidation.

 
F-7

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

1.
General Information (continued)

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the three years ended December 31, 2009, were approved for issuance by the board of directors on November  , 2010.

2. 
Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies

2.1
Basis of Preparation: The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for derivative financial instruments that have been measured at fair value. The consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand, except when otherwise indicated.

Statement of Compliance: These consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), for the first time. The Company also previously prepared consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the three years ended December 31, 2009, in accordance with IFRS as endorsed by the European Union (“EU”). There are no significant differences between the Company’s consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and the Company’s consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as endorsed by the EU.

Basis of Consolidation:   The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries listed in note 1. The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Company, using consistent accounting policies. All intra-group balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group and cease to be consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of the Group.

2.2
Standards, Amendments and Interpretations:

IFRS and IFRIC Interpretations that became effective in the year ended December 31, 2009:
The following Standards and Interpretations became effective within the year ended December 31, 2009. None of the Standards and Interpretations had an impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

 
·
IFRS 8, “Operating Segments”. This standard requires disclosure of information about the Group’s operating segments and replaces the requirement to determine primary and secondary reporting segments of the Group. The Group has previously determined that it operates under one reportable segment and, accordingly, this standard had no impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
·
IAS 1, “Presentation of Financial Statements” (Revised). The main requirements are: that the statement of changes in equity includes only transactions with shareholders; the introduction of a new statement of comprehensive income that combines all items of income and expense recognized in profit or loss together with “other comprehensive income” either in one single statement or in two linked statements. The Group has elected to present one statement.
 
·
IAS 23, “Borrowing Costs” (Revised).
 
·
IFRIC 13, “Customer Loyalty Programs”.
 
·
IFRIC 15, “Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate”.
 
·
IFRIC 16, “Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation”.
 
·
IFRIC 9, “Remeasurement of Embedded Derivatives” (Amended) and IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” (Amended).
 
·
IFRS 2, “Share-based Payments” vesting conditions and cancellations (Amended).
 
·
IAS 32, “Financial instruments: Presentation” (Amended) and IAS 1, “Puttable Financial Instruments and obligations arising on liquidation” (Amended).
 
·
IFRS 7, “Financial Instruments: Disclosures” (Amended).

 
F-8

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

2. 
Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

2.2 
Standards, Amendments and Interpretations (continued):

 
·
IFRS 1, “First time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards” (Amended) and IAS 27, “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements” (Amended).
 
·
IFRIC 18 “Transfers of Assets from Customers”.
 
Improvements to IFRS: In May 2008 the IASB issued its first omnibus of amendments to its standards, primarily with a view to remove inconsistencies and providing clarification. The standards affected were as follows:

 
·
IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations
 
·
IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures
 
·
IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements
 
·
IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors
 
·
IAS 10 Events after the Reporting Period
 
·
IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment
 
·
IAS 18 Revenue
 
·
IAS 19 Employee Benefits
 
·
IAS 20 Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance
 
·
IAS 23 Borrowing Costs
 
·
IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements
 
·
IAS 28 Investment in Associates
 
·
IAS 29 Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies
 
·
IAS 31 Interest in Joint ventures
 
·
IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting
 
·
IAS 36 Impairment of assets
 
·
IAS 38 Intangible Assets
 
·
IAS 39 Financial instruments recognition and measurement
 
·
IAS 40 Investment property
 
·
IAS 41 Agriculture

IFRS and IFRIC Interpretations not yet effective: The Group has not applied the following IFRS and International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) Interpretations that have been issued but are not yet effective:

 
·
IFRIC 17, “Distributions of Non-cash Assets to Owners”. This interpretation is effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2009 with early application permitted. The interpretation provides guidance on how to account for non-cash distributions to owners. The interpretation clarifies when to recognize a liability, how to measure it and the associated assets and when to derecognize the asset and liability. The Group does not expect IFRIC 17 to have an impact on its consolidated financial statements as it has not made any non-cash distributions to shareholders in the past.
 
 
F-9

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

2.
Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

2.2 
Standards, Amendments and Interpretations (continued):

 
·
IFRIC 19, “Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments”. The interpretation is effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2010. This interpretation addresses the accounting treatment when there is a renegotiation between the entity and the creditor regarding the terms of a financial liability and the creditor agrees to accept the entity’s equity instruments to settle the financial liability fully or partially. IFRIC 19 clarifies such equity instruments are “consideration paid” in accordance with paragraph 41 of IAS 39. As a result, the financial liability is derecognized and the equity instruments issued are treated as consideration paid to extinguish that financial liability. The Group does not expect that the amendment will have impact on its financial position or performance.
 
 
·
IFRIC 14, “Prepayments of a Minimum Funding Requirement” (Amended). The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2011. The purpose of this amendment is to permit entities to recognize as an asset some voluntary prepayments for minimum funding contributions. Earlier application is permitted and must be applied retrospectively. The Group does not expect that the amendment will have impact on its financial position or performance.
 
 
·
IFRS 3, “Business Combinations” (Revised) and IAS 27, “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements” (Amended). The revision and amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2009. The revised IFRS 3 introduces a number of changes in the accounting for business combinations which will impact the amount of goodwill recognized, the reported results in the period that an acquisition occurs and future reported results. Such changes include the expensing of acquisition-related costs and recognizing subsequent changes in fair value of contingent consideration in the income statement, rather than by adjusting goodwill. The amended IAS 27 requires that a change in ownership interest of a subsidiary is accounted for as an equity transaction. Therefore, such a change will have no impact on goodwill, nor will it give rise to a gain or loss. Furthermore, the amended standard changes the accounting for losses incurred by the subsidiary as well as the loss of control of a subsidiary. The changes introduced by IFRS 3 (Revised) and IAS 27 (Amendment) must be applied prospectively and will affect future acquisitions and transactions with non-controlling interests.
 
 
·
IAS 39, “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” (Amended) – eligible hedged items. The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2009. The amendment clarifies that an entity is permitted to designate a portion of the fair value changes or cash flow variability of a financial instrument as hedged item. This also covers the designation of inflation as a hedged risk or portion in particular situations. The Group does not expect that the amendment will have any impact on its financial position or performance.
 
 
·
IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments” – Phase 1 financial assets, classification and measurement. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. Phase 1 of this new IFRS introduces new requirements for classifying and measuring financial assets. Early adoption is permitted. The Group is in the process of assessing the impact of the new standard on its financial position or performance.
 
 
·
IFRS 2, “Group Cash-settled Share-based Payment Transactions” (Amended). The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2010. This amendment clarifies the accounting for group cash-settled share-based payment transactions and how such transactions should be arranged in the individual financial statements of the subsidiary. The Group does not expect that the amendment will have any impact on its financial position or performance.
 
 
F-10

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

2.
Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

2.2 
Standards, Amendments and Interpretations (continued):

 
·
IAS 32, “Classification on Rights Issues” (Amended). The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after February 1, 2010. This amendment relates to the rights issues offered for a fixed amount of foreign currency which were treated as derivative liabilities by the existing standard. The amendment states that if certain criteria are met, these should be classified as equity regardless of the currency in which the exercise price is denominated. The amendment applies retrospectively. The Group does not expect that this amendment will have an impact on its financial position or performance.
 
 
·
IAS 24, “Related Party Disclosures” (Revised). The revision is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2011. This revision relates to the judgment which is required to assess whether a government and entities known to the reporting entity to be under the control of that government are considered a single customer. The reporting entity, in its assessment, shall consider the extent of economic integration between those entities. Early application is permitted and adoption is applied retrospectively. The Group does not expect that this amendment will have an impact on its financial position or performance.
 
 
·
IFRS 1, “Additional Exemptions for First-time Adopters (Amended)”. The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2010. The Group does not expect that this amendment will have an impact on its financial position or performance.
 
 
·
IFRS 1, “Limited Exemption from Comparative”, IFRS 7, “Disclosures for first time adopters” (Amended). The amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2010.
 
 
·
In April 2009, the IASB issued its second omnibus of amendments to its standards, primarily with a view to removing inconsistencies and clarifying wording. The effective dates of the improvements vary, and the earliest is for the financial year beginning July 1, 2009. These amendments are as follows:
 
 
o
IFRS 2 Share-based Payment,  is effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2009. This amendment clarifies that the contribution of a business on formation of a joint venture and combinations under common control are not within the scope of IFRS 2 even though they are out of scope of IFRS 3 (revised). If an entity applies IFRS 3 (revised) for an earlier period, the amendment shall also be applied for that earlier period.
 
o
IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations,  is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2010. This amendment clarifies that the disclosures required in respect of non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale or discontinued operations are only those set out in IFRS 5. The disclosure requirements of other IFRS apply only if specifically required for such non-current assets or discontinued operations.
 
o
IFRS 8 Operating Segment Information,  is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2010. This amendment clarifies that segment assets and liabilities need only be reported when those assets and liabilities are included in measures that are used by the chief operating decision maker.
 
o
IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements, is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2010. The terms of a liability that could result, at any time, in its settlement by the issuance of equity instruments at the option of the counterparty do not affect its classification.
 
o
IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows, is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2010. This amendment states that only expenditure that results in recognizing an asset can be classified as a cash flow from investing activities.

 
F-11

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

2.
Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

2.2 
Standards, Amendments and Interpretations (continued):

 
·
IAS 17 Leases ,   is   effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2010. The amendment removes the specific guidance on classifying land as a lease so that only the general guidance remains.

 
·
IAS 18 Revenue, has added guidance (which accompanies the standard) to determine whether an entity is acting as a principal or as an agent. The features to consider are whether the entity:

 
o
has primary responsibility for providing the goods or service;

 
o
has inventory risk;

 
o
has discretion in establishing prices; and

 
o
bears the credit risk.

 
·
IAS 36 Impairment of Assets, is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2010. The amendment clarifies that the largest unit permitted for allocating goodwill acquired in a business combination is the operating segment as defined in IFRS 8 before aggregation for reporting purposes.

 
·
IAS 38 Intangible Assets, is   effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2009. This amendment clarifies that if an intangible asset acquired in a business combination is identifiable only with another intangible asset, the acquirer may recognize the group of intangible assets as a single asset, provided the individual assets have similar useful lives. It also clarifies that the valuation techniques presented for determining the fair value of intangible assets acquired in a business combination that are not traded in active markets are only examples and are not restrictive on the methods that can be used. If an entity applies IFRS 3 (revised) for an earlier period, the amendment shall also be applied for that earlier period.

 
·
IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, is   effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2010. The amendment clarifies that:

 
o
A prepayment option is considered closely related to the host contract when the exercise price of a prepayment option reimburses the lender up to the approximate present value of lost interest for the remaining term of the host contract.
 
 
o
The scope exemption for contracts between an acquirer and a vendor in a business combination to buy or sell a target at a future date applies only to binding forward contracts and not derivative contracts where further actions by either party are still to be taken. (Applicable to all unexpired contracts for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2010.)
 
 
o
Gains and losses on cash flow hedges of a forecast transaction that subsequently results in the recognition of a financial instrument or on cash flow hedges of recognized financial instruments should be reclassified in the period that the hedged forecast cash flows affect profit or loss. (Applicable to all unexpired contracts for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2010.)
 
 
F-12

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

2.
Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

2.2 
Standards, Amendments and Interpretations (continued):

 
·
IFRIC 9 Reassessment of Embedded Derivatives, is effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2009. The scope paragraph of IFRIC 9 was amended to clarify that it does not apply to possible reassessment, at the date of acquisition, to embedded derivatives in contracts acquired in a combination between entities or business under common control or the formation of a joint venture. If an entity applies IFRS 3 (revised) for an earlier period, the amendment shall also be applied for that earlier period.

 
·
IFRIC 16 Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation, is effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2009. The amendment states that, in a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, qualifying hedging instruments may be held by any entity or entities within the group, including the foreign operation itself, as long as the designation, documentation and effectiveness requirements of IAS 39 that relate to a net investment hedge are satisfied.

 
-
In May 2010, the IASB issued its third omnibus of amendments to its standards, primarily with a view to removing inconsistencies and providing clarification. The effective dates of the improvements vary and the earliest is for the financial year beginning on or after July 1, 2010. The amendments relate to:

 
·
IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards
 
·
IFRS 3 Business Combinations
 
·
IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures
 
·
IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements
 
·
IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements
 
·
IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting
 
·
IFRC 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes

None of the above amendments have any impact on the accounting policies, financial position or performance of the Group.

2.3
Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions:   The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the amounts of revenues and expenses recognized during the reporting period. However, uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that could require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability affected in the future.

Judgments: In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgments that had a significant effect on the amounts recognized in the financial statements.

 
·
Non-current assets held for sale :   On November 11, 2009, the Group entered into memoranda of agreement for the sale of two vessels, the m/v Sea Globe and m/v Coral Globe . The Group determined the vessels met the criteria to be classified as held for sale at that date for the following reasons:

 
o
The sale was considered highly probable and the vessels were available for immediate sale in their present condition.

 
o
The delivery was expected to take place during February 2010. The actual delivery of the vessels took place on February 17, 2010 (see note 26).

 
F-13

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

2.
Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

2.3
Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions (continued):

For more details on non-current assets held for sale refer to note 5.

Estimates and Assumptions: The key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the financial position date, which have a significant risk of causing a significant adjustment to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

 
·
Carrying amount of Vessels, net : Vessels are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. The estimates and assumptions that have the most significant effect on the vessels carrying amount are estimations in relation to useful lives of vessels, their salvage value and estimated drydocking dates. The key assumptions used are further explained in notes 2.10 to 2.12.

 
·
Impairment of Non-Financial Assets : The Group’s impairment test for non-financial assets is based on the assets’ recoverable amount, where the recoverable amount is the greater of fair value, less costs to sell and value in use. The Group engaged independent valuation specialists to determine the fair value of non-financial assets as of December 31, 2009. The value in use calculation is based on a discounted cash flow model. The value in use calculation is most sensitive to the discount rate used for the discounted cash flow model as well as the expected net cash flows and the growth rate used for extrapolation (refer to note 5).

2.4
Accounting for Revenue and Related Expenses:   The Group generates its revenues from charterers for the charter hire of its vessels. Through December 31, 2009, vessels were chartered using time charters, where a contract is entered into for the use of a vessel for a specific period of time and a specified daily charter hire rate. If a time charter agreement exists and collection of the related revenue is reasonably assured, revenue is recognized on a straight line basis over the period of the time charter. Such revenues are treated in accordance with IAS 17 as lease income as explained in note 2.23 below. Associated voyage expenses, which primarily consist of commissions, are recognized on a pro-rata basis over the duration of the period of the time charter.

Deferred revenue relates to cash received prior to the financial position date and is related to revenue earned after such date. Deferred revenue also includes the value ascribed to time charter agreements assumed upon the purchase of a vessel, if any. This ascribed amount is amortized over the remaining term of the time charter and the amortized portion for the period is included in revenue for the period. During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, no vessels were purchased with a time charter agreement attached.

Interest Income: Revenue is recognized as interest accrues (using the effective interest method).

Voyage Expenses: Voyage expenses primarily consist of port expenses and owners’ expenses paid by the charterer, canal and bunker expenses that are unique to a particular charter under time charter arrangements or by the Group under voyage charter arrangements. Furthermore, voyage expenses include commission on income paid by the Group. The Group defers bunker expenses under voyage charter agreements and amortizes them over the related voyage.

Vessel Operating Expenses: Vessel operating expenses   are accounted for on an accruals basis.

 
F-14

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

2
Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

2.5
Foreign Currency Translation:   The functional currency of the Company and its subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar, which is also the presentation currency of the Group, because the Group’s vessels operate in international shipping markets, where the U.S. dollar is the currency used for transactions. Transactions involving other currencies during the period are converted into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the transactions. At the financial position dates, monetary assets and liabilities, which are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, are translated into the functional currency using the period-end exchange rate. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in foreign currency gain or loss in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

2.6
Cash and Cash Equivalents:   The Group considers highly liquid investments such as time deposits and certificates of deposit with original maturity of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents.

2.7
Restricted Cash: Restricted cash refers to retention accounts that can only be used to fund the loan installments coming due.

Under a loan facility, the Company was required to hold bank deposits, which were used to fund the loan installments coming due. These funds could only be used for the purpose of loan repayments and are shown as “Restricted cash” under current assets that as of December 31, 2009, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 amounted to nil, nil and $732, respectively, in the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position. The relevant loan facility was fully repaid during March 2008.

2.8
Trade Accounts Receivable, net:   The amount shown as trade accounts receivable at each financial position date includes estimated recoveries from charterers for hire and freight and demurrage billings, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Trade accounts receivable are measured at amortized cost less impairment losses, which are recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. At each financial position date, all potentially uncollectible accounts are assessed individually for the purpose of determining the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts. There is no provision for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.

2.9
Inventories: Inventories consist of lubricants and gas cylinders and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The cost is determined by the first-in, first-out method.

2.10
Vessels, net: Vessels are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Vessel cost consists of the contract price for the vessel and any material expenses incurred upon acquisition (initial repairs, improvements and delivery expenses, interest and on-site supervision costs incurred during the construction periods).   Any seller’s credit, i.e., amounts received from the seller of the vessels until date of delivery, is deducted from the cost of the vessel. Subsequent expenditures for conversions and major improvements are also capitalized when the recognition criteria are met. Otherwise these amounts are charged to expenses as incurred. When the Group acquires a vessel with a time charter agreement assumed, the cost of acquisition is allocated between the individual assets and/or liabilities assumed based on their relative fair values at the time of acquisition. The time charter agreement assumed can be assigned a positive value (asset) or a negative value (deferred revenue) or zero value. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, no vessels were purchased with a time charter agreement attached.

 
F-15

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

2
Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

2.11
Deferred Drydocking Costs: Vessels are required to be drydocked for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the vessels are operating. Drydockings occur approximately every 2.5 years. The costs associated with the drydockings are capitalized and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the period between drydockings, to a maximum of 2.5 years.   At the date of acquisition of a secondhand vessel, management estimates the component of the cost that corresponds to the economic benefit to be derived until the first scheduled drydocking of the vessel under the ownership of the Group, and this component is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the remaining period through the estimated drydocking date.

2.12
Depreciation:   The cost of each of the Group’s vessels is depreciated on a straight-line basis over each vessel’s remaining useful economic life, after considering the estimated salvage value of each vessel, beginning when the vessel is ready for its intended use. Management estimates that the useful life of new vessels is 25 years, which is consistent with industry practice. The salvage value of a vessel is the product of its lightweight tonnage and estimated scrap value per lightweight ton.

2.13
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that a vessel may be impaired. The vessel’s recoverable amount is estimated when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. If such indication exists and where the carrying value exceeds the estimated recoverable amounts, the vessel is written down to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use. In assessing value-in-use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the vessel. Impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. In that case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. After such a reversal, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life.

2.14
Long-Term Debt: Long-term debt is initially recognized at the fair value of the consideration received net of financing costs directly attributable to the borrowing. After initial recognition, long-term debt is subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any financing costs and any discount or premium on settlement. Gains and losses are recognized in net profit or loss when the liabilities are derecognized or impaired, as well as through the amortization process.

2.15
Financing Costs: Fees incurred for obtaining new loans or refinancing existing loans are deferred and amortized over the life of the related debt, using the effective interest rate method. Any unamortized balance of costs relating to loans repaid or refinanced is expensed in the period the repayment or refinancing is made.

2.16
Borrowing Costs: Borrowing costs are expensed to the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as incurred except borrowing costs that relate to a qualifying asset. A qualifying asset is an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use. Borrowing costs that relate to qualifying assets are capitalized. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Group had no qualifying assets.

 
F-16

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

2
Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

2.17
Operating Segment: The Group reports financial information and evaluates its operations by charter revenues and not by length of ship employment for its customers, i.e., spot or time charters. The Group does not use discrete financial information to evaluate the operating results for each such type of charter. Although revenue can be identified for these types of charters, management cannot and does not identify expenses, profitability or other financial information for these charters.

As a result, management, including the chief operating decision maker, reviews operating results solely by revenue per day and operating results of the fleet and thus the Group has determined that it operates under one operating segment. Furthermore, when the Group charters a vessel to a charterer, the charterer is free to trade the vessel worldwide and, as a result, the disclosure of geographical information is impracticable.

2.18
Provisions and Contingencies: Provisions are recognized when (i) the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, (2) it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and (3) a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made. Provisions are reviewed at each financial position date and adjusted to reflect the present value of the expenditure expected to be required to settle the obligation. Contingent liabilities are not recognized in the financial statements but are disclosed unless the possibility of an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits is remote, in which case there is no disclosure. Contingent assets are not recognized in the financial statements but are disclosed when an inflow of economic benefits is probable.

2.19
Pension and Retirement Benefit Obligations: The crew on board the Group’s vessels is under short-term contracts (usually up to nine months) and, accordingly, no one is liable for any pension or post retirement benefits payable to the crew.

Provision for Employees’ Severance Compensation: The Greek employees of the Group are bound by the Greek Labour law. Accordingly, compensation is payable to such employees upon dismissal or retirement. The amount of compensation is based on the number of years of service and the amount of remuneration at the date of dismissal or retirement. If the employees remain in the employment of the Group until normal retirement age, they are entitled to retirement compensation which is equal to 40% of the compensation amount that would be payable if they were dismissed at that time. The number of employees that will remain with the Group until retirement age is not known.

The Group has provided for the employees’ retirement compensation liability, amounting to $43 as of December 31, 2009 (2008: $30), calculated by using the Projected Unit Credit Method and disclosed under non-current liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position.

2.20
Offsetting of Financial Assets and Liabilities: Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is presented in the consolidated financial position only when the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and intend either to settle such asset and liability on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

2.21
Derecognition of Financial Assets and Liabilities:

(i)
Financial assets: A financial asset, or where applicable a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets, is derecognized where:

 
·
the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired;

 
·
the Group retains the right to receive cash flows from the asset, but has assumed an obligation to pay them in full without material delay to a third party under a “pass-through” arrangement; or

 
F-17

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

2
Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

2.21 
Derecognition of Financial Assets and Liabilities (continued):

 
·
the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset and either (a) has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the assets, or (b) has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset.

Where the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from an asset and has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset nor transferred control of the asset, the asset is recognized to the extent of the Group continuing involvement in the asset. Continuing involvement that takes the form of a guarantee over the transferred asset is measured at the lower of the original carrying amount of the asset and the maximum amount of consideration that the Group could be required to repay.

(ii)
Financial liabilities: A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged, is cancelled or expires. Where an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability, and the difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognized in profit or loss.

2.22
Leases – where the Group is the lessee: Leases where a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

2.23
Leases – where a Group entity is the lessor: Leases of vessels where the Group does not transfer substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the vessel are classified as operating leases. Lease income on operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Contingent rents are recognized as revenue in the period in which they are earned.

2.24
Insurance: The Group recognizes insurance claim recoveries for insured losses incurred on damage to vessels. Insurance claim recoveries are recorded, net of any deductible amounts, at the time the Group’s vessels suffer insured damages. They include the recoveries from the insurance companies for the claims, provided there is evidence the amounts are virtually certain to be received.

2.25
Share Based Compensation: The Group operates an equity-settled, share-based compensation plan. The value of the service received in exchange of the grant of shares is recognized as an expense. The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the fair value of the share awards at the grant date. The relevant expense is recognized in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, with a corresponding impact in equity.

2.26
Share Capital : Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are recognized in equity as a deduction from the proceeds.

2.27
Dividends : Dividends to shareholders are recognized in the period in which the dividends are declared and appropriately authorized and are accounted for as dividends payable until paid.

2.28
Derivative Financial Instruments at Fair Value through profit and loss: Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recognized immediately in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 
F-18

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

2.29
Non-current assets held for sale: Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. If the carrying amount exceeds fair value less costs to sell, the Group recognizes a loss under impairment loss in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset or disposal group is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a complete sale within one year from the date of classification. Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets once classified as held for sale are not depreciated or amortized.

3. 
Cash and Bank Balances and Bank Deposits

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of financial position, cash and bank balances and bank deposits were comprised of the following:

   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Cash on hand
  $ 8     $ 9  
Bank balances
    1,315       939  
Bank deposits
    57,834       64,394  
Total
  $ 59,157     $ 65,342  

Cash held in banks earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Bank deposits are made for varying periods of between one day and three months, depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest at the respective bank deposit rates. The fair value of cash and bank balances and bank deposits as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $59,157 and $65,342 respectively.

On December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Group had available $36,445 and nil (note 12), respectively, of undrawn committed borrowing facilities in respect of which all conditions precedent had been met.

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Group had pledged a part of its bank deposits in order to fulfill collateral requirements. Refer to note 12 for further details.

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flow, the following reconciliation with cash and cash equivalents as of December 31 is provided:

   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Cash and bank balances and bank deposits
  $ 59,157     $ 65,342  
Less: Restricted cash
    -       -  
Less: bank deposits with maturity of three months or more
    -       (10,000 )
Less: pledged bank deposits (note 12)
    (6,000 )     (21,400 )
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 53,157     $ 33,942  
 
 
F-19

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

4. 
Transactions with Related Parties

The Group is controlled by Firment Trading Limited (incorporated in Cyprus) which, as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, owned 61.8%, 62.3% and 62%, respectively, of the Company’s shares. The remaining percentage of the shares is widely held. The ultimate controlling party of the Group is Mr. George Feidakis. The following are the major transactions, which have been entered into with related parties during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:

On August 20, 2006, the Manager entered into a rental agreement for 350 square meters of office space for its operations within a building owned by Cyberonica S.A. (a company related through common control). Rental expense is Euro 14 ($20) per month up to August 20, 2009. The rental agreement provides for an annual increase in rent of 2% above the rate of inflation as set by the Bank of Greece. The duration of the rental agreement is for 9 years and can be terminated by the Group with 6 months notice. During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, rent expense was $239, $242 and $214, respectively.

On September 1, 2006, the Manager entered into an agreement with Eolos Shipmanagement S.A. (“Eolos”) a company related through common control. The agreement provided for a fee of $100 per month for services rendered in connection with the management of dry bulk vessels. The amount of the service fee was unaffected by the number of vessels and timing of delivery or sale of any such vessels. During the year ended December 31, 2007, an amount of $204 was included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the fee payable to Eolos. The agreement was terminated on March 31, 2007 and there was no balance outstanding as of that date.

In November 2009, the Group entered into memoranda of agreement for the sale of m/v Sea Globe and m/v Coral Globe for an aggregate price of $34,000. North South Maritime Ltd offered brokerage services on the aforementioned agreements. The Managing director of North South Maritime Ltd was a non-executive director of the Company’s board of directors as of December 31, 2009.   Upon completion of the sale that took place in February 2010 (note 26), the related party company received brokerage commission fees of 2.5% on the total sale price, which was $850.

Compensation of Key Management Personnel of the Group:

In May 2007, the Company agreed to pay its three non-executive directors a total of Pound Sterling (“GBP”) 90 ($143) cash in total. The Company also agreed to issue an aggregate amount of GBP24 (US$38) quarterly to two of the non-executive directors in ordinary shares of the Company per annum, less any tax and/or National Insurance contributions payable, from the date the Company was admitted to the AIM in arrears. The relevant number of shares is calculated based on the Company’s share price published in the Financial Times on the date of issue. During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, total compensation to the Company’s non-executive directors amounted to $181, $202 and $133, respectively.

Compensation to the Company’s executive directors is analyzed as follows:

   
For the year ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Executive directors’ remuneration
  $ 849     $ 752     $ 792  
Executive directors employer’s contributions
    33       30       43  
Share-based payments (note 13)
    307       726       273  
Other benefits
    8       34       19  
Total
  $ 1,197     $ 1,542     $ 1,127  
 
 
F-20

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

5. 
Vessels, net

The amounts in the consolidated statement of financial position are analyzed as follows:

Vessels Cost
 
Cost
   
Accumulated
Depreciation
   
Net Book Value
 
Balance as of December 31, 2007
  $ 283,455     $ (11,449 )   $ 272,006  
Vessel improvements
    307       -       307  
Vessel disposals (note 20)
    (24,817 )     3,319       (21,498 )
Impairment loss
    -       (20,224 )     (20,224 )
Depreciation for the year
    -       (17,390 )     (17,390 )
Balance as of December 31, 2008
    258,945       (45,744 )     213,201  
Vessel disposals (note 20)
    (63,032 )     14,545       (48,487 )
Impairment loss
    -       (28,429 )     (28,429 )
Depreciation for the year
    -       (11,172 )     (11,172 )
Vessels held for sale
    (42,761 )     10,404       (32,357 )
Balance as of December 31, 2009
  $ 153,152     $ (60,396 )   $ 92,756  

Drydocking Cost
 
Cost
   
Accumulated
Depreciation
   
Net Book
Value
 
Balance as of December 31, 2007
  $ 2,880     $ (1,166 )   $ 1,714  
Drydocking additions
    2,823       -       2,823  
Disposals (note 20)
    (406 )     247       (159 )
Depreciation for the year
    -       (1,572 )     (1,572 )
Balance as of December 31, 2008
    5,297       (2,491 )     2,806  
Drydocking additions
    1,135       -       1,135  
Disposals (note 20)
    (3,104 )     1,758       (1,346 )
Depreciation for the year
    -       (1,512 )     (1,512 )
Drydocking costs on vessels held for sale
    (1,947 )     1,274       (673 )
Balance as of December 31, 2009
    1,381       (971 )     410  
Vessels net book value as of December 31, 2008
    264,242       (48,235 )     216,007  
Vessels net book value as of December 31, 2009
  $ 154,533     $ (61,367 )   $ 93,166  

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, depreciation comprises the following:

   
For the year ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Depreciation on vessels cost
  $ 11,172     $ 17,390     $ 10,180  
Depreciation on office furniture and equipment
    32       17       32  
Total
  $ 11,204     $ 17,407     $ 10,212  
 
 
F-21

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

5. 
Vessels, net (continued)
 
During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Group took delivery of four vessels, the m/v Gulf Globe , for a purchase price of $24.8 million; the m/v Island Globe , for a purchase price of $37.9 million; the m/v Tiara Globe for a purchase price of $66.8 million; and the m/v River Globe , a newbuilding, for a purchase price of $57 million. The vessels were delivered charter free. The Group estimated, as of the date of acquisition of the three secondhand vessels, the m/v Gulf Globe , m/v Island Globe and m/v Tiara Globe , an aggregate amount of $64, $190 and $65, respectively, representing the component of the cost of the purchase price of the vessels that related to the economic benefits derived from the vessel’s previous drydocking. These amounts were included in drydocking cost. Upon entering into the purchase agreements for m/v Gulf Globe and m/v Island Globe , the Company agreed with the sellers that, from a pre-agreed date, a seller’s credit would accrue daily until the date of delivery of the vessel. This credit was in proportion to the hire earned by the vessel up to the date of delivery and was received shortly after delivery. The seller’s credit has been accounted for as a reduction of the vessels cost.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Group sold the m/v Ocean Globe for a selling price of $37,000 (note 20). The vessel was delivered on November 12, 2008.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Group sold and delivered to their new owners the m/v Island Globe , m/v Gulf Globe and m/v Lake Globe for a selling price of $19,100, $15,500 and $16,500, respectively. These vessels were measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell, once the conditions described in note 2.29 were satisfied. In this respect, the Group recognized an impairment loss of $22,325.
 
During November 2009, the Group entered into memoranda of agreement for the sale of the m/v Sea Globe and m/v Coral Globe for a selling price of $17,500 and $16,500, respectively. The conditions described in Note 2.29 were satisfied and the vessels were classified as held for sale and measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less cost to sale. The Group recognized an impairment loss of $6,104. Both vessels were delivered to their new owners in February 2010 (note 26).
 
The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that its vessels may be impaired. The vessels’ recoverable amount is estimated when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. If such indication exists and where the carrying value exceeds the estimated recoverable amounts, the vessel is written down to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use. In assessing value-in-use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the vessel. Impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Since mid-August 2008, the charter rates in the dry bulk charter market have declined significantly and dry bulk vessel values have also declined both as a result of a slowdown in the availability of global credit and the significant deterioration in charter rates, which are conditions that the Group considered indicators of impairment as of December 31, 2008.
 
Discounted future cash flows for each vessel were determined and compared to the vessel’s carrying value. The projected net discounted future cash flows were determined by considering an estimate daily time charter equivalent (based on the most recent blended (for modern and older vessels) average historical one-year time charter rates available for each type of vessel) over the remaining estimated life of each vessel, net of brokerage commissions, expected outflows for scheduled vessels maintenance and vessel operating expenses assuming an average annual inflation rate of 4%. Historical ten-year blended average one-year time charter rates used in the impairment test exercise were in line with the overall chartering strategy, especially in periods/years of depressed charter rates, reflecting the full operating history of vessels of the same type and particulars with the Group’s operating fleet (Handymax and Panamax vessels with deadweight (“dwt”) over 40,000 and 70,000, respectively) and they covered at least a full business cycle. The average annual inflation rate applied on vessels’ maintenance and operating costs approximated current projections for global inflation rate for the remaining useful life of the Group’s vessels. Effective fleet utilization was assumed at 90%, taking into account the period(s) each vessel is expected to undergo scheduled maintenance (drydocking and special surveys), as well as an estimate of the period(s) needed for finding suitable employment and off-hire for reasons other than scheduled maintenance, which are assumptions in line with the Group’s expectations for future fleet utilization under the current fleet deployment strategy. The Company concluded that the recoverable amount for two of the vessels namely, the m/v Tiara Globe and m/v River Globe , was lower than their carrying values. Subsequently, the Group recognized an impairment loss of $20,224 in 2008. As of December 31, 2009, none of the aforementioned assumptions have changed significantly and no indication for impairment existed.

 
F-22

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)
 
6. 
Inventories

Inventories in the consolidated statement of financial position are analyzed as follows:

   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Lubricants
  $ 314     $ 502  
Gas cylinders
    41       63  
Total
  $ 355     $ 565  

7. 
Prepayments and Other Assets

Prepayments and other assets in the consolidated statement of financial position are analyzed as follows:

   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Insurance claims
  $ 26     $ -  
Interest receivable
    106       298  
Bunkers prepaid
    1,155       988  
Other prepayments
    201       348  
Total
  $ 1,488     $ 1,634  

8.
Trade Accounts Payable

Trade accounts payable in the consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, amounted to $1,158 and $2,212, respectively. Trade accounts payable are non-interest bearing and are normally settled on 60-day terms.

9. 
Accrued Liabilities and Other Payables

Accrued liabilities and other payables in the consolidated statement of financial position are analyzed as follows:
   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Accrued interest
  $ 161     $ 153  
Accrued audit fees
    80       52  
Other accruals
    739       334  
Other payables
    115       168  
Total
  $ 1,095     $ 707  

 
Ø
Interest is normally settled quarterly throughout the year.

 
Ø
Other payables are non-interest bearing and are normally settled on monthly terms.

 
F-23

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

10. 
Share Capital and Share Premium

The share capital of the Company consisted of the following:

   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
USD
   
USD
 
Authorized
           
100,000,000 Ordinary Shares of $0.001 each
    100,000       100,000  
25,000,000 Ordinary Shares of $0.004 each post-reverse split (note 26)
    100,000       100,000  

Ordinary shares issued and fully paid
 
Number of
shares
   
Number of
shares post
reverse
split (note
26)
   
GBP
   
USD
 
At January 1, 2007
    7,333             7,333       -  
Issued on March 23, 2007 and on May 7, 2007 for cash
    402             402       -  
Issued on March 21, 2007 in exchange of non-controlling interests (note14)
    2,342             2,342       -  
Total share capital at May 14, 2007
    10,077             10,077       -  
                               
Conversion and subdivision of share capital on May 14, 2007
    20,174,154       5,043,539       -       20,174  
Issued on June 1, 2007 for cash on its initial public offering
    8,423,333       2,105,833       -       8,423  
Issued during the year as part of share based compensation (note 13)
    38,666       9,667       -       39  
As of December 31, 2007
    28,636,153       7,159,039       -       28,636  
Issued during the year as part of share based compensation (note 13)
    29,297       7,324       -       29  
As of December 31, 2008
    28,665,450       7,166,363       -       28,665  
Issued during the year as part of share based compensation (note 13)
    290,722       72,680       -       291  
As of December 31, 2009
    28,956,172       7,239,043       -       28,956  

The Company was incorporated with an authorized share capital of GBP10,000 divided into 10,000 ordinary shares of GBP1 each.

As of December 31, 2006, the Company had issued 7,333 ordinary shares.

On March 23, 2007, the Company issued 2,342 ordinary shares that were exchanged for the non-controlling interest shares in Adagio Marine S.A. and Abrosa Shipping Inc., as described in note 14 below. In addition, the Company issued another 325 ordinary shares at par value to Firment Trading Limited.

By a shareholders’ resolution dated May 7, 2007, the Company increased its authorized share capital to GBP10,077 by the creation of an additional 77 ordinary shares of GBP1 each. Following this increase, the Company’s authorized and issued share capital was GBP10,077 divided into 10,077 ordinary shares of GBP1 each.

By a shareholders’ resolution dated May 14, 2007, the Company converted its authorized and issued share capital from Pounds Sterling to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of GBP1=US$2.002 and divided the authorized share capital into ordinary shares of $0.001 each. Following this conversion and sub-division, the Company’s authorized share capital was $20,174.15 divided into 20,174,154 ordinary shares of $0.001 each (equivalent to 5,043,539 ordinary shares of $0.004 each post 2010 reverse split).

 
F-24

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

10. 
Share Capital and Share Premium (continued)

By a shareholders’ resolution also dated May 14, 2007, the Company increased its authorized share capital to 100,000 by the creation of an additional 79,825,846 ordinary shares of $0.001 each (equivalent to 19,956,461 ordinary shares of $0.004 each post 2010 reverse split). Following this conversion and sub-division, the Company’s authorized share capital was $100,000 divided into 100,000,000 ordinary shares of $0.001 each (equivalent to 25,000,000 ordinary shares of $0.004 each post 2010 reverse split).

On June 1, 2007, the Company consummated its initial public offering in the United Kingdom of 8,423,333 (equivalent to 2,105,833 post 2010 reverse split) ordinary shares at an offering price of $5.9391 per share (GBP3). The net proceeds of the offering after expenses were $46,578.

During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company issued 290,722, 29,297 and 38,666, respectively (equivalent to 72,680, 7,324 and 9,667, respectively, post 2010 reverse split), ordinary shares as share-based payments (note 13).

Share premium includes the contribution by the Group’s shareholders to the acquisition of the Group’s vessels. Firment Trading Limited contributed $1,275 in connection with the purchase of the m/v Gulf Globe and $300 in connection with the advance payment for the purchase of the m/v Island Globe . Another party, related through common control, contributed $4,000 to the purchase price of the m/v Gulf Globe . Additionally, share premium includes the effects of the acquisition of non-controlling interests, the effects of the Company’s initial public offering and the effects of the share-based payments described in note 13. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company’s share premium amounted to $88,516, $87,600 and $87,411, respectively.

11. 
(Loss)/ Earnings per Share

Basic (loss)/ earnings per share are calculated by dividing the (loss)/ profit for the year attributable to the Company’s shareholders by the weighted average number of shares issued, paid and outstanding.

Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net (loss)/ profit attributable to ordinary equityholders of the parent by the weighted average shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on the conversion of all the dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares.

The following reflects the (loss)/ profit and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

   
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Net (loss)/profit attributable to ordinary equityholders
  $ (10,079 )   $ 42,818     $ 11,210  
Weighted average number of shares prior to the share reverse split (note 26)
    28,769,477       28,650,255       23,785,402  
Weighted average number of shares after the share reverse split (note 26)
    7,192,369       7,162,564       5,946,350  
                         
Effect of dilution:
                       
Effect of shares awarded treated as options (note 13)
    -       256,812       -  
Weighted average number of shares adjusted for the effect of dilution
    7,192,369       7,419,375       5,946,350  
 
 
F-25

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

12. 
Long-Term Debt, net

Long-term debt in the consolidated statement of financial position is analyzed as follows:

 
Borrower
 
Loan Balance
   
Unamortized Debt
Discount
   
Total
Borrowings
 
(a)
Globus Maritime Limited
  $ 43,555     $ (295 )   $ 43,260  
(b)
Globus Maritime Limited
    27,007       (192 )     26,815  
                           
 
Total as of December 31, 2009
    70,562       (487 )     70,075  
 
Less: Current Portion
    34,157       (257 )     33,900  
 
Long-Term Portion
    36,405       (230 )     36,175  
                           
 
Total as of December 31, 2008
    157,600       (617 )     156,983  
 
Less: Current Portion
    77,600       (322 )     77,278  
 
Long-Term Portion
  $ 80,000     $ (295 )   $ 79,705  

(a)
In November 2007, the Company entered into a secured reducing revolving credit facility for $120,000 with a bank in order to: (i) refinance the existing indebtedness on the m/v Island Globe , (ii) finance part of the purchase price of the m/v Tiara Globe and the m/v River Globe , and (iii) provide general working capital to the Group.

The $120,000 facility is in the name of the Company as borrower and, at the time of execution, was guaranteed by the vessel-owning subsidiaries of the m/v Island Globe , m/v Tiara Globe and m/v River Globe collateralized by first preferred mortgages over their vessels.

This reducing revolving credit facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 0.95% per annum if the aggregate market value of the mortgaged vessels is less than 200% of the outstanding balance of the credit facility, and 0.75% per annum if their market value exceeds 200% of the outstanding balance.

On September 2, 2009, following the sale of the m/v Island Globe , the Company repaid $18,500. The outstanding balance as of December 31, 2009, was $43,555 (2008: $95,000).

Following the sale of the m/v Island Globe in September 2009, the facility was secured as follows:

 
Ø
First preferred mortgage over the m/v Tiara Globe and m/v River Globe .

 
Ø
Guarantees from the owning companies of these vessels.

 
Ø
First preferred assignment of all insurances and earnings of the mortgaged vessels.

 
Ø
General pledge of earnings account or any other accounts to be held with the lender.

Committed undrawn amounts under this credit facility

As of December 31, 2009, under this credit facility, the Group had available a total of $36,445 (2008: nil) of committed undrawn amounts, in two tranches, for financing further vessel acquisitions.

Tranche 1, in the amount of $20,000, had a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum while undrawn. This tranche was available to be drawn in one or multiple drawings, until the maturity of the credit facility in November 28, 2015, in order to finance one or more vessel acquisitions under the following conditions: (i) the vessel(s) to be acquired must not be smaller than Handysize type (10,000 – 39,999 dwt) dry bulk vessels and must not be older than 10 years at the time of the time of the granting of each security, and the bank would be granted security over the vessel(s) in its favor (including a mortgage over the vessel(s), guarantees from the owning company(ies) and assignment(s) of insurances and earnings) and (ii) the market value(s) of the vessel(s) acquired would be no less than 125% of the amount(s) drawn.

 
F-26

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

12.
Long-Term Debt, net (continued)

Tranche 2 in the amount of $16,445 had a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum while undrawn. This tranche was available to be drawn in one or multiple drawings, but the maximum amount that could be drawn would be reduced every six months (in May and November) by twelve equal reductions of $925 each followed by a balloon reduction of $5,345 in November 2015, being the final maturity of the credit facility. Funds were to be used in order to finance one or more vessel acquisitions under the following conditions: (i) the vessel(s) to be acquired must not be smaller than Handymax type (40,000 – 59,999 dwt) dry bulk vessel and must not be older than 10 years at the time of the granting of each security, and the bank would be granted security over the vessel(s) in its favor (including a mortgage over the vessel(s), guarantees from the owning company(ies) and assignment(s) of insurances and earnings) and (ii) the market value(s) of the vessel(s) acquired would be no less than 166.67% of the amount(s) drawn. During May 2010, tranche 2 was reduced to $15,520. The Company drew the total amount available under both tranches, $35,520, and used the proceeds to finance the acquisitions of the m/v Sky Globe and m/v Star Globe (note 26). The credit facility is fully drawn and no amounts are available for further drawing.

The credit facility contains various covenants, including, among others, restrictions (a) that prohibit changes in management and ownership of the mortgaged vessel without prior written consent of the lender, (b) that prohibit the incurrence of additional indebtedness other than in the normal course of business without the prior written consent of the lender, (c) relating to mortgaging the vessel, (d) that prohibit payment of dividends in excess of 75% of the net income of the preceding financial year without the bank’s prior consent, (e) that set forth minimum requirements for the vessels’ market value and insured value in relation to the outstanding balance, and (f) that set forth the requirement to maintain at the end of each accounting period and all other times during the security period, consolidated cash and bank balances and bank deposits of at least $10,000. The global economic conditions during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year 2008, including the significant disruptions in global trade and the slowdown in the availability of credit, had broad effects on the industry. Since mid-August 2008, the spot and time charter rates in the dry bulk market fell significantly and as a result the market values of dry bulk vessels also declined. This correction of vessel values caused a breach of the relevant covenants as of December 31, 2008, for which the Company obtained a waiver from the bank through January 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2009, all breaches of covenants have been remediated.

(b)
In March 2008, the Company entered into a credit facility of up to $85,000 with a bank in order to: (i) refinance the existing indebtedness on the m/v Coral Globe , m/v Gulf Globe , m/v Lake Globe , m/v Ocean Globe , and m/v Sea Globe and (ii) provide general working capital to the Group. The Company was the borrower in the $85,000 loan and the subsidiaries owning the vessels m/v Coral Globe , m/v Gulf Globe , m/v Lake Globe , m/v Ocean Globe , and m/v Sea Globe were guarantors. The loan was secured by first preferred mortgages over such vessels. The m/v Ocean Globe was sold in November 2008. The loan bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 0.80% per annum if the ratio of the outstanding loan less cash deposits to the market value of the mortgaged vessels was less than 30% and 0.85% over LIBOR per annum at all other times. Following the sale of the m/v Gulf Globe in October 22, 2009 and of the m/v Lake Globe in November 12, 2009, an amount of $15,301 and $14,014 was repaid, respectively. The balance outstanding as of December 31, 2009, was $27,007 (2008: $62,600).

Following the sale of the m/v Gulf Globe and m/v Lake Globe , the loan was secured as follows:

 
Ø
First preferred mortgage over the m/v Coral Globe and m/v Sea Globe (the m/v Ocean Globe was sold during November 2008).
 
 
Ø
Guarantees from the owning companies of the vessels.
 
 
F-27

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

12.
Long-Term Debt, net (continued)

 
Ø
First specific assignment of time charters in excess of 12 months.
 
 
Ø
First preferred assignment of all insurances and earnings of the mortgaged vessels.
 
The loan agreement contains various covenants, including, among others, restrictions (a) that prohibit changes in management and ownership of the mortgaged vessel without prior written consent of the lender, (b) that prohibit the incurrence of additional indebtedness other than in the normal course of business without the prior written consent of the lender, (c) relating to mortgaging the vessel, (d) that prohibit payment of dividends that exceed 75% of the net income recorded for the preceding financial year without the bank’s prior consent, (e) that set forth minimum requirements for the vessel’s market value and insured value in relation to the loan’s outstanding balance, and (f) that set forth the requirement to maintain freely available cash deposits of an amount in aggregate not less than $1,000 in respect of each vessel mortgaged to this bank.

The global economic conditions during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year 2008, including the significant disruptions in global trade and the slowdown in the availability of credit, had broad effects on the industry. Since mid-August 2008, the spot and time charter rates in the dry bulk market fell significantly and as a result the market values of dry bulk vessels also declined. This correction of vessel values caused a breach of the relevant covenant as of December 31, 2008 and, as agreed with the bank, the Company pledged an amount of $21,400 in favor of the bank and included total amount outstanding as of December 31, 2008 of $62,600 in the current portion of long term borrowings. As of December 31, 2009, and following the sale of the m/v Gulf Globe ,   and m/v Lake Globe the bank agreed to release $15,400 and retained the amount of $6,000 as a pledge (note 3). Following the sale of the m/v Sea Globe and m/v Coral Globe in February 2010, the outstanding debt of $27,007 as of December 31, 2009 was fully repaid (note 26).

The contractual annual loan principal payments per bank loan anticipated to be made subsequent to December 31, 2009, were as follows:

   
Bank Loan
       
December 31 
 
(a)
   
(b)
   
Total
 
2010
  $ 7,150     $ 3,510     $ 10,660  
2011
    7,150       3,510       10,660  
2012
    7,150       3,510       10,660  
2013
    7,150       3,510       10,660  
2014
    7,150       3,510       10,660  
2015 and thereafter
    7,805       9,457       17,262  
Total
  $ 43,555     $ 27,007     $ 70,562  
 
During November 2009, the Group entered into memoranda of agreement for the sale of the m/v Sea Globe and m/v Coral Globe , which were delivered to their new owners in February 2010. The balance outstanding as of December 31, 2009, for loan (b) therefore, is classified under current portion of long-term borrowings in the consolidated statement of financial position. The outstanding amount of $27,007 was fully repaid in February 2010 (note 26).
 
The contractual annual loan principal payments to be made subsequently to December 31, 2008, were as follows:

 
F-28

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

 
12.
Long-Term Debt, net (continued)

   
Bank Loan
       
December 31,
 
(a)
   
(b)
   
Total
 
2009
  $ 15,000     $ 7,200     $ 22,200  
2010
    9,000       7,200       16,200  
2011
    9,000       7,200       16,200  
2012
    9,000       7,200       16,200  
2013
    9,000       7,200       16,200  
2014 and thereafter
    44,000       26,600       70,600  
Total
  $ 95,000     $ 62,600     $ 157,600  

13.
Share-Based Payment

Share-based payment comprise the following:

   
Year ended December 31, 2007
 
   
Ordinary
Shares
   
Ordinary Shares
post reverse split
(note 26)
   
Share
Premium
   
Retained
earnings
 
Non executive directors payment
    3,080       770       24       4  
Extra payment
    35,586       8,897       352       -  
Total
    38,666       9,667       376       4  

   
Year ended December 31, 2008
 
   
Ordinary
Shares
   
Ordinary Shares
post reverse split
(note 26)
   
Share
Premium
   
Retained
earnings
 
Non executive directors payment
    12,400       3,100       44       -  
Extra payment
    16,897       4,224       145       -  
“LTIP” accrued current year
    -       -       -       581  
Total
    29,297       7,324       189       581  

   
Year ended December 31, 2009
 
   
Ordinary
Shares
   
Ordinary Shares
post reverse split
(note 26)
   
Share
Premium
   
Retained
earnings
 
Non executive directors payment
    33,910       8,477       38       -  
Extra payment
    171,052       42,763       175       -  
“LTIP” shares issued
    85,760       21,440       703       -  
LTIP” reversal of prior year accrual
    -               -       (581 )
“LTIP” accrued current year
    -               -       17  
“LTIP” portion cancelled
    -               -       1,402  
Total
    290,722       72,680       916       838  
 
In May 2007, the Company agreed to pay two of its non-executive directors GBP12 ($22) each in ordinary shares in the Company per annum, less any tax and/or National Insurance contributions payable, quarterly in arrears. The relevant number of shares is calculated based on the Company’s share price published in the Financial Times on the date of issue. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company recognized an expense of $38, $44 and $28, respectively, in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income with a corresponding increase in equity under share capital, share premium and retained earnings.

 
F-29

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

13. 
Share-Based Payment (continued)
 
The board of directors on December 12, 2007 decided to allot 35,586 (equivalent to 8,897 post 2010 reverse split) ordinary shares of the Company to the executive directors of the Company and to various members of the personnel of the Manager as extra payment for services rendered. The Group recorded an expense of $352 equal to the fair (market) value of the shares as of December 12, 2007 (the grant date), which amount is included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income with a corresponding increase in equity, under share capital and share premium. All shares were issued as of December 31, 2007.

The remuneration committee on April 15, 2008 decided to allot 16,897 (equivalent to 4,224 post 2010 reverse split) ordinary shares of the Company to the chief financial officer of the Company as an extra payment for services rendered. The Company recorded an expense of $145 equal to the fair (market) value of the shares on April 21, 2008 (the grant date), which amount is included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, under share-based payments, with a corresponding increase in equity under share capital and share premium. All shares were issued on May 1, 2008.

The remuneration committee on November 12, 2009 decided to allot 171,052 (equivalent to 42,763 post 2010 reverse spilt) ordinary shares of the Company to the chief executive officer of the Company as an extra payment for services rendered. The Company recorded an expense of $175 equal to the fair (market) value of the shares as of November 12, 2009 (the grant date), which amount is included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, under share-based payments, with a corresponding increase in equity under share capital and share premium. All shares were issued and allotted on November 19, 2009.

The remuneration committee on March 4, 2008 decided to grant a conditional award to the chief executive officer of the Company of 237,342 (equivalent to 59,335 post 2010 reverse split) ordinary shares of the Company under the Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”), with the conditional right for the shares to be allotted and delivered to him in the future at nil cost.

According to the rules of the LTIP, subject to the executives continuing service, the awarded shares will vest on a daily basis over the next three years, and one third of the awarded shares will be allotted and delivered to the executive at nil cost on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date. If a cash dividend is paid during the vesting period, additional shares will be granted calculated in accordance with the rules of the LTIP.

Due to the Company paying cash dividends to shareholders after the date of grant of the conditional award to the chief executive officer of the Company (note 18), the Company added an additional 19,469 (equivalent to 4,867 post 2010 reverse split) ordinary shares to the initial grant.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded an expense of $122 (2008: $581) relating to the LTIP in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income with a corresponding increase in equity under retained earnings. On March 5, 2009, 85,760 (equivalent to 21,440 post 2010 reverse split) ordinary shares of the Company were issued and allotted to the chief executive officer of the Company pursuant to the terms of his grant. The fair (market) value as of March 4, 2008 (grant date) of the shares issued and allotted to the director on March 5, 2009 was $703. On April 21, 2009, the board of directors in agreement with the chief executive officer of the Company decided to release the unvested 171,052 (equivalent to 42,763 post 2010 reverse split) ordinary shares awarded to him under the LTIP on March 4, 2008. The Company accounted for the cancellation of the award as an acceleration of vesting, and therefore recognized immediately the amount that otherwise would have been recognized for services received over the remaining of the vesting period to March 4, 2011. The amount recognized due to the cancellation of the unvested award was $1,402 and is included in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income under share-based payments with a corresponding increase in equity under retained earnings.
 
 
F-30

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)
 
13. 
Share-Based Payment (continued)
 
The board of directors of the Company on December 10, 2009 decided to grant a conditional award of an aggregate of 575,199 (equivalent to 143,799 post 2010 reverse split) ordinary shares to all employees of the Group existing as of that date under the LTIP, with the conditional right for the shares to be allotted and delivered to them in the future at nil cost. In addition to the LTIP rules, the award was subject to (i) the employee remaining in employment on the date of vesting, and (ii) the Company’s shares being listed on Nasdaq or have raised more than $30,000 from third parties or both in the year ended December 31, 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded an expense of $17 in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income with a corresponding increase in equity under retained earnings.
 
14. 
Acquisition of Non-controlling Interests

Non-controlling interests in the equity of the consolidated subsidiaries at January 1, 2007 related to the participation in Adagio Marine S.A. by a company related through common control. As of January 1, 2007, the related party owned 67% of the share capital of Adagio Marine S.A. and the Group owned the remaining 33%. As the Company had, by virtue of an agreement with the related party, full operational control over Adagio Marine S.A. and power to appoint the board of directors of Adagio Marine S.A., the latter was consolidated in the Group’s financial statements with the capital invested by the related party and the net profit attributable to the related party disclosed as non-controlling interests.

On January 11, 2007, the related party referred to above obtained a 52% ownership in Abrosa Shipping Inc. (prior to January 11, 2007, 100% of Abrosa Shipping Inc.’s issued share capital was owned by the Company).

The Company had, by virtue of an agreement with the related party, full operational control over Abrosa Shipping Inc. and power to appoint the board of directors of this subsidiary, therefore, the latter was consolidated in the Group’s financial statements, with the capital invested by the related party and the net profit attributable to the related party disclosed as non-controlling interests.

On March 21, 2007, the non-controlling interests sold its ownership in Adagio Marine S.A. and Abrosa Shipping S.A. to a third party, Lipati Shipping Company Limited (“Lipati”). On March 22, 2007, the share certificates of Lipati in the two entities were cancelled and new share certificates in the name of the Company were issued. As a result, as of March 22, 2007, the Company was the 100% shareholder of all its subsidiaries.

On March 21, 2007, the Company issued 2,342 shares, with a nominal value of GBP1 each, to Lipati as consideration for the shares held in Adagio Marine S.A. and Abrosa Shipping S.A. As of that date, the non-controlling interests in these entities was $10,113. This transaction was effectively treated as an acquisition by the Company of the non-controlling interests with issuance of shares in the Company as consideration. The difference between the carrying value of the non-controlling interests at transaction date and the nominal value of share capital issued as consideration ($4) was accounted for in accordance with the Company’s policy for acquisition of non-controlling interests (entity concept method), i.e., reflected as an equity transaction in share premium. There was no cash flow impact as a result of the reorganization.

15. 
Voyage Expenses and Vessel Operating Expenses

Voyage expenses and vessel operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income consist of the following:

 
F-31

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

15. 
Voyage Expenses and Vessel Operating Expenses (continued)

Voyage expenses consist of:

   
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Commissions
  $ 2,717     $ 4,788     $ 1,945  
Bunkers expenses
    521       1,597       232  
Other voyage expenses
    504       289       68  
Total
  $ 3,742     $ 6,674     $ 2,245  

Vessel operating expenses consist of:

   
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Crew wages and related costs
  $ 5,268     $ 5,930     $ 3,684  
Insurance
    1,114       1,523       800  
Spares, repairs and maintenance
    1,753       2,080       1,237  
Lubricants
    949       1,174       821  
Stores
    868       1,595       886  
Other
    185       235       211  
Total
  $ 10,137     $ 12,537     $ 7,639  

16. 
Administrative Expenses

The amount shown in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income is analyzed as follows:

   
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Personnel expenses
  $ 1,556     $ 1,435     $ 843  
Audit fees
    78       96       126  
Travelling expenses
    12       44       28  
Consulting fees
    89       149       56  
Communication
    74       70       45  
Stationery
    7       14       13  
Other
    188       314       181  
Total
  $ 2,004     $ 2,122     $ 1,292  

17. 
Interest Expense and Finance Costs

The amounts in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income are analyzed as follows:

   
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Interest payable on long-term borrowings
  $ 2,669     $ 6,872     $ 5,377  
Commitment fees payable on long-term borrowings
    71       37       14  
Bank charges
    40       38       23  
Amortization of debt discount
    130       386       137  
Other finance expenses
    16       374       45  
Total
  $ 2,926     $ 7,707     $ 5,596  
 
 
F-32

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

18.
Dividends Paid

Dividends declared and paid during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:

   
GBp per
share
   
US cents
per share
   
US$000s
 
Date declared
 
Date Paid
 
Extraordinary interim dividend
    -       10.4       2,100  
May 31, 2007
 
September 24, 2007
 
Interim dividend for 2007
    1.44       2.9       817  
August 21, 2007
 
September 7, 2007
 
Final dividend for 2007
    7.31       14.5       4,154  
February 29, 2008
 
May 9, 2008
 
Interim dividend for 2008
    26.9       50.0       14,328  
August 26, 2008
 
September 18, 2008
 

19. 
Derivative Financial Instruments

   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
Assets
   
Liabilities
   
Assets
   
Liabilities
 
Interest rate swaps
    -     $ 1,220       -     $ 1,373  
Foreign exchange forward contracts
    -       10       -       -  
Total
    -     $ 1,230       -     $ 1,373  

During November 2008, the Group entered into an interest rate swap agreement of a notional amount of $10,000 effective from November 28, 2008 to November 29, 2013. For the period from November 28, 2008 to November 23, 2010, the Group will exchange 6 month LIBOR interest rate with a fixed interest rate of 2.4%. On November 23, 2010, the swap counterparty has the option to select either (a) to exchange 6 month LIBOR interest rate with a fixed interest rate of 3.6%, or (b) to exchange 6 month LIBOR interest rate with 6 month LIBOR interest rate minus 20 basis points for the remaining period to maturity. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the aforementioned interest rate swap had a fair value of $430 and $485, respectively, in favor of the swap counterparty.

During November 2008, the Group entered into an interest rate swap agreement of a notional amount of $15,000, effective from November 28, 2008 to November 28, 2013. For the period from November 28, 2008 to November 29, 2010, the Group will exchange 3 month LIBOR interest rate with a fixed interest rate of 2.45%.

On November 29, 2010, and for the remaining period to maturity, the swap counterparty has the option to select either (a) to exchange 3 month LIBOR interest rate with a fixed interest rate of 3.64%, or (b) to exchange 3 month LIBOR interest rate with 3 month LIBOR interest rate minus 20 basis points. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the aforementioned interest rate swap had a fair value of $790 and $888, respectively, in favor of the swap counterparty.

Gains and losses on interest rate swap contracts are recognized in the income statement component of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in finance costs.

20. 
(Loss)/Gain on Sale of Vessel

During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Group sold the m/v Ocean Globe for $37,000.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Group sold the m/v Island Globe , m/v Gulf Globe and m/v Lake Globe for $19,100, $15,500 and $16,500, respectively.

 
F-33

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

20. 
(Loss)/Gain on Sale of Vessel (continued)

The (loss)/gain on the sale of the vessels was calculated as follows:

   
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Proceeds (note 5)
  $ 51,100     $ 37,000       -  
Carrying amount of vessels sold (note 5)
    (49,833 )     (21,657 )     -  
Other selling expenses
    (2,069 )     (248 )     -  
Net (loss) / gain on sale
  $ (802 )   $ 15,095       -  

21. 
Contingencies

Various claims, suits and complaints, including those involving government regulations, arise in the ordinary course of the shipping business. In addition, losses may arise from disputes with charterers, environmental claims, agents and insurers and from claims with suppliers relating to the operations of the Group’s vessels. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities that are material for disclosure.

22. 
Commitments

Through December 31, 2009, the Group entered into time charter arrangements on its vessels. These non-cancellable arrangements had remaining terms between ten days to five months as of December 31, 2009, and between one to twelve months as of December 31, 2008, assuming redelivery at the earliest possible date.

The expected minimum gross future lease revenues receivable upon non-cancellable operating leases as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (vessel off-hires, drydocking days and early delivery of the vessels that could occur but are not currently known are not taken into consideration or accounted for below):

   
2009
   
2008
 
Within one year
  $ 2,925     $ 26,380  
After one year but not more than five years
    -       -  
More than five years
    -       -  
Total
  $ 2,925     $ 26,380  

These amounts include consideration for other elements of the arrangement apart from the right to use the vessel, such as maintenance and crewing and its related costs.

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Group was a party to an operating lease agreement as lessee. The operating lease relates to the office premises of the Group (expiring in August 2015).

The future minimum lease payments under this agreement as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, were as follows:

   
2009
   
2008
 
Within one year
  $ 247     $ 252  
After one year but not more than five years
    1,051       1,144  
More than five years
    185       545  
Total
  $ 1,483     $ 1,941  

Total rent expense under operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, amounted to $239, $242 and $214 respectively.

 
F-34

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

23.
Income Tax

Under Article 123A of the Income Tax (Jersey) law 1961, as amended, the Company has obtained Jersey exempt company status for the year and is therefore exempt from Jersey income tax on non Jersey source income and bank interest (by concession). A GBP600 annual exempt fee was payable by the Company. The exempt company regime no longer applies as of January 1, 2009. The general rate of corporation tax for companies resident in Jersey will be 0% from this date. Also, under the laws of the respective jurisdictions of the consolidated subsidiaries of the Group, the Group is not subject to tax on international shipping income. Instead, a tax is levied based on the tonnage of the vessels, which is included in operating expenses in the consolidated income statement.

Pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of the United States (the “Code”), U.S. source income from the international operations of ships is generally exempt from U.S. tax if the company operating the ships meets both of the following requirements: (a) the company is incorporated in a foreign country that grants an equivalent exception to corporations incorporated in the United States and (b) either (i) more than 50% of the value of the company’s stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by individuals who are “residents” of the company’s country of incorporation or of another foreign country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations incorporated in the United States (50% Ownership Test) or (ii) the company’s stock is “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market” in its country of incorporation, in another country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to United States corporations, or in the United States (Publicly-Traded Test). Under the regulations, company’s stock will be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market if (1) one or more classes of stock representing 50% or more of its outstanding shares, by voting power and value, is listed on the market and is traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year; and (2) the aggregate number of shares of stock traded during the taxable year is at least 10% of the average number of shares of the stock outstanding during the taxable year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the regulations provide, in pertinent part, that each class of the company’s stock will not be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class are owned, actually or constructively under specified stock attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the value of such class of the company’s outstanding stock.

The Group anticipates its income will continue to be exempt in the future, including U.S. federal income tax. However, in the future, the Group may not continue to satisfy certain criteria in the U.S. tax laws and as such, may become subject to the U.S. federal income tax on future U.S. source shipping income.

24. 
Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies

The Group’s financial liabilities are bank loans, trade and other payables. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is to assist in the financing of Group’s operations and the acquisition of vessels. The Group has various financial assets such as trade accounts receivable, cash and bank balances and bank deposits, which arise directly from its operations.

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are cash flow interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and foreign currency risk.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s long-term debt obligations with floating interest rates. To manage this, the Group enters into interest rate swap, in which the Group agrees to exchange, at specific intervals, the difference between fixed and variable interest rate. Interest amounts are calculated by reference to an agreed upon notional principal amount. After taking into account the effect of interest rate swaps, approximately 35% of the Group’s borrowings as of December 31, 2009 and 16% as of December 31, 2008, were at a fixed rate of interest.

 
F-35

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

24. 
Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies (continued)

Interest Rate Risk Table

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates, with all other variables held constant, of the Group’s profit. There is no impact on the Group’s equity.

   
Increase/Decrease in
basis points
   
Effect on profit
 
             
2009
           
LIBOR
    +15     $ (219 )
      -20       292  
2008
               
LIBOR
    +15     $ (257 )
      -20       343  

Foreign Currency Risk

Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates relates primarily to the Group’s operating activities.

Foreign Currency Sensitivity

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in the Euro exchange rate, with all other variables held constant, of the Group’s profit due to changes in the fair value of monetary assets and liabilities. The Group’s exposure to foreign currency changes for all other currencies as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 was not material.

   
Change in rate
   
Effect on profit
 
             
2009
    +10 %   $ 404  
      -10 %     (404 )
                 
2008
    +10 %   $ (46 )
      -10 %     46  

Credit Risk

The Group operates only with recognized, creditworthy third parties including major charterers, commodity traders and government owned entities. Receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis with the result that the Group’s exposure to impairment on trade accounts receivable is not significant. The maximum exposure is the carrying value of trade accounts receivable as indicated in the consolidated statement of financial position. With respect to the credit risk arising from other financial assets of the Group, such as cash and cash equivalents, the Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counterparties, which are recognized financial institutions. The Group performs annual evaluations of the relative credit standing of these counterparties. The exposure of these financial instruments is equal to their carrying amount as indicated in the consolidated statement of financial position.

 
F-36

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

24. 
Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies (continued)

Concentration of Credit Risk Table

The following table provides information with respect to charterers who individually accounted for more than 10% of the Group’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Cosco Bulk Carrier Co. Ltd.
    -     $ 15,756     $ 16,943  
Atlas Shipping A/S
    -       -       8,166  
STX Pan Ocean Co. Ltd.
    -       -       6,777  
D/S Norden A/S
    7,373       10,371       5,241  
Korea Line Corp.
    23,162       21,553       -  
Other
    22,277       50,917       3,833  
Total
  $ 52,812     $ 98,597     $ 40,960  
 
Liquidity Risk

The Group mitigates liquidity risk by managing cash generation by its operations and applying cash collection targets appropriately. The vessels are normally chartered under time charter agreements where, in accordance with industry practice, the charterer pays for the transportation service 15 days in advance, supporting the management of cash generation. Vessel acquisitions are carefully controlled, with authorization limits operating up to board level and cash payback periods applied as part of the investment appraisal process. This way, the Group maintains a good credit rating to facilitate fund raising. The Group’s funding strategy objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of bank loans. Excess cash used in managing liquidity is only invested in financial instruments exposed to insignificant risk of changes in market value, such as being placed on interest bearing deposits with maturities fixed at no more than 3 months. The Group monitors its risk to shortage of funds by considering the maturity of its financial liabilities and its projected cash flows from operations.

The table below summarizes the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, based on contractual undiscounted cash flows.

Year ended December 31, 2009
 
On
demand
   
Less than
3 months
   
3 to 12
months
   
1 to 5
years
   
More than
5 years
   
Total
 
Long-term debt
    -       949       10,522       56,222       5,964       73,657  
Interest rate swap, net
    -       44       615       2,340       -       2,999  
Accrued liabilities and other payables
    -       1,095       -       -       -       1,095  
Trade accounts payable
    -       1,158       -       -       -       1,158  
Total
    -     $ 3,246     $ 11,137     $ 58,562     $ 5,964     $ 78,909  

Year ended December 31, 2008
 
On
demand
   
Less than
3 months
   
3 to 12
months
   
1 to 5
years
   
More than
5 years
   
Total
 
Long-term Debt
    -       2,140       23,715       93,599       55,751       175,205  
Interest rate swap, net
    -       25       177       1,796       -       1,998  
Accrued liabilities and other payables
    -       707       -       -       -       707  
Trade accounts payable
    -       2,212       -       -       -       2,212  
Total
    -     $ 5,084     $ 23,892     $ 95,395     $ 55,751     $ 180,122  

Capital Management

The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains a strong credit rating and healthy capital ratios in order to support its business and maximize shareholder value. The Group manages its capital structure, and makes adjustments to it, in light of changes in economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue shares as well as managing the outstanding level of debt. No changes were made in the objectives, policies or processes during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.

 
F-37

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

24.
Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies (continued)

Capital Management (continued):

The Group monitors capital using the ratio of net debt to book capitalization adjusted for the market value of the Group’s vessels plus net debt. The Group includes within net debt interest bearing loans gross of unamortized debt discount, less cash and bank balances and bank deposits. Market values of the vessels are provided by independent internationally recognized firms of shipbrokers.

Adjusted book capitalization refers to total equity adjusted for the market value of the Group’s vessels plus net debt. The Group’s policy is to keep the ratio described above, below 60%

   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Interest bearing loans
  $ 70,562     $ 157,600  
Cash and bank balances and bank deposits
    (59,157 )     (65,342 )
Net debt
    11,405       92,258  
                 
Equity
    113,458       121,783  
Adjustment for the market value of vessels (charter-free)
    (36,696 )     (92,507 )
Book capitalization
    76,762       29,276  
                 
Adjusted book capitalization plus net debt
  $ 88,167     $ 121,534  
Ratio
    13 %     76 %

Net debt as calculated above is not consistent with the IFRS definition of debt. The following reconciliation is provided:

   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Debt in accordance with IFRS
  $ 70,075     $ 156,983  
Add: Unamortized debt discount
    487       617  
      70,562       157,600  
Less: Cash and bank balances and bank deposits
    (59,157 )     (65,342 )
Net debt
  $ 11,405     $ 92,258  

25.
Financial Instruments

Fair Values

Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value, while all other financial assets and financial liabilities are recorded at amortized cost which approximates fair value as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.

Fair Value Hierarchy

The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:

Level 1:
quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 
F-38

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

25.
Financial Instruments (continued)

Fair Value Hierarchy (continued):

Level 2:
other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3:
techniques that use inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Group held the following financial instruments measured at fair value:

Liabilities at fair value
 
December 31, 2009
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
Interest rate swaps
  $ 1,220       -     $ 1,220       -  
Foreign exchange forward contracts
    10       -       10       -  
Total
  $ 1,230       -     $ 1,230       -  

Liabilities at fair value
 
December 31, 2008
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
Interest rate swaps
    1,373       -       1,373       -  
Total
  $ 1,373       -     $ 1,373       -  

26. 
Events after the Reporting Date

Delivery of Vessels Sold

On February 17, 2010, the m/v Sea Globe and m/v Coral Globe were delivered to their new owners (note 5).

Debt Repayment

On February 17, 2010, following the delivery of the aforementioned vessels, the Company repaid outstanding debt of $27,007 relating to the loan in which the aforementioned vessels were used as collateral (note 12).

Vessels Acquisition

a)
On March 26, 2010, Domina Maritime Ltd and Dulac Maritime S.A. (wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company) entered into memoranda of agreement for the purchase of two dry bulk sister ships, the m/v Sky Globe and m/v Star Globe respectively, for a total purchase price of $65,650. The vessels were delivered to the Group on May 19, 2010 and May 25, 2010, respectively. The acquisition of the vessels was financed partly by the $35,520 undrawn committed borrowing facility (note 3, 12) and the remaining balance from the Group’s available cash. The credit facility with Credit Suisse was then fully drawn and no amounts were available for further drawing.

b)
On June 7, 2010, Kelty Marine Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a memorandum of agreement for the purchase of a dry bulk vessel, the m/v Jin Star , with a bareboat agreement attached at a daily rate of $14, for a purchase price of $41,112. The vessel was delivered to the Group on June 29, 2010. The acquisition of the vessel was financed partly by the issuance of new debt of $26,650 and the remaining balance from the Group’s available cash.

 
F-39

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

26. 
Events after the Reporting Date (continued)

Issuance of Debt

On June 25, 2010, the Group entered into a loan agreement with the purpose of financing part of the acquisition of the m/v Jin Star . The amount of $26,650 was drawdown on June 28, 2010, and will be repaid in twenty-eight quarterly installments of $500 each and a balloon payment of $12,650 payable together with the final installment on the final maturity date. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin as described below:

Loan amount outstanding over the market value of m/v Jin Star (“LtV”)
 
Margin
 
         
Less than 45%
    2.25 %
         
45% or greater and less than or equal to 60%
    2.40 %
         
Greater than 60% and less than or equal to 70%
    2.50 %
         
Greater than 70%
    2.75 %

Reverse Split

At the annual general shareholders meeting which took place on July 28, 2010, the shareholders of the Company approved a reverse split of four ordinary shares of $0.001 each, in the capital of the Company into one ordinary share of $0.004 each. Such reverse split occurred on July 29, 2010.

Redomiciliation

On November        , 2010, the Company redomiciled from Jersey into the Marshall Islands. Upon redomiciliation, the existence of the Company shall be deemed to have commenced on the date the Company commenced its existence in Jersey. The redomiciliation of the Company in the Marshall Islands does not affect any obligations or liabilities of the Company incurred prior to its redomiciliation, and property of every description, including rights of action and the business of the Company shall continue to be vested in the Company. The registered address of the Company in the Marshall Islands is located in Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Ajeltake Road, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc.

 
F-40

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
At June 30, 2010
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

       
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
       
2010
   
2009
 
 
 
Note
 
(Unaudited)
   
(Audited)
 
ASSETS
               
                 
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
               
Vessels, net
 
5
    196,184       93,166  
Office furniture and equipment
        22       28  
Other non-current assets
        10       10  
Total non-current assets
        196,216       93,204  
CURRENT ASSETS
                   
Cash and bank balances and bank deposits
 
3
    22,745       59,157  
Trade accounts receivable, net
        253       336  
Inventories
        416       355  
Prepayments and other assets
        958       1,488  
Total current assets
        24,372       61,336  
Non-current assets classified as held for sale
 
5
    -       33,030  
          24,372       94,366  
TOTAL ASSETS
        220,588       187,570  
                     
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
                   
                     
EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO SHAREHOLDERS OF GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
               
Share capital
 
6
    29       29  
Share premium
 
6
    88,529       88,516  
Retained earnings
        26,138       24,913  
Total equity
        114,696       113,458  
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
                   
Long-term borrowings, net of current portion
 
8
    90,785       36,175  
Provision for staff retirement indemnities
        43       43  
Total non-current liabilities
        90,828       36,218  
CURRENT LIABILITIES
                   
Current portion of long-term borrowings
 
8
    10,902       33,900  
Trade accounts payable
        935       1,158  
Accrued liabilities and other payables
        698       1,095  
Derivative financial instruments
 
9
    1,794       1,230  
Deferred revenue
        735       511  
Total current liabilities
        15,064       37,894  
TOTAL LIABILITIES
        105,892       74,112  
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
        220,588       187,570  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 
F-41

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the six months ended June 30, 2010
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except per share data)

         
(Unaudited)
 
         
Six months ended June 30,
 
   
Note
   
2010
   
2009
 
REVENUE:
                 
Time charter revenue
          11,618       26,540  
                       
EXPENSES & OTHER OPERATING INCOME:
                     
Voyage expenses
          (845 )     (2,070 )
Vessels operating expenses
          (2,638 )     (5,678 )
Depreciation
 
 5
      (2,816 )     (6,989 )
Depreciation of dry docking costs
 
 5
      (260 )     (836 )
Administrative expenses
          (1,005 )     (907 )
Administrative expenses payable to related parties
 
 4
      (518 )     (541 )
Share-based payments
 
 6
      (148 )     (1,542 )
Impairment loss
          -       (18,826 )
Gain on sale of vessel
 
 10
      7       -  
Other expenses, net
          (31 )     (20 )
                       
Operating profit/(loss) before financial activities
          3,364       (10,869 )
                       
Interest income from bank balances & deposits
          223       488  
Interest expense and finance costs
          (977 )     (1,591 )
Gain/(loss) on derivative financial instruments
 
 9
      (564 )     309  
Foreign exchange (losses)/gains, net
          (956 )     34  
Total loss from financial activities
          (2,274 )     (760 )
TOTAL PROFIT/(LOSS) FOR THE PERIOD
          1,090       (11,629 )
Other comprehensive income
          -       -  
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS) FOR THE PERIOD
          1,090       (11,629 )
                       
Attributable to:
                     
                       
Globus Maritime Limited shareholders
          1,090       (11,629 )
                       
Earnings/(loss) per share (U.S.$):
                     
                       
- Basic earnings/(loss) per share for the period
 
 7
      0.151       (1.619 )
- Diluted earning/(loss) per share for the period
 
 7
      0.151       (1.619 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 
F-42

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
For the six months ended June 30, 2010
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars, except share and per share data)

   
Common Stock
                         
               
Post reverse split
equivalent (note 14)
                         
   
Number
of Shares
   
Par
Value
   
Number
of Shares
   
Par
Value
   
Issued
Share
Capital
   
Share
Premium
   
Retained
Earnings
   
Total
Equity
 
Balance as of January 1, 2010 (audited)
    28,956,172       0.001       7,239,043       0.004       29       88,516       24,913       113,458  
Profit for the period
    -       -       -       -       -       -       1,090       1,090  
Other comprehensive income
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total comprehensive income for the period
    -       -       -       -       -       -       1,090       1,090  
Share-based payment
    7,236       0.001       1,809       0.004       -       13       135       148  
Balance as of June 30, 2010 (unaudited)
    28,963,408       0.001       7,240,852       0.004       29       88,529       26,138       114,696  

   
Common Stock
                         
               
Post reverse split
equivalent (note 14)
                         
   
Number
of Shares
   
Par
Value
   
Number
of Shares
   
Par
Value
   
Issued
Share
Capital
   
Share
Premium
   
Retained
Earnings
   
Total
Equity
 
Balance as of January 1, 2009 (audited)
    28,665,450       0.001       7,166,363       0.004       29       87,600       34,154       121,783  
Loss for the period
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (11,629 )     (11,629 )
Other comprehensive income
    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total comprehensive loss for the period
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (11,629 )     (11,629 )
Share-based payment
    102,210       0.001       25,552       0.004       -       721       821       1,542  
Balance as of June 30, 2009 (unaudited)
    28,767,660       0.001       7,191,915       0.004       29       88,321       23,346       111,696  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 
F-43

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the six months ended June 30, 2010
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

   
(Unaudited)
 
         
For the six months ended
June 30,
 
   
Note
   
2010
   
2009
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
                 
Profit/(loss) for the period
          1,090       (11,629 )
Adjustments for:
                     
Depreciation
          2,816       6,989  
Depreciation of deferred dry docking costs
          260       836  
Payment of deferred dry docking costs
          -       (312 )
Gain on sale of vessel
 
 10
      (7 )     -  
Impairment loss
          -       18,826  
Provision for staff retirement indemnity
          -       7  
Loss/(gain) on derivative financial instruments
 
 9
      564       (309 )
Interest expense and finance costs
          977       1,591  
Interest income
          (223 )     (488 )
Foreign exchange losses/(gains), net
          90       (34 )
Share-based payment
 
 6
      148       1,542  
(Increase)/Decrease in:
                     
Trade accounts receivables, net
          83       91  
Inventories
          (61 )     (46 )
Prepayments and other assets
          426       74  
Increase/(Decrease) in:
                     
Trade accounts payable
          (223 )     (136 )
Accrued liabilities and other payables
          (294 )     62  
Deferred revenue
          224       (138 )
Net cash generated from operating activities
          5,870       16,926  
                       
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
                     
Vessel acquisitions
 
 5
      (106,084 )     -  
Time deposits with maturity of three months or more
          -       10,000  
Net proceeds from sale of vessels
 
 10
      33,037       -  
Purchase of office furniture and equipment
          (3 )     (1 )
Interest received
          327       770  
Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities
          (72,723 )     10,769  
                       
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
                     
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
          62,170       -  
Repayment of long-term debt
          (30,583 )     (28,900 )
Pledged bank deposits
          5,000       3,800  
Payment of financing costs
          (200 )     -  
Interest paid
          (856 )     (1,593 )
Net cash generated from/(used in) in financing activities
          35,531       (26,693 )
                       
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
          (31,322 )     1,002  
Foreign exchange losses on cash and bank deposits
          (90 )     -  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
 
 3
      53,157       33,942  
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
 
 3
      21,745       34,944  
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 
F-44

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

1.
General Information

The interim condensed consolidated financial statements of Globus Maritime Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) include the interim condensed financial statements of the following companies:

 
Company
 
Country of
Incorporation
 
Date of
Incorporation
 
Activity
             
Globus Maritime Limited
 
Jersey
 
July 26, 2006
 
Holding Co.
             
Globus Shipmanagement Corp.
 
Marshall Islands
 
July 26, 2006
 
Management Co.
             

Globus Shipmanagement Corp. (the “Manager”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

The consolidated financial statements also include the interim condensed financial statements of the following vessel-owning subsidiaries, all wholly owned by the Company as of June 30, 2010 and 2009:

 
Company
 
Country of
Incorporation
 
Vessel Delivery
Date
 
 
Vessel Owned
             
Chantal Maritime Co. (The company was dissolved on February 19, 2010)
 
Marshall Islands
 
September 15, 2006
 
m/v Ocean Globe (sold in November 2008)
             
Sibelle Marine Inc.
 
Marshall Islands
 
September 26, 2006
 
m/v Sea Globe (Sold in February 2010)
             
Supreme Navigation Co.
 
Marshall Islands
 
November 14, 2006
 
m/v Coral Globe (Sold in February 2010)
             
Adagio Marine S.A.
 
Marshall Islands
 
December 6, 2006
 
m/v Lake Globe (sold in November 2009)
             
Abrosa Shipping Inc.
 
Marshall Islands
 
January 11, 2007
 
m/v Gulf Globe (sold in October 2009)
             
Eleanor Maritime Limited
 
Marshall Islands
 
July 9, 2007
 
m/v Island Globe (sold in September 2009)
             
Devocean Maritime Ltd.
 
Marshall Islands
 
December 18, 2007
 
m/v River Globe
             
Elysium Maritime Limited
 
Marshall Islands
 
December 18, 2007
 
m/v Tiara Globe
             
Domina Maritime Ltd.
 
Marshall Islands
 
May 19, 2010
 
m/v Sky Globe
             
Dulac Maritime S.A.
 
Marshall Islands
 
May 25, 2010
 
m/v Star Globe
             
Kelty Marine Ltd.
 
Marshall Islands
 
June 29, 2010
 
m/v Jin Star
             

The principal business of the Group is the ownership and operation of a fleet of dry bulk vessels, providing maritime services for the transportation of dry cargo products on a worldwide basis. The Group conducts its operations through its vessel-owning companies.

 
F-45

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

1.
General Information (continued)
 
On June 1, 2007, the Company concluded its initial public offering in the United Kingdom and its shares were admitted for trading on the Alternative Investment Market on the London Stock Exchange (“AIM”).

The address of the registered office of the Company is Walker House, PO Box 498, 28-34 Hill Street, St Helier, Jersey, JE4 5TF, Channel Islands. On November      , 2010, the Company redomiciled from Jersey into the Marshall Islands. Upon redomiciliation, the existence of the Company shall be deemed to have commenced on the date the Company commenced its existence in Jersey (note 14).

The operations of the vessels are managed by the Manager, a wholly owned Marshall Islands corporation. The Manager has an office in Greece, located at 128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 166 74 Glyfada, Greece and provides the commercial, technical, cash management and accounting services necessary for the operation of the fleet in exchange for a management fee. The management fee is eliminated on consolidation.

2. 
Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies
 
2.1
Basis of Preparation: The interim condensed consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2010 have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34 Interim Financial Reporting (IAS 34), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). The Company also previously prepared consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2010, in accordance with IAS 34 as endorsed by the European Union (“EU”). There are no significant differences between the Company’s consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and the Company’s consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as endorsed by the EU.

The interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all the information and disclosures required in the annual financial statements, and should be read in conjunction with the Group’s annual financial statements as of December 31, 2009.

2.2
Significant Accounting Policies:

The accounting policies were adopted in the preparation of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements, and should be read in conjunction with the Group’s annual financial statements as of December 31, 2009, except for the adoption of new standards and interpretations as of January 1, 2010, noted below:

 
·
IFRS 2 Share-based Payment: Group Cash- settled Share- based Payment Transactions (Amended). The standard has been amended to clarify the accounting for group cash-settled share-based payment transactions. This amendment also supersedes IFRIC 8 and IFRIC 11. The adoption of this amendment did not have any impact on the financial position or performance of the Group.
 
·
IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (Amended)- Eligible Hedged Items. The amendments address the designation of one-sided risk in a hedged item, and the designation of inflation as a hedged risk or portion in particular situations. The amendments had no effect on the financial position or the performance of the Group.
 
·
IFRIC 17 Distributions of Non-cash Assets to Owners. The interpretation provides guidance on accounting for arrangements whereby an entity distributes non-cash assets to shareholders either as a distribution of reserve or as dividends. The interpretation had no effect on the financial position or the performance of the Group.

 
F-46

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

2. 
Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
2.2
Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 
·
IFRS 3 Business Combinations (Revised) and IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements (Amended). The revised IFRS 3 introduces a number of changes in the accounting for business combinations, which will impact the amount of goodwill recognised, the reported results in the period that an acquisition occurs and future reported results. Such changes include the expensing of acquisition-related costs and recognising subsequent changes in fair value of contingent consideration in the profit or loss (rather than by adjusting goodwill). The amended IAS 27 requires that a change in ownership interest of a subsidiary is accounted for as an equity transaction. Therefore, such a change will have no impact on goodwill, nor will it give raise to a gain or loss. Furthermore, the amended standard changes the accounting for losses incurred by the subsidiary as well as the loss of control of a subsidiary. The interpretation had no effect on the financial position or the performance of the Group.
 
·
Improvements to IFRS (issued May 2008). All amendments issued are effective as at 31 December 2009, apart from: IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, which clarifies when a subsidiary is classified as held for sale or all its assets and liabilities are classified as held for sale, even when the entity remains a non-controlling interest after the sale transaction. The amendment is applied prospectively.
 
·
Improvements to IFRS (issued April 2009). In April 2009, the Board issued its second omnibus of amendments to its standards, primarily with a view to removing inconsistencies and clarifying wording. There are separate transitional provisions for each standard. The adoption of the following amendments resulted in changes to accounting policies but did not have any impact on the financial position or performance of the Group:
 
o
IFRS 8 Operating Segment Information
 
o
IFRS 2 Share-based Payment
 
o
IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations
 
o
IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements
 
o
IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows
 
o
IAS 38 Intangible Assets
 
o
IAS 39 Financial Instruments : Recognition and Measurement
 
o
IFRIC 9 Reassessment of Embedded Derivatives
 
o
IFRIC 16 Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation
 
o
IAS 36 Impairment of Assets

The Group has not adopted any other standard, interpretation or amendment that was issued but is not yet effective.

3. 
Cash and Bank Balances and Bank Deposits
 
For the purpose of the interim condensed consolidated statement of financial position, cash and bank balances and bank deposits were comprised the following:

   
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Cash on hand
  $ 14     $ 8  
Bank balances
    2,889       1,315  
Bank deposits
    19,842       57,834  
Total
  $ 22,745     $ 59,157  

Cash held in banks earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Bank deposits are made for varying periods of between one day and three months, depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest at the respective bank deposit rates. The fair value of cash and bank balances and bank deposits as of June 30, 2010 was US$22,745 (December 31, 2009: US$59,157).

 
F-47

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

3. 
Cash and Bank Balances and Bank Deposits (continued)
 
The Group has pledged a part of its bank deposits in order to fulfil collateral requirements.

For the purpose of the interim consolidated statement of cash flow, the following reconciliation with cash and cash equivalents is provided below:

   
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Cash and bank balances and bank deposits
  $ 22,745     $ 59,157  
Less: pledged bank deposits
    (1,000 )     (6,000 )
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 21,745     $ 53,157  

4. 
Transactions with Related Parties
 
The Group is controlled by Firment Trading Limited (incorporated in Cyprus), which owns 61.8% of the Company’s shares. The remaining 38.2% of the shares are widely held. The ultimate controlling party of the Group is Mr. George Feidakis. The following are the major transactions, which have been entered into with related parties during the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009:

Operating Lease

On August 20, 2006, the Manager entered into a rental agreement for 350 square metres of office space for its operations within a building owned by Cyberonica S.A. (a company related through common control). Rental expense is Euro 14 (US$20) per month up to August 20, 2009. The rental agreement provides for a yearly increase in rent of 2% above the rate of inflation as set by the Bank of Greece. The agreement runs for 9 years and can be terminated by the Group with 6 months notice. During the six months’ ended June 30, 2010, rent expense was US$118 (2009: US$114).

Compensation of Key Management Personnel of the Group

In May 2007, the Company agreed to pay its three non-executive directors a total of Pound Sterling (“GBP”) 90 (US$143) cash in total and additionally GBP24 (US$38) in total to two of the non-executive directors, in ordinary shares in the Company per annum, less any tax and/or National Insurance contributions payable, quarterly from the date the Company was admitted to the AIM in arrears. The relevant number of shares is to be calculated based on the Company’s share price published in the Financial Times on the date of issue. During the six months ended June 30, 2010, total compensation to the Company’s non-executive directors amounted to US$64 (2009: US$88).

Total compensation to the Company’s executive directors for the six months ended June 30, 2010 amounted to US$431 (2009: US$479)

 
F-48

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

5. 
Vessels, net
 
Vessel Cost
 
Cost
   
Accumulated
Depreciation
   
Net Book Value
 
Balance at January 1, 2010
  $ 153,152     $ (60,396 )   $ 92,756  
Vessel additions, net
    106,084       -       106,084  
Depreciation for the period
    -       (2,806 )     (2,806 )
Balance at June 30, 2010
  $ 259,236     $ (63,202 )   $ 196,034  

Dry docking Cost
 
Cost
   
Accumulated
Depreciation
   
Net Book Value
 
Balance at January 1, 2010
  $ 1,381     $ (971 )   $ 410  
Depreciation for the period
    -       (260 )     (260 )
Balance at June 30, 2010
    1,381       (1,231 )     150  
Vessel Net Book Value at January 1, 2010
    154,533       (61,367 )     93,166  
Vessel Net Book Value at June 30, 2010
  $ 260,617     $ (64,433 )   $ 196,184  

During the six months ended June 30, 2010, the Group acquired the m/v Star Globe and m/v Sky Globe for a purchase price of US$32,825 each, and the m/v Jin Star (with a bareboat charter attached) for a purchase price of US$41,112. The depreciation expense of the aforementioned vessels is expected to amount to approximately US$2,250 for the year ending December 31, 2010.

During February 2010, the m/v Sea Globe and m/v Coral Globe , which were classified as held for sale at December 31, 2009, were delivered to their new owner (note 10).

6. 
Share Capital and Share Premium
 
The share capital of the Company consisted of the following:

   
June 30,
   
June 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
USD
   
USD
 
Authorized
           
100,000,000 Ordinary Shares of $0.001 each
    100,000       100,000  
  25,000,000 Ordinary Shares of $0.004 each post reverse split (note 14)
    100,000       100,000  

Ordinary shares issued and fully paid
 
Number of
shares
   
Number of shares
post reverse split
(note 14)
   
USD
 
As of January 1, 2009
    28,665,450       7,166,363       28,665  
Issued during the period as part of share based compensation
    102,210       25,552       102  
 As of June 30, 2009
    28,767,660       7,191,915       28,767  
                         
As of January 1, 2010
    28,956,172       7,239,043       28,956  
Issued during the period as part of share based compensation
    7,236       1,809       7  
As of June 30, 2010
    28,963,408       7,240,852       28,963  
 
 
F-49

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

6. 
Share Capital and Share Premium (continued)
 
During the six months ended June 30, 2010, the Company issued 7,236 (equivalent to 1,809 post 2010 reverse split) ordinary shares as share-based payments and recorded an expense of US$11 (June 30, 2009: 102,210 (equivalent to 25,552 post 2010 reverse split) and recorded an expense of US$721). Accordingly, as of June 30, 2010, the Company’s issued share capital amounted to US$29.

At the annual general shareholders meeting which took place on July 28, 2010, the shareholders of the Company approved a reverse split of four ordinary shares of $0.001 each, in the capital of the Company into one ordinary share of $0.004 each. Such reverse split occurred on July 29, 2010 (note 14). As a consequence, authorised ordinary shares amounted to 25,000,000 of US$0.004 each and ordinary shares issued as at June 30, 2010 amounted to 7,240,852.

Share premium includes the contribution of the Group’s shareholders to the acquisition of the Group’s vessels. Firment Trading Limited contributed US$1,275 in connection with the purchase of the m/v Gulf Globe and US$0.3 in connection with the advance payment for the purchase of the m/v Island Globe . Another party, related through common control, contributed US$4,000 to the purchase price of the m/v Gulf Globe . Additionally, share premium includes the effects of the acquisition of minority interest, the effects of the Company’s initial public offering and the effects of share-based payments. Accordingly, as of June 30, 2010, the Company’s share premium amounted to US$88,529 (December 31, 2009: US$88,516).

7.
Earnings/ (Loss) per Share
 
Basic earnings/(loss) per share (“EPS”/“LPS”) are calculated by dividing the profit/(loss) for the period attributable to the Company’s shareholders by the weighted average number of shares issued, paid and outstanding.

Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent by the weighted average shares outstanding during the period plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on the conversion of all the dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares.

The following reflects the profit/(loss) and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

   
Six months ended June 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Net profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders
  $ 1,090     $ (11,629 )
Weighted average number of shares for basic EPS
    28,959,101       28,725,335  
Adjusted for the effect of reverse split that occurred on July 29, 2010:
               
Weighted average number of shares for basic EPS Adjusted (note 14)
    7,239,775       7,181,334  
Effect of dilution
    -       -  
Weighted average number of shares adjusted for the effect of dilution
    7,239,775       7,181,334  
 
 
F-50

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

8.           Long-Term Debt, net
 
Long-term debt in the interim consolidated statement of financial position is analysed as follows:
 
 
Borrower
 
Loan
Balance
   
Unamortised Debt
Discount
   
Total Borrowings
 
(a)
Globus Maritime Limited
  $ 75,500     $ (263 )   $ 75,237  
(b)
Kelty Marine Ltd.
    26,650       (200 )     26,450  
                           
 
Total as of June 30, 2010
    102,150       (463 )     101,687  
 
Less: Current Portion
    11,000       (98 )     10,902  
 
Long-Term Portion
    91,150       (365 )     90,785  
                           
 
Total as of December 31, 2009
    70,562       (487 )     70,075  
 
Less: Current Portion
    34,157       (257 )     33,900  
 
Long-Term Portion
  $ 36,405     $ (230 )   $ 36,175  

(a)
In November 2007, the Company entered into a secured reducing revolving credit facility for US$120,000 with a bank in order to: (i) refinance the then existing indebtedness on the m/v Island Globe (ii) finance part of the purchase price of the m/v Tiara Globe and m/v River Globe , and (iii) provide general working capital to the Group.

The US$120,000 facility is in the name of Globus Maritime Limited as borrower and was guaranteed by the vessel owning subsidiaries of the m/v Island Globe , m/v Tiara Globe and m/v River Globe collateralized by first preferred mortgages over their vessels. The reducing revolving credit facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 0.95% per annum if the market values of the mortgaged vessels are less than 200% of the outstanding loan balance and 0.75% per annum if the market values of the mortgaged vessels are more than 200% of the outstanding loan balance. On September 2, 2009, following the sale of the m/v Island Globe , an amount of US$18,500 was repaid. During May 2010, following the acquisition of the m/v Star Globe   and m/v Sky Globe , an amount of US$35,520 was drawn down. The balance outstanding as of June 30, 2010 was US$75,500, payable in 11 equal semi-annual installments of US$4,500 starting November 2010, as well as a balloon payment of US$26,000 due together with the 11th and final installment due in November 2015.

At the current interest rate, the Group estimates additional interest expense for the year ending December 31, 2010 of approximately US$265 as a result of the draw downs relating to the acquisition of m/v Star Globe and m/v Sky Globe .

Following the sale of the m/v Island Globe on September 2009 and the acquisition of the m/v Star Globe and m/v Sky Globe on May 2010, the loan is secured as follows:

 
·
First preferred mortgage over the m/v Tiara Globe , m/v River Globe , m/v Star Globe and m/v Sky Globe .
 
·
Guarantees from the owning companies of such vessels.
 
·
First preferred assignment of all insurances and earnings of the mortgaged vessels.
 
·
General pledge of earnings account or any other accounts to be held with the lender.

The credit facility contains various covenants, including, amongst others, restrictions as to (a) no changes in management and ownership of the mortgaged vessel without prior written consent of the lender, (b) the incurrence of additional indebtedness other than in the normal course of business without the prior written consent of the lender, (c) mortgaging the vessel, (d) payment of dividends that exceed 75% of the net income recorded for the preceding financial year without the bank’s prior consent, (e) minimum requirements for the vessels’ market value and insured value in relation to the loan’s outstanding balance, and (f) to maintain at the end of each accounting period and all other times during the security period, cash and bank balances and bank deposits of at least US$10,000.

 
F-51

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

8. 
Long-Term Debt, net (continued)
 
(b)
In June 2010, Kelty Marine Ltd. entered into a loan agreement for US$26,650 with a bank for the purpose of part financing the acquisition of the m/v Jin Star . The loan facility is in the name of Kelty Marine Ltd. as the borrower and is guaranteed by Globus Maritime Limited (“Guarantor”). The loan facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25% if the ratio of the loan outstanding to the market value of the m/v Jin Star and any additional security provided at the time being, plus any amount of minimum free liquidity maintained with the bank (Loan to Value ratio or “LtV”) is less than 45%, a margin of 2.40% if the LtV is equal to or exceeds 45% but is less than or equal to 60%, a margin of 2.50% if the LtV exceeds 60% but is less than or equal to 70% and a margin of 2.75% if the LtV exceeds 70%. The balance outstanding at June 30, 2010 was US$26,650 payable in 28 equal quarterly instalments of US$500 starting September 2010, as well as a balloon payment of US$12,650 due together with the 28th and final instalment due in June 2017.

The interest expense on the aforementioned loan, at the current applicable interest rate, is estimated to amount to approximately US$368 for the year ending December 31, 2010.

The loan is secured as follows:
 
·
First preferred mortgage over the m/v Jin Star.
 
·
Guarantees from Kelty Marine Ltd. and from the Company.
 
·
First preferred assignment of all insurances and earnings of the mortgaged vessel as well as of the bareboat charter agreement attached to the vessel.

The loan agreement contains various covenants requiring Kelty Marine Ltd. to, amongst others things, ensure that (a) Kelty Marine Ltd. does not undergo a change of control; (b) the ratio of the Company’s shareholders’ equity to total assets is not less than 25%; (c) the Guarantor must have a minimum equity of US$50 million; (d) minimum requirements for the vessel’s market value in relation to the loan’s outstanding balance; and (e) the Borrower and/or the Guarantor to maintain at the end of each accounting period and all other times during the security period, cash and bank balances and bank deposits of at least US$1,000.

(c)
In March 2008, the Company entered into a credit facility of up to US$85,000 with a bank in order to: (i) refinance the then existing indebtedness on the m/v Coral Globe , m/v Gulf Globe , m/v Lake Globe , m/v Ocean Globe , and m/v Sea Globe and (ii) to provide general working capital to the Group. The balance outstanding as of December 31, 2009 was US$27,007 and was fully repaid during February 2010 following the sale of the m/v Sea Globe and m/v Coral Globe .

9. 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
   
As at June 30,
   
As at December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
Assets
   
Liabilities
   
Assets
   
Liabilities
 
Interest rate swaps
    -     $ 1,794       -     $ 1,220  
Foreign exchange forward contracts
    -       -       -       10  
Total
    -     $ 1,794       -     $ 1,230  

During November 2008, the Group entered into an interest rate swap agreement of a notional amount of US$10,000 effective from November 28, 2008 to November 29, 2013. For the period from November 28, 2008 to November 23, 2010 the Group will exchange 6 month Libor interest rate with a fixed interest rate of 2.40%.

On November 23, 2010, the swap counterparty has the option to select either (a) to exchange 6 month Libor interest rate with a fixed interest rate of 3.60% or (b) to exchange 6 month Libor interest rate with 6 month Libor interest rate minus 20 basis points for the remaining period to maturity. As of June 30, 2010, the aforementioned interest rate swap had a fair value of US$707 (December 31, 2009: US$430) in favor of the swap counterparty.

 
F-52

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

9. 
Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)
 
During November 2008, the Group entered into an interest rate swap agreement of a notional amount of US$15,000 effective from November 28, 2008 to November 28, 2013. For the period from November 28, 2008 to November 29, 2010, the Group will exchange 3 month Libor interest rate with a fixed interest rate of 2.45%. At November 29, 2010, and for the remaining period to maturity the swap counterparty has the option to select either (a) to exchange 3 month Libor interest rate with a fixed interest rate of 3.64% or (b) to exchange 3 month Libor interest rate with 3 month Libor interest rate minus 20 basis points.

As of June 30, 2010, the aforementioned interest rate swap had a fair value of US$1,087 (December 31, 2009: US$ 790) in favor of the swap counterparty. Gains and losses on interest rate swap contracts are recognized in the income statement component of the interim consolidated statement of comprehensive income in finance costs.

10. 
Gain on Sale of Vessel
 
During the six months ended June 30, 2010, the Group sold the m/v Sea Globe and m/v Coral Globe for a selling price of US$17,500 and US$16,500 respectively. The gain on the sale of the vessels was calculated as follows:

   
For the six months ended 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Proceeds
  $ 34,000       -  
Carrying amount of vessel sold
    (33,030 )     -  
Other selling expenses
    (963 )     -  
Net gain on sale
  $ 7       -  

11. 
Contingencies
 
Various claims, suits and complaints, including those involving government regulations, arise in the ordinary course of the shipping business. In addition, losses may arise from disputes with charterers, environmental claims, agents and insurers and from claims with suppliers relating to the operations of the Group’s vessels. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities, which are material for disclosure.

12. 
Commitments
 
The Group enters into time charter arrangements on its vessels. These non-cancellable arrangements have remaining terms between two to fifty-five months as of June 30, 2010, assuming redelivery at the earliest possible date.

Future gross minimum lease revenues receivable upon non-cancellable operating leases as at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are as follows (vessel off-hires and drydocking days that could occur but are not currently known are not taken into consideration; in addition, early delivery of the vessels by the charterers is not accounted for):

   
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Within one year
  $ 20,770     $ 2,925  
After one year but not more than five years
    22,671       -  
More than five years
    -       -  
Total
  $ 43,441     $ 2,925  
 
 
F-53

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

12. 
Commitments (continued)
 
These amounts include consideration for other elements of the arrangement apart from the right to use the vessel such as maintenance and crewing and its related costs.

At June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Group was a party to an operating lease agreement as lessee. The operating lease relates to the office premises of the Group (expiring in August 2015).

The future minimum lease payments under this agreement as at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are as follows:

   
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Within one year
  $ 250     $ 247  
After one year but not more than five years
    1,064       1,051  
More than five years
    46       185  
Total
  $ 1,360     $ 1,483  

Total rent expense under operating leases for the six months ended June 30, 2010 amounted to US$118 (June 30, 2009: US$114).

13. 
Financial Instruments
 
Fair Values

Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value while all other financial assets and financial liabilities are recorded at amortised cost which approximates fair value at June 30, 2010.

Fair Value Hierarchy

As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Group held the following financial instruments measured at fair value:

The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:

Level 1:
quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 
Level 2:
other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 
Level 3:
techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.

Liabilities at fair value
 
June 30, 2010
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
Interest rate swaps
  $ 1,794       -     $ 1,794       -  
Total
  $ 1,794       -     $ 1,794       -  

Liabilities at fair value
 
December 31, 2009
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
Interest rate swaps
  $ 1,220       -     $ 1,220       -  
Foreign exchange forward contracts
    10       -       10       -  
Total
  $ 1,230       -     $ 1,230       -  
 
 
F-54

 

GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts presented in thousands of U.S. Dollars - except for share and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

14. 
Events after the Interim Reporting Date
 
Reverse split

At the annual general shareholders meeting, which took place on July 28, 2010, the shareholders of the Company approved a reverse split of four ordinary shares of $0.001 each, in the capital of the Company into one ordinary share of $0.004 each. Such reverse split occurred on July 29, 2010.

Interim Dividend Declared

By a board of directors resolution dated September 6, 2010, an interim dividend relating to the six months ended June 30, 2010 was declared. The interim dividend of 7.3 pence (GBP) per share (US$0.8 million or US$11.29 cents per share) was paid during September 2010.

Redomiciliation

On November         , 2010, the Company redomiciled from Jersey into the Marshall Islands. Upon redomiciliation, the existence of the Company shall be deemed to have commenced on the date the Company commenced its existence in Jersey. The redomiciliation of the Company in the Marshall Islands does not affect any obligations or liabilities of the Company incurred prior to its redomiciliation, and property of every description, including rights of action and the business of the Company shall continue to be vested in the Company. The registered address of the Company in the Marshall Islands is located in Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Ajeltake Road, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc.

 
F-55

 
 
No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the common shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

6,117,389 Common Shares

 

 
PROSPECTUS
 

 
Until                  , 2010 (the 25 th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
 
Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
 
The Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant provide as follows:
 
Section 7.1 Limitation of Director Liability . To the fullest extent that the BCA or any other law of the Marshall Islands as it exists or as it may hereafter be amended permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors, no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for actions taken in their capacity as director or officer of the Corporation, provided that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director for (i) any breach of such director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders, (ii) acts or omissions not undertaken in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or (iii) any transactions from which such director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Section 7.1 shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.
 
Section 7.2 Indemnification . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation, a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (the “Indemnitee”), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding unless a final and unappealable determination by a court of competent jurisdiction has been made that he or she did not act in good faith or in a manner he or she did not reasonably believe to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
 
The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of no contest, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
 
The purpose of this provision is to fully indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by Section 60 of the BCA or any successor statute.
 
Section 7.3 Expenses Payable in Advance . The right to be indemnified shall include, without limitation, the right of an Indemnitee to be paid expenses in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder.
 
The purpose of this provision is to advance funds to the fullest extent permitted by Section 60 of the BCA or any successor statute.
 
Section 7.4 Expenses of Enforcement . An Indemnitee shall also be paid reasonable costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees (including expenses) in connection with the enforcement of rights to the indemnification granted hereunder
 
Section 7.5 Non-exclusivity of Rights . The rights of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled and shall not be limited by the provisions of Section 60 of the BCA or any successor statute.
 
Section 7.6 Insurance . The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or serving in such capacity in another corporation at the request of the Corporation against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in such capacity whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability by law or under the provisions of these Articles of Incorporation.
 
Section 7.7 Other Action . The Board of Directors may take such action as it deems necessary or desirable to carry out the provisions set forth in this Article VII, including, without limitation, adopting procedures for determining and enforcing the rights guaranteed hereunder, and the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, approve and amend from time to time such bylaws, resolutions or contracts implementing such provisions or such further indemnification arrangement as may be permitted by law.

 
II-1

 

Section 7.8 Amendment or Repeal of Article VII . Neither the amendment or repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of these Articles of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce any right to indemnification afforded by this Article VII to any person with respect to his or her status or any activities in his or her official capacities prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.
 
Section 7.9 Amendment of BCA . If the BCA is amended after the date of the filing of these Articles of Incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or permitting indemnification to a fuller extent, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited, and indemnification shall be extended, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by the BCA, as so amended from time to time. No repeal or modification of this Section 7.9 by the shareholders shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing by virtue of this Section 7.9 at the time of such repeal or modification.
 
Section 60 of the Business Corporations Act of the Marshall Islands entitled “Indemnification of directors and officers” provides as follows:
 
Indemnification of directors and officers.
 
(1)         Actions not by or in right of the corporation. A corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no contest, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceedings, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
 
(2)         Actions by or in right of the corporation. A corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.
 
(3)         When director or officer successful. To the extent that a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (1) or (2) of this section, or in the defense of a claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.
 
(4)         Payment of expenses in advance. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section.
 
(5)         Indemnification pursuant to other rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 
II-2

 

(6)         Continuation of indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
 
(7)         Insurance. A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in such capacity whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this section.
 
The Registrant will also enter into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers pursuant to which it will agree to indemnify its directors and officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being such a director or officer.
 
Item 7.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
 
There were no sales of unregistered securities of the Registrant within the past three years from the date of this Registration Statement.
 
Item 8.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 
Exhibit Index
Exhibit
Number
 
Description
3.1
 
Articles of Incorporation of Globus Maritime Limited *
3.2
 
Bylaws of Globus Maritime Limited *
5.1
 
Legal opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP as to the validity of the common shares *
8.1
 
Legal opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP with respect to certain Marshall Islands tax matters *
8.2
 
Legal opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP with respect to certain U.S. tax matters *
10.1
 
Credit Facility between Credit Suisse and Global Maritime Limited, as supplemented
10.2
 
Loan Agreement between Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft and Kelty Marine Ltd.
10.3
 
Long Term Incentive Plan of Globus Maritime Limited
10.4
 
Business Opportunities Agreement between Globus Maritime Limited and Georgios Feidakis
10.5
 
Registration Rights Agreement between Globus Maritime Limited, Firment Trading Limited and Kim Holdings S.A.
21.1
 
Subsidiaries of Globus Maritime Limited
23.1
 
Consent of Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors Accountants S.A.
23.2
 
Consent of Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd
23.3
 
Consent of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP (included in Exhibits 5.1, 8.1 and 8.2) *
24.1
 
Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

* To be filed by amendment.

 
II-3

 
 
Item 9.  Undertakings.

 
1.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 
2.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 
a.
To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

 
i.
To include any Prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 
ii.
To reflect in the Prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of Prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

 
iii.
To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 
b.
That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 
c.
To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 
d.
If the registrant is a foreign private issuer, to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A. of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act need not be furnished, provided that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to registration statements on Form F-3 (17 C.F.R. 239.33), a post-effective amendment need not be filed to include financial statements and information required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act or 17 C.F.R. 210.3-19 if such financial statements and information are contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the Form F-3.

 
II-4

 

 
e.
That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C under the Securities Act, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 
f.
That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
 
(i)  Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
 
(ii)  Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
 
(iii)  The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
 
(iv)  Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 
II-5

 

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-l and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Athens, Greece on November 22, 2010.
 
Globus Maritime Limited
     
By:
/s/ Georgios Karageorgiou 
 
 
Name: Georgios Karageorgiou
 
 
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
 
 
Power of Attorney
 
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Georgios Feidakis, Georgios Karageorgiou and Elias S. Deftereos his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons on November 22, 2010 in the capacities indicated.
 
Signature
 
Title
       
/s/ Georgios Feidakis
   
Chairman and Director
Georgios Feidakis
     
       
/s/ Georgios Karageorgiou 
   
Chief Executive Officer and Director
Georgios Karageorgiou
     
       
/s/ Elias Deftereos 
   
Chief Financial Officer (principal accounting officer
Elias Deftereos
   
and principal financial officer) and Director
       
/s/ Amir Eilon 
   
Director
Amir Eilon
     
       
/s/ Jeffrey Parry 
   
Director
Jeffrey Parry
     
 
 
II-6

 

Authorized Representative
 
Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative of the Registrant in the United States, has signed this registration statement in the City of Newark, State of Delaware, on November 22, 2010.
 
By:
/ s/ Donald J. Puglisi
 
 
Name: Donald J. Puglisi
 
Title: Managing Director
 
 
II-7

 

Exhibit Index
 
Exhibit
Number
 
Description
3.1
 
Articles of Incorporation of Globus Maritime Limited *
3.2
 
Bylaws of Globus Maritime Limited *
5.1
 
Legal opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP as to the validity of the common shares *
8.1
 
Legal opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP with respect to certain Marshall Islands tax matters *
8.2
 
Legal opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP with respect to certain U.S. tax matters *
10.1
 
Credit Facility between Credit Suisse and Global Maritime Limited, as supplemented
10.2
 
Loan Agreement between Deutsche Schiffsbank Aktiengesellschaft and Kelty Marine Ltd.
10.3
 
Long Term Incentive Plan of Globus Maritime Limited
10.4
 
Business Opportunities Agreement between Globus Maritime Limited and Georgios Feidakis
10.5
 
Registration Rights Agreement between Globus Maritime Limited, Firment Trading Limited and Kim Holdings S.A.
21.1
 
Subsidiaries of Globus Maritime Limited
23.1
 
Consent of Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors Accountants S.A.
23.2
 
Consent of Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd
23.3
 
Consent of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP (included in Exhibits 5.1, 8.1 and 8.2) *
24.1
 
Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

* To be filed by amendment.
 
 
II-8

 

Exhibit 10.1

FACILITY AGREEMENT
for an up to US$120,000,000
Reducing Revolving Credit Facility
to
GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
 
provided by
CREDIT SUISSE


 
 

 

Contents
 
Clause
Page
     
1
Purpose and definitions
1
     
2
The Commitment and the Advances
12
     
3
Interest
14
     
4
Repayment, reduction and cancellation
15
     
5
Fees, commission and expenses
19
     
6
Payments and taxes; accounts and calculations
20
     
7
Representations and warranties
21
     
8
Undertakings
26
     
9
Conditions
31
     
10
Events of Default
32
     
11
Indemnities
36
     
12
Unlawfulness and increased costs
37
     
13
Security and set-off
39
     
14
Assignment, transfer and lending office
40
     
15
Notices and other matters
41
     
16
Governing law and jurisdiction
42
     
Schedule 1 Form of Drawdown Notice
44
   
Schedule 2 Documents and evidence required as conditions precedent to the Commitment being made available
45
   
Schedule 3 Form of Master Swap Agreement
54
   
Schedule 4 Form of Master Agreement Security Deed
 
   
Schedule 5 Form of Owner’s Guarantee
 
   
Schedule 6 Form of Mortgage
 
   
Schedule 7 Form of General Assignment
 
   
Schedule 8 Form of Manager’s Undertaking
 
   
Schedule 9 Form of Charter Assignment
 

 
 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated 26 November 2007 and made BETWEEN :
 
   (1)
GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED as Borrower; and
 
   (2)
CREDIT SUISSE as Bank.
 
IT IS AGREED as follows:
 
1
Purpose and definitions
 
1.1
Purpose
 
This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions upon and subject to which the Bank agrees to make available to the Borrower a reducing revolving credit facility of up to One hundred and twenty million Dollars ($120,000,000) for the purpose of:
 
 
(a)
refinancing in full the Borrower’s existing Indebtedness secured on Island Globe ;
 
 
(b)
assisting the Borrower in advancing intra-Group loans to the River Globe Owner and the Tiara Globe Owner for the acquisition by them of River Globe and Tiara Globe ,   respectively; and
 
 
(c)
providing the Borrower with general working capital.
 
1.2
Definitions
 
In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:
 
Accounting Information ” means (a) the annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Group and (b) the semi-annual unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Group, each as provided or (as the context may require) to be provided to the Bank in accordance with clause 8.1.5;
 
Accounting Period ” means (a) each financial year of the Borrower and (b) the first half-year of each financial year of the Borrower, for which Accounting Information is required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement;
 
Advance ” means each borrowing by the Borrower of a portion of the Commitment or (as the context may require) the principal amount of such borrowing for the time being outstanding and “ Advances ” means any or all of them;
 
Applicable Accounting Principles ” means generally accepted international accounting principles and practices;
 
Assignee ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 14.3;
 
Availability Period ” means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the earlier of (a) the date falling three (3) months prior to the Final Maturity Date, (b) the date on which the Commitment is reduced to zero pursuant to clauses 4.4, 10.2 or 12 and (c) the date on which the Commitment is cancelled in full pursuant to clause 4.7;
 
Available Amount ” means, at any relevant time, the amount by which the Commitment exceeds the aggregate of all Advances outstanding at such time;
 
Bank ” means Credit Suisse, a company incorporated in Switzerland with its registered office at Paradeplatz 8, 8070 Zurich, Switzerland acting for the purposes of this Agreement through its branch at St. Alban-Graben 1-3, 4002 Basel, Switzerland (or of such other address as may last have been notified to the other parties to this Agreement pursuant to clause 15.1.3) and includes its successors in title, Assignees or Transferees;

 
1

 
 
Banking Day ” means a day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are carried on in the London Interbank Eurocurrency Market and (other than Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for business in London (England), Athens (Greece), Basel (Switzerland) and New York City (U.S.A.) (or any other relevant place of payment under clause 6);
 
Borrowed Money ” means Indebtedness in respect of (i) money borrowed or raised and debit balances at banks, (ii) any bond, note, loan stock, debenture or similar debt instrument, (iii) acceptance or documentary credit facilities, (iv) receivables sold or discounted (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis), (v) deferred payments for assets or services acquired, (vi) finance leases and hire purchase contracts, (vii) swaps, forward exchange contracts, futures and other derivatives, (viii) any other transaction (including without limitation forward sale or purchase agreements) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money or of any of (ii) to (vii) above and (ix) guarantees in respect of Indebtedness of any person falling within any of (i) to (viii) above;
 
Borrower ” means Globus Maritime Limited of Walker House, 28-34 Hill Street, St. Helier, Jersey JE4 8PN and includes its successors in title;
 
Borrower’s Security Documents ” means, at any relevant time, such of the Security Documents as shall have been executed by the Borrower at such time;
 
Charter Assignment ” means, in relation to a Ship, a first priority specific assignment of any Security Charter of such Ship executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the relevant Owner in favour of the Bank in the form set out in schedule 9 and “ Charter Assignments ” means any of all of them;
 
Charterer ” means, in relation to a Security Charter, such person as shall be acceptable to the Bank which is the charterer of the relevant Ship under such Security Charter;
 
Classification ” means, in relation to a Ship, the highest class available to a vessel of that Ship’s type with the relevant Classification Society or such other classification as the Bank shall, at the request of the Owner of such Ship, has agreed in writing shall be treated as the Classification in relation to such Owner’s Ship for the purposes of the relevant Ship Security Documents;
 
Classification Society ” means, in relation to a Ship, such classification society (being a member of the International Association of Classification Societies (“IACS”)) which the Bank shall, at the request of an Owner, agree in writing shall be treated as the Classification Society in relation to such Owner’s Ship for the purposes of the relevant Ship Security Documents;
 
Code ” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention constituted pursuant to Resolution A. 741 (18) of the International Maritime Organisation and incorporated into the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974 (as amended) and includes any amendments or extensions thereto and any regulation issued pursuant thereto;
 
Commitment ” means the aggregate amount which the Bank has agreed to lend to the Borrower under clause 2.1 as reduced or cancelled by any relevant term of this Agreement;
 
Compulsory Acquisition ” means, in relation to a Ship, requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition, requisition, appropriation, expropriation, deprivation, forfeiture or confiscation for any reason of such Ship by any Government Entity or other competent authority, whether de jure or de facto, but shall exclude requisition for use or hire not involving requisition of title;
 
Confirmation ” shall have, in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction, the meaning given to it in the Master Swap Agreement;

 
2

 
 
Consolidated Cash and Cash Equivalents ” means, in respect of an Accounting Period, Liquid Assets to which any member of the Group is beneficially entitled at that time, as stated in the most recent Accounting Information relevant to such Accounting Period;
 
Consolidated Market Adjusted Net Worth ” means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the aggregate of the amounts paid-up or credited as paid-up on the Borrower’s issued share capital and the amount of the consolidated capital and revenue reserves of the Group (including any share premium account, capital redemption reserve fund and any credit balance on the consolidated profit and loss account of the Group) all as shown by the consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account of the Group contained in the Accounting Information relevant to such Accounting Period, but after:
 
 
(a)
deducting any debit balance on such consolidated profit and loss account;
 
 
(b)
deducting any amount shown in such consolidated balance sheet in respect of goodwill (including good will arising on consolidation) and other intangible assets;
 
 
(c)
deducting (so far as not otherwise excluded as attributable to minority interests) a sum equal to the aggregate of the amount by which the book value of any fixed assets of any member of the Group has been written up after 31 December 2006 (or, in the case of a company becoming a subsidiary after that date, the date on which that company became a subsidiary) by way of revaluation.  For the purposes of this paragraph (c) any increase in the book value of any fixed asset resulting from its transfer by one member of the Group to another member of the Group shall be deemed to result from a writing up of its book value by way of revaluation;
 
 
(d)
excluding amounts set aside for taxation as at the date of such balance sheet and making such adjustments as may be appropriate in respect of any significant additional taxation expected to result from transactions carried out by any member of the Group after such date and not reflected in that balance sheet;
 
 
(e)
deducting all amounts attributable to minority interests in Subsidiaries;
 
 
(f)
making such adjustments as may be appropriate in respect of any variation in the amount of such paid up share capital or any such reserves after the date of the relevant balance sheet (but so that no such adjustment shall be made in respect of any variation in profit and loss account except to the extent of any profit or loss, calculated on a cumulative basis, recorded in the consolidated profit and loss account of the Group delivered to the Bank before the date of this Agreement, or under clause 8.1.5 in respect of any subsequent period);
 
 
(g)
making such adjustments as may be appropriate in respect of any distribution declared, recommended or made by any member of the Group (otherwise than attributable directly or indirectly to the Borrower) out of profits earned up to and including the date of the latest audited balance sheet of that member of the Group to the extent that such distribution is not provided for in that balance sheet;
 
 
(h)
making such adjustments as may be appropriate in respect of any variation in the interests of the Borrower in its Subsidiaries since the date of the latest consolidated balance sheet of the Group;
 
 
(i)
if the calculation is required for the purpose of or in connection with a transaction under or in connection with which any company is to become or cease to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower, making all such adjustments as would be appropriate if that transaction had been carried into effect;
 
 
(j)
making such adjustments as may be appropriate in the opinion of the Bank in order that the above amounts are calculated in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles; and

 
3

 
 
 
(k)
making such adjustments (downwards or upwards, as the case may be) at any relevant time to take account of the difference between the book values of the Fleet Vessels and the Fleet Market Value;
 
Contract ” means:
 
 
(a) 
in relation to River Globe , the River Globe Contract; or
 
 
(b) 
in relation to Tiara Globe , the Tiara Globe Contract,
 
and “ Contracts ” means either or both of them;
 
Default ” means any Event of Default or any event or circumstance which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or the satisfaction of any other condition (or any combination thereof) would constitute an Event of Default;
 
Delivery Date ” means, in relation to a Ship (other than Island Globe ), the date on which the relevant Ship is delivered to, and accepted by, the relevant Owner under the relevant Contract;
 
Designated Transaction ” means a Transaction which is entered into by the Borrower with the Bank as contemplated by clause 2.7;
 
DOC ” means a document of compliance issued to an Operator in accordance with rule 13 of the Code;
 
Dollars ” and “ $ ” mean the lawful currency of the United States of America and, in respect of all payments to be made under any of the Security Documents, mean funds which are for same day settlement in the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or such other U.S. dollar funds as may at the relevant time be customary for the settlement of international banking transactions denominated in U.S. dollars);
 
Drawdown Date ” means, in relation to each Advance, any date, being a Banking Day falling within the Availability Period, on which an Advance is, or is to be, made available;
 
Drawdown Notice ” means, in relation to each Advance, a notice substantially in the form of schedule 1 in respect of such Advance;
 
Early Termination Date ” shall have, in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction, the meaning given to it in the Master Swap Agreement;
 
Earnings ” means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever from time to time due or payable to the Owner owning such Ship during the Security Period arising out of the use or operation of such Ship including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) all freight, hire and passage moneys, income arising under pooling arrangements, compensation payable to the Owner of such Ship in the event of the requisition of such Ship for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys and damages for breach (of payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of such Ship;
 
Encumbrance ” means any mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, trust arrangement or security interest or other encumbrance of any kind securing any obligation of any person or any type of preferential arrangement (including without limitation title transfer and/or retention arrangements) having a similar effect;
 
Environmental Affiliate ” means any agent or employee of any Security Party or any other Relevant Party or any person having a contractual relationship with a Security Party or any other Relevant Party in connection with any Relevant Ship or its operation or the carriage of cargo and/or passengers thereon and/or the provision of goods and/or services on or from such Relevant Ship;

 
4

 
 
Environmental Approval ” means any consent, authorisation, licence or approval of any governmental or public body or authorities or courts applicable to any Relevant Ship or its operation or the carriage of cargo and/or passengers thereon and/or the provision of goods and/or services on or from such Relevant Ship required under any Environmental Law;
 
Environmental Claim ” means any and all enforcement, clean-up, removal or other governmental or regulatory actions or orders instituted or completed pursuant to any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval together with claims made by any third party relating to damage, contribution, loss or injury, resulting from any actual or threatened emission, spill, release or discharge of a Pollutant from any Relevant Ship;
 
Environmental Laws ” means all national, international and state laws, rules, regulations, treaties and conventions applicable to any Relevant Ship pertaining to the pollution or protection of human health or the environment including, without limitation, the carriage of Pollutants and actual or threatened emissions, spills, releases or discharges of Pollutants;
 
Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances described in clause 10.1;
 
" Equity Ratio " means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Market Adjusted Net Worth to (b) the Total Assets, in respect of such Accounting Period;
 
Final Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (a) the date falling ninety-six (96) months after the first Drawdown Date and (b) 31 December 2015;
 
Flag State ” means, in relation to each Ship, the Marshall Islands or such other state or territory designated in writing by the Bank, at the request of an Owner, as being the “Flag   State” of such Owner’s Ship for the purposes of the relevant Ship Security Documents;
 
Fleet Market Value ” means, as of the date of calculation, the aggregate market value of the Fleet Vessels as most recently determined by the Bank pursuant to the provisions of clause 8.4.6 (at the expense of the Borrower);
 
Fleet Vessels ” means the vessels (including, but not limited to, the Ships) from time to time owned by the members of the Group and “ Fleet Vessel ” means any of them;
 
General Assignment ” means, in relation to each Ship, a general assignment executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the relevant Owner in favour of the Bank in the form set out in schedule 7 and “ General Assignments ” means any or all of them;
 
Government Entity ” means and includes (whether having a distinct legal personality or not) any national or local government authority, board, commission, department, division, organ, instrumentality, court or agency and any association, organisation or institution of which any of the foregoing is a member or to whose jurisdiction any of the foregoing is subject or in whose activities any of the foregoing is a participant;
 
Group ” means, together, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from time to time (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include the Owners and the Manager) and “ member of the Group ” shall be construed accordingly;
 
Indebtedness ” means any obligation for the payment or repayment of money, whether as principal or as surety and whether present or future, actual or contingent;
 
Initial Charter ” means:
 
 
(a)
in relation to Island Globe , the charterparty dated 10 April 2007 made between the Island Globe Owner and D/S Norden A.S. as charterer;

 
5

 


 
 
(b)
in relation to Tiara Globe , the charterparty dated 16 October 2007 made between the Tiara Globe Owner and Korealine Corporation of Seoul, Korea as charterer; or
 
 
(c)
in relation to River Globe , such charterparty of such Ship with a minimum tenor of twenty four (24) months and made between the River Globe Owner and such charterer, and otherwise on such terms, as are acceptable to the Bank in its absolute discretion,
 
and “ Initial Charters ” means any or all of them;
 
Insurances ” means, in relation to a Ship, all policies and contracts of insurance (which expression includes all entries of such Ship in a protection and indemnity or war risks association) which are from time to time during the Security Period in place or taken out or entered into by or for the benefit of the Owner of such Ship (whether in the sole name of such Owner, or in the joint names of such Owner and the Bank or otherwise) in respect of such Ship and her Earnings or otherwise howsoever in connection with such Ship and all benefits thereof (including claims of whatsoever nature and return of premiums);
 
Interest Payment Date ” means the last day of an Interest Period;
 
Interest Period ” means, in relation to an Advance, each period for the calculation of interest in respect of such Advance ascertained in accordance with clauses 3.2 and 3.3;
 
Island Globe ” means the motor vessel m.v. Island Globe , a 1995-built, 73,119 dwt bulk carrier,   registered in the ownership of the Island Globe Owner under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State under Official Number 2861;
 
Island Globe Owner ” means Eleanor Maritime Limited of Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 and includes its successors in title;
 
ISPS Code ” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code constituted pursuant to resolution A.924(22) of the International Maritime Organization now set out in Chapter XI-2 of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974 (as amended) as adopted by a Diplomatic conference of the International Maritime Organisation on Maritime Security in December 2002 and includes any amendments or extensions thereto and any regulation issued pursuant thereto;
 
ISSC ” means, in relation to a Ship, an International Ship Security Certificate issued in respect of such Ship pursuant to the ISPS Code;
 
LIBOR ” means, in relation to any amount and for any period, the offered rate (if any) for deposits of Dollars for such amount and for such period which is:
 
 
(a)
the rate for such period, appearing on Reuters page LIBOR 01 (British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates) (or such other page as may replace such page LIBOR 01 on such system or on any other system of the information vendor for the time being designated by the British Bankers’ Association to calculate the BBA Interest Settlement Rate (as defined in the British Bankers’ Association’s Recommended Terms and Conditions (“ BBAIRS ” terms), at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date; or
 
 
(b)
if on such date no such rate is displayed, the Bank’s offered rate for deposits of Dollars in an amount approximately equal to the amount in relation to which LIBOR is to be determined for a period equivalent to such period to prime banks in the London Interbank Market at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for such period;
 
Liquid Assets ” means:
 
 
(a)
cash in hand or on deposit with any bank;

 
6

 
 
 
(b)
certificates of deposit, maturing within one (1) year after the relevant date of calculation, issued by a bank; and
 
 
(c)
any other instrument, security or investment approved by the Bank;
 
Loan ” means the aggregate principal amount owing to the Bank under this Agreement at any relevant time;
 
Management Agreement ” means, in relation to each Ship, the management agreement made or (as the context may require) to be made between the relevant Owner and the Manager of that Ship in a form previously agreed in writing by the Bank, providing for (inter alia) the Manager to carry out the technical an/or commercial management of such Ship and “ Management Agreements ” means any or all of them;
 
Manager ” means, in relation to a Ship, Globus Shipmanagement Corp. of Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960, or such other person or persons as may be appointed from time to time as technical and commercial manager of such Ship with the prior written consent of the Bank and includes its successors in title;
 
Manager’s Undertaking ” means, in relation to each Ship, the undertaking and assignment in respect of that Ship executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Manager in favour of the Bank, in the form set out in schedule 8 and “ Manager’s Undertakings ” means any or all of them;
 
Margin ” means:
 
 
(a)
subject to paragraph (b) below, zero point nine five per cent (0.95%) per annum; or
 
 
(b)
for any period determined by the Bank during which the Security Value is higher than two hundred per cent (200%) of the aggregate of (i) the Loan and (ii) the Swap Exposure minus (iii) any balance then standing to the credit of Security Accounts, zero point seven five per cent (0.75%) per annum;
 
Master Agreement Security Deed ” means a security deed executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Bank in the form set out in schedule 4;
 
Master Swap Agreement ” means the agreement made or (as the context may require) to be made between the Bank and the Borrower comprising a 2002 ISDA Master Agreement (including the Schedule) in the form set out in schedule 3 and includes any Designated Transactions from time to time entered into and any Confirmations from time to time exchanged thereunder and governed thereby;
 
month ” means a period beginning in one calendar month and ending in the next calendar month on the day numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which it started, provided that (a) if the period started on the last Banking Day in a calendar month or if there is no such numerically corresponding day, it shall end on the last Banking Day in such next calendar month and (b) if such numerically corresponding day is not a Banking Day, the period shall end on the next following Banking Day in the same calendar month but if there is no such Banking Day it shall end on the preceding Banking Day and “ months ” and “ monthly ” shall be construed accordingly;
 
Mortgage ” means, in relation to each Ship, the first preferred Marshall Islands mortgage over that Ship executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the relevant Owner in favour of the Bank in the form set out in schedule 6, and “ Mortgages ” means any or all of them;

 
7

 

Mortgaged Ship ” means, at any relevant time, any Ship which is at such time subject to a Mortgage and/or the Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation of which are subject to an Encumbrance pursuant to the relevant Ship Security Documents and a Ship shall for the purposes of this Agreement be deemed to be a Mortgaged Ship as from the date that the Mortgage of that Ship shall have been executed and registered in accordance with this Agreement until whichever shall be the earlier of (i) the payment in full of the amount required by the Bank to be paid pursuant to clause 4.4 following the sale or Total Loss of such Ship and (ii) the date on which all moneys owing under the Security Documents have been repaid in full;
 
Net Profit ” means, in relation to any financial half-year of the Borrower, the net pre-taxation profits of the Borrower for such financial half-year, as shown in the Accounting Information for such financial half-year;
 
Operating Account ” means, in relation to each Owner and its Ship, a Dollar account of that Owner opened or (as the context may require) to be opened with the Bank and includes any sub-accounts thereof and any other account designated in writing by the Bank to be an Operating Account for that Owner and its Ship and “ Operating Accounts ” means any or all of them;
 
Operating Account Pledge ” means, in relation to each Operating Account, a first priority account pledge over (inter alia) that Operating Account, executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the relevant Owner and the Bank, in such form as the Bank may require in its sole discretion and “ Operating Account Pledges ” means any or all of them;
 
Operator ” means any person who is from time to time during the Security Period concerned in the operation of a Ship and falls within the definition of “Company” set out in rule 1.1.2 of the Code;
 
Owner ” means:
 
 
(a)
in relation to Island Globe , the Island Globe Owner;
 
 
(b)
in relation to River Globe , the River Globe Owner; or
 
 
(c)
in relation to Tiara Globe , the Tiara Globe Owner,
 
and “ Owners ” means any or all of them;
 
Owner’s Guarantee ” means, in relation to each Owner, the guarantee executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by that Owner in favour of the Bank in the form set out in schedule 5 and “ Owner’s Guarantees ” means all of them;
 
Permitted Encumbrance ” means any Encumbrance in favour of the Bank created pursuant to the Security Documents and Permitted Liens;
 
Permitted Liens ” means, in relation to a Ship, any lien on such Ship for master's, officer's or crew's wages outstanding in the ordinary course of trading, any lien for salvage, and any ship repairer's or outfitter's possessory lien for a sum not (except with the prior written consent of the Bank) exceeding the Casualty Amount (as defined in the Ship Security Documents for such Ship) for such Ship;
 
Pollutant ” means and includes pollutants, contaminants, toxic substances, oil as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and all hazardous substances as defined in the United States Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act 1980;
 
Quotation Date ” means, in relation to any period for which LIBOR is to be determined under this Agreement, the day falling two (2) Banking Day before the first day of such period, unless market practice differs in the London Interbank Market, which case the Quotation Date will be determined by the Bank in accordance with market practice in the London Interbank Market;

 
8

 
 
Reduction Dates ” means, subject to clause 6.3, each of the dates falling at six (6) monthly intervals after the earlier of (a) the first Drawdown Date and (b) 31 December 2007 up to and including the Final Maturity Date;
 
Registry ” means, in relation to a Ship, such registrar, commissioner or representative of the relevant Flag State who is duly authorised and empowered to register such Ship, the relevant Owner’s title to such Ship and the relevant Mortgage under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;
 
Related Company ” of a person means any Subsidiary of such person, any company or other entity of which such person is a Subsidiary and any Subsidiary of any such company or entity;
 
Relevant Jurisdiction ” means any jurisdiction in which or where any Security Party is incorporated, resident, domiciled, has a permanent establishment, carries on, or has a place of business or is otherwise effectively connected;
 
Relevant Party ” means the Borrower, each of the Owners, any other Security Party and each member of the Group from time to time;
 
Relevant Ship ” means the Ships and any other vessel from time to time (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) owned, managed or crewed by, or chartered to, any Relevant Party;
 
Requisition Compensation ” means, in relation to a Ship, all sums of money or other compensation from time to time payable during the Security Period by reason of the Compulsory Acquisition of such Ship;
 
River Globe ” means the 53,500 dwt bulk carrier bearing hull number DY120 and under construction by Yangzhou Danyang Shipyard of The People’s Republic of China, to be purchased by the River Globe Owner under the River Globe Contract and registered on its Delivery Date in the name and under the ownership of the River Globe Owner through the relevant Registry under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State with the name River Globe ;
 
River Globe Contract ” means the memorandum of agreement dated 11 July 2007 made between the River Globe Owner and the relevant Seller, as amended from time to time, relating to the sale by such Seller and the purchase by the River Globe Owner, of River Globe ;
 
River Globe Owner ” means Devocean Maritime Ltd. of Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 and includes its successors in title;
 
Security Accounts ” means, at any relevant time, the Operating Accounts and any bank accounts of the Borrower opened with the Bank, which are subject to an Encumbrance in favour of the Bank and designated by the Bank as “Security Accounts” for the purposes of this Agreement;
 
Security Charter ” means, in relation to a Ship, any time charter or other contract of employment for such Ship for a term which exceeds or, by virtue of any optional extensions therein contained, may exceed twelve (12) months’ duration which is entered into at any relevant time by the relevant Owner with a Charterer and which is in a form and substance acceptable to the Bank in all respects (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Initial Charters);

 
9

 

Security Documents ” means this Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement, the Owner’s Guarantees, the Mortgages, the General Assignments, the Operating Accounts Pledges, the Manager’s Undertakings, the Master Agreement Security Deed, any Charter Assignment and any other documents as may have been or shall from time to time after the date of this Agreement be executed to guarantee and/or secure all or any part of any moneys from time to time owing by the Borrower to the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, interest thereon and other moneys from time to time owing by the Borrower or any other Security Party pursuant to this Agreement and/or any other Security Document (whether or not any such document also secures moneys from time to time owing pursuant to any other document or agreement);
 
Security Party ” means the Borrower, each Owner, the Manager or any other person who may at any time be a party to any of the Security Documents (other than the Bank);
 
Security Period ” means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and terminating upon discharge of the security created by the Security Documents by payment of all moneys payable thereunder;
 
Security Requirement ” means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Bank whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower) which is, at any relevant time, One hundred and thirty three per cent (133%) of the aggregate of:
 
 
(a) 
the Loan at such time; plus
 
 
(b) 
the Swap Exposure at such time; minus
 
 
(c)
the aggregate amount, if any, standing to the credit of the Security Accounts at such time;
 
Security Value ” means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Bank whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower) which, at any relevant time, is the aggregate of (a) the market value of the Mortgaged Ships as most recently determined in accordance with clause 8.2.2 and (b) market value of any additional security for the time being actually provided to the Bank pursuant to clause 8.2;
 
Seller ”:
 
 
(a)
in relation to River Globe and the River Globe Contract, means Lakithra Transportation Corp. of Liberia and includes it successors in title; or
 
 
(b)
in relation to Tiara Globe and the Tiara Globe Contract, means Tiara Navigation Sdn. Bhd. of Malaysia and includes it successors in title;
 
and “ Sellers ” means either or both of them;
 
Ship ” means:
 
 
(a)
in relation to the Island Globe Owner, Island Globe ;
 
 
(b)
in relation to the River Globe Owner, River Globe ; or
 
 
(c)
in relation to the Tiara Globe Owner, Tiara Globe ,
 
and “ Ships ” means any or all of them;
 
Ship Security Documents ” means, in relation to a Ship, the Mortgage, the General Assignment, any Charter Assignment and the Manager’s Undertaking in respect of such Ship;
 
SMC ” means, in relation to a Ship, a safety management certificate issued in respect of such Ship in accordance with rule 13 of the Code;

 
10

 
 
Subsidiary ” of a person means any company or entity directly or indirectly controlled by such person, and for this purpose “ control ” means either the ownership of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the voting share capital (or equivalent rights of ownership) of such company or entity or the power to direct its policies and management, whether by contract or otherwise;
 
Swap Exposure ” means, as at any relevant time, the amount certified by the Bank to be the aggregate net amount in Dollars which would be payable by the Borrower to the Bank under (and calculated in accordance with) section 6(e) (Payments on Early Termination) of the Master Swap Agreement if an Early Termination Date had occurred at the relevant time in relation to all continuing Designated Transactions thereunder;
 
Taxes ” includes all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees or charges of whatever nature together with interest thereon and penalties in respect thereof and “ Taxation ” shall be construed accordingly;
 
Tiara Globe ” means the motor vessel Selendang Tiara , a 1998-built, 72,929 dwt bulk carrier registered on the date of this Agreement in the ownership of the relevant Seller under the flag of Malaysia, to be purchased by the Tiara Globe Owner under the Tiara Globe Contract and registered on its Delivery Date in the name and under the ownership of the Tiara Globe Owner through the relevant Registry under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State with the name Tiara Globe ;
 
Tiara Globe Contract ” means the memorandum of agreement dated 7 September 2007 made between the Tiara Globe Owner and the relevant Seller, as amended from time to time, relating to the sale by such Seller, and the purchase by the Tiara Globe Owner, of Tiara Globe ;
 
Tiara Globe Owner ” means Elysium Maritime Limited of Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 and includes its successors in title;
 
" Total Assets " means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the "Total Assets" as shown in the Accounting Information relevant to such Accounting Period adjusted to take into account any difference between the book values of the Fleet Vessels and the Fleet Market Value;
 
Total Loss ” in relation to a Ship means:
 
 
(a)
the actual, constructive, compromised or arranged total loss of such Ship; or
 
 
(b)
the Compulsory Acquisition of such Ship; or
 
 
(c)
the hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of such Ship (other than where the same amounts to the Compulsory Acquisition of such Ship) by any Government Entity, or by persons acting or purporting to act on behalf of any Government Entity, unless such Ship be released and restored to the relevant Owner from such hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation within thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof;
 
Transaction ” has the meaning given to it in the Master Swap Agreement;
 
Transferee ” has the meaning given to it in clause 14.4; and
 
Underlying Documents ” means, together, any Security Charters, the Contracts and the Management Agreements and “ Underlying Document ” means any of them.

 
11

 
 
1.3
Headings
 
Clause headings and the table of contents are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement.
 
1.4
Construction of certain terms
 
In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:
 
1.4.1
references to clauses and schedules are to be construed as references to clauses of, and schedules to, this Agreement and references to this Agreement include its schedules;
 
1.4.2
references to (or to any specified provision of) this Agreement or any other document shall be construed as references to this Agreement, that provision or that document as in force for the time being and as amended in accordance with the terms thereof, or, as the case may be, with the agreement of the relevant parties;
 
1.4.3
references to a “ regulation ” include any present or future regulation, rule, directive, requirement, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any agency, authority, central bank or government department or any self-regulatory or other national or supra-national authority;
 
1.4.4
words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;
 
1.4.5
references to a time of day are to London time;
 
1.4.6
references to a person shall be construed as references to an individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons or any Government Entity;
 
1.4.7
references to a “ guarantee ” include references to an indemnity or other assurance against financial loss including, without limitation, an obligation to purchase assets or services as a consequence of a default by any other person to pay any Indebtedness and “ guaranteed ” shall be construed accordingly;
 
1.4.8
references to any enactment shall be deemed to include references to such enactment as re-enacted, amended or extended; and
 
1.4.9
any reference to a person being required by applicable law to make a deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax from any payment under this Agreement shall be construed as including any circumstances in which a person is authorised under the Income Tax (Jersey) Law 1961 (as amended) to make such a deduction where a failure to allow such deduction would result in a fine being payable under Jersey law and the agreement under which the payment is made being void.
 
2
The Commitment and the Advances
 
2.1
Agreement to lend
 
Upon and subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Bank, relying upon each of the representations and warranties in clause 7, agrees to make available to the Borrower, during the Availability Period, a reducing revolving credit facility of up to One hundred and twenty million Dollars ($120,000,000).
 
2.2
Drawdown
 
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Advance shall be made available to the Borrower following receipt by the Bank from the Borrower of a Drawdown Notice for such Advance not later than 10:00 a.m. on the third Banking Day before the date on which the Borrower proposes such Advance is made.  A Drawdown Notice shall be effective on actual receipt by the Bank and once given shall, subject as provided in clause 3.6.1, be irrevocable.

 
12

 
 
2.3
Timing and limitations Advances
 
2.3.1
The aggregate amount of the Loan shall not exceed $120,000,000.
 
2.3.2
The Borrower shall be entitled to draw down the Commitment in several Advances.
 
2.3.3
Each Advance shall be a minimum of Five million Dollars ($5,000,000) or the balance of the Available Amount, provided that no Advance may be drawn down on any day:
 
 
(a)
of an amount exceeding the Available Amount on such day; or
 
 
(b)
of an amount which, when added to the aggregate amount of the Loan outstanding on such day, would exceed sixty per cent (60%) of the Security Value; or
 
 
(c)
if a Default has occurred and is continuing on such day; or
 
 
(d)
if the number of Advances outstanding (taking into account the proposed Advance to be drawdown) would exceed five (5).
 
2.3.4
No Advance may be drawn down after 31 December 2007 if no Advance has been drawn down to that date.
 
2.3.5
No Advance may be drawn down after the last day of the Availability Period.
 
2.4
Availability
 
Upon receipt of a Drawdown Notice for an Advance complying with the terms of this Agreement, the Bank shall make such Advance available to the Borrower on the Drawdown Date for such Advance in accordance with clause 6.2.  The Borrower acknowledges that payment in accordance with clause 6.2 of any Advance (or part thereof) to any lender of the existing Indebtedness of the Borrower secured on Island Globe or, as the case may be, to the Borrower, shall satisfy the obligations of the Bank to lend such Advance (or the relevant part thereof) to the Borrower.
 
2.5
Termination of Commitment
 
Any part of the Commitment which remains undrawn and uncancelled by the last day of the Availability Period shall thereupon be automatically cancelled.  The Commitment shall be reduced to zero (0) if no Advance has been drawn down by 31 December 2007.
 
2.6
Application of proceeds
 
Without prejudice to the Borrower’s obligations under clause 8.1.3, the Bank shall not have any responsibility for the application of the proceeds of the Loan or any part thereof by the Borrower.
 
2.7
Derivative transactions
 
2.7.1
If, at any time during the Security Period, the Borrower wishes to enter into any derivative transaction for any purpose whatsoever (including, without limitation, interest rate swap transactions so as to hedge all or any part of its exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations), it shall advise the Bank in writing.
 

 
13

 

2.7.2
Any such derivative transaction shall be concluded with the Bank under the Master Swap Agreement provided however that no such derivative transaction shall be concluded unless the Bank first agrees to it in writing.  If and when any such derivative transaction has been concluded, it shall constitute a Designated Transaction, and the Borrower shall sign a Confirmation with the Bank.
 
3
Interest
 
3.1
Normal interest rate
 
The Borrower shall pay interest on each Advance in respect of each Interest Period relating thereto on each Interest Payment Date (or, in the case of Interest Periods of more than six (6) months, by instalments, the first such instalment payable six (6) months from the commencement of the Interest Period and the subsequent instalments payable at intervals of six (6) months or, if shorter, the period from the date of the preceding instalment until the Interest Payment Date relative to such period) at the rate per annum determined by the Bank to be the aggregate of (a) the Margin and (b) LIBOR for such Interest Period.
 
3.2
Selection of Interest Periods
 
The Borrower may by notice received by the Bank not later than 10:00 a.m. on the second Banking Day before the beginning of each Interest Period specify whether such Interest Period shall have a duration of one month (1), three (3) months, six (6) months, nine (9) months or twelve (12) months or such other period which the Bank determines (in its absolute discretion) is available in the London Interbank Market as the Borrower may select and the Bank may agree.
 
3.3
Determination of Interest Periods
 
Every Interest Period shall be of the duration specified by the Borrower pursuant to clause 3.2 but so that:
 
3.3.1
the initial Interest Period in respect of each Advance shall commence on the date such Advance is made and each subsequent Interest Period for such Advance shall commence on the last day of the previous Interest Period for such Advance;
 
3.3.2
if any Interest Period in respect of an Advance would otherwise overrun a Reduction Date, then, in the case of the last Reduction Date, such Interest Period shall end on such Reduction Date, and in the case of any other Reduction Date or Reduction Dates on which the Borrower will be required to make a prepayment pursuant to clause 4.3, the Loan (or any Advance thereof) shall be divided into parts so that there is one part in the amount of the prepayment amount due on each such Reduction Date falling during that Interest Period and having an Interest Period ending on the relevant Reduction Date and another part in the amount of the balance of the Loan (or Advance thereof) having an Interest Period ascertained in accordance with clause 3.2 and the other provisions of this clause 3.3; and
 
3.3.3
if the Borrower fails to specify the duration of an Interest Period in accordance with the provisions of clause 3.2 and this clause 3.3 such Interest Period shall have a duration of three (3) months or such other period as shall comply with this clause 3.3.
 
3.4
Default interest
 
If the Borrower fails to pay any sum (including, without limitation, any sum payable pursuant to this clause 3.4) on its due date for payment under any of the Security Documents (other than the Master Swap Agreement), the Borrower shall pay interest on such sum on demand from the due date up to the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at a rate determined by the Bank pursuant to this clause 3.4.  The period beginning on such due date and ending on such date of payment shall be divided into successive periods of not more than six (6) months as selected by the Bank, each of which (other than the first, which shall commence on such due date) shall commence on the last day of the preceding such period.  The rate of interest applicable to each such period shall be the aggregate (as determined by the Bank) of (a) two per cent (2%) per annum, (b) the Margin and (c) LIBOR for such period.  Default interest shall be due and payable on the last day of each such period as determined by the Bank pursuant to this clause 3.4 or, if earlier, on the date on which the sum in respect of which such default interest is accruing shall actually be paid.  If, for the reasons specified in clause 3.6.1, the Bank is unable to determine a rate in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this clause 3.4, interest on any sum not paid on its due date for payment shall be calculated at a rate determined by the Bank to be two per cent (2%) per annum above the aggregate of the Margin and the cost of funds to the Bank.

 
14

 
 
3.5
Notification of interest rate
 
The Bank shall notify the Borrower promptly of each rate of interest (or, as the case may be default interest) determined by it under this clause 3.
 
3.6
Market disruption; non-availability
 
3.6.1
If and whenever, at any time prior to the commencement of any Interest Period:
 
 
 (a)
the Bank shall have determined (which determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive) that adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR during such Interest Period or that LIBOR does not accurately reflect the cost to the Bank of obtaining such deposits; or
 
 
 (b)
that deposits in Dollars are not available to the Bank in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business in sufficient amounts to fund the Loan for such Interest Period;
 
the Bank shall forthwith give notice (a “ Determination Notice ”) thereof to the Borrower.  A Determination Notice shall contain particulars of the relevant circumstances giving rise to its issue.  After the giving of any Determination Notice the undrawn and uncancelled amount of the Commitment shall not be borrowed until notice to the contrary is given to the Borrower by the Bank.
 
3.6.2
During the period of ten (10) days after any Determination Notice has been given by the Bank under clause 3.6.1, the Bank shall certify an alternative basis (the “ Alternative Basis ”) for funding the Commitment or maintaining the Loan.  The Alternative Basis may, at the Bank’s sole unfettered discretion include (without limitation) alternative interest periods, alternative currencies or alternative rates of interest but shall include a margin above the cost of funds to the Bank equivalent to the Margin.  The Alternative Basis so certified shall be binding upon the Borrower and shall take effect in accordance with its terms from the date specified in the Determination Notice until such time as the Bank notifies the Borrower that none of the circumstances specified in clause 3.6.1 continues to exist whereupon the normal interest rate fixing provisions of this Agreement shall apply.
 
4
Repayment, reduction and cancellation
 
4.1
Repayment
 
Without prejudice to the provisions of clause 4.3, the Borrower shall repay the Advances in full on the Final Maturity Date.
 
4.2
Voluntary prepayment
 
The Borrower may, upon giving to the Bank prior notice in writing of its intention to make such prepayment, prepay the Loan in whole or part (such part being in an amount of Four million five hundred thousand Dollars ($4,500,000) or any larger sum which is an integral multiple of Four million five hundred thousand Dollars ($4,500,000)) at any time without premium or penalty but subject always to its obligations under clauses 4.5 and 11.1.

 
15

 
 
4.3
Reductions of the Commitment and prepayment of the Advances
 
4.3.1
The Commitment shall be reduced on each of the Reduction Dates.  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the amount of each such reduction shall be (a) $10,000,000 on each of the first to fourth (inclusive) Reduction Dates, (b) $4,500,000 on each of the fifth to fifteenth (inclusive) Reduction Dates and (c) $30,500,000 on the final Reduction Date.  For the avoidance of doubt, on the final Reduction Date the Commitment shall be reduced to zero.
 
4.3.2
The Borrower shall prepay on each Reduction Date such part of the Loan as shall ensure that:
 
 
 (a)
the outstanding amount of the Advances (taking into account such prepayment),
 
will not exceed
 
 
 (b)
the amount of the Commitment (taking into account the reduction thereof on such Reduction Date in accordance with clause 4.3.1).
 
4.4
Prepayment and cancellation on Total Loss or sale; other mandatory prepayments
 
4.4.1
Before first drawdown
 
On a Ship becoming a Total Loss (or suffering damage or being involved in an incident which in the opinion of the Bank may result in such Ship being subsequently determined to be a Total Loss) or sold (other than under the relevant Contract) before any Advance is drawn down, the obligation of the Bank to make available the Commitment (or part thereof) shall immediately cease and the Commitment shall be reduced to zero (0).
 
4.4.2
Mortgaged Ships
 
 
 (a)
Subject to clause 4.4.2(b), if a Mortgaged Ship becomes a Total Loss or is sold (with the prior written consent of the Bank pursuant to the relevant Ship Security Documents), the Relevant Fraction of the Commitment shall be cancelled and/or the Borrower shall prepay the Relevant Fraction of the Advances.
 
 
 (b)
Notwithstanding sub-paragraph (a) of this clause 4.4.2, if a Mortgaged Ship becomes a Total Loss or is sold (with the prior written consent of the Bank pursuant to the relevant Security Documents) and at that time an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then:
 
 
(i)
the Borrower shall prepay, on the Disposal Reduction Date for such Mortgaged Ship, such proportion of the Loan; and/or
 
 
 (ii)
such part of the Commitment shall be forthwith cancelled,
 
in each case, as the Bank may require in its absolute discretion (and the provisions of this clause 4.4.2(b) shall prevail over the provisions of clause 4.4.2(a) as to the amounts to be cancelled and/or prepaid).
 
 
 (c)
For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby agreed that, for the purposes of clauses 4.4.2(a) and 4.4.2(b), the Borrower shall be required to make a prepayment of the Advances (or part thereof) in accordance with either of such clauses, only if, and to the extent that, following the Total Loss or sale of the relevant Mortgaged Ship, the mere cancellation of part of the Commitment required by either of such clauses, shall not be sufficient to ensure that the aggregate amount of the Advances then outstanding does not exceed the Commitment (taking into account the relevant reduction thereof).

 
16

 
 
4.4.3
Defined terms
 
 
For the purposes of this clause 4.4:
 
 
 (a)
Disposal Reduction Date ” means:
 
 
(i)
in relation to a Mortgaged Ship which has become a Total Loss, its Total Loss Reduction Date; or
 
 
 (ii)
in relation to a Mortgaged Ship which is sold in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Ship Security Documents, the date of (and immediately prior to) completion of such sale by the transfer of title to such Mortgaged Ship to the purchaser in exchange for payment of the relevant purchase price;
 
 
 (b)
Relevant Fraction ” means, in relation to a Mortgaged Ship which has become a Total Loss or is sold, the fraction having (i) as numerator the market value of the relevant Mortgaged Ship lost or sold as most recently determined in accordance with clause 8.2.2 and (ii) as a denominator the market value of all the Mortgaged Ships (including the relevant Mortgaged Ship lost or sold) as most recently determined in accordance with clause 8.2.2; and
 
 
 (c)
Total Loss Reduction Date ” means, in relation to a Mortgaged Ship which has become a Total Loss, the date which is the earlier of:
 
 
(i)
the date falling one hundred and twenty (120) days after that on which such Mortgaged Ship becomes a Total Loss; and
 
 
 (ii)
the date upon which insurance proceeds are, or Requisition Compensation is, received in respect of such Total Loss by the Borrower (or the Bank pursuant to the relevant Ship Security Documents).
 
4.4.4
Interpretation
 
For the purpose of this Agreement, a Total Loss shall be deemed to have occurred in relation to a Ship:
 
 
 (a)
in the case of an actual total loss of such Ship, on the actual date and at the time such Ship was lost or, if such date is not known, on the date on which such Ship was last reported;
 
 
 (b)
in the case of a constructive total loss of such Ship, upon the date and at the time notice of abandonment of such Ship is given to the insurers of such Ship for the time being;
 
 
 (c)
in the case of a compromised or arranged total loss of such Ship, on the date upon which a binding agreement as to such compromised or arranged total loss has been entered into by the insurers of such Ship;
 
 
 (d)
in the case of Compulsory Acquisition of such Ship, on the date upon which the relevant requisition of title or other compulsory acquisition occurs; and
 
 
 (e)
in the case of hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of such Ship (other than where the same amounts to Compulsory Acquisition of such Ship) by any Government Entity, or by persons purporting to act on behalf of any Government Entity, which deprives the Borrower of the use of such Ship for more than thirty (30) days, upon the expiry of the period of thirty (30) days after the date upon which the relevant hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation occurred.

 
17

 
 
4.5
Amounts payable on prepayment
 
Any prepayment of all or part of the Loan under this Agreement shall be made together with:
 
4.5.1
accrued interest on the amount to be prepaid to the date of such prepayment;
 
4.5.2
any additional amount payable under clauses 6.6 or 12.2; and
 
4.5.3
all other sums payable by the Borrower to the Bank under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents including, without limitation, any accrued commitment commission payable under clause 5.1.2 and any amounts payable under clause 11.
 
4.6
Notice of prepayment; reduction of repayment instalments; re-borrowing
 
4.6.1
No prepayment may be effected under clause 4.2 unless the Borrower shall have given the Bank at least fifteen (15) days notice of its intention to make such payment.  Every notice of prepayment shall be effective only on actual receipt by the Bank, shall be irrevocable, shall specify the Advance or Advances and the amount thereof to be prepaid, the manner of application of such prepayment pursuant to clause 4.6.2, and shall oblige the Borrower to make such prepayment on the date specified.
 
4.6.2
Any amount to be prepaid pursuant to clause 4.2 shall be applied in prepayment of such Advance or Advances, and in such manner between them, as specified by the Borrower.
 
4.6.3
The Borrower may not prepay the Loan or any part thereof save as expressly provided in this Agreement.
 
4.6.4
Unless and to the extent that the Commitment has been cancelled or reduced on or prior to the date of any such prepayment and subject to the other terms of this Agreement, amounts prepaid under this Agreement may be re-borrowed.
 
4.6.5
For the avoidance of doubt, any amounts of the Commitment reduced or cancelled pursuant to clause 4.4 may not be re-instated.
 
4.6.6
Any reduction of the Commitment shall reduce proportionately the amounts thereof still required to be reduced on each Reduction Date pursuant to clause 4.3.1.
 
4.7
Cancellation of Commitment
 
The Borrower may, at any time during the Availability Period, by notice to the Bank cancel, with effect from a date not less than three (3) Banking Days after the receipt by the Bank of such notice, the whole or any part (being One million Dollars ($1,000,000)) or any larger sum which is an integral multiple of One million Dollars ($1,000,000)) of the Commitment, which is then available for drawing.  Any such notice of cancellation, once given, shall be irrevocable and upon such cancellation taking effect the Commitment shall be reduced accordingly.  On the date when any such cancellation takes effect, the Borrower shall pay to the Bank any accrued commitment commission on the part of the Commitment being cancelled and any other amounts then payable under clause 11.
 
4.8
Unwinding of Designated Transactions
 
On or prior to any repayment of all or part of the Loan (including, without limitation, pursuant to clauses 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 or 8.2.1(a) or any other provision of this Agreement), the Borrower shall, upon the request of the Bank wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind, cancel, close out, net out or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not, and will not in the future, exceed the amount of the Loan as may be reducing from time to time thereafter.

 
18

 
 
5
Fees, commission and expenses
 
5.1
Fees and commissions
 
The Borrower shall pay to the Bank:
 
5.1.1
on or prior to the date of this Agreement, an arrangement fee in the amount of $450,000; and
 
5.1.2
on each of the dates falling at three (3) monthly intervals after the date of this Agreement until the last day of the Availability Period and on the last day of the Availability Period, commitment commission computed from the date of this Agreement (in the case of the first payment of commission) and from the due date of the preceding payment of commission (in the case of each subsequent payment), at the rate of zero point two five per cent (0.25%) per annum on the daily undrawn and uncancelled amount of the Commitment.
 
The fees and commission referred to in clause 5.1 shall be payable by the Borrower to the Bank whether or not any part of the Commitment is ever advanced and shall be, in each case, non-refundable.
 
5.2
Expenses
 
The Borrower shall pay to the Bank on a full indemnity basis on demand:
 
5.2.1
all expenses (including legal, printing and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred by the Bank in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and, where relevant, registration of the Security Documents and of any amendment or extension of or the granting of any waiver or consent under, any of the Security Documents; and
 
5.2.2
all expenses (including legal, printing and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred by the Bank in contemplation of, or otherwise in connection with, the enforcement of, or preservation of any rights under, any of the Security Documents, or otherwise in respect of the moneys owing under any of the Security Documents,
 
together with interest at the rate referred to in clause 3.4 from the date on which such expenses were incurred to the date of payment (as well after as before judgment).
 
5.3
Value added tax
 
All fees and expenses payable pursuant to this clause 5 shall be paid together with value added tax or any similar tax (if any) properly chargeable thereon.  Any value added tax chargeable in respect of any services supplied by the Bank under this Agreement shall, on delivery of the value added tax invoice, be paid in addition to any sum agreed to be paid hereunder.
 
5.4
Stamp and other duties
 
The Borrower shall pay all stamp, documentary, registration or other like duties or taxes (including any duties or taxes payable by the Bank) imposed on or in connection with any of the Underlying Documents, the Security Documents, the Loan or any part thereof and shall indemnify the Bank against any liability arising by reason of any delay or omission by the Borrower to pay such duties or taxes.

 
19

 
 
6
Payments and taxes; accounts and calculations
 
6.1
No set-off or counterclaim
 
The Borrower acknowledges that in performing its obligations under this Agreement, the Bank will be incurring liabilities to third parties in relation to the funding of amounts to the Borrower, such liabilities matching the liabilities of the Borrower to the Bank and that it is reasonable for the Bank to be entitled to receive payments from the Borrower gross on the due date in order that the Bank is put in a position to perform its matching obligations to the relevant third parties.  All payments to be made by the Borrower under any of the Security Documents shall be made in full, without any set-off or counterclaim whatsoever and, subject as provided in clause 6.6, free and clear of any deductions or withholdings, in Dollars on the due date to such account at such Bank and in such place as the Bank may from time to time specify for this purpose.
 
6.2
Payment by the Bank
 
All sums to be advanced by the Bank to the Borrower under this Agreement shall be remitted in Dollars on the Drawdown Date for the relevant Advance and shall be paid by the Bank to the account specified in the Drawdown Notice for such Advance.
 
6.3
Non-Banking Days
 
When any payment under any of the Security Documents would otherwise be due on a day which is not a Banking Day, the due date for payment shall be extended to the next following Banking Day unless the Banking Day falls in the next calendar month in which case payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Banking Day.
 
6.4
Calculations
 
All interest and other payments of an annual nature under any of the Security Documents shall accrue from day to day and be calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed and a three hundred and sixty (360) day year.
 
6.5
Certificates conclusive
 
Any certificate or determination of the Bank as to any rate of interest or any other amount pursuant to and for the purposes of any of the Security Documents shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower.
 
6.6
Grossing-up for Taxes
 
6.6.1
If at any time the Borrower is required to make any deduction or withholding in respect of Taxes from any payment due under any of the Security Documents for the account of the Bank, the sum due from the Borrower in respect of such payment shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding, the Bank receives on the due date for such payment (and retains, free from any liability in respect of such deduction or withholding), a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required to be made and the Borrower shall indemnify the Bank against any losses or costs incurred by it by reason of any failure of the Borrower to make any such deduction or withholding or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment.  The Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Bank any receipts, certificates or other proof evidencing the amounts (if any) paid or payable in respect of any deduction or withholding as aforesaid.
 
6.6.2
For the avoidance of doubt, clause 6.6.1 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to the Bank under or in connection with the Master Swap Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 2(d) (Deduction or Withholding for Tax) of the Master Swap Agreement shall apply.

 
20

 
 
6.7
Loan account
 
The Bank shall maintain, in accordance with its usual practice, an account evidencing the amounts from time to time lent by, owing and paid to it under the Security Documents.  Such account shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive as to the amount from time to time owing by the Borrower under the Security Documents.
 
7
Representations and warranties
 
7.1
Continuing representations and warranties
 
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Bank that:
 
7.1.1
Due incorporation
 
each of the Borrower, the Owners and each of the other Security Parties is duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the laws of their respective countries of incorporation as a Marshall Islands corporation (in the case of each Owner and the Manager) or as a limited liability company (in the case of each of the other Security Parties), and have power to carry on their respective businesses as they are now being conducted and to own their respective property and other assets;
 
7.1.2
Corporate power
 
the Borrower has power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the relevant Underlying Documents and the Security Documents to which it is or is to be a party and to borrow the Commitment and each of the other Security Parties has power to execute and deliver and perform its obligations under the Security Documents and the Underlying Documents to which it is or is to be a party; all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action has been taken to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of the same and no limitation on the powers of the Borrower to borrow will be exceeded as a result of borrowing the Advances or any of them;
 
7.1.3
Binding obligations
 
the Underlying Documents and the Security Documents constitute or will, when executed, constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the relevant Security Parties enforceable in accordance with their respective terms;
 
7.1.4
No conflict with other obligations
 
the execution and delivery of, the performance of its obligations under, and compliance with the provisions of, the Underlying Documents and the Security Documents by the relevant Security Parties will not (i) contravene any existing applicable law, statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or permit to which the Borrower or any other Security Party is subject, (ii) conflict with, or result in any breach of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or other instrument to which the Borrower or any other Security Party is a party or is subject or by which it or any of its property is bound, (iii) contravene or conflict with any provision of the constitutional documents of the Borrower or any other Security Party or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of or oblige the Borrower or any of its Related Companies or any other Security Party or any of its Related Companies to create any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of the Borrower or any of its Related Companies or any other Security Party;
 
7.1.5
No litigation
 
no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding is taking place, pending or, to the knowledge of the officers of the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower or any of its Related Companies or any other Security Party or any of its Related Companies which could have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower or any other Security Party or any other member of the Group or the Group as a whole;

 
21

 
 
7.1.6
No filings required
 
save for the registration of each Mortgage under the laws of the relevant Flag State through the relevant Registry, it is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any of the Underlying Documents or the Security Documents that they or any other instrument be notarised, filed, recorded, registered or enrolled in any court, public office or elsewhere in any Relevant Jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax or charge be paid in any Relevant Jurisdiction on or in relation to any of the Underlying Documents or the Security Documents and each of the Underlying Documents and the Security Documents is in proper form for its enforcement in the courts of each Relevant Jurisdiction;
 
7.1.7
Choice of law
 
the choice of (a) English law to govern the Underlying Documents and the Security Documents (other than the Mortgages and the Operating Account Pledges), (b) the laws of the relevant Flag State to govern each Mortgage and (c) the laws of Switzerland to govern the Operating Account Pledges, and the submissions by the Security Parties to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts or, in the case of the Operating Account Pledges, the courts or Zürich, are valid and binding;
 
7.1.8
No immunity
 
neither the Borrower nor any other Security Party nor any of their respective assets is entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceeding (which shall include, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgement, execution or other enforcement);
 
7.1.9
Consents obtained
 
every consent, authorisation, licence or approval of, or registration with or declaration to, governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts required by any Security Party to authorise, or required by any Security Party in connection with, the execution, delivery, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of each of the Underlying Documents and each of the Security Documents to which it is a party or the performance by each Security Party of its obligations under the Underlying Documents and the Security Documents to which it is a party, has been obtained or made and is in full force and effect and there has been no default in the observance of any of the conditions or restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, any of the same;
 
7.1.10
Shareholdings
 
each of the Owners and the Manager are wholly-owned direct Subsidiaries of the Borrower and Mr George Feidakis is the ultimate beneficial owner of no less than thirty five per cent (35%) of the total issued voting share capital of the Borrower;
 
7.1.11
Financial statements correct and complete
 
the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group in respect of the financial year ended on 31 December 2006 as delivered to the Bank have been prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles and present fairly and accurately the consolidated financial position of the Group as at such date and the consolidated results of the operations of the Group for the financial year ended on such date and, as at such date, neither the Group nor any member thereof had any significant liabilities (contingent or otherwise) or any unrealised or anticipated losses which are not disclosed by, or reserved against or provided for in, such financial statement; and

 
22

 
 
7.1.12
Miscellaneous
 
 
 (a)
the Borrower has, and has had in every year of its incorporation, exempt company status as defined in Article 123A of the Income Tax (Jersey) Law 1961, as amended and has paid all exempt company fees and has made disclosure of its beneficial ownership to the Jersey Financial Services Commission to the latter’s satisfaction;
 
 
 (b)
the Borrower does not have any employees or occupy any floor space in Jersey;
 
 
 (c)
the Borrower does not conduct any unauthorised financial services business as defined in the Financial Services (Jersey) Law 1998, as amended; and
 
 
 (d)
the Borrower is not in breach of any licenses, permits or consents issued to it by any regulatory or governmental authority in Jersey and will not be in breach of the same as a result of entering into this Agreement.
 
7.2
Initial representations and warranties
 
The Borrower further represents and warrants to the Bank that:
 
7.2.1
Pari passu
 
the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement are direct, general and unconditional obligations of the Borrower and rank at least pari passu with all other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract;
 
7.2.2
No default under other Indebtedness
 
neither the Borrower nor any other Security Party nor any other member of the Group is (nor would with the giving of notice or lapse of time or the satisfaction of any other condition or combination thereof be) in breach of or in default under any agreement relating to Indebtedness to which it is a party or by which it may be bound;
 
7.2.3
Information
 
the information, exhibits and reports furnished by any Security Party to the Bank in connection with the negotiation and preparation of the Security Documents are true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading, do not omit material facts and all reasonable enquiries have been made to verify the facts and statements contained therein; there are no other facts the omission of which would make any fact or statement therein misleading;
 
7.2.4
No withholding Taxes
 
no Taxes are imposed by withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by any Security Party under the Underlying Documents or the Security Documents or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery by the Security Parties of the Underlying Documents or the Security Documents or any other document or instrument to be executed or delivered under any of the Security Documents;
 
7.2.5
No Default
 
no Default has occurred and is continuing;

 
23

 
 
7.2.6
The Ships
 
each Ship will, on the date when the Mortgage over such Ship is registered, be:
 
 
 (a)
in the absolute ownership of the relevant Owner who will, on and after such date, be the sole, legal and beneficial owner of such Ship;
 
 
 (b)
permanently registered through the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;
 
 
 (c)
operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service; and
 
 
 (d)
classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Classification Society;
 
7.2.7
Ships' employment
 
save for the relevant Initial Charter, no Ship is nor will, on or before the date when the Mortgage over such Ship is registered, be subject to any charter or contract or to any agreement to enter into any charter or contract which, if entered into after the date of the relevant Ship Security Documents, would have required the consent of the Bank and, on or before the date when the Mortgage over such Ship is registered, there will not be any agreement or arrangement whereby the Earnings of such Ship may be shared with any other person;
 
7.2.8
Freedom from Encumbrances
 
none of the Ships, nor its Earnings, Insurances, Requisition Compensation nor the Operating Accounts relevant to such Ship nor any other properties or rights which are, or are to be, the subject of any of the Security Documents nor any part thereof will be, on the date when the Mortgage over such Ship is registered, subject to any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Liens);
 
7.2.9
Compliance with Environmental Laws and Approvals
 
except as may already have been disclosed by the Borrower in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Bank:
 
 
 (a)
the Borrower and the other Relevant Parties and, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), their respective Environmental Affiliates have complied with the provisions of all Environmental Laws;
 
 
 (b)
the Borrower and the other Relevant Parties and, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), their respective Environmental Affiliates have obtained all Environmental Approvals and are in compliance with all such Environmental Approvals; and
 
 
 (c)
neither the Borrower nor any other Relevant Party nor, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), any of their respective Environmental Affiliates have received notice of any Environmental Claim that the Borrower or any other Relevant Party or any such Environmental Affiliate is not in compliance with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval;
 
7.2.10
No Environmental Claims
 
except as may already have been disclosed by the Borrower in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Bank, there is no Environmental Claim pending or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief, threatened against the Borrower or any of the Ships or any other Relevant Party or any other Relevant Ship or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), any of their respective Environmental Affiliates;

 
24

 
 
7.2.11
No potential Environmental Claims
 
except as may already have been disclosed by the Borrower in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Bank, there has been no emission, spill, release or discharge of a Pollutant from any of the Ships or any other Relevant Ship owned by, managed or crewed by or chartered to any Relevant Party nor, (having made due enquiry) to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief, from any Relevant Ship owned by, managed or crewed by or chartered to any other Relevant Party, which could give rise to an Environmental Claim;
 
7.2.12
ISPS Code
 
on the date when the Mortgage over a Ship is registered, the Owner of such Ship shall have a valid and current ISSC in respect of such Ship and such Ship shall be in compliance with the ISPS Code;
 
7.2.13
No material adverse change
 
there has been no material adverse change in the financial position of the Security Parties or any of them or the consolidated financial position of the Group, from that described by the Borrower to the Bank in the negotiation of this Agreement;
 
7.2.14
Borrower’s own account
 
in relation to the borrowing by the Borrower of each Advance, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under the Security Documents and the transactions and other arrangements effected or contemplated by this Agreement, the Borrower is acting for its own account and that the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure which has been implemented by any relevant regulatory authority or otherwise to combat “ money laundering ” (as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (91/308/EEC) of the Council of the European Communities (as amended)); and
 
7.2.15
Copies true and complete
 
the copies of the Underlying Documents delivered or to be delivered to the Bank pursuant to clause 9.1 are or will, when delivered, be true and complete copies of such documents; such documents constitute valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto enforceable in accordance with their terms and there have been no amendments or variations thereof or defaults thereunder.
 
7.3
Repetition of representations and warranties
 
On and as of each Drawdown Date and (except in relation to the representations and warranties in clause 7.2) on each Interest Payment Date, the Borrower shall:
 
 
(a)
be deemed to repeat the representations and warranties in clauses 7.1 and 7.2 as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on such day; and
 
 
(b)
be deemed to further represent and warrant to the Bank that the then latest audited financial statements delivered to the Bank under clause 8.1.5 (if any) have been prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles and practices which have been consistently applied and present fairly and accurately the consolidated financial position of the Group as at the end of the financial period to which the same relate and the consolidated results of the operations of the Group for the financial period to which the same relate and, as at the end of such financial period, neither the Borrower nor any other member of the Group had any significant liabilities (contingent or otherwise) or any unrealised or anticipated losses which are not disclosed by, or reserved against or provided for in, such financial statements.

 
25

 
 
8
Undertakings
 
8.1
General
 
The Borrower undertakes with the Bank that, from the date of this Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Security Documents and while all or any part of the Commitment remains outstanding, it will:
 
8.1.1
Notice of Default
 
promptly inform the Bank of any occurrence of which it becomes aware which might materially and adversely affect the ability of any Security Party to perform its obligations under any of the Security Documents or the Underlying Documents and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, will inform the Bank of any Default forthwith upon becoming aware thereof and will from time to time, if so requested by the Bank, confirm to the Bank in writing that, save as otherwise stated in such confirmation, no Default has occurred and is continuing;
 
8.1.2
Consents and licences
 
without prejudice to clauses 7.1 and 9, obtain or cause to be obtained, maintain in full force and effect and comply in all material respects with the conditions and restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, every consent, authorisation, licence or approval of governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts and do, or cause to be done, all other acts and things which may from time to time be necessary or desirable under applicable law for the continued due performance of all the obligations of the Security Parties under each of the Security Documents;
 
8.1.3
Use of proceeds
 
use the Advances or any of them exclusively for the purposes specified in clause 1.1;
 
8.1.4
Pari passu
 
ensure that its obligations under this Agreement shall, without prejudice to the provisions of clause 8.3, at all times rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract;
 
8.1.5
Financial statements
 
prepare or cause to be prepared:
 
 
 (a)
consolidated financial statements of the Group in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles consistently applied in respect of each financial year and cause the same to be reported on by its auditors; and
 
 
 (b)
unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Group in respect of each financial half-year, on the same basis as the audited statements,
 
and deliver to the Bank as many copies of the same as the Bank may reasonably require as soon as practicable but not later than one hundred and fifty (150) days (in the case of annual statements) or ninety (90) days (in the case of semi-annual statements) after the end of the financial period to which they relate;

 
26

 
 
8.1.6
Delivery of reports
 
deliver to the Bank as many copies as the Bank may reasonably require of every report, circular, notice, notification, filing or like document issued by the Borrower to its shareholders or creditors in general or filed, issued or submitted to the London Stock Exchange or any related authority, at the same time as the same is issued, filed or submitted;
 
8.1.7
Provision of further information
 
provide the Bank with such financial and other information concerning the Borrower, the other Security Parties, any other member of the Group, any Charterers, the Group and their respective commitments, operations and affairs, as the Bank may from time to time reasonably require;
 
8.1.8
Obligations under Security Documents
 
and will procure that each of the other Security Parties will, duly and punctually perform each of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it under the Security Documents and the Underlying Documents to which it is a party;
 
8.1.9
Compliance with Code
 
and will procure that any Operator will, comply with and ensure that each Ship and any Operator at all times complies with the requirements of the Code, including (but not limited to) the maintenance and renewal of valid certificates pursuant thereto throughout the Security Period;
 
8.1.10
Withdrawal of DOC and SMC
 
and will procure that any Operator will, immediately inform the Bank if there is any threatened or actual withdrawal of its Operator’s DOC or the SMC in respect of any Ship;
 
8.1.11
Issuance of DOC and SMC
 
and will procure that any Operator will, promptly inform the Bank upon the issuance to any Operator of a DOC and to each Ship of an SMC or the receipt by the relevant Owner or any Operator of notification that its application for the same has been refused;
 
8.1.12
ISPS Code compliance
 
and will procure that the Manager or any Operator will:
 
 
(a)
from the date when the Mortgage over a Ship is registered and at all times thereafter, maintain a valid and current ISSC respect of such Ship;
 
 
(b)
immediately notify the Bank in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC in respect of any Ship; and
 
 
(c)
procure that, from the date when the Mortgage over a Ship is registered and at all times thereafter, such Ship complies with the ISPS Code;
 
8.1.13
“KYC” requirements
 
deliver to the Bank such documents and evidence as the Bank shall from time to time require based on applicable laws and regulations or the Bank’s own internal guidelines, in each case relating to the verifications of identity and knowledge of the Bank’s customers; and

 
27

 
 
8.1.14
Employment
 
without prejudice to the rights of the Bank under the provisions of the other Security Documents, advise the Bank promptly of any Security Charter being entered into in respect of a Ship and:
 
 
 (a)
deliver a certified copy of each such Security Charter forthwith after its execution; and
 
 
 (b)
procure that the relevant Owner shall, forthwith after its execution:
 
 
(i)
execute a Charter Assignment of such Security Charter; and
 
 
(ii)
procure the service of any notice of assignment on the relevant Charterer or other counterparty and the acknowledgement of such notice by the relevant Charterer or other counterparty;
 
 
 (c)
deliver to the Bank on demand made by it, such documents and evidence of the type referred to in schedule 2 to any such Charter Assignment, Security Charter or Charterer or any other related matter referred to in this clause 8.1.14, as the Bank may in its sole discretion require; and
 
 
 (d)
pay on the Bank’s demand all legal and other costs incurred by the Bank in connection with or in relation to any such assignment or any other related matter referred to in this clause 8.1.14.
 
8.2
Security value maintenance
 
8.2.1
Security Shortfall
 
If at any time the Security Value shall be less than the Security Requirement, the Bank shall give notice to the Borrower requiring that such deficiency be remedied and then the Borrower shall either:
 
 
 (a)
prepay, within a period of fifteen (15) days of the date of receipt by the Borrower of the Bank's said notice, such sum in Dollars as will result in the Security Requirement after such prepayment (taking into account any other prepayment of the Loan (or part thereof) made between the date of the notice and the date of such prepayment) being equal to the Security Value; or
 
 
 (b)
within fifteen (15) days of the date of receipt by the Borrower of the Bank's said notice, constitute to the satisfaction of the Bank such further security for the Loan and any amounts owing under the Master Swap Agreement as shall be acceptable to the Bank, having a value for security purposes (as determined by the Bank in its absolute discretion) at the date upon which such further security shall be constituted which, when added to the Security Value, shall not be less than the Security Requirement as at such date.
 
The provisions of clauses 4.5 and any relevant provisions of 4.6 shall apply to prepayments made under this clause 8.2.1(a).
 
8.2.2
Valuation of Ships
 
 
 (a)
Each of the Mortgaged Ships shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be valued in Dollars as and when the Bank shall require (and at least twice in each calendar year), by an independent and internationally recognised firm of shipbrokers appointed by the Bank in its sole discretion. Each such valuation shall be addressed to the Bank and made without, unless required by the Bank, physical inspection and on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arm’s length on normal commercial terms as between a willing buyer and a willing seller without taking into account the benefit of any charterparty or other engagement concerning the Mortgaged Ship.  Such valuation shall constitute the value of such Mortgaged Ship for the purposes of this clause 8.2.

 
28

 
 
 
 (b)
The Borrower shall be entitled to request the Bank to obtain a second valuation of a Mortgaged Ship by another independent and internationally recognised firm of shipbrokers appointed by the Bank in its sole discretion, such valuation to be made on the same basis described in paragraph (a) above.  In the event of the Bank so obtaining a second such valuation for a Mortgaged Ship, the arithmetic mean of the two (2) valuations shall constitute the value of such Mortgaged Ship for the purposes of this clause 8.2.
 
 
 (c)
The value of each Mortgaged Ship determined in accordance with the provisions of this clause 8.2 shall be binding upon the parties hereto until such time as any such further valuation shall be obtained.
 
8.2.3
Information
 
The Borrower undertakes with the Bank to supply to the Bank and to any such firm of shipbrokers such information concerning each Mortgaged Ship and its condition as such firm of shipbrokers may require for the purpose of making any such valuation.
 
8.2.4
Costs
 
All costs in connection with the Bank obtaining any valuation of each of the Mortgaged Ships referred to in clause 8.2.2 and all costs in connection with any valuation of the Ships obtained pursuant to schedule 2, and any valuation either of any additional security for the purposes of ascertaining the Security Value at any time or necessitated by the Borrower electing to constitute additional security pursuant to clause 8.2.1(b), shall be borne by the Borrower Provided that if no Default shall have occurred which is continuing, the Borrower shall only bear the cost of up to two (2) such valuations for each Mortgaged Ship pursuant to clause 8.2.2 in each calendar year.
 
8.2.5
Valuation of additional security
 
For the purpose of this clause 8.2, the market value of any additional security provided or to be provided to the Bank shall be determined by the Bank in its absolute discretion without any necessity for the Bank assigning any reason thereto.
 
8.2.6
Documents and evidence
 
In connection with any additional security provided in accordance with this clause 8.2, the Bank shall be entitled to receive such evidence and documents of the kind referred to in schedule 2 as may in the Bank's opinion be appropriate and such favourable legal opinions as the Bank shall in its absolute discretion require.
 
8.3
Negative undertakings
 
The Borrower undertakes with the Bank that, from the date of this Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under the Security Documents and while all or any part of the Commitment remains outstanding, the Borrower will not:
 
8.3.1
Negative pledge
 
permit any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) to subsist, arise or be created or extended over all or any part of its present or future undertaking, assets (including without limitation the shares of the Owners), rights or revenues to secure or prefer any present or future Indebtedness or other liability or obligation of any of the Security Parties or any other person;

 
29

 
 
8.3.2
No merger
 
merge or consolidate with any other company or person or enter into any de-merger, amalgamation, corporate reconstruction or corporate redomiciliation of any kind whatsoever;
 
8.3.3
Disposals
 
sell, transfer, abandon, lend or otherwise dispose of or cease to exercise direct control over any part of its present or future undertaking, assets (including without limitation the shares of the Owners), rights or revenues (otherwise than, by transfers, sales or disposals for full consideration in the ordinary course of trading) whether by one or a series of transactions related or not;
 
8.3.4
Other business
 
undertake any business other than the ownership of shares of companies owning and operating ocean-going vessels and chartering the same to third parties;
 
8.3.5
Loans
 
make any loans or grant any credit to any person or agree to do so save for normal trade credit in the ordinary course of business, or loans or advances made to any other member of the Group on an arm’s length basis and in the ordinary course of business;
 
8.3.6
Share capital and distribution
 
 
 (a)
subject to paragraph (b) below, purchase or otherwise acquire for value any shares of its capital or declare or pay any dividends or distribute any of its present or future assets, undertaking, rights or revenues to any of its shareholders;
 
 
 (b)
the Borrower may declare or pay dividends to its shareholders in respect of any of its financial half-years if (a) no Default shall have occurred at the time of declaration or payment of such dividends nor would occur as a result of the declaration or payment of such dividends and (b) such dividends do not exceed 75% of the Borrower’s Net Profit for such financial half-year;
 
8.3.7
Shareholdings
 
change, cause, permit any change in, the legal ownership of any Owner or the Manager, such that any of them ceases to be a wholly-owned direct Subsidiary of the Borrower; or
 
8.3.8
Constitutional documents
 
agree to any amendments or variation of its constitutional documents.
 
8.4
Financial undertakings
 
8.4.1
The Borrower undertakes with the Bank that, from the date of this Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under the Security Documents and while all or any part of the Commitment remains outstanding, it will ensure that:
 
 
 (a)
Equity Ratio
 
the Equity Ratio shall not be, in respect of any Accounting Period, less than 0.35:1.0;

 
30

 
 
 
  (b)
 Liquidity
 
it maintains at the end of each Accounting Period and at all other times during the Security Period, Consolidated Cash and Cash Equivalents of at least $10,000,000.
 
8.4.2
All the terms defined in clause 1.2 and used in this clause 8.4 and other accounting terms used in this clause 8.4 are to be determined on a consolidated basis and (except as items are expressly included or excluded in the relevant definition or provision) are used and shall be construed in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles consistently applied and as determined by reference to any relevant Accounting Information or any other information available to the Bank at any relevant time.
 
8.4.3
The compliance of the Borrower with the undertakings set out in clause 8.4.1 shall be tested by the Bank (a) as at the end of each Accounting Period on the basis of calculations made by the Bank by reference to the Accounting Information relevant to such Accounting Period, at the time when such Accounting Information is supplied to the Bank under clause 8.1.5 and (b) at any other time by reference to such Accounting Information or any other relevant information available to the Bank at that time.
 
8.4.4
Without prejudice to the other terms of this clause 8.4 and, in particular, the time when compliance with the financial undertakings of clause 8.4.1 is to be measured by the Bank pursuant to clause 8.4.3, the Borrower hereby undertakes that the financial undertakings of clause 8.4.1 will be complied with at all times during the whole term of each Accounting Period.
 
8.4.5
For the purposes of this clause 8.4: (a) no item shall be deducted or credited more than once in any calculation; and (b) any amount expressed in a currency other than Dollars shall be converted into Dollars in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles consistently applied.
 
8.4.6
For the purposes of this clause 8.4, each Fleet Vessel (other than the Ships) shall be valued as and when required by the Bank in its sole discretion at the cost of the Borrower, in accordance with, and in the manner described in, clauses 8.2.2, 8.2.3, 8.2.4 and 8.2.6, which shall apply to this clause mutatis mutandis as if set out in full herein in respect of the Fleet Vessels instead of the Ships.
 
9
Conditions
 
9.1.1
Commitment
 
The obligation of the Bank to make the Commitment available shall be subject to the condition that the Bank or its duly authorised representative shall have received, not later than two (2) Banking Days before the date of this Agreement, the documents and evidence specified in Part 1 of schedule 2 in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank.
 
9.1.2
First Advance
 
The obligation of the Bank to make available any Advance shall be subject to the condition that the Bank or its duly authorised representative shall have received, on or prior to the drawdown of the first Advance to be drawn down, the documents and evidence specified in Part 2 of schedule 2, in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank.
 
9.1.3
Further Advances
 
The obligation of the Bank to make available any Advance (other than the first Advance), which for the purposes of compliance with clause 2.3.3(b) requires the execution and registration of a Mortgage over a Ship (other than Island Globe ) in favour of the Bank, shall be subject to the condition that the Bank or its duly authorised representative shall have received, on or prior to the drawdown of such Advance, the documents and evidence specified in Part 3 of schedule 2 relating to such Ship (referred to in such Part 3 as the “ Relevant Ship ”) in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank.

 
31

 

9.2
General conditions precedent
 
The obligation of the Bank to make any Advance available shall be subject to the further conditions that, at the time of the giving of the Drawdown Notice for such Advance, and at the time of the making of such Advance:
 
9.2.1
the representations and warranties contained in (i) clauses 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3(b) and (ii) clause 4 of each Owner’s Guarantee, are true and correct on and as of each such time as if each was made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such time;
 
9.2.2
no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the making of such Advance; and
 
9.2.3
in the case of Advances other than the first Advance to be drawn down, that the conditions set out in clauses 9.1.1 and 9.1.2 have been satisfied.
 
9.3
Waiver of conditions precedent
 
The conditions specified in this clause 9 are inserted solely for the benefit of the Bank and may be waived by the Bank in whole or in part and with or without conditions.
 
9.4
Further conditions precedent
 
Not later than five (5) Banking Days prior to each Drawdown Date of an Advance and not later than five (5) Banking Days prior to each Interest Payment Date, the Bank may request and the Borrower shall, not later than two (2) Banking Days prior to such date, deliver to the Bank on such request further favourable certificates and/or favourable opinions as to any or all of the matters which are the subject of clauses 7, 8, 9 and 10.
 
10
Events of Default
 
10.1
Events
 
There shall be an Event of Default if:
 
10.1.1
Non-payment : any Security Party fails to pay any sum payable by it under any of the Security Documents or the Underlying Documents at the time, in the currency and in the manner stipulated in the Security Documents or the Underlying Documents (and so that, for this purpose, sums payable on demand shall be treated as having been paid at the stipulated time if paid within three (3) Banking Days of demand); or
 
10.1.2
Master Swap Agreement : (a) an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default (in each case as defined in the Master Swap Agreement) has occurred and is continuing with the Borrower as the Defaulting Party (as defined in the Master Swap Agreement) under the Master Swap Agreement or (b) an Early Termination Date has occurred or been or become capable of being effectively designated under the Master Swap Agreement by the Bank or (c) the Master Swap Agreement is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason; or

 
32

 

10.1.3
Breach of Insurances and certain other obligations : the relevant Owner or, as the case may be, the Manager fails to obtain and/or maintain the Insurances (in accordance with the requirements of the relevant Ship Security Documents) for any of the Mortgaged Ships or if any insurer in respect of any such Insurances cancels such Insurances or disclaims liability by reason, in either case, of mis-statement in any proposal for such Insurances or for any other failure or default on the part of any of the Owners or any other person, or the Borrower commits any breach of or omits to observe any of the obligations or undertakings expressed to be assumed by it under clauses 8.2 or 8.3 or 8.4 of this Agreement or any of the Owners commits any breach of or omits to observe any of the obligations or undertakings expressed to be assumed by it under clause 5 of the relevant Owner’s Guarantee; or
 
10.1.4
Breach of other obligations : any Security Party commits any breach of or omits to observe any of its obligations or undertakings expressed to be assumed by it under any of the Security Documents to which it is a party or any of the Underlying Documents (other than those referred to in clauses 10.1.1, 10.1.2 and 10.1.3 above) and, in respect of any such breach or omission which in the opinion of the Bank is capable of remedy, such action as the Bank may require shall not have been taken within fourteen (14) days of the Bank notifying the relevant Security Party of such default and of such required action; or
 
10.1.5
Misrepresentation : any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made or repeated by or in respect of any Security Party to which it is a party in or pursuant to any of the Security Documents or in any notice, certificate or statement referred to in or delivered under any of the Security Documents to which it is a party or any of the Underlying Documents, is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect; or
 
10.1.6
Cross-default : any Indebtedness of any Relevant Party is not paid when due or any Indebtedness of any Relevant Party becomes (whether by declaration or automatically in accordance with the relevant agreement or instrument constituting the same) due and payable prior to the date when it would otherwise have become due (unless as a result of the exercise by the relevant Relevant Party of a voluntary right of prepayment), or the creditor of any Relevant Party becomes entitled to declare any such Indebtedness due and payable or any facility or commitment available to any Relevant Party relating to Indebtedness is withdrawn, suspended or cancelled by reason of any default (howsoever described) of the person concerned unless the Relevant Party shall have satisfied the Bank that such withdrawal, suspension or cancellation will not affect or prejudice in any way such Relevant Party’s ability to pay its debts as they fall due and fund its commitments, or any guarantee given by any Relevant Party in respect of Indebtedness is not honoured when due and called upon; or
 
10.1.7
Legal process : any judgment or order made against any Relevant Party is not stayed or complied with within fourteen (14) days or a creditor attaches or takes possession of, or a distress, execution, sequestration or other process is levied or enforced upon or sued out against, any of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of any Relevant Party and is not discharged within fourteen (14) days; or
 
10.1.8
Insolvency : any Relevant Party is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due; suspends making payments on any of its debts or announces an intention to do so; becomes insolvent; is declared “bankrupt” within the meaning of Article 8 (Meaning of Bankruptcy) of the Interpretation (Jersey) Law 1954; has assets the value of which is less than the value of its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities); or suffers the declaration of a moratorium in respect of any of its Indebtedness; or
 
10.1.9
Reduction or loss of capital : a meeting is convened by any Relevant Party for the purpose of passing any resolution to reduce or redeem any of its share capital or, in the case of any of the Owners or the Manager, to purchase any of its share capital; or
 
10.1.10
Winding up : any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken for the purpose of winding-up any Relevant Party or an order is made or resolution passed for the winding up of any Relevant Party or a notice is issued convening a meeting for the purpose of passing any such resolution; or

 
33

 
 
10.1.11
Administration : any petition is presented, notice given or other step is taken for the purpose of the appointment of an administrator of any Relevant Party or the Bank believes that any such petition or other step is imminent or an administration order is made in relation to any Relevant Party; or
 
10.1.12
Appointment of receivers and managers : any administrative or other receiver is appointed of any Relevant Party or any part of its assets and/or undertaking or any other steps are taken to enforce any Encumbrance over all or any part of the assets of any Relevant Party; or
 
10.1.13
Compositions : any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedures or steps are taken, or negotiations commenced, by any Relevant Party or by any of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of all or part of its indebtedness or to proposing any kind of composition, compromise or arrangement involving such person and any of its creditors; or
 
10.1.14
Analogous proceedings : there occurs, in relation to any Relevant Party, in any country or territory in which any of them carries on business or to the jurisdiction of whose courts any part of their assets is subject, any event which, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, appears in that country or territory to correspond with, or have an effect equivalent or similar to, any of those mentioned in clauses 10.1.7 to 10.1.13 (inclusive) or any Relevant Party otherwise becomes subject, in any such country or territory, to the operation of any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation; or
 
10.1.15
Cessation of business : any Relevant Party suspends or ceases or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on its business; or
 
10.1.16
Seizure : all or a material part of the undertaking, assets, rights or revenues of, or shares or other ownership interests in, any other Relevant Party are seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under the authority of any government; or
 
10.1.17
Invalidity : any of the Security Documents shall at any time and for any reason become invalid or unenforceable or otherwise cease to remain in full force and effect, or if the validity or enforceability of any of the Security Documents shall at any time and for any reason be contested by any Security Party which is a party thereto, or if any such Security Party shall deny that it has any, or any further, liability thereunder; or
 
10.1.18
Unlawfulness : it becomes impossible or unlawful at any time for any Security Party to fulfil any of the covenants and obligations expressed to be assumed by it in any of the Security Documents or for the Bank to exercise the rights or any of them vested in it under any of the Security Documents or otherwise; or
 
10.1.19
Repudiation : any Security Party repudiates any of the Security Documents or does or causes or permits to be done any act or thing evidencing an intention to repudiate any of the Security Documents; or
 
10.1.20
Encumbrances enforceable : any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Liens) in respect of any of the property (or part thereof) which is the subject of any of the Security Documents becomes enforceable; or
 
10.1.21
Material adverse change : there occurs, in the opinion of the Bank, a material adverse change in the financial condition of any Security Party or any other member of the Group, or the Group as a whole, by reference to the financial statements of the Group referred to in clause 7.1.11 or from that described by any Security Party to the Bank in the negotiation of this Agreement, which, would in the opinion of the Bank materially impair the ability of the Security Parties (or any of them) to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement and to the Security Documents to which they are a party; or

 
34

 
 
10.1.22
Arrest : any Mortgaged Ship is arrested, confiscated, seized, taken in execution, impounded, forfeited, detained in exercise or purported exercise of any possessory lien or other claim or otherwise taken from the possession of the relevant Owner and the relevant Owner shall fail to procure the release of such Mortgaged Ship within a period of three (3) Banking Days thereafter; or
 
10.1.23
Registration : the registration of any Ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State is cancelled or terminated without the prior written consent of the Bank or if such registration of such Ship is not renewed at least forty-five (45) days prior to the expiry of such registration; or
 
10.1.24
Unrest : the Flag State of any Ship becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in such Flag State by unconstitutional means if, in any such case, such event could in the opinion of the Bank reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the security constituted by any of the Security Documents; or
 
10.1.25
Environment : the Borrower, any of the Owners and/or any other Relevant Party and/or any of their respective Environmental Affiliates fails to comply with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval or any of the Ships or any other Relevant Ship is involved in any incident which gives rise or may give rise to an Environmental Claim if, in any such case, such non-compliance or incident or the consequences thereof could, in the opinion of the Bank, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, property or financial condition of the Borrower or any of its Related Companies or any other Relevant Party or the Group as a whole or on the security constituted by any of the Security Documents; or
 
10.1.26
P&I : the Borrower or any of the Owners or any other person fails or omits to comply with any requirements of the protection and indemnity association or other insurer with which any Ship is entered for insurance or insured against protection and indemnity risks (including all P&I risks) to the effect that any cover (including, without limitation, any cover in respect of liability for Environmental Claims arising in jurisdictions where any Ship operates or trades) is or may be liable to cancellation, qualification or exclusion at any time; or
 
10.1.27
Shareholdings : (a) any Owner or the Manager ceases to be a wholly-owned direct Subsidiary of the Borrower or (b) there is any change in the ultimate beneficial ownership of any of the shares in the Borrower such that Mr George Feidakis ceases to be the ultimate beneficial owner of at least 35% of the total issued voting share capital of the Borrower at any relevant time; or
 
10.1.28
Accounts : moneys are withdrawn from any Operating Account other than in accordance with clause 5 of the relevant Owner’s Guarantee; or
 
10.1.29
Manager : any Ship ceases to be managed by the Manager without the prior written consent of the Bank; or
 
10.1.30
De-listing etc. : the shares of the Borrower are de-listed, or cease to trade or are suspended from trading (whether permanently or temporarily for longer than ten (10) consecutive days) on, the Alternative Investments Market of the London Stock Exchange; or
 
10.1.31
Initial Charters: any Initial Charter is cancelled, repudiated or terminated for any reason (other than by mere effluxion of time or the Total Loss of the relevant Ship); or
 
10.1.32
Licenses, etc :  any license, authorisation, consent or approval at any time necessary to enable any Security Party to comply with its obligations under the Security Documents or the Underlying Documents is revoked or withheld or modified or is otherwise not granted or fails to remain in full force and effect or if any exchange control or other law or regulation shall exist which would make any transaction under the Security Documents or the Underlying Documents or the continuation thereof, unlawful or would prevent the performance by any Security Party of any term of any of the Security Documents or the Underlying Documents; or

 
35

 
 
10.1.33
Material events : any other event occurs or circumstance arises which, in the reasonable opinion of the Bank, is likely materially and adversely to affect either (i) the ability of any Security Party to perform all or any of its obligations under or otherwise to comply with the terms of any of the Security Documents to which it is a party or (ii) the security created by any of the Security Documents.
 
10.2
Acceleration
 
The Bank shall, without prejudice to any other rights of the Bank, at any time after the happening of an Event of Default by notice to the Borrower declare that:
 
10.2.1
the obligation of the Bank to make the Commitment available shall be terminated, whereupon the Commitment at the time shall be reduced to zero forthwith; and/or
 
10.2.2
the Loan and all interest and commitment commission accrued and all other sums payable under the Security Documents have become due and payable, whereupon the same shall, immediately or in accordance with the terms of such notice, become due and payable.
 
10.3
Demand basis
 
If, pursuant to clause 10.2.2, the Bank declares the Loan to be due and payable on demand, the Bank may by written notice to the Borrower (a) call for repayment of the Loan on such date as may be specified whereupon the Loan shall become due and payable on the date so specified together with all interest and commitment commission accrued and all other sums payable under this Agreement or (b) withdraw such declaration with effect from the date specified in such notice.
 
11
Indemnities
 
11.1
Miscellaneous indemnities
 
The Borrower shall on demand indemnify the Bank, without prejudice to any of the Bank's other rights under any of the Security Documents, against any loss (including loss of Margin) or expense which the Bank shall certify as sustained or incurred by it as a consequence of:
 
11.1.1
any default in payment of any sum under any of the Security Documents when due;
 
11.1.2
the occurrence of any other Event of Default;
 
11.1.3
any prepayment of the Loan (or any part thereof) being made under clauses 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 8.2.1(a) or 12.1 or any other prepayment or repayment of an Advance (or part thereof) being made otherwise than on an Interest Payment Date relating to the part of the Advance being prepaid or repaid; or
 
11.1.4
any Advance not being made for any reason (excluding any default by the Bank) after the Drawdown Notice for such Advance has been given,
 
including, in any such case, but not limited to any loss or expense sustained or incurred by the Bank in maintaining or funding the Commitment or any part thereof or in liquidating or re-employing deposits from third parties acquired to effect or maintain the Commitment or any part thereof or any other amount owing to the Bank.

 
36

 
 
11.2
Currency indemnity
 
If any sum due from the Borrower under any of the Security Documents or any order or judgment given or made in relation thereto has to be converted from the currency (the “ first currency ”) in which the same is payable under the relevant Security Document or under such order or judgment into another currency (the “ second currency ”) for the purpose of (a) making or filing a claim or proof against the Borrower, (b) obtaining an order or judgment in any court or other tribunal or (c) enforcing any order or judgment given or made in relation to any of the Security Documents, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless the Bank from and against any loss suffered as a result of any difference between (i) the rate of exchange used for such purpose to convert the sum in question from the first currency into the second currency and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange at which the Bank may in the ordinary course of business purchase the first currency with the second currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgment, claim or proof.
 
Any amount due from the Borrower under this clause 11.2 shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sums due under or in respect of any of the Security Documents and the term “ rate of exchange ” includes any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of the first currency with the second currency.
 
11.3
Environmental indemnity
 
The Borrower shall indemnify the Bank on demand and hold it harmless from and against all costs, expenses, payments, charges, losses, demands, liabilities, actions, proceedings (whether civil or criminal), penalties, fines, damages, judgements, orders, sanctions or other outgoings of whatever nature which may be suffered, incurred or paid by, or made or asserted against the Bank at any time, whether before or after the repayment in full of principal and interest under this Agreement, relating to, or arising directly or indirectly in any manner or for any cause or reason whatsoever out of an Environmental Claim made or asserted against the Bank if such Environmental Claim would not have been, or been capable of being, made or asserted against the Bank if it had not entered into any of the Security Documents and/or exercised any of its rights, powers and discretions thereby conferred and/or performed any of its obligations thereunder and/or been involved in any of the transactions contemplated by the Security Documents.
 
11.4
Central Bank or European Central Bank reserve requirements indemnity
 
The Borrower shall on demand promptly indemnify the Bank against any cost incurred or loss suffered by the Bank as a result of its complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank and/or with respect to maintaining required reserves with the relevant national central bank to the extent that such compliance relates to the Commitment or the Loan or part thereof or deposits obtained by it to fund or maintain the whole or part of the Loan and such cost or loss is not recoverable by the Bank under clause 12.2.
 
12
Unlawfulness and increased costs
 
12.1
Unlawfulness
 
If it is or becomes contrary to any law or regulation for the Bank to make an Advance or maintain its Commitment or fund the Loan, the Bank shall promptly give notice to the Borrower whereupon (a) the Commitment shall be reduced to zero and (b) the Borrower shall be obliged to prepay the Loan either (i) forthwith or (ii) on a future specified date not being earlier than the latest date permitted by the relevant law or regulation together with interest accrued to the date of prepayment and all other sums payable by the Borrower under this Agreement and/or the Master Swap Agreement or either of them.

 
37

 
 
12.2
Increased costs
 
If the result of any change in, or in the interpretation or application of, or the introduction of, any law or any regulation, request or requirement (whether or not having the force of law, but, if not having the force of law, with which the Bank or, as the case may be, its holding company habitually complies), including (without limitation) those relating to Taxation, capital adequacy, liquidity, reserve assets, cash ratio deposits and special deposits, is to:
 
12.2.1
subject the Bank to Taxes or change the basis of Taxation of the Bank with respect to any payment under any of the Security Documents (other than Taxes or Taxation on the overall net income, profits or gains of the Bank imposed in the jurisdiction in which its principal or lending office under this Agreement is located); and/or
 
12.2.2
increase the cost to, or impose an additional cost on, the Bank or its holding company in making or keeping the Loan available or maintaining or funding all or part of the Loan; and/or
 
12.2.3
reduce the amount payable or the effective return to the Bank under any of the Security Documents; and/or
 
12.2.4
reduce the Bank's or its holding company's rate of return on its overall capital by reason of a change in the manner in which it is required to allocate capital resources to the Bank's obligations under any of the Security Documents; and/or
 
12.2.5
require the Bank or its holding company to make a payment or forego a return on or calculated by reference to any amount received or receivable by the Bank under any of the Security Documents; and/or
 
12.2.6
require the Bank or its holding company to incur or sustain a loss (including a loss of future potential profits) by reason of being obliged to deduct all or part of the Loan from its capital for regulatory purposes,
 
then and in each such case (subject to clause 12.3):
 
 
 (a)
the Bank shall notify the Borrower in writing of such event promptly upon its becoming aware of the same; and
 
 
 (b)
the Borrower shall on demand made at any time whether or not the Advances outstanding have been repaid, pay to the Bank the amount which the Bank specifies (in a certificate setting forth the basis of the computation of such amount but not including any matters which the Bank or its holding company regards as confidential) is required to compensate the Bank and/or (as the case may be) its holding company for such liability to Taxes, cost, reduction, payment, foregone return or loss.
 
For the purposes of this clause 12.2 “ holding company ” means the company or entity (if any) within the consolidated supervision of which the Bank is included.
 
12.3
Exception
 
Nothing in clause 12.2 shall entitle the Bank to receive any amount in respect of compensation for any such liability to Taxes, increased or additional cost, reduction, payment, foregone return or loss to the extent that the same is the subject of an additional payment under clause 6.6.

 
38

 
 
13
Security and set-off
 
13.1
Application of moneys
 
All moneys received by the Bank under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents and expressed to be applicable in accordance with the provisions of this clause 13.1 shall be applied in the following manner:
 
13.1.1
first, in or toward payment of all unpaid costs, expenses, fees and commitment commissions which may be owing to the Bank under any of the Security Documents;
 
13.1.2
secondly, in or towards payment of any arrears of interest owing in respect of the Loan or any part thereof;
 
13.1.3
thirdly, in or towards repayment of the Loan (whether the same is due and payable or not);
 
13.1.4
fourthly, in or towards payment to the Bank of any sum owing to it under the Master Swap Agreement;
 
13.1.5
fifthly, in or towards payment to the Bank for any loss suffered by reason of any such payment in respect of principal not being effected on an Interest Payment Date relating to the part of the Loan repaid or prepaid and which amounts are so payable under this Agreement;
 
13.1.6
sixthly, in or towards payment to the Bank of any other sums owing to it under any of the Security Documents; and
 
13.1.7
seventhly, the surplus (if any) shall be paid to the Borrower or to whomsoever else may be entitled to receive such surplus.
 
13.2
Set-off
 
13.2.1
The Borrower authorises the Bank (without prejudice to any of the Bank’s rights at law, in equity or otherwise), at any time and without notice to the Borrower, to apply any credit balance to which the Borrower is then entitled standing upon any account of such Borrower with any branch of the Bank in or towards satisfaction of any sum due and payable from the Borrower to the Bank under any of the Security Documents.  For this purpose, the Bank is authorised to purchase with the moneys standing to the credit of such account such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application.
 
13.2.2
The Bank shall not be obliged to exercise any right given to it by this clause 13.2.  The Bank shall notify the Borrower forthwith upon the exercise or purported exercise of any right of set-off giving full details in relation thereto.
 
13.2.3
Nothing in this clause 13.2 shall be effective to create an Encumbrance or any other security interest.
 
13.3
Further assurance
 
The Borrower undertakes that the Security Documents shall, both at the date of execution and delivery thereof and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Security Documents, be valid and binding obligations of the respective parties thereto and rights of the Bank enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and that it will, at its expense, execute, sign, perfect and do, and will procure the execution, signing, perfecting and doing by each of the other Security Parties of, any and every such further assurance, document, act or thing as in the reasonable opinion of the Bank may be necessary or desirable for perfecting the security contemplated or constituted by the Security Documents.

 
39

 
 
13.4
Conflicts
 
In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any of the other Borrower’s Security Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.
 
14
Assignment, transfer and lending office
 
14.1
Benefit and burden
 
This Agreement shall be binding upon, and enure for the benefit of, the Bank and the Borrower and their respective successors in title.
 
14.2
No assignment by Borrower
 
The Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement.
 
14.3
Assignment by Bank
 
The Bank may assign all or any part of its rights under this Agreement or under any of the other Security Documents to any other bank or financial institution (an “ Assignee ”) with the prior written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and the request for which to be promptly responded to) unless the Assignee shall be a Related Company of the Bank (in which case no such consent shall be required, the Borrower consenting to such assignment by its execution of this Agreement).
 
14.4
Transfer
 
The Bank may transfer all or any part of its rights, benefits and/or obligations under this Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents to any one or more banks or other financial institutions (a “ Transferee ”) with the prior written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and the request for which to be promptly responded to) unless the Transferee shall be a Related Company of the Bank (in which case no such consent shall be required, the Borrower consenting to such transfer by its execution of this Agreement) and if the Transferee, by delivery of such undertaking as the Bank may approve, becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement and agrees to perform all or, as the case may be, part of the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement.
 
14.5
Documenting assignments and transfers
 
If the Bank assigns all or any part of its rights or transfers all or any part of its rights, benefits and/or obligations as provided in clause 14.3 or 14.4 the Borrower undertakes, immediately on being requested to do so by the Bank and at the cost of the Bank, to enter into, and procure that the other Security Parties shall enter into, such documents as may be necessary or desirable to transfer to the Assignee or Transferee all or the relevant part of the Bank's interest in the Security Documents and all relevant references in this Agreement to the Bank shall thereafter be construed as a reference to the Bank and/or its Assignee or Transferee (as the case may be) to the extent of their respective interests.
 
14.6
Lending office
 
The Bank shall lend through its office at the address specified in the definition of “ Bank ” in clause 1.2 or through any other office of the Bank selected from time to time by it through which the Bank wishes to lend for the purposes of this Agreement.  If the office through which the Bank is lending is changed pursuant to this clause 14.6, the Bank shall notify the Borrower promptly of such change.

 
40

 
 
14.7
Disclosure of information
 
The Bank may disclose to a prospective assignee, transferee or to any other person who may propose entering into contractual relations with the Bank in relation to this Agreement such information about the Borrower and the other Security Parties or any of them as the Bank shall consider appropriate.
 
15
Notices and other matters
 
15.1
Notices
 
Every notice, request, demand or other communication under this Agreement or (unless otherwise provided therein) under any of the other Security Documents shall:
 
15.1.1
be in writing delivered personally or by first-class prepaid letter (airmail if available) or facsimile transmission or other means of telecommunication in permanent written form;
 
15.1.2
be deemed to have been received, subject as otherwise provided in the relevant Security Document, in the case of a letter, when delivered personally or five (5) days after it has been put in to the post and, in the case of a facsimile transmission or other means of telecommunication in permanent written form, at the time of despatch (provided that if the date of despatch is not a business day in the country of the addressee or if the time of despatch is after the close of business in the country of the addressee it shall be deemed to have been received at the opening of business on the next such business day); and
 
15.1.3
be sent:
 
 
(a) 
if to the Borrower at:
 
c/o Globus Shipmanagement Corp.
128 Vouliagmenis Avenue
166 74 Glyfada
Greece
 
Fax No:    +30 210 960 8352
Attn:        Mr George Karageorgiou
 
 
(b)
if to the Bank at:
 
Credit Suisse
St. Alban-Graben 1-3
P.O. Box CH-4002
Basel
Switzerland
 
Fax No:       +41 61 266 7939
Attention:  Ms Lydia Lampadaridou
 
or to such other address and/or numbers as is notified by one party to the other party under this Agreement.
 
15.2
No implied waivers, remedies cumulative
 
No failure or delay on the part of the Bank to exercise any power, right or remedy under any of the Security Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Bank of any power, right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy.  The remedies provided in the Security Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 
41

 
 
15.3
English language
 
All certificates, instruments and other documents to be delivered under or supplied in connection with any of the Security Documents shall be in the English language or shall be accompanied by a certified English translation upon which the Bank shall be entitled to rely.
 
15.4
Waiver of Borrowers' rights
 
The Borrower agrees with the Bank that, from the date of this Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Security Documents and while all or any part of the Commitment remains outstanding, it will not, without the prior written consent of the Bank:
 
15.4.1
exercise any right of subrogation, reimbursement and indemnity against any Owner or any other person liable under the Security Documents, whether in respect of any Indebtedness or intra-Group loans or otherwise;
 
15.4.2
demand or accept repayment in whole or in part of any Indebtedness (including intra-Group loans) now or hereafter due to such Borrower from any Owner or from any other person liable under the Security Documents or demand or accept any guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against financial loss or any document or instrument created or evidencing an Encumbrance in respect of the same or dispose of the same;
 
15.4.3
take any steps to enforce any right against any Owner or any other person liable under the Security Documents in respect of any such moneys; or
 
15.4.4
claim any set-off or counterclaim against any Owner or any other person liable under the Security Documents or claiming or proving in competition with the Bank in the liquidation of any Owner or any other person liable under the Security Documents or have the benefit of, or share in, any payment from or composition with, any Owner or any other person liable under the Security Documents or any other Security Document now or hereafter held by the Bank for any moneys owing under this Agreement or for the obligations or liabilities of any other person liable but so that, if so directed by the Bank, it will prove for the whole or any part of its claim in the liquidation of any Owner or other person liable under the Security Documents on terms that the benefit of such proof and all money received by it in respect thereof shall be held on trust for the Bank and applied in or towards discharge of any moneys owing under this Agreement in such manner as the Bank shall deem appropriate.
 
16
Governing law and jurisdiction
 
16.1
Law
 
This Agreement is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.
 
16.2
Submission to jurisdiction
 
The Borrower agrees, for the benefit of the Bank, that any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement against the Borrower or any of its assets may be brought in the English courts.  The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Messrs. Saville & Co. at present of One Carey Lane, London EC2V 8AE, England to receive for it and on its behalf, service of process issued out of the English courts in any such legal action or proceedings.  The submission to such jurisdiction shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of the Bank to take proceedings against the Borrower in the courts of any other competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 
42

 
 
The parties further agree that only the courts of England and not those of any other State shall have jurisdiction to determine any claim which the Borrower may have against the Bank arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.
 
16.3
Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999
 
No term of this Agreement is enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this Agreement.
 
IN WITNESS whereof the parties to this Agreement have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date first above written.

 
43

 
 
Schedule 1
 
Form of Drawdown Notice
 
(referred to in clause 2.2)
 
To: 
Credit Suisse
St. Alban-Graben 1-3
P.O. Box CH 4002
Basel
Switzerland
 
[ · ] 200[ · ]
 
US$120,000,000 Reducing Revolving Credit Facility
Facility Agreement dated [ · ] November 2007
 
We refer to the above Facility Agreement (the “ Facility Agreement ”) and hereby give you notice that we wish to draw down an Advance in the amount of $[ · ] on [                      ] 200[ · ] and select an Interest Period in respect thereof of [ · ] months.  The funds should be credited to [name and number of account] with [details of bank in New York City ].
 
We confirm that:
 
(a)
no event or circumstance has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a Default;
 
(b)
the representations and warranties contained (i) in clauses 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3(b) of the Facility Agreement and (ii) in clauses 4.1 and 4.2 of each executed Owner’s Guarantee, are true and correct at the date hereof as if made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such date;
 
(c)
the borrowing to be effected by the drawdown of such Advance will be within our corporate powers, has been validly authorised by appropriate corporate action and will not cause any limit on our borrowings (whether imposed by statute, regulation, agreement or otherwise) to be exceeded; and
 
(d)
there has been no material adverse change in the financial position of ourselves or any Security Party or the Group, from that described by us or any other Security Party to the Bank in the negotiation of the Facility Agreement.
 
Words and expressions defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meanings where used herein.
 
 
For and on behalf of
GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED

 
44

 

Schedule 2
Documents and evidence required as conditions precedent to the
Commitment being made available
 
(referred to in clause 9.1)
 
 
1
Constitutional documents
 
Copies, certified by an officer of each Security Party as true, complete and up to date copies of all documents which contain or establish or relate to the constitution of that Security Party;
 
 
2
Corporate authorisations
 
copies of resolutions of the directors of each Security Party and officer’s certificates attaching extracts of the resolutions of the shareholders of each Security Party, approving such of the Underlying Documents and the Security Documents to which such Security Party is, or is to be, party and authorising the signature, delivery and performance of such Security Party's obligations thereunder, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than five (5) Banking Days prior to the date of this Agreement) by an officer of such Security Party as:
 
 
(a)
being true and correct;
 
 
(b)
being duly passed at meetings of the directors of such Security Party and of the shareholders of such Security Party, each duly convened and held;
 
 
(c)
not having been amended, modified or revoked; and
 
 
(d)
being in full force and effect,
 
together with originals or certified copies of any powers of attorney issued by any such Security Party pursuant to such resolutions;
 
 
3
 Specimen signatures
 
copies of the signatures of the persons who have been authorised on behalf of each Security Party to sign such of the Underlying Documents and the Security Documents to which such Security Party is, or is to be, party and to give notices and communications, including notices of drawing, under or in connection with the Security Documents, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than five (5) Banking Days prior to the date of this Agreement) by an officer of such Security Party as being the true signatures of such persons;
 
 
4
 Certificates of incumbency
 
a list of directors and officers of each Security Party specifying the names and positions of such persons, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than five (5) Banking Days prior to the date of this Agreement) by an officer of such Security Party to be true, complete and up to date;

 
45

 
 
 
5
 Borrower’s consents and approvals
 
a certificate (dated no earlier than five (5) Banking Days prior to the date of this Agreement) from an officer of the Borrower that no consents, authorisations, licences or approvals are necessary for the Borrower to authorise or are required by the Borrower in connection with the borrowing by the Borrower of the Advances pursuant to this Agreement or the execution, delivery and performance of the Borrower's Security Documents;
 
 
6
 Other consents and approvals
 
a certificate (dated no earlier than five (5) Banking Days prior to the date of this Agreement) from an officer of each Security Party (other than the Borrower) that no consents, authorisations, licences or approvals are necessary for such Security Party to guarantee and/or grant security for the borrowing by the Borrower of the Commitment pursuant to this Agreement and execute, deliver and perform the Security Documents insofar as such Security Party is a party thereto;
 
 
7
 Certified Underlying Documents
 
a copy, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than (5) five Banking Days prior to the date of this Agreement) as a true and complete copy by an officer of the Borrower of the Management Agreements and the Contracts;
 
 
8
 Marshall Islands opinion
 
an opinion of Cozen O’Connor, special legal advisers on matters of Marshall Islands law to the Bank;
 
 
9
 Jersey opinion
 
an opinion of Walkers, special legal advisers on matters of Jersey law to the Bank;
 
10
Operating Accounts
 
evidence that the Operating Accounts of the Owners have been opened together with duly completed mandate forms in respect thereof and that there is a credit balance in each such Operating Account;
 
11
Security Documents
 
the Master Swap Agreement, the Operating Account Pledges, the Master Agreement Security Deed and the Owner’s Guarantees, each duly executed by the relevant Security Parties;
 
12
Fees
 
evidence that any fees are under clause 5.1.1 have been paid in full;
 
13
Borrower’s process agent
 
a letter from the Borrower’s process agent for receipt of service of proceedings referred to in clause 16.2 accepting its appointment under the said clause and under each of the other Security Documents referred to in this Part 1 and in which it is or is to be appointed as the Borrower’s agent; and

 
46

 
 
14
Security Parties’ process agent
 
a letter from each Security Party’s agent for receipt of service of proceedings referred to in each of the Security Documents referred to in this Part 1 and in which it is or is to be appointed as such Security Party’s agent.

 
47

 
 
Part 2
First Advance
 
 
1
 Drawdown Notice
 
The Drawdown Notice in respect of the first Advance to be drawn down duly executed;
 
 
2
 Conditions precedent
 
evidence that the conditions precedent set out in Part 1 of schedule 2 remain fully satisfied;
 
 
3
 Ship conditions
 
evidence that Island Globe (the “ First Ship ”):
 
3.1
Registration and Encumbrances
 
is permanently registered in the name of the relevant Owner under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State through the relevant Registry and that the First Ship and its Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation are free of Encumbrances;
 
3.2
Classification
 
maintains the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Classification Society;
 
3.3
Insurance
 
is insured in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Ship Security Documents and all requirements of such Ship Security Documents in respect of such insurance have been complied with (including without limitation, confirmation from the protection and indemnity association or other insurer with which such Ship is, or is to be, entered for insurance or insured against protection and indemnity risks (including oil pollution risks) that any necessary declarations required by the association or insurer for the removal of any oil pollution exclusion have been made and that any such exclusion does not apply to such Ship); and
 
3.4
Initial Charter
 
has been delivered for service to the relevant charterer under the relevant Initial Charter;
 
 
4
 Ship Security Documents
 
the Ship Security Documents in respect of the First Ship, each duly executed;
 
 
5
 Mortgage registration
 
evidence that the Mortgage over the First Ship has been permanently registered against the First Ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State through the relevant Registry;

 
48

 
 
 
6
 Registration forms
 
such statutory forms duly signed by the Borrower and the other Security Parties as may be required by the Bank to perfect the security contemplated by the Security Documents referred to in this Part 2;
 
 
7
 Notices of assignment
 
copies of duly executed notices of assignment required by the terms of the relevant Ship Security Documents referred to in this Part 2 and in the forms prescribed by such Ship Security Documents;
 
 
8
 Valuation
 
a valuation of the First Ship made by one or (as the case may be) two shipbrokers in accordance with, and on the basis described in, clause 8.2.2, at the expense of the Borrower, such valuation to be made not earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the drawdown of the first Advance to be drawn down;
 
 
9
 Insurance opinion
 
an opinion (at the cost of the Borrower) from insurance consultants to the Bank on the Insurances effected or to be effected in respect of the First Ship upon and following the first Drawdown Date;
 
10
SMC/DOC
 
a copy, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than five (5) Banking Days prior to the date of this Agreement) as a true and complete copy by an officer of the Borrower of the DOC issued to the Operator of the First Ship and the SMC for the First Ship;
 
11
ISPS
 
 
(a)
evidence satisfactory to the Bank that the First Ship is subject to a ship security plan which complies with the ISPS Code; and
 
 
(b)
a copy, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than five (5) Banking Days prior to the first Drawdown Date) as a true and complete copy by an officer of the Borrower of the ISSC and the continuous synopsis record (as described in the ISPS Code) for the First Ship;
 
12
Fees
 
evidence that any fees due under clause 5.1.1 and any commitment commission due pursuant to clause 5.1.2 have been paid in full;
 
13
Marshall Islands opinion
 
an opinion of Cozen O’ Connor, special legal advisers on matters of Marshall Islands law to the Bank;
 
14
Initial Charter
 
a certified true copy of the Initial Charter in respect of the First Ship;

 
49

 
 
15
Security Parties’ process agent
 
a letter from the relevant Security Parties’ agent for receipt of service of proceedings accepting its appointment under each of the Security Documents referred to in this Part 2 and in which it is or is to be appointed as the relevant Security Party's agent;
 
16
Existing Indebtedness
 
evidence that the Indebtedness of the Borrower existing on the date of this Agreement and secured on the First Ship has been, or will be with the proceeds of the first Advance to be drawn down, repaid in full, and any security granted in respect thereof has been discharged; and
 
17
Further matters/opinions
 
any such other matter or further opinion as may be required by the Bank.
 

 
50

 

Part 3
Further Advances
 
 
1
 Drawdown Notice
 
The duly executed Drawdown Notice in respect of any Advance (other than the first Advance) which is to be made (the “ Relevant Advance ”) which, for the purposes of compliance with clause 2.3.3(b), requires the execution and registration of a Mortgage in favour of the Bank over a Ship (the “ Relevant Ship ”) (other than Island Globe );
 
 
2
 Ship conditions
 
evidence that the Relevant Ship:
 
2.1
Registration and Encumbrances
 
is permanently registered in the name of the relevant Owner under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State through the relevant Registry and that such Relevant Ship and its Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation are free of Encumbrances;
 
2.2
Classification
 
maintains the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Classification Society;
 
2.3
Insurance
 
is insured in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Ship Security Documents and all requirements of such Ship Security Documents in respect of such insurance have been complied with (including without limitation, confirmation from the protection and indemnity association or other insurer with which such Relevant Ship is, or is to be, entered for insurance or insured against protection and indemnity risks (including oil pollution risks) that any necessary declarations required by the association or insurer for the removal of any oil pollution exclusion have been made and that any such exclusion does not apply to such Relevant Ship); and
 
2.4
Initial Charter
 
evidence that the Relevant Ship has been delivered for service to the relevant charterer under the relevant Initial Charter;
 
 
3
 Ship Security Documents
 
the Ship Security Documents in respect of the Relevant Ship, each duly executed;
 
 
4
 Mortgage registration
 
evidence that the Mortgage over the Relevant Ship has been permanently registered against the Relevant Ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State through the relevant Registry;
 
 
5
 Registration forms
 
such statutory forms duly signed by the relevant Owner and the other Security Parties as may be required by the Bank to perfect the security contemplated by the relevant Security Documents referred to in this Part 3;

 
51

 
 
 
6
 Notices of assignment
 
copies of duly executed notices of assignment requested by the terms of the relevant Ship Security Documents referred to in this Part 3 and in the forms prescribed by such Ship Security Documents referred to in this Part 3;
 
 
7
 Delivery documents
 
copies, certified by the relevant Owner to be true and complete, of the bill of sale, the protocol of delivery and acceptance, the relevant commercial invoice and any other relevant delivery documents exchanged in respect of the Relevant Ship under the relevant Contract;
 
 
8
 Transfer of title
 
evidence that the transfer of title to the Relevant Ship from the relevant Seller to the relevant Owner has been duly recorded in the relevant Registry free from Encumbrances;
 
 
9
 Valuations
 
a valuation of the Relevant Ship made by one or (as the case may be) two shipbrokers in accordance with, and on the basis described in, clause 8.2.2, at the expense of the Borrower, such valuation to be made not earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the drawdown of the Relevant Advance;
 
10
Insurance opinion
 
an opinion (at the cost of the Borrower) from insurance consultants to the Bank on the insurances effected or to be effected in respect of the Relevant Ship upon and following the drawdown of the Relevant Advance;
 
11
SMC/DOC
 
a copy, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than five (5) Banking Days prior to the Drawdown Date of the Relevant Advance) as a true and complete copy by an officer of the relevant Owner of the DOC issued to the Operator of the Relevant Ship and either (a) the SMC for the Relevant Ship or (b) an application for the issuance of the SMC for the Relevant Ship;
 
12
ISPS
 
 
(a)
evidence satisfactory to the Bank that the Relevant Ship is subject to a ship security plan which complies with the ISPS Code; and
 
 
(b)
a copy, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than five (5) Banking Days prior to the Drawdown Date of the Relevant Advance) as a true and complete copy by an officer of the relevant Owner of either (a) the ISSC or (b) an application for the issuance of the ISSC and the continuous synopsis record (as described in the ISPS Code) for the Relevant Ship;
 
13
Fees
 
evidence that any fees due under clause 5.1.1 and any commitment commission due under clause 5.1.2 have been paid in full;
 
14
Marshall Islands opinion
 
an opinion of Cozen O’Connor, special legal advisers on matters of Marshall Islands law to the Bank;

 
52

 
 
15
Initial Charter
 
a certified true copy of the Initial Charter in respect of the Relevant Ship, duly executed;
 
16
Security Parties’ process agent
 
a letter from the relevant Security Parties’ agent for receipt of service of proceedings accepting its appointment under each the said Security Documents referred to in this Part 3 in which it is or is to be appointed as the said Security Parties’ process agent; and
 
17
Further matter/opinions
 
any such other matters or further opinions as the Bank may require.

 
53

 
 
Schedule 3
 
Form of Master Swap Agreement

 
54

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
Schedule
to the
2002 Master Agreement
 
dated as of ____________________
 
between
 
 
Credit Suisse
 
a banking company incorporated
under the laws of Switzerland
 
(“Party A”)
and
 
Globus Maritime Limited
 
a company organized in the form of a limited company,
incorporated   under the laws of Jersey, whose registered office is at Walker House, 28-34 Hill Street, St. Helier, Jersey JE4 8PN
 
(“Party B”)
 
Part 1
Termination Provisions
 
In this Agreement:
 
(a)
Specified Entity. “Specified Entity” means:
 
(i)
in relation to Party A: Not applicable.
 
(ii)
and with respect to Party B: for the purpose of Section 5(a)(v), Section 5(a)(vi), Section 5(vii), Section 5(b)(v): any Affiliate of Party B and any other person or company who may at any time from the execution of this Master Agreement be liable for, or provide security for, all or any part of indebtedness; for example, but without limitation, any Credit Support Provider against which Party B may have a claim based on the Credit Support Documents.
 
(b)
Specified Transaction.   Specified Transaction will have the meaning specified in Section 14.
 
(c)
Cross Default.   The "Cross Default" provision (Section 5(a)(vi)) will apply to Party B amended as follows:
 
 
(i)
Specified Indebtedness:  Instead of the definition in Section 14 of this Agreement, "Specified Indebtedness" shall mean any obligation (whether present or future, contingent or otherwise, as principal or surety or otherwise) (a) in respect of borrowed money, and/or (b) in respect of any Specified Transaction (except that, for this purpose only, the words "and any other entity" shall be substituted for the words "and the other party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such other party or any applicable Specified Entity of such other party)" where they appear in the definition of Specified Transaction and the words “which is not a Transaction under this Agreement but” shall be deleted).
 
29

 
 
(ii)
Threshold Amount:         Zero.

The "Cross Default" provision (Section 5(a)(vi) will not apply to Party A.

(d)
Credit Event Upon Merger.   The "Credit Event Upon Merger" provision (Section 5(b)(v)) will not apply to Party A and will apply to Party B.
 
(e)
Automatic Early Termination.   The "Automatic Early Termination" provision of Section 6(a) will apply to Party A and Party B.
 
(f)
Termination Currency .  "Termination Currency" means the currency selected by the party which is not the Defaulting Party or the Affected Party, as the case may be, or where there is more than one Affected Party the currency agreed by Party A and Party B.  However, the Termination Currency shall be one of the currencies in which payments are required to be made in respect of Transactions.  If the currency selected is not freely available, or where there are two Affected Parties and they cannot agree on a Termination Currency, the Termination Currency shall be United States Dollars.
 
(g)
Additional Termination Event.   Additional Termination Event will apply to Party B only.
 
The following shall constitute an A dditional Termination Event will apply to Party B, Party B being the only affected Party:
 
 
(i)
Any Event of Default of Party B as defined under the Loan Agreement shall simultaneously constitute an Event of Default of Party B under this Agreement.
 
(ii)
Failure to post with an account of Party B held with Credit Suisse, St. Alban-Graben 1-3, P.O. Box, CH-4002 Basel, an amount of cash, which shall on each day represent not less than 20 per cent of the notional amount of all outstanding Swap Transactions entered into under this Agreement until first priority mortgages over the Vessels Island Globe , River Globe , Tiara Globe have been established and registered a legally valid manner in favour of Party A  in accordance with the Loan Agreement entered into between the Parties.
 
 
30

 
 
Part 2
Tax Representations
 
(a)
Payer Tax Representations.   For the purpose of Section 3(e), Party A and Party B each makes the following representation:
 
It is not required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, of any Relevant Jurisdiction to make any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax from any payment (other than interest under Section 9(h) of this Agreement) to be made by it to the other party under this Agreement.  In making this representation, it may rely on:
 
 
(i)
The accuracy of any representation made by the other party pursuant to Section 3(f) of this Agreement;
 
(ii)
The satisfaction of the agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement and the accuracy and effectiveness of any document provided by the other party pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii); and
 
(iii)
The satisfaction of the agreement of the other party contained in Section 4(d);
 
except that it will not be a breach of this representation where reliance is placed on clause (ii) above, and the other party does not deliver a form or document under Section 4(a)(iii) by reason of material prejudice to its legal or commercial position.
 
(b)
Payee Tax Representations.   For the purpose of Section 3(f):
 
 
(i)
Party A makes no Payee Tax Representations.
 
(ii)
Party B makes no Payee Tax Representations.
 
 
31

 
 
Part 3
Agreement to Deliver Documents

Each party agrees to deliver the following documents as applicable:
 
(a)
For the purpose of Section 4(a)(i) of this Agreement, tax forms, documents or certificates to be delivered are:
 
Party required to
deliver document
 
Form/Document/Certificate 
 
Date by which
to be delivered
         
Not Applicable
 
Not Applicable
 
Not Applicable

 
(b)
For the purpose of Section 4(a)(ii) of this Agreement, other documents to be delivered are:
 
Party required to
deliver document
 
Form/Document/Certificate
 
Date by which
to be delivered
 
Covered by
Section 3(d)
Representation
             
Party A
&
Party B
 
Evidence reasonably satisfactory to the other party as to the names, true signatures and authority of the officers or officials signing this Agreement or any Confirmation on its behalf.
 
Upon execution of this Agreement and, if requested upon execution of any Confirmation.
 
Yes
             
Party A
&
Party B
 
A copy of the annual report for such party containing audited or certified financial statements for the most recently ended financial year.
 
Upon request
 
Yes
             
Party B
 
Letter of acceptance of their Process Agents (see Exhibit I)
 
Upon execution of this Agreement
 
Yes
             
Party B
  
An opinion of counsel to Party B in form and substance satisfactory to Party A to cover particularly necessary corporate authority and approvals with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by Party B of this Agreement and any Confirmation hereunder.
  
Upon request.
  
No
 
 
32

 

Part 4
Miscellaneous
 
(a)
Addresses for Notices.   For the purpose of Section 12(a) of this Agreement:
 
(i)
Address for notices or communications to Party A:
 
 
Address:
Credit Suisse
P.O. Box
CH-8070 Zurich
Switzerland
 
 
Attention :
General Counsel Division Switzerland - Head Trading & Sales Investment Products
 
 
Swift:
CRESCHZZ80A
 
 
Facsimile No.:
+41 (0)44 333 0334
 
Telephone number for oral confirmation of receipt of facsimile in legible form:
+41 (0)44 333 5025

Designated responsible employee for the purposes of Section 12(a)(iii):

 
Attention:
OTC Derivatives & Prime Services
 
Head Business & Management Support
 
 
Facsimile No.:
+41 (0)44 333 8445
 
Any notice or communications sent to Party A in connection with any matter arising under Section 5 or 6 shall be copied to the attention:
 
 
(a)
Head of Trading Switzerland
 
(b)
Head of Credit Risk Management Switzerland, CK

(ii)
Party B
 
Address for notices or communications to Party B:
 
Address specified in Confirmation or otherwise by the acting Office sending the same.
 
Any notice or communications sent to Party A in connection with any matter arising under Section 5 or 6 shall be copied to the following address:
 
 
Address:
c/o Globus Shipmanagement Corp.
128 Vouliagmenis Avenue
166 74 Glyfada
Greece
 
 
Attention:
Mr George Karageorgiou
 
33

 
 
Telephone:
+30 210 9608 322
 
 
Facsimile:
+30 210 960 8352
 
(b)
Process Agent.   For the purpose of Section 13(c) of this Agreement:
 
Party A appoints as its Process Agent: Its London Branch   at One Cabot Square, London E14 4QJ.
 
Party B appoint as its Process Agent:
 
 
Address:
Saville & Co.
One Carey Lane
London EC2V 8AE
England
 
Party B hereby irrevocably designate, appoint and empower Cheeswrights at its registered office (being, on the date hereof at 10 Philpot Lane, London EC3M 8BR, London, England) to be its authorised agent to receive on their behalf service of process of any proceedings in England.  Service upon the process agent shall be good service upon Party B whether or not it is forwarded to and received by Party B.
 
(c)
Offices.   The provisions of Section 10(a) of this Agreement will apply to this Agreement.
 
(d)
Multibranch Party. For the purpose of Section 10(b) of this Agreement:
 
Party A is not a Multibranch Party.

Party B is not a Multibranch Party.

(e)
Calculation Agent.   The Calculation Agent is Party A unless otherwise agreed in a Confirmation in relation to the relevant Transaction.
 
(f)
Credit Support Document.   Security Documents referred to in the Loan Agreement.
 
(g)
Credit Support Provider.   Credit Support Provider means:
 
 
In relation to Party A:
Not applicable.
 
 
In relation to Party B:
Any person or company who may be or become liable for, or provide security for, any amount payable by Party B to Party A under the Security Documents referred to in the Loan Agreement in particular, but without limitation, the Security Party referred to therein.
 
(h)
Governing Law.   This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.
 
 
34

 

(i)
Arbitration and Jurisdiction.
 
 
(i)
Subject to (ii) below, any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including any question regarding the existence, scope, validity or termination of this Agreement or this clause, shall be referred to and finally resolved under the Rules of the London Court of International Arbitration (the “LCIA”), which Rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference into this clause.  The parties hereby expressly agree that any dispute which arises out of or in connection with the Agreement will necessarily require resolution as a matter of exceptional urgency.  There shall be one arbitrator and the appointing authority shall be the LCIA, such appointment to be made by the LCIA within four days of filing a Request for Arbitration with the LCIA.  The chosen arbitrator shall be a practising member of the English Bar. The place of arbitration shall be London, England, the arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in the English language and the Award shall be in English.  The arbitral tribunal shall not be authorised to order and Party A shall not be authorised to seek from any judicial authority, any interim measures of protection or pre-award relief against Party B, notwithstanding any provisions of the LCIA Rules.
 
(ii)
Notwithstanding the above clause (i), this Agreement, and any rights of Party A arising out of or relating to this Agreement may, at the option of Party A, be enforced by Party A in the Courts of England or the Jurisdiction of the Counterparty or in any other Courts having jurisdiction.  For the benefit of Party A, Party B hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts with respect to any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, including any question regarding the existence, scope, validity or termination of this Agreement or this clause.
 
(iii)
Nothing herein shall affect the right of Party A to commence proceedings against Party B in any manner authorised by the laws of any relevant jurisdiction. Party B irrevocably waives any objection it may now or hereafter have to proceedings being brought in such Courts on grounds of venue or on grounds that the proceedings have been brought in an inappropriate forum.
 
(j)
Netting of Payments.   “Multiple Transaction Payment Netting” will not apply for the purpose of Section 2(c) of this Agreement. Nevertheless, to reduce settlement risk and operational costs, the parties agree that they will endeavour to net across as many Transactions as practicable wherever the parties can administratively do so.
 
(k)
Affiliate.   Affiliate will have the meaning specified in Section 14 of this Agreement.
 
(l)
Absence of Litigation. For the purpose of Section 3(c): -
 
“Specified Entity” means in relation to Party A, Not Applicable
 
“Specified Entity means in relation to Party B, Affiliates
 
(m)
No Agency. The provisions of Section 3(g) will apply to this Agreement.
 
 
35

 

(n)
Additional Representation will apply. For the purpose of Section 3 of this Agreement, the following will constitute an Additional Representation:
 
Relationship Between Parties.   Each party will be deemed to represent to the other party on the date on which it enters into a Transaction that (absent a written agreement between the parties that expressly imposes affirmative obligations to the contrary for that Transaction):-
 
 
(i)
Non-Reliance. It is acting for its own account, and it has made its own independent decisions to enter into that Transaction and as to whether that Transaction is appropriate or proper for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisers as it has deemed necessary. It is not relying on any communication (written or oral) of the other party as investment advice or as a recommendation to enter into that Transaction, it being understood that information and explanations related to the terms and conditions of a Transaction will not be considered investment advice or a recommendation to enter into that Transaction. No communication (written or oral) received from the other party will be deemed to be an assurance or guarantee as to the expected results of that Transaction.
 
(ii)
Assessment and Understanding. It is capable of assessing the merits of and understanding (on its own behalf or through independent professional advice), and understands and accepts, the terms, conditions and risks of that Transaction. It is also capable of assuming, and assumes, the risks of that Transaction.
 
(iii)
Status of Parties. The other party is not acting as a fiduciary for or an adviser to it in respect of that Transaction.
 
(n)
Recording of Conversations. Each party (i) consents to the recording of telephone conversations between the trading, marketing and other relevant personnel of the parties in connection with this Agreement or any potential Transaction, (ii) agrees to obtain any necessary consent of, and give any necessary notice of such recording to, its relevant personnel and (iii) agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that recordings may be submitted in evidence in any Proceedings.
 
 
36

 

Part 5
Other Provisions
 
(a)
Scope of Agreement.   Any Specified Transaction (whether now existing or hereafter entered into) between the parties, the confirmation of which fails by its language to supplement and form part of any master agreement documentation shall, unless such confirmation expressly excludes application of this Agreement, be governed by and be subject to this Agreement provided that for this purpose Specified Transaction shall not include any repurchase transaction, reverse repurchase transaction, buy/sell-back transaction or securities lending transaction.  Any such confirmation shall be a “Confirmation”, and any such Specified Transaction shall be a “Transaction”, for all purposes of this Agreement.
 
(b)
Definitions.   Unless otherwise specified in a Confirmation, each Transaction between the parties shall be subject to the 2006 ISDA Definitions as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.  (the “2006 Definitions”), and will be governed in all relevant respects by the provisions of the 2006 Definitions, without regard to amendments subsequent to the date thereof.  The provisions of the 2006 Definitions are incorporated by reference in and shall be deemed a part of this Agreement except that references in the 2006 Definitions to a “Swap Transaction” shall be deemed references to a “Transaction” for purposes of this Agreement.
 
(c)
Confirmations.   Each Confirmation shall be substantially in the form of one of the Exhibits to the 2006 Definitions or in any other form which is published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or in such other form as the parties may agree.
 
(d)
Change of Account.   Section 2(b) of this Agreement is hereby amended by the addition of the following after the word "delivery" in the first line thereof:
 
"to another account in the same legal and tax jurisdiction as the original account"
 
(e)
Escrow Payments.   If (whether by reason of the time difference between the cities in which payments are to be made or otherwise) it is not possible for simultaneous payments to be made on any date on which both parties are required to make payments hereunder, either party may at its option and in its sole discretion notify the other party that payments on that date are to be made in escrow.  In this case deposit of the payment due earlier on that date shall be made by 2:00 p.m. (local time at the place for the earlier payment) on that date with an escrow agent selected by the notifying party, accompanied by irrevocable payment instructions (i) to release the deposited payment to the intended recipient upon receipt by the escrow agent of the required deposit of the corresponding payment from the other party on the same date accompanied by irrevocable payment instructions to the same effect or (ii) if the required deposit of the corresponding payment is not made on that same date, to return the payment deposited to the party that paid it into escrow.  The party that elects to have payments made in escrow shall pay all costs of the escrow arrangements.
 
(f)
Disclosure.   Each party hereby consents to the communication or disclosure by the other party of information in respect of or relating to this Agreement and any Transaction(s) hereunder to such other party’s branches and Affiliates and, to the extent required by law or regulation, any government or regulatory authority.
 
 
37

 

(g)
Incorporation of 2002 Master Agreement Protocol. The parties agree that the definitions and provisions contained in Annexes 1 to 18 and Section 6 of the 2002 Master Agreement Protocol published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. on 15 July 2003 are incorporated into and apply to this Agreement. References in those definitions and provisions to any “ISDA 2002 Master Agreement” and/or “2002 Master” will be deemed to be references to this Agreement.
 
(h)
Definitions   Section 14 of this Agreement is amended by the incorporation of the following:
 
(i)
“Loan Agreement” means the separate loan agreement to be entered into between Party A and Party B, in respect of a credit facility of USD 120,000,000 for the part financing of the acquisition of Island Globe , River Globe and Tiara Globe .
 
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement and not otherwise defined in the Agreement are incorporated into this Agreement by reference. The parties acknowledge and agree that such definitions any amendments made to such definitions and from time to time shall continue to be effective notwithstanding that the facility under the Loan Agreement has been repaid or the Loan Agreement has ceased to be of effect for any reason. In the event of any inconsistency between those definitions and provisions and this Agreement, this Agreement will govern

 
38

 
 
Part 6
Physical Delivery of Bonds

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the following provisions will apply for the purposes of any Transaction which contemplates by its terms the physical delivery of bonds or other debt securities ("Bonds"):
 
(a)
Payment and Delivery.   Section 2 of this Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
 
 
(i)
Section 2(b) is amended by the substitution of "ten Local Business Days" for "five Local Business Days".
 
(ii)
The following provision shall be included as Section 2(e):
 
 
”(e)
Coupons and Expenses on Delivery.   All coupons on the Bonds to be delivered shall be payable to and all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the delivery of Bonds (including, without prejudice to Section 2(d), any Tax or Stamp Tax and any interest or penalties payable in connection therewith) shall be payable by the party who would customarily receive such coupon or bear such costs or expenses under a contract for the purchase of the Bonds, as appropriate, by the delivery through the clearance system specified in the relevant Confirmation."
 
(b)
Amendments to Section 14 of the Agreement.   The definition of "Tax" in Section 14 of the Agreement is amended by the addition of "or delivery" after "of any payment".
 
(c)
Agreements.   Section 4(e) is amended by adding the words "Subject to Section 2(e), where in respect of a Transaction, performance under this Agreement consists in a delivery of Bonds, and” before "subject to Section 11 ..." in line 1.
 
 
39

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this document on the respective dates specified below with effect from the date specified on the first page of this document.
 
Credit Suisse
Globus Maritime Limited
         
By:
   
By:
 
Name:
   
Name:
 
         
Title:
   
Title:
 
         
Date:
   
Date:
 
         
By:
   
By:
 
Name:
   
Name:
 
         
Title:
   
Title:
 
         
Date:
   
Date:
 
 
40

 
Schedule 4

Form of Master Agreement Security Deed
 
 
 

 
 
Private & Confidential

Dated           November 2007
 
 
(1)
     
    and
   
     
    CREDIT SUISSE
 
(2)
 

 
MASTER AGREEMENT SECURITY DEED
 

 
 
 
 

 
 
Contents

Clause
 
Page
     
1
Definitions
1
     
2
Restrictions
3
     
3
First fixed charge
3
     
4
Further documentation etc.
3
     
5
Representations
4
     
6
Notices
4
     
7
Counterparts
4
     
8
Supplemental
4
     
9
Law and jurisdiction
5
 
 
 

 

THIS SECURITY DEED is made on the     day of November 2007 BETWEEN :
 
(1)
GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED ,   a company incorporated in Jersey whose registered office is at Walker House, 28-34 Hill Street, St. Helier, Jersey JE4 8PN (the “ Borrower ”); and
 
(2)
CREDIT SUISSE , a company incorporated in Switzerland having its registered office at Paradeplatz 8, 8070 Zürich, Switzerland acting for the purposes of this Deed through its branch at St. Alban-Graben 1-3, 4002 Basel, Switzerland (the “ Bank ”).
 
WHEREAS:
 
(A)
by a facility agreement dated     November 2007 (the “ Loan Agreement ”) and made between (1) the Borrower and (2) the Bank as lender, the Bank agreed to make available to the Borrower, upon the terms and conditions therein contained, a reducing revolving credit facility of up to One hundred twenty million Dollars ($120,000,000) (the “ Loan ”);
 
(B)
the Borrower has entered into or may enter into one or more Transactions (as such term is defined in the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement dated    November 2007 and made between (1) the Borrower and (2) the Bank) as evidenced by one or more Confirmations (as such term is defined in the Master Swap Agreement) which are governed by the Master Swap Agreement; and
 
(C)
it is a condition precedent to the Bank making the Commitment available to the Borrower that the Borrower executes this Deed as security for, inter alia , its obligations under the Loan Agreement.
 
NOW THIS DEED WITNESSETH AND IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:
 
1
Definitions
 
1.1
Defined expressions
 
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined in this Deed, or the context otherwise requires, have the same meanings when used in this Deed.
 
1.2
Definitions
 
In this Deed, unless the context otherwise requires:
 
Loan ” means the sum of up to One hundred twenty million Dollars ($120,000,000) referred to in Recital (A) hereto advanced or (as the context may require) to be advanced to the Borrower or the principal amount of such sum outstanding at any relevant time;
 
Loan Agreement ” means the facility agreement referred to in Recital (A) hereto as the same may from time to time hereafter be supplemented and/or amended;
 
Master Swap Agreement ” means the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement (including the schedule thereto and all Transactions thereunder) referred to in Recital (B) hereto as the same may from time to time hereafter be supplemented and/or amended;
 
Master Swap Liabilities ” means, at any relevant time, all liabilities actual or contingent, present or future of the Borrower to the Bank under the Master Swap Agreement;
 
Outstanding Indebtedness ” means the aggregate of the Loan and interest accrued and accruing thereon, the Master Swap Liabilities and all other sums of money from time to time owing to the Bank, whether actually or contingently, under the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement, the other Security Documents or any of them;
 
 
1

 

Security Document ” means any such document as is defined in the Loan Agreement as a Security Document (including this Deed and, where the context so admits, the Loan Agreement itself) or as may from time to time be executed by any person as security for or as a guarantee of the Outstanding Indebtedness or any part thereof as the same may hereafter be supplemented and/or amended, and references to the “ Security Documents ” shall mean all or any of them as the context so requires;
 
Security Interest ” means a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) pledge, lien, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment, trust arrangement, title retention or other distress, execution, attachment, arrangement or process of any kind having the effect of conferring security;
 
Security Period ” means the period commencing on the date of this Deed and terminating upon discharge of the security created by the Security Documents by payment of all moneys payable thereunder; and
 
Secured Property ” means all rights, title, interest and benefits whatsoever of the Borrower under or in connection with the Master Swap Agreement including, without limitation, all moneys payable by the Bank to the Borrower thereunder (including without limitation any payment pursuant to termination provisions thereunder) and all claims for damages in respect of any breach by the Bank of the Master Swap Agreement.
 
1.3
Outstanding amounts
 
For the purposes of this Deed an amount shall be deemed to be outstanding and to be due and payable to the Bank if the Bank is then entitled to demand payment of that amount, notwithstanding that it has not yet served a demand.
 
1.4
Headings
 
Clause headings and the table of contents are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Deed.
 
1.5
Construction of certain terms
 
In this Deed, unless the context otherwise requires:
 
1.5.1
references to clauses and schedules are to be construed as references to clauses of and schedules to this Deed and references to this Deed include its schedules;
 
1.5.2
references to (or to any specified provision of) this Deed or any other document shall be construed as references to this Deed, that provision or that document as in force for the time being and as amended in accordance with the terms thereof, or, as the case may be, with the agreement of the relevant parties;
 
1.5.3
words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;
 
1.5.4
references to a person shall be construed as references to an individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons or any Government Entity;
 
1.5.5
references to a “ guarantee ” include references to an indemnity or other assurance against financial loss including, without limitation, an obligation to purchase assets or services as a consequence of a default by any other person to pay any Indebtedness and “ guaranteed ” shall be construed accordingly; and
 
1.5.6
references to statutory provisions shall be construed as references to those provisions as replaced or amended or re-enacted from time to time.
 
1.6
Conflict with Loan Agreement
 
This Deed shall be read together with the Loan Agreement but in case of any conflict between the two instruments, the provisions of the Loan Agreement shall prevail.

 
2

 

2
Restrictions
 
2.1
During the Security Period the Borrower shall not without the prior written consent of the Bank, assign or attempt to assign any right (present, future or contingent) relating to the Secured Property and the Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally confirms to the Bank that no right (present, future or contingent) relating to the Secured Property shall be capable of being assigned to, or exercised by, a person other than the Borrower without the Bank’s prior written consent.
 
2.2
In this clause references to assignment include the creation, or permitting to arise, of any form of beneficial interest or Security Interest and every other kind of disposition.
 
2.3
An act or transaction which is contrary to, or inconsistent with, this clause shall be void as regards the Bank.
 
3
First fixed charge
 
3.1
The Borrower with full title guarantee hereby charges and agrees to charge and releases and agrees to release to the Bank as a continuing security for payment of the Outstanding Indebtedness by way of first fixed charge the Secured Property.
 
3.2
Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default the charge shall become enforceable and the Bank shall be entitled then or at any later time or times to appropriate all or any part of the Secured Property in or towards discharge of the then Outstanding Indebtedness or any part thereof, and may do so notwithstanding that any maturity date attached to any part or parts of the Secured Property may not yet have arrived.
 
3.3
A certificate signed by a director or other senior officer of the Bank and which states that on a specified date and (if the certificate also states this) at a specified time the Bank exercised its rights under this clause to appropriate a specified amount of Secured Property in the discharge of a specified amount of the Outstanding Indebtedness shall be conclusive evidence that:
 
3.3.1
the Bank’s liabilities in respect of the specified amount of Secured Property; and
 
3.3.2
the specified amount of Outstanding Indebtedness,
 
were extinguished and discharged on the specified date and, if so stated, at the specified time.
 
4
Further documentation etc.
 
4.1
The Borrower shall execute forthwith any document which the Bank may specify for the purpose of:
 
4.1.1
supplementing the rights which this Deed confers on the Bank in relation to the Secured Property; or
 
4.1.2
creating a mortgage of the Secured Property to replace or supplement the charge created in clause 3 above; or
 
4.1.3
registering or otherwise perfecting this Deed or any mortgage created under clause 4.1.2 above; or
 
4.1.4
ensuring or confirming the validity of anything done or to be done under this Deed.
 
4.2
The document shall be in the terms specified by the Bank and, in the case of a mortgage of the Secured Property, those terms may include a provision entitling the Bank, on or after an Event of Default, to appropriate, or otherwise deal with, the Secured Property for the purpose of discharging the Outstanding Indebtedness.
 
 
3

 

4.3
The Borrower shall also forthwith do any act and execute any document (including a document which amends or replaces this Deed) which the Bank specifies for the purpose of enabling or assisting the Bank to comply, in relation to the Secured Property and/or the Outstanding Indebtedness, with any requirement (legally binding or not) applicable to the Bank and, in particular, the requirements of any banking supervisory authority with regard to netting of cash collateral.
 
4.4
For the purpose of securing performance of the Borrower’s obligations under clauses 4.1 to 4.3, the Borrower irrevocably appoints the Bank as its attorney, on its behalf and in its name or otherwise to sign or execute any document which, in the opinion of the Bank, the Borrower is obliged, or could be required, to sign or execute under any of the said clauses, which the Bank considers necessary or convenient for or in connection with any exercise or intended exercise of any rights which the Bank has under this Deed or any other purpose connected with this Deed.
 
4.5
The Bank may appoint any person or persons as its substitute under that power of attorney referred to in clause 4.4 and may also delegate that power of attorney to any person or persons.
 
5
Representations
 
5.1
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Bank as follows:
 
5.1.1
the Borrower is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Secured Property and has good marketable title to it;
 
5.1.2
no third party has or will have any interest, right or claim of any kind in relation to any of the Secured Property;
 
5.1.3
the Borrower has the corporate power, and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorise the execution of this Deed, the Loan Agreement and the Master Swap Agreement; and
 
5.1.4
nothing in this Deed will or might result in the Borrower contravening any law or regulation which is now in force or which has been published but not yet brought into force or any contractual or other obligation which the Borrower now has to a third party.
 
6
Notices
 
The provisions of clause 15.1 of the Loan Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis as if references to the Loan Agreement were references to this Deed in respect of any certificate, notice, demand or other communication given or made under this Deed.
 
7
Counterparts
 
This Deed may be entered into in the form of counterparts, each executed by one or more of the parties, and, provided all the parties shall so execute this Deed, each of the executed counterparts, when duly exchanged or delivered, shall be deemed to be an original but, taken together, they shall constitute one instrument.
 
8
Supplemental
 
8.1
This Deed, including the charge created by clause 3, shall remain in force as a continuing security until the Security Period has ended.
 
8.2
The rights of the Bank under this Deed will not be discharged or prejudiced by:
 
8.2.1
any kind of amendment or supplement to the other Security Documents;
 
8.2.2
any arrangement or concession, including a rescheduling, which the Bank may make in relation to any of the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement and the other Security Documents, or any action by the Bank and/or the Borrower and/or any other party thereto which is contrary to the terms of the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement and the other Security Documents;
 
 
4

 

8.2.3
any release or discharge, whether granted by the Bank or effected by the operation of any law, of all or any of the obligations of the Borrower and/or any other party thereto under any of the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement and the other Security Documents;
 
8.2.4
any change in the ownership and/or control of the Borrower and/or any other party thereto and/or merger, demerger or reorganisation involving the Borrower and/or any other party thereto; or
 
8.2.5
any event or matter which is similar to, or connected with, any of the foregoing,
 
and the rights of the Bank under this Deed do not depend on the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement or any of the Security Documents being or remaining valid.
 
8.3
Nothing in this Deed excludes or restricts any right of counterclaim, set-off, right to net payments, or any other right or remedy which the Bank would have had other than under the general law, the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement and the Security Documents.
 
9
Law and jurisdiction
 
9.1
Law
 
This Agreement is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.
 
9.2
Submission to jurisdiction
 
For the benefit of the Bank, the parties hereto irrevocably agree that any legal action or proceedings in connection with this Deed may be brought in the English courts, or in the courts of any other country chosen by the Bank, each of which shall have jurisdiction to settle any disputes arising out of or in connection with this Deed.  The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts and the courts of any country chosen by the Bank and irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Cheeswrights at present of One Carey Lane, London EC2V 8EA, England to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process issued out of the English courts in any such legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Deed.  The submission to such jurisdiction shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of the Bank to take proceedings against the Borrower in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.
 
The parties further agree that only the Courts of England and not those of any other State shall have jurisdiction to determine any claim which the Borrower may have against the Bank arising out of or in connection with this Deed.
 
9.3
Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999
 
No term of this Deed is enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this Deed.
 
IN WITNESS whereof this Deed has been duly executed as a deed the day and year first above written.
 
 
5

 
 
EXECUTED as a DEED
)
 
by
)
……………..…………..
for and on behalf of
)
Authorised Signatory
GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
……………………….
   
Witness
   
Name:
   
Address:
   
Occupation:
   
     
ACCEPTED
)
 
by
)
…………………………..
for an on behalf of
)
Attorney-in-fact
CREDIT SUISSE
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
……………………….
   
Witness
   
Name:
   
Address:
   
Occupation:
   
 
 
6

 
 
Schedule 5

Form of Owner’s Guarantee

 
 

 
Private & Confidential

Dated [ · ] November 2007
 
[ELEANOR MARITIME LIMITED]
[DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD.]
                                     [ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED]                                     (1)
 
and
 
                                                     CREDIT SUISSE                                                     (2)
 

 
CORPORATE GUARANTEE
 




 
 

 

Contents

Clause
 
Page
     
1
Interpretation
1
     
2
Guarantee
2
     
3
Payments and Taxes
5
     
4
Representations and warranties
6
     
5
Undertakings and Operating Account
10
     
6
Set-off
14
     
7
Benefit of this Guarantee
15
     
8
Notices and other matters
15
     
9
Law and jurisdiction
16
 
 
 

 

THIS GUARANTEE is dated [ · ] November 2007 and made BETWEEN:
 
(1)
[ELEANOR MARITIME LIMITED] [DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD.] [ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED] (the “ Guarantor ”); and
 
(2)
CREDIT SUISSE as bank (the “ Bank ”).
 
WHEREAS :
 
(A)
by a facility agreement (the “ Agreement ”) dated [ · ] November 2007 and made between (i) Globus Maritime Limited (therein and herein referred to as the “ Borrower ”) as borrower and (ii) the Bank, the Bank agreed (inter alios) to make available to the Borrower, upon the terms and conditions therein contained, a reducing revolving credit facility of up to US$120,000,000;
 
(B)
by a 2002 ISDA Master Swap Agreement (including its Schedule) dated as of [ · ] November 2007 (the “ Master Swap Agreement ”) and made between the Borrower and the Bank, the Bank agreed the terms and conditions upon which it would enter into (inter alia) one or more derivative transactions with the Borrower whether in respect of the Loan (whether in whole or in part, as the case may be, from time to time) or for any other purpose whatsoever; and
 
(C)
the execution and delivery of this Guarantee is one of the conditions precedent to the Bank making the Commitment available under the Agreement.
 
IT IS AGREED as follows:
 
1
Interpretation
 
1.1
Defined expressions
 
In this Guarantee, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise defined in this Guarantee, words and expressions defined in the Agreement and used in this Guarantee shall have the same meanings where used in this Guarantee.
 
1.2
Definitions
 
In this Guarantee, unless the context otherwise requires:
 
Bank ” means Credit Suisse of Paradeplatz 8, 8070 Zürich, Switzerland acting for the purposes of this Guarantee through its branch at St. Alban-Graben 1-3, 4002 Basel, Switzerland and includes its successors in title and its Assignees and/or Transferees;
 
Collateral Instruments ” means notes, bills of exchange, certificates of deposit and other negotiable and non-negotiable instruments, guarantees, indemnities and other assurances against financial loss and any other documents or instruments which contain or evidence an obligation (with or without security) to pay, discharge or be responsible directly or indirectly for, any indebtedness or liabilities of the Borrower or any other person liable and includes any documents or instruments creating or evidencing a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, trust arrangement or security interest of any kind;
 
Guarantee ” includes each separate or independent stipulation or agreement by the Guarantor contained in this Guarantee;
 
Guaranteed Liabilities ” means all moneys, obligations and liabilities expressed to be guaranteed by the Guarantor in clause 2.1;
 
Guarantor ” means [Eleanor Maritime Limited] [Devocean Maritime Ltd.] [Elysium Maritime Limited] of Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 and includes its successors in title;
 
 
1

 

Incapacity ” means, in relation to a person, the death, bankruptcy, unsoundness of mind, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, administration, receivership, amalgamation, reconstruction or other incapacity of that person whatsoever (and, in the case of a partnership, includes the termination or change in the composition of the partnership);
 
Master Swap Agreement ” means the 2002 ISDA Master Swap Agreement dated as of [ · ] November 2007 made between the Bank and the Borrower mentioned in recital (B) hereto comprising a 1992 ISDA Master Agreement (and a Schedule thereto) together with any Confirmations (as defined therein) supplemental thereto;
 
Operating Account ” means a Dollar account of the Guarantor opened or (as the context may require) to be opened with the Bank with account number [ · ] and includes any sub-accounts thereof and any other account designated in writing by the Bank to be an Operating Account for the purposes of this Guarantee and is the “Operating Account” referred to in the Agreement;
 
Operating Account Pledge ” means a first priority pledge executed or (as the context may require) to be executed by the Guarantor in favour of the Bank in respect of (inter alia) the Operating Account;
 
Relevant Jurisdiction ” means any jurisdiction in which or where the Guarantor is incorporated, resident, domiciled, has a permanent establishment, carries on, or has a place of business or is otherwise effectively connected; and
 
Ship ” means the [1995-built, 73,119 (approximately) dwt] [2007-built, 53,500 (approximately) dwt] [1998-built, 72,929 (approximately) dwt] bulk carrier [Island Globe] [River Globe] [Tiara Globe] ,   owned by the Guarantor and registered in its ownership through the Registry under the laws and flag of the Flag State with Official Number [2861] [ · ] [ · ].
 
1.3
Heading
 
Clause headings and the table of contents are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Guarantee.
 
1.4
Construction of certain terms
 
Clause 1.4 of the Agreement shall apply to this Guarantee as if set out herein.
 
2
Guarantee
 
2.1
Covenant to pay
 
In consideration of (a) the Bank, at the request (inter alios) of the Guarantor, making or continuing loans or advances to, or otherwise giving credit or granting banking facilities or accommodation or granting time to, the Borrower pursuant to the Agreement and (b) the Bank agreeing to enter into the Master Swap Agreement with the Borrower, the Guarantor hereby guarantees to pay to the Bank, on demand by the Bank all moneys and discharge all obligations and liabilities now or hereafter due, owing or incurred by the Borrower to the Bank under or pursuant to the Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement and the other Security Documents when the same become due for payment or discharge whether by acceleration or otherwise, and whether such moneys, obligations or liabilities are express or implied, present, future or contingent, joint or several, incurred as principal or surety, originally owing to the Bank or purchased or otherwise acquired by the Bank, denominated in Dollars or in any other currency, or incurred on any banking account or in any other manner whatsoever.
 
Such liabilities shall, without limitation, include interest (as well after as before judgment) to date of payment at such rates and upon such terms as may from time to time be agreed, commission, fees and other charges and all legal and other costs, charges and expenses on a full and unqualified indemnity basis which may be incurred by the Bank in relation to any such moneys, obligations or liabilities or generally in respect of the Borrower, the Guarantor or any Collateral Instrument.
 
 
2

 

2.2
Guarantor as principal debtor; indemnity
 
As a separate and independent stipulation, the Guarantor agrees that if any purported obligation or liability of the Borrower which would have been the subject of this Guarantee had it been valid and enforceable is not or ceases to be valid or enforceable against the Borrower on any ground whatsoever whether or not known to the Bank (including, without limitation, any irregular exercise or absence of any corporate power or lack of authority of, or breach of duty by, any person purporting to act on behalf of the Borrower or any legal or other limitation, whether under the Limitation Acts or otherwise or any disability or Incapacity or any change in the constitution of the Borrower) the Guarantor shall nevertheless be liable to the Bank in respect of that purported obligation or liability as if the same were fully valid and enforceable and the Guarantor was the principal debtor in respect thereof. The Guarantor hereby agrees to keep the Bank fully indemnified on demand against all damages, losses, costs and expenses arising from any failure of the Borrower to perform or discharge any such purported obligation or liability.
 
2.3
Statements of account conclusive
 
Any statement of account, signed as correct by an officer of the Bank, showing the amount of the Guaranteed Liabilities shall, in the absence of manifest error, be binding and conclusive on and against the Guarantor.
 
2.4
No security taken by Guarantor
 
The Guarantor warrants that it has not taken or received, and undertakes that until all the Guaranteed Liabilities of the Borrower have been paid or discharged in full, it will not take or receive the benefit of any security from the Borrower or any other person in respect of their obligations under this Guarantee.
 
2.5
Interest
 
The Guarantor agrees to pay interest on each amount demanded of it under this Guarantee from the date of such demand until payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate specified in clause 3.4 of the Agreement which shall apply to this Guarantee mutatis mutandis.  Such interest shall be compounded at the end of each period determined for this purpose by the Bank in the event of it not being paid when demanded but without prejudice to any right of the Bank to require payment of such interest.
 
2.6
Continuing security and other matters
 
This Guarantee shall:
 
2.6.1
secure the ultimate balance from time to time owing to the Bank by the Borrower and shall be a continuing security, notwithstanding any settlement of account or other matter whatsoever;
 
2.6.2
be in addition to any present or future Collateral Instrument, right or remedy held by or available to the Bank; and
 
2.6.3
not be in any way prejudiced or affected by the existence of any such Collateral Instrument, rights or remedies or by the same becoming wholly or in part void, voidable or unenforceable on any ground whatsoever or by the Bank dealing with, exchanging, varying or failing to perfect or enforce any of the same or giving time for payment or indulgence or compounding with any other person liable.
 
 
3

 

2.7
Liability unconditional
 
The liability of the Guarantor shall not be affected nor shall this Guarantee be discharged or reduced by reason of:
 
2.7.1
the Incapacity or any change in the name, style or constitution of the Borrower or any other person liable;
 
2.7.2
the Bank granting any time, indulgence or concession to, or compounding with, discharging, releasing or varying the liability of, the Borrower or any other person liable or renewing, determining, varying or increasing any accommodation, facility or transaction or otherwise dealing with the same in any manner whatsoever or concurring in, accepting or varying any compromise, arrangement or settlement or omitting to claim or enforce payment from the Borrower or any other person liable; or
 
2.7.3
any act or omission which would not have discharged or affected the liability of the Guarantor had it been a principal debtor instead of a guarantor or by anything done or omitted which but for this provision might operate to exonerate the Guarantor.
 
2.8
Collateral Instruments
 
The Bank shall not be obliged to make any claim or demand on the Borrower or to resort to any Collateral Instrument or other means of payment now or hereafter held by or available to it before the Bank enforcing this Guarantee and no action taken or omitted by the Bank in connection with any such Collateral Instrument or other means of payment shall discharge, reduce, prejudice or affect the liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee nor shall the Bank be obliged to account for any money or other property received or recovered in consequence of any enforcement or realisation of any such Collateral Instrument or other means of payment in reduction of the Guaranteed Liabilities.
 
2.9
Waiver of Guarantor’s rights
 
Until all the Guaranteed Liabilities have been paid, discharged or satisfied in full (and notwithstanding payment of a dividend in any liquidation or under any compromise or arrangement) the Guarantor agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Bank, it will not:
 
2.9.1
exercise its rights of subrogation, reimbursement and indemnity against the Borrower or any other person liable;
 
2.9.2
demand or accept repayment in whole or in part of any indebtedness now or hereafter due to the Guarantor from the Borrower or from any other person liable or demand or accept any Collateral Instrument in respect of the same or dispose of the same;
 
2.9.3
take any step to enforce any right against the Borrower or any other person liable in respect of any Guaranteed Liabilities; or
 
2.9.4
claim any set-off or counterclaim against the Borrower or any other person liable or claim or prove in competition with the Bank in the liquidation of the Borrower or any other person liable or have the benefit of, or share in, any payment from or composition with, the Borrower or any other person liable or any other Collateral Instrument now or hereafter held by the Bank for any Guaranteed Liabilities or for the obligations or liabilities of any other person liable but so that, if so directed by the Bank, it will prove for the whole or any part of its claim in the liquidation of the Borrower or any other person liable on terms that the benefit of such proof and of all money received by it in respect thereof shall be held on trust for the Bank and applied in or towards discharge of the Guaranteed Liabilities in such manner as the Bank shall deem appropriate.
 
 
4

 

2.10
Application and suspense accounts:
 
All moneys received by the Bank (whether before or after any Incapacity of the Borrower or the Guarantor) under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents to which the Guarantor is, or is to be, a party and expressed to be applicable in accordance with the provisions of this clause 2.10, shall be applied or, as the context may require, used by the Bank in the following manner:
 
2.10.1
first, in or towards the Expenses (as defined in the Mortgage);
 
2.10.2
secondly, in or towards any part of the Guaranteed Liabilities which has become due and payable; and
 
2.10.3
the surplus (if any) shall be held by the Bank as continuing security for the Guaranteed Liabilities for a further application in accordance with clauses 2.10.1, 2.10.2 and 2.10.3 as and when any further Expenses are incurred and/or any further part of the Guaranteed Liabilities falls due,
 
Provided however that any money received by the Bank in connection with this Guarantee (whether before or after any Incapacity of the Borrower or of the Guarantor) may be placed to the credit of an interest bearing suspense account with a view to preserving the rights of the Bank to prove for the whole of their claims against the Borrower or the Guarantor or any other person liable or may be applied in or towards satisfaction of such part of the Guaranteed Liabilities as the Bank may from time to time conclusively determine in its absolute discretion.
 
2.11
Settlements conditional
 
Any release, discharge or settlement between the Guarantor and the Bank shall be conditional upon no security, disposition or payment to the Bank by the Borrower or any other person liable being void, set aside or ordered to be refunded pursuant to any enactment or law relating to bankruptcy, liquidation, administration or insolvency or for any other reason whatsoever and if such condition shall not be fulfilled the Bank shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee subsequently as if such release, discharge or settlement had not occurred and any such payment had not been made.
 
2.12
Guarantor to deliver up certain property
 
If, contrary to clauses 2.4 or 2.9 the Guarantor takes or receives the benefit of any security or receives or recovers any money or other property, such security, money or other property shall be held on trust for the Bank and shall be delivered to the Bank on demand.
 
2.13
Retention of this Guarantee
 
The Bank shall be entitled to retain this Guarantee after as well as before the payment or discharge of all the Guaranteed Liabilities for such period as the Bank may determine.
 
3
Payments and Taxes
 
3.1
No set off or counterclaim
 
All payments to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be made in full, without any set-off or counterclaim whatsoever and, subject as provided in clause 3.2, free and clear of any deductions or withholdings, in Dollars on the due date to such account as the Bank may specify in writing to the Guarantor.
 
 
5

 

3.2
Grossing up for Taxes
 
If at any time the Guarantor is required to make any deduction or withholding in respect of Taxes from any payment due under this Guarantee for the account of the Bank (or if the Bank is required to make any such deduction or withholding from a payment of moneys received under this Guarantee), the sum due from the Guarantor in respect of such payment shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding, the Bank receives on the due date for such payment (and retains, free from any liability in respect of such deduction or withholding) a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required to be made and the Guarantor shall indemnify the Bank against any losses or costs incurred by it by reason of any failure of the Guarantor to make any such deduction or withholding or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment. The Guarantor shall promptly deliver to the Bank any receipts, certificates or other proof evidencing the amounts (if any) paid or payable in respect of any deduction or withholding as aforesaid.
 
3.3
Currency indemnity
 
If any sum due from the Guarantor under this Guarantee or any order or judgment given or made in relation hereto has to be converted from the currency (the “ first currency ”) in which the same is payable under this Guarantee or under such order or judgment into another currency (the “ second currency ”) for the purpose of (a) making or filing a claim or proof against the Guarantor, (b) obtaining an order or judgment in any court or other tribunal or (c) enforcing any order or judgment given or made in relation to this Guarantee, the Guarantor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Bank from and against any loss suffered as a result of any difference between (i) the rate of exchange used for such purpose to convert the sum in question from the first currency into the second currency and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange at which the Bank may in the ordinary course of business purchase the first currency with the second currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgment, claim or proof.  Any amount due from the Guarantor under this clause 3.3 shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sums due under or in respect of this Guarantee and the term “ rate of exchange ” includes any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of the first currency with the second currency.
 
4
Representations and warranties
 
4.1
Continuing representations and warranties
 
The Guarantor represents and warrants that:
 
4.1.1
Due incorporation
 
the Guarantor is duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands as a Marshall Islands corporation and has power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own its property and other assets;
 
4.1.2
Corporate power to guarantee
 
the Guarantor has power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Guarantee and the other Security Documents and the Underlying Documents to which it is a party; all necessary corporate, shareholder and other action has been taken to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of the same and no limitation on the powers of the Guarantor to borrow or give guarantees will be exceeded as a result of this Guarantee;
 
4.1.3
Binding obligations
 
this Guarantee and the other Security Documents and the Underlying Documents to which it is a party constitutes valid and legally binding obligations of the Guarantor enforceable in accordance with its terms;
 
 
6

 

4.1.4
No conflict with other obligations
 
the execution and delivery of, the performance of its obligations under, and compliance with the provisions of, this Guarantee and the other Security Documents and the Underlying Documents to which it is a party by the Guarantor will not (a) contravene any existing applicable law, statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or permit to which the Guarantor is subject, (b) conflict with, or result in any breach of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or other instrument to which the Guarantor is a party or is subject or by which it or any of its property is bound, (c) contravene or conflict with any provision of the Guarantor's constitutional documents or (d) result in the creation or imposition of or oblige the Guarantor to create any Encumbrance on any of the Guarantor's undertakings, assets, rights or revenues;
 
4.1.5
No litigation
 
no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding is taking place, pending or, to the knowledge of the officers of the Guarantor, threatened against the Guarantor which could have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the Guarantor;
 
4.1.6
No filings required
 
it is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee that it or any other instrument be notarised, filed, recorded, registered or enrolled in any court, public office or elsewhere in any Relevant Jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax or charge be paid in any Relevant Jurisdiction on or in relation to this Guarantee or the other Security Documents and the Underlying Documents to which the Guarantor is a party and this Guarantee and each such other Security Document is in proper form for its enforcement in the courts of each Relevant Jurisdiction;
 
4.1.7
Choice of law
 
the choice by the Guarantor of English law to govern this Guarantee and the other Security Documents and the Underlying Documents to which it is a party (other than the relevant Mortgage and the relevant Account Pledge), the choice of Marshall Islands law to govern such Mortgage and the choice of Swiss law to govern such Operating Account Pledge, and the submission by the Guarantor to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts are valid and binding;
 
4.1.8
No immunity
 
neither the Guarantor nor any of its assets is entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceeding (which shall include, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgment, execution or other enforcement);
 
4.1.9
Consents obtained
 
every consent, authorisation, licence or approval of, or registration with or declaration to, governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts required by the Guarantor to authorise, or required by the Guarantor in connection with, the execution, delivery, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee or the other Security Documents and the Underlying Documents to which the Guarantor is a party or the performance by the Guarantor of its obligations under this Guarantee and each such other Security Document has been obtained or made and is in full force and effect and there has been no default in the observance of the conditions or restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, any of the same;
 
4.1.10
Shareholding
 
the Guarantor is a wholly-owned direct Subsidiary of the Borrower; and

 
7

 

4.1.11
No material adverse change
 
there has been no material adverse change in the financial position of the Guarantor from that described to the Bank by the Borrower and/or the Guarantor in the negotiation of the Agreement and this Guarantee.
 
4.2
Initial representations and warranties
 
The Guarantor further represents and warrants that:
 
4.2.1
Pari passu
 
the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee are direct, general and unconditional obligations of the Guarantor and rank at least pari passu with all other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Guarantor with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract;
 
4.2.2
No default under other Indebtedness
 
the Guarantor is not (nor would with the giving of notice or lapse of time or the satisfaction of any other condition or any combination thereof be) in breach of or in default under any agreement relating to Indebtedness to which it is a party or by which it may be bound;
 
4.2.3
Information
 
the information, exhibits and reports furnished by the Guarantor to the Bank in connection or with the negotiation and preparation of this Guarantee are true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading, do not omit material facts and all reasonable enquiries have been made to verify the facts and statements contained therein; there are no other facts the omission of which would make any fact or statement therein misleading;
 
4.2.4
No withholding Taxes
 
no Taxes are imposed by withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee or any of the other Security Documents and the Underlying Documents or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery by the Guarantor of this Guarantee or any of the other Security Documents and the Underlying Documents or any document or instrument to be executed or delivered under this Guarantee or any of the other Security Documents and the Underlying Documents;
 
4.2.5
No Default
 
no Default has occurred and is continuing;
 
4.2.6
The Ship
 
the Ship will, on the date when the Mortgage over the Ship is registered, be:
 
(a)
in the absolute ownership of the Guarantor who will, on and after such date, be the sole, legal and beneficial owner of the Ship;
 
(b)
permanently registered through the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;
 
 
(c)
operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service; and
 
 
(d)
classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Classification Society;
 
 
8

 

4.2.7
Ship’s employment
 
save for the relevant Initial Charter, the Ship is not nor will, on or before the date when the Mortgage over such Ship is registered, be subject to any charter or contract or to any agreement to enter into any charter or contract which, if entered into after the date of the relevant Ship Security Documents, would have required the consent of the Bank and, on or before the date when the Mortgage over the Ship is registered, there will not be any agreement or arrangement whereby the Earnings of the Ship may be shared with any other person;
 
4.2.8
Freedom from Encumbrances
 
neither the Ship, nor its Earnings, Insurances, Requisition Compensation nor the Operating Account nor any other properties or rights which are, or are to be, the subject of any of the Security Documents nor any part thereof will be, on the date when the Mortgage over the Ship is registered, subject to any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Liens);
 
4.2.9
Compliance with Environmental Laws and Approvals
 
except as may already have been disclosed by the Borrower in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Bank:
 
 
(a)
the Guarantor and the other Relevant Parties and, to the best of the Guarantor’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), their respective Environmental Affiliates have complied with the provisions of all Environmental Laws;
 
 
(b)
the Guarantor and the other Relevant Parties and, to the best of the Guarantor’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), their respective Environmental Affiliates have obtained all Environmental Approvals and are in compliance with all such Environmental Approvals; and
 
 
(c)
neither the Guarantor nor any other Relevant Party nor, to the best of the Guarantor’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), any of their respective Environmental Affiliates have received notice of any Environmental Claim that the Guarantor or any other Relevant Party or any such Environmental Affiliate is not in compliance with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval;
 
4.2.10
No Environmental Claims
 
except as may already have been disclosed by the Guarantor in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Bank, there is no Environmental Claim pending or, to the best of the Guarantor’s knowledge and belief, threatened against the Guarantor or the Ship or any other Relevant Party or any other Relevant Ship or, to the best of the Owner’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), any of their respective Environmental Affiliates;
 
4.2.11
No potential Environmental Claims
 
except as may already have been disclosed by the Guarantor in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Bank, there has been no emission, spill, release or discharge of a Pollutant from the Ship or any other Relevant Ship owned by, managed or crewed by or chartered to any Relevant Party nor, (having made due enquiry) to the best of the Guarantor’s knowledge and belief, from any Relevant Ship owned by, managed or crewed by or chartered to any other Relevant Party, which could give rise to an Environmental Claim; and
 
 
9

 

4.2.12
ISPS Code
 
on the date when the Mortgage over the Ship is registered, the Guarantor shall have a valid and current ISSC in respect of the Ship and the Ship shall be in compliance with the ISPS Code.
 
4.3
Repetition of representations and warranties
 
On and as of each day from the date of this Guarantee until all moneys due or owing, whether actually or contingently, under the Agreement and/or the other Security Documents (including this Guarantee) have been paid in full and while all or any part of the Commitment remains outstanding, the Guarantor shall be deemed to repeat the representations and warranties in clause 4.1 as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on each such day.
 
5
Undertakings and Operating Account
 
5.1
General
 
The Guarantor undertakes that, from the date of this Guarantee and so long as any moneys are owing, whether actually or contingently, under the Agreement or the other Security Documents (including this Guarantee) and while all or any part of the Commitment remains outstanding, it will:
 
5.1.1
Notice of default
 
promptly inform the Bank of any occurrence of which it becomes aware which might adversely affect its ability to perform its obligations under this Guarantee or any other Security Document or Underlying Document to which it is a party and of any Default forthwith upon becoming aware thereof and will from time to time, if so requested by the Bank, confirm to the Bank in writing that, save as otherwise stated in such confirmation, no Default has occurred and is continuing;
 
5.1.2
Consents and licences
 
without prejudice to clause 4.1, obtain or cause to be obtained, maintain in full force and effect and comply in all material respects with the conditions and restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, every consent, authorisation, licence or approval of governmental or public bodies or authorities or courts and do, or cause to be done, all other acts and things which may from time to time be necessary or desirable under applicable law for the continued due performance of all its obligations under this Guarantee or any other Security Document or Underlying Document to which it is a party;
 
5.1.3
Pari passu
 
ensure that its obligations under this Guarantee shall, without prejudice to the provisions of clause 5.1.6, at all times rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract;
 
5.1.4
Delivery of reports
 
deliver to the Bank as many copies as the Bank may reasonably require at the time of issue thereof every report, circular, notice or like document issued by the Guarantor to its shareholders or creditors in general;
 
5.1.5
Provision of other information
 
provide the Bank with such financial and other information concerning the Guarantor, the Ship, the Borrower, the other Security Parties, the other members of the Group, the Group and their respective commitments, operations and affairs, as the Bank may from time to time reasonably require;
 
 
10

 

5.1.6
Obligations under Security Documents
 
duly and punctually perform each of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it under the Security Documents and the Underlying Documents to which it is a party;
 
5.1.7
Compliance with Code
 
and will procure that any Operator will, comply with and ensure that the Ship and any Operator at all times complies with the requirements of the Code, including (but not limited to) the maintenance and renewal of valid certificates pursuant thereto throughout the Security Period;
 
5.1.8
Withdrawal of DOC and SMC
 
and will procure that any Operator will, immediately inform the Bank if there is any threatened or actual withdrawal of its Operator’s DOC or the SMC in respect of the Ship;
 
5.1.9
Issuance of DOC and SMC
 
and will procure that any Operator will, promptly inform the Bank upon the issuance to any Operator of a DOC and to the Ship of an SMC or the receipt by the Guarantor or any Operator of notification that its application for the same has been refused;
 
5.1.10
ISPS Code compliance
 
and will procure that the Manager or any Operator will,
 
 
(a)
from the date when the Mortgage over the Ship is registered and at all times thereafter, maintain a valid and current ISSC respect of the Ship;
 
 
(b)
immediately notify the Bank in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC in respect of the Ship; and
 
 
(c)
procure that, from the date when the Mortgage over the Ship is registered and at all times thereafter, the Ship complies with the ISPS Code; and
 
5.1.11
Employment
 
without prejudice to the rights of the Bank under the provisions of the other Security Documents, advise the Bank promptly of any Security Charter being entered into in respect of the Ship and:
 
 
(a)
deliver a certified copy of each such Security Charter forthwith after its execution; and
 
 
(b)
forthwith after its execution:
 
 
(i)
execute a Charter Assignment of such Security Charter; and
 
 
(ii)
procure the service of any notice of assignment on the relevant Charterer or other counterparty and the acknowledgement of such notice by the relevant Charterer or other counterparty;
 
 
(c)
deliver to the Bank on demand made by it, such documents and evidence of the type referred to in schedule 2 of the Agreement to any such Charter Assignment, Security Charter or Charterer or any other related matter referred to in this clause 5.1.11, as the Bank may in its sole discretion require; and
 
 
11

 

 
(d)
pay on the Bank’s demand all legal and other costs incurred by the Bank in connection with or in relation to any such assignment or any other related matter referred to in this clause 5.1.11.
 
5.2
Negative undertakings
 
The Guarantor undertakes that, from the date of this Guarantee and so long as any moneys are owing, whether actually or contingently, under the Agreement and/or the other Security Documents (including this Guarantee) and while all or any part of the Commitment remains outstanding, it will not, without the prior written consent of the Bank:
 
5.2.1
Negative pledge
 
permit any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) by the Guarantor to subsist, arise or be created or extended over all or any part of its present or future undertaking, assets, rights or revenues to secure or prefer any present or future Indebtedness of the Guarantor or any other person;
 
5.2.2
No merger
 
merge or consolidate with any other person or enter into any demerger, amalgamation or any corporate reconstruction or redomiciliation of any kind;
 
5.2.3
Disposals
 
sell, transfer, abandon, lend or otherwise dispose of or cease to exercise direct control over any part (being either alone or when aggregated with all other disposals falling to be taken into account pursuant to this clause 5.2.3 material in the opinion of the Bank in relation to the undertaking, assets, rights and revenues of the Guarantor) of its present or future undertaking, assets, rights or revenues (otherwise than by transfers, sales or disposals for full consideration in the ordinary course of trading) whether by one or a series of transactions related or not;
 
5.2.4
Other business
 
undertake any business other than the ownership and operation of the Ship and the chartering of the Ship to third parties;
 
5.2.5
Acquisitions
 
acquire any further assets other than the Ship and rights arising under contracts entered into by or on behalf of the Guarantor in the ordinary cause of its business of owning, operating and chartering the Ship;
 
5.2.6
Other obligations
 
incur any obligations except for obligations arising under the Ship Security Documents in respect of its Ship or the other Security Documents and the Underlying Documents to which it is a party or contracts entered into in the ordinary course of its business;
 
5.2.7
No borrowing
 
incur any Indebtedness except for Indebtedness pursuant to the Security Documents;
 
5.2.8
Repayment of borrowings
 
repay the principal of, or pay interest on or any other sum in connection with any of its Indebtedness except for Indebtedness pursuant to the Security Documents;
 
 
12

 

5.2.9
Guarantees
 
issue any guarantees or indemnities or otherwise become directly or contingently liable for the obligations of any person, firm or corporation except pursuant to the Security Documents and except for guarantees or indemnities from time to time required in the ordinary course by any protection and indemnity or war risks association with which the Ship is entered, guarantees required to procure the release of the Ship from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy or guarantees or undertakings required for the salvage of the Ship;
 
5.2.10
Loans
 
make any loans or grant any credit (save for normal trade credit in the ordinary course of business) to any person or agree to do so;
 
5.2.11
Sureties
 
permit any Indebtedness of the Guarantor to any person (other than the Bank) to be guaranteed by any person (save for guarantees or indemnities from time to time required in the ordinary course by any protection and indemnity or war risks association with which its Ship is entered, guarantees required to procure the release of the Ship from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy or guarantees or undertakings required for the salvage of the Ship);
 
5.2.12
Share capital and distribution
 
purchase or otherwise acquire for value any shares of its capital or, following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, declare or pay any dividends or distribute any of its present or future assets, undertaking rights or revenues to any of its shareholders;
 
5.2.13
Subsidiaries
 
form or acquire any Subsidiaries; or
 
5.2.14
Manager
 
appoint any manager of the Ship other than the Manager or terminate or amend the terms of the Management Agreement relevant to the Ship.
 
5.3
Operating Account
 
The Guarantor undertakes with the Bank that it will:
 
5.3.1
on or before the Drawdown Date, open the Operating Account; and
 
5.3.2
procure that all moneys payable to the Guarantor in respect of the Earnings (as defined in the Mortgage) of the Ship shall, unless and until the Bank directs to the contrary pursuant to clause 2.1.1 of the General Assignment, be paid to the Operating Account.  Provided however that if any of the moneys paid to the Operating Account are payable in a currency other than Dollars, the Bank shall (and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally authorises and instructs the Bank to) convert such moneys into Dollars at the Bank’s spot rate of exchange at the relevant time for the purchase of Dollars with such currency and the term “ spot rate of exchange ” shall include any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of Dollars with such currency.
 
 
13

 

5.4
Operating Account: withdrawals
 
Unless the Bank otherwise agrees in writing, the Guarantor shall not be entitled to withdraw any moneys from the Operating Account at any time from the date of this Guarantee and for so long as any moneys are owing actually or contingently under this Guarantee or any of the other Security Documents save that unless and until a Default shall occur and the Bank shall direct to the contrary, the Guarantor may withdraw moneys from the Operating Account for the following purposes (and, in respect of the payments referred to in clause 5.3.1, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably authorised and instructs the Bank at its discretion to effect any such transfer):
 
5.4.1
to pay any amount in or towards payments of any instalments of interest or principal in respect of the Loan or any other amounts then payable pursuant to the Agreement or any of the other Security Documents;
 
5.4.2
to pay the proper and reasonable operating expenses of the Ship;
 
5.4.3
to pay the proper and reasonable expenses of administering its affairs; and
 
5.4.4
to make any payment of dividends if not prohibited by the terms of the Security Documents.
 
5.5
Application of account
 
At any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default and following a demand made by the Bank under clause 2.1, the Bank may, without notice to the Guarantor, instruct the Bank to apply all moneys then standing to the credit of the Operating Account (together with interest from time to time accruing or accrued thereon) in or towards satisfaction of any sums due to the Bank under the Security Documents in the manner specified in clause 13.1 of the Agreement or the Bank may credit the same to a suspense account pursuant to and in accordance with clause 2.10.
 
5.6
General terms
 
5.6.1
Amounts standing to the credit of the Operating Account shall (unless otherwise agreed between the Bank and the Guarantor) bear interest at the rates from time to time offered by the Bank to its customers for Dollar deposits in comparable amounts for comparable periods in comparable accounts.  Interest shall accrue on the Operating Account from day to day and be calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed and a 360 day year and shall be credited to the Operating Account at such times as the Bank and the Guarantor shall agree.
 
5.6.2
No withdrawal may be made from the Operating Account if the Operating Account is overdrawn or would become overdrawn as a result of such withdrawal.
 
5.7
Charging of account
 
The Operating Account and all amounts from time to time standing to the credit thereof shall be subject to the security constituted and the rights conferred by the relevant Operating Account Pledge.
 
6
Set-off
 
The Guarantor authorises the Bank, at any time and without notice to the Guarantor, to apply any credit balance to which the Guarantor is then entitled on any account of the Guarantor with the Bank at any of its branches in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due and payable from the Guarantor to the Bank under this Guarantee.  For this purpose the Bank is authorised to purchase with the moneys standing to the credit of such account such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application. The Bank shall not be obliged to exercise any right given to it by this clause 6.  The Bank shall notify the Guarantor forthwith upon the exercise or purported exercise of any right of set-off giving full details in relation thereto.
 
 
14

 

7
Benefit of this Guarantee
 
7.1
Benefit and burden
 
This Guarantee shall be binding upon the Guarantor and its successors in title and shall enure for the benefit of the Bank and its successors in title or replacements.  The Guarantor expressly acknowledges and accepts the provisions of clause 14 of the Agreement and agrees that any person in favour of whom an assignment or a transfer is made in accordance with such clause shall be entitled to the benefit of this Guarantee.
 
7.2
Changes in constitution or reorganisation of the Bank
 
For the avoidance of doubt and without prejudice to the provisions of clause 7.1, this Guarantee shall remain binding on the Guarantor notwithstanding any change in the constitution of the Bank or its absorption in, or amalgamation with, or the acquisition of all or part of its undertaking or assets by, any other person, or any reconstruction or reorganisation of any kind, to the intent that this Guarantee shall remain valid and effective in all respects in favour of any successor in title or replacement of the Bank in the same manner as if such successor in title or replacement had been named in this Guarantee as a party instead of, or in addition to, the Bank.
 
7.3
No assignment by Guarantor
 
The Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Guarantee.
 
7.4
Disclosure of information
 
The Bank may without the consent of the Guarantor disclose to a prospective assignee or transferee or to any other person who may propose entering into contractual relations with the Bank in relation to this Guarantee such information about the Guarantor as the Bank shall consider appropriate.
 
8
Notices and other matters
 
8.1
Notice
 
Clause 15 of the Agreement shall apply to this Guarantee as if set out herein save that every notice, request, demand or other communication under this Guarantee shall be sent:
 
8.1.1
if to the Guarantor at:
 
c/o Globus Shipmanagement Corp.
128 Vouliagmenis Avenue
16674 Glyfada
Greece
 
Fax:                         +30 210 960 7761
Attention:                Mr George Karageorgiou
 
8.1.1
if to the Bank at:
 
Credit Suisse
St. Alban-Graben 1-3
P.O. Box CH 4002
Basel
Switzerland
 
Fax:                          +41 612 667 939
Attention:                 Mrs Lydia Lampadaridou
 
 
15

 

or to such other address or facsimile number as is notified by the Guarantor or the Bank to the other parties to this Guarantee.
 
8.2
No implied waivers, remedies cumulative
 
No failure or delay on the part of the Bank to exercise any power, right or remedy under this Guarantee shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Bank of any power, right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy.  The remedies provided in this Guarantee are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
 
8.3
English translations
 
All certificates, instruments and other documents to be delivered under or supplied in connection with this Guarantee shall be in the English language or shall be accompanied by a certified English translation upon which the Bank shall be entitled to rely.
 
8.4
Other guarantors
 
The Guarantor agrees to be bound by this Guarantee notwithstanding that any other person intended to execute or to be bound by any other guarantee or assurance under or pursuant to the Agreement may not do so or may not be effectually bound and notwithstanding that such other guarantee or assurance may be determined or be or become invalid or unenforceable against any other person, whether or not the deficiency is known to the Bank.
 
8.5
Expenses
 
The Guarantor agrees to reimburse the Bank on demand for all legal and other costs, charges and expenses on a full and unqualified indemnity basis which may be incurred by the Bank in relation to the enforcement of this Guarantee against the Guarantor.
 
8.6
Partial invalidity
 
If, at any time, any provision of this Guarantee is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law or jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision in any other respect or under the law of any other jurisdiction will be affected or impaired in any way.
 
8.7
Miscellaneous
 
8.7.1
This Guarantee contains the entire agreement of the parties and its provisions supersede any and all other prior correspondence and oral negotiation by the parties in respect of the matters regulated by the Guarantee.
 
8.7.2
This Guarantee and its terms and provisions shall not be amended or varied in its terms by any oral agreement or representation or in any other manner other than by an instrument in writing or even date herewith or subsequent hereto executed by or on behalf of the parties hereto.
 
9
Law and jurisdiction
 
9.1
Law
 
This Guarantee is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.
 
 
16

 

9.2
Submission to jurisdiction
 
The Guarantor agrees for the benefit of the Bank that any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee against the Guarantor or any of its assets may be brought in the English courts, irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Saville & Co. at present of One Carey Lane, London EC2V 8AE, England to receive for it and on its behalf, service of process issued out of the English courts in any such legal action or proceedings.  The submission to such jurisdiction shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of the Bank to take proceedings against the Guarantor in the courts of any other competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.  The Guarantor further agrees that only the courts of England and not those of any other State shall have jurisdiction to determine any claim which the Guarantor may have against the Bank arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee.
 
9.3
Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999
 
No term of this Guarantee is enforceable under the provisions of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this Guarantee.
 
IN WITNESS whereof the parties to this Guarantee have caused this Guarantee to be duly executed as a deed on the date first above written.

 
17

 

EXECUTED as a DEED
)
 
by
)
 
duly authorised for and on behalf of
)
.........................………
[ELEANOR MARITIME LIMITED]
)
Attorney-in-Fact
[DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD.]
)
 
[ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED]
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
................................
   
Witness
   
Name:
   
     
EXECUTED as a DEED
)
 
by
)
 
duly authorised for and on behalf of
)
.........................………
CREDIT SUISSE
)
Attorney-in-Fact
in the presence of:
)
 
     
................................
   
Witness:
   
Name:
   
 
 
18

 
 
Schedule 6

Form of Mortgage
 

 
Private & Confidential

Dated [ · ] 2007  


   
[DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD.]
   
[ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED]
 
(1)
     
in favour of
   
     
CREDIT SUISSE
 
(2)
 

 
FIRST PREFERRED MARSHALL ISLANDS SHIP
MORTGAGE on
m.v. [Island Globe] [River Globe] [Tiara Globe]
 

 
 

 
Contents
 
Clause
   
Page
       
1
Definitions
 
2
       
2
Grant, conveyance and mortgage
 
5
       
3
Covenants to pay and perform
 
5
       
4
Continuing security and other matters
 
6
       
5
Covenants
 
7
       
6
Powers of Mortgagee to protect security and remedy defaults
 
14
       
7
Powers of Mortgagee on Event of Default
 
14
       
8
Application of moneys
 
15
       
9
Remedies cumulative and other provisions
 
16
       
10
Costs and indemnity
 
16
       
11
Attorney
 
17
       
12
Further assurance
 
17
       
13
Total amount and maturity
 
17
       
14
Law, jurisdiction and other provisions
 
18
       
15
Other provisions
 
18
       
16
Notices
 
18
       
Schedule 1 The Loan Agreement
 
20
     
Schedule 2 The Master Swap Agreement
 
21
     
Schedule 3 The Corporate Guarantee
 
22


 
THIS FIRST PREFERRED SHIP MORTGAGE is made the [ · ] day of [ · ] 2007
 
BY:
 
(1)
[ELEANOR MARITIME LIMITED] [DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD.] [ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED] , a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 (the “ Owner ”);
 
IN FAVOUR OF:
 
(2)
CREDIT SUISSE of Paradeplatz 8, 8070 Zurich, Switzerland, acting for the purposes of this Mortgage through its branch at St. Alban-Graben 1-3, 4002 Basel, Switzerland (the “ Mortgagee ”).
 
WHEREAS :
 
(A)
the Owner is the sole, absolute and unencumbered, legal and beneficial owner of the whole of the m.v. [Island Globe] [River Globe] [Tiara Globe] documented under the laws and flag of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, Official Number [2861] [ · ] [ · ], of [38,632] [ · ] [ · ] gross tons and 24,570 net tons;
 
(B)
by a facility agreement dated [ · ] 2007 (the “ Loan Agreement ”) made between (i) Globus Maritime Limited (therein and herein referred to as the “ Borrower ”) as borrower and (ii) the Mortgagee as lender (therein referred to as the “ Bank ”) (a copy of the form of which Loan Agreement without its schedules is annexed hereto as schedule 1), the Mortgagee agreed (inter alia) to make available to the Borrower, upon the terms and conditions therein contained, a reducing revolving credit facility of up to $120,000,000;
 
(C)
by a 2002 ISDA master swap agreement dated as of [ · ] 2007 (the “ Master Swap Agreement ”) and made between the Borrower and the Mortgagee (a copy of the form of which Master Swap Agreement with its Schedule is annexed hereto as schedule 2), the Mortgagee agreed the terms and conditions upon which it would enter into (inter alia) derivative transactions with the Borrower, whether in respect of the Loan (whether in whole or in part, as the case may be, from time to time) or for any other purpose whatsoever.  The Owner has agreed pursuant to this Mortgage to secure the debts and obligations arising or that may arise in favour of the Mortgagee under the Master Swap Agreement and the Owner and the Mortgagee agree for the purpose of this Mortgage that the amount of such obligations to be secured by this Mortgage shall be Twenty four million Dollars ($24,000,000) (the “ Swap Obligations ”);
 
(D)
pursuant to the said Loan Agreement, the Mortgagee as of the date hereof has advanced or has agreed to advance to the Borrower (and the Borrower is indebted to the Mortgagee in) a total principal amount of [up to] $120,000,000 which (together with interest (as provided in clause 3.1 of the said Loan Agreement) thereon and fees) is to be repaid and paid, as the case may be, as provided in the Loan Agreement;
 
(E)
by a corporate guarantee (the “ Corporate Guarantee ”) dated [ · ] 2007 and executed by the Owner (therein referred to as the “Guarantor” ) in favour of the Mortgagee (a copy of the form of which Corporate Guarantee is annexed hereto as schedule 3), the Owner (inter alia) guaranteed the payment of any moneys owing by the Borrower to the Mortgagee under the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement and the other Security Documents;
 
(F)
the Owner, in order to secure the payment of all sums of money from time to time owing to the Mortgagee under the said Corporate Guarantee and the performance and observance of and compliance with all of the covenants, terms and conditions in this Mortgage and the said Loan Agreement, the said Master Swap Agreement and the other Security Documents, has duly authorised the execution and delivery of this First Preferred Mortgage under and pursuant to Chapter 3 of the Maritime Act 1990 as amended of the Republic of the Marshall Islands; and
 
1

 
(G)
this Mortgage is the “Mortgage” referred to in the Loan Agreement.
 
NOW THIS MORTGAGE WITNESSETH AND IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:
 
1
Definitions
 
1.1
Defined expressions
 
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement and/or the Corporate Guarantee shall, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meanings when used in this Mortgage.
 
1.2
Definitions
 
In this Mortgage unless the context otherwise requires:
 
Approved Brokers ” means such firm  or firms of insurance brokers, appointed by the Owner, as may from time to time be approved in writing by the Mortgagee for the purposes of this Mortgage;
 
Casualty Amount ” means Two hundred and fifty thousand Dollars ($250,000) (or the equivalent in any other currency);
 
Collateral Instruments ” means notes, bills of exchange, certificates of deposit and other negotiable and non-negotiable instruments, guarantees, indemnities and other assurances against financial loss and any other documents or instruments which contain or evidence an obligation (with or without security) to pay, discharge or be responsible directly or indirectly for, any indebtedness or liabilities of the Owner or any other person liable and includes any documents or instruments creating or evidencing a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, trust arrangement or security interest of any kind;
 
Earnings ” means all moneys whatsoever from time to time due or payable to the Owner during the Security Period arising out of the use or operation of the Ship including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) all freight, hire and passage moneys, income arising under pooling arrangements, compensation payable to the Owner in event of requisition of the Ship for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, and damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Ship;
 
Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances described in clause 10.1 of the Loan Agreement;
 
Expenses ” means the aggregate at any relevant time (to the extent that the same have not been received or recovered by the Mortgagee) of:
 
(a)
all losses, liabilities, costs, charges, expenses, damages and outgoings of whatever nature, (including, without limitation, Taxes, repair costs, registration fees and insurance premiums) suffered, incurred or paid by the Mortgagee in connection with the exercise of the powers referred to in or granted by the Corporate Guarantee, the Loan Agreement, this Mortgage, the General Assignment or any other of the Security Documents or otherwise payable by the Owner in accordance with clause 10 of this Mortgage or clause 8 of the General Assignment; and
 
(b)
interest on all such losses, liabilities, costs, charges, expenses, damages and outgoings from the date on which the same were suffered, incurred or paid by the Mortgagee until the date of receipt or recovery thereof (whether before or after judgement) at a rate per annum calculated in accordance with clause 2.5 of the Corporate Guarantee (as conclusively certified by the Mortgagee);
 
2

 
General Assignment ” means a deed of assignment bearing even date herewith made between the Owner and the Mortgagee whereby the Owner has assigned to the Mortgagee the Insurances, any Requisition Compensation and the Earnings of the Ship;
 
Guaranteed Liabilities ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Corporate Guarantee;
 
Insurances ” means all policies and contracts of insurance (which expression includes all entries of the Ship in a protection and indemnity or war risks association) which are from time to time during the Security Period in place or taken out or entered into by or for the benefit of the Owner (whether in the sole name of the Owner, or in the joint names of the Owner and the Mortgagee or otherwise) in respect of the Ship and her Earnings or otherwise howsoever in connection with the Ship and all benefits thereof (including claims of whatsoever nature and return of premiums);
 
Loan ” means the total principal amount of up to One hundred and twenty million Dollars ($120,000,000) referred to in recital (B) hereto advanced or to be advanced by the Mortgagee to the Borrower pursuant to the Loan Agreement or (as the context may require) the amount thereof at any time advanced and outstanding;
 
Loan Agreement ” means the agreement dated [ · ] 2007 mentioned in recital (B) hereto;
 
Loss Payable Clauses ” means the provisions regulating the manner of payment of sums receivable under the Insurances which are to be incorporated in the relevant insurance documents, such provisions to be in the forms set out in schedule 1 to the General Assignment or in such other form as may from time to time be required or agreed in writing by the Mortgagee;
 
Master Swap Agreement ” means the 2002 ISDA Master Swap Agreement dated as of [ · ] 2007 made between the Mortgagee and the Borrower mentioned in recital (C) hereto comprising an ISDA Master Agreement (and a Schedule thereto) together with any Confirmations (as defined therein) supplemental thereto;
 
Master Swap Agreement Liabilities ” means, at any relevant time, all liabilities, actual or contingent, present or future, owing by the Borrower to the Mortgagee under the Master Swap Agreement;
 
Mortgagee ” includes the successors in title and the Assignees and/or Transferees of the Mortgagee;
 
Notice of Assignment of Insurances ” means a notice of assignment in the form set out in schedule 2 to the General Assignment or in such other form as may from time to time be required or agreed in writing by the Mortgagee;
 
Outstanding Indebtedness ” means the aggregate of the Guaranteed Liabilities and interest accrued and accruing thereon, the Master Swap Agreement Liabilities, the Expenses and all other sums of money from time to time owing to the Mortgagee, whether actually or contingently, under the Corporate Guarantee, the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement, the other Security Documents or any of them;
 
Owner ” includes the successors in title of the Owner;
 
Requisition Compensation ” means all moneys or other compensation from time to time payable during the Security Period by reason of the Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship;
 
Security Documents ” means the Corporate Guarantee, the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement, this Mortgage, the General Assignment and any other such document as may have been or may hereafter be executed to guarantee and/or secure all or any part of the Guaranteed Liabilities, the Master Swap Agreement Liabilities, the Loan, interest thereon and other moneys from time to time owing by the Owner and/or any other Security Party pursuant to the Corporate Guarantee and/or the other Security Documents or any of them (whether or not any such document also secures moneys from time to time owing pursuant to any other document or agreement);
 
3

 
Security Period ” means the period commencing on the date hereof and terminating upon discharge of the security created by the Security Documents by payment of all moneys payable thereunder;
 
Ship ” means the vessel described in Recital (A) hereto and includes any interest therein and her engines, machinery, boats, tackle, outfit, spare gear, fuel, consumable or other stores, belongings and appurtenances whether on board or ashore and whether now owned or hereafter acquired and also any and all additions, improvements and replacements hereafter made in or to such vessel or any part thereof or in or to her equipment and appurtenances aforesaid; and
 
Total Loss ” means:
 
(a)
actual, constructive, compromised or arranged total loss of the Ship; or
 
(b)
the Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship; or
 
(c)
the hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of the Ship (other than where the same amounts to the Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship) by any Government Entity or by persons acting or purporting to act on behalf of any Government Entity unless the Ship be released and restored to the Owner from such hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation within thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof.
 
1.3
Insurance terms
 
In clause 5.1.1:
 
1.3.1
excess risks ” means the proportion (if any) of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges and under the ordinary collision clause not recoverable in consequence of the value at which a vessel is assessed for the purpose of such claims exceeding her insured value;
 
1.3.2
protection and indemnity risks ” means the usual risks (including oil pollution and freight, demurrage and defence cover) covered by a protection and indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of P&I Clubs (including, without limitation, the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation therein of Clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision); and
 
1.3.3
war risks ” includes those risks covered by the standard form of English marine policy with Institute War and Strikes Clauses Hulls - Time (1/11/95) attached or similar cover.
 
1.4
Headings
 
Clause headings and the table of contents are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Mortgage.
 
1.5
Construction of certain terms
 
In this Mortgage, unless the context otherwise requires:
 
1.5.1
references to clauses and schedules are to be construed as references to clauses of, and schedules to, this Mortgage and references to this Mortgage include its schedules;
 
4

 
1.5.2
references to (or to any specified provision of) this Mortgage or any other documents shall be construed as references to this Mortgage, that provision or that document as in force for the time being and as amended in accordance with the terms thereof or, as the case may be, with the agreement of the relevant parties;
 
1.5.3
words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;
 
1.5.4
references to a person shall be construed as references to an individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons or any Government Entity;
 
1.5.5
references to a “ guarantee ” include references to an indemnity or other assurance against financial loss including, without limitation, an obligation to purchase assets or services as a consequence of a default by any other person to pay any Indebtedness and “ guaranteed ” shall be construed accordingly; and
 
1.5.6
references to statutory provisions shall be construed as references to those provisions as replaced or amended or re-enacted from time to time.
 
2
Grant, conveyance and mortgage
 
For good and valuable consideration (receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by the Owner) and, pursuant to the Corporate Guarantee and in order to secure the repayment of the Outstanding Indebtedness and to secure the performance and observance of and compliance with the covenants, terms and conditions contained in this Mortgage, the Corporate Guarantee, the Loan Agreement and the Master Swap Agreement, express or implied, the Owner has granted, conveyed and mortgaged and does by these presents grant, convey and mortgage unto the Mortgagee, the whole of the Ship TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto the Mortgagee forever, upon the terms herein set forth, for the enforcement of the payment of the Outstanding Indebtedness and to secure the performance and observance of and compliance with the covenants, terms and conditions contained in this Mortgage, the Corporate Guarantee, the Loan Agreement and the Master Swap Agreement, express or implied.
 
PROVIDED ONLY, and the condition of these presents is such that, if the Owner shall pay or cause to be repaid to the Mortgagee, the Outstanding Indebtedness as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Corporate Guarantee and this Mortgage and shall observe and comply with the covenants, terms and conditions contained in the Corporate Guarantee and this Mortgage, expressed or implied to be performed, observed or complied with, by and on the part of the Owner, then these presents and the rights hereunder shall cease, determine and be void, otherwise to be and remain in full force and effect.
 
IT IS NOT INTENDED that this Mortgage shall cover, and this Mortgage shall not cover, property other than the Ship as the term “Vessel” is used in Section 308(2) of Chapter 3 of the Maritime Act 1990 of the Republic of the Marshall Islands as amended.
 
3
Covenants to pay and perform
 
3.1
For the consideration aforesaid the Owner hereby covenants with the Mortgagee as follows:
 
3.1.1
the Owner will pay to the Mortgagee any sums payable by the Owner pursuant to the Corporate Guarantee at the times and in the manner specified in the Corporate Guarantee;
 
3.1.2
the Owner will pay to the Mortgagee interest on any such sums and overdue interest or other moneys payable under the Corporate Guarantee at the rates, at the times and in the manner specified in the Corporate Guarantee;
 
3.1.3
the Owner will pay all other moneys comprising the Outstanding Indebtedness as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Corporate Guarantee and this Mortgage;
 
5

 
3.1.4
the Owner will pay interest at a rate per annum calculated in accordance with clause 2.5 of the Corporate Guarantee (as conclusively certified by the Mortgagee) on any moneys which are by this Mortgage expressed to be payable on demand and which are not paid forthwith on demand being made as from the date of demand until payment (both before and after any judgment) provided however that this provision shall not affect the right of the Mortgagee to receive that part of its Expenses as comprises interest from such date prior to demand being made as is referred to in the definition of Expenses; and
 
3.1.5
the Owner will keep, perform and observe the covenants and provisions of the Corporate Guarantee.
 
4
Continuing security and other matters
 
4.1
Continuing security
 
The security created by this Mortgage shall:
 
4.1.1
be held by the Mortgagee as a continuing security for the payment of the Outstanding Indebtedness and the performance and observance of and compliance with all of the covenants, terms and conditions contained in the Corporate Guarantee, the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement or this Mortgage, express or implied, and the security so created shall not be satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of any part of the amount hereby and thereby secured (or by any settlement of accounts between the Owner or any other person who may be liable to the Mortgagee in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness or any part thereof, and the Mortgagee);
 
4.1.2
be in addition to, and shall not in any way prejudice or affect, and may be enforced by the Mortgagee without prior recourse to, the security created by any other of the Security Documents or by any present or future Collateral Instruments, right or remedy held by or available to the Mortgagee or any right or remedy of the Mortgagee thereunder; and
 
4.1.3
not be in any way prejudiced or affected by the existence of any of the other Security Documents or any such Collateral Instrument, rights or remedies or by the same becoming wholly or in part void, voidable or unenforceable on any ground whatsoever or by the Mortgagee dealing with, exchanging, varying or failing to perfect or enforce any of the same, or giving time for payment or performance or indulgence or compounding with any other person liable.
 
4.2
Rights additional
 
All the rights, powers and remedies vested in the Mortgagee hereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any and every other right, power or remedy vested in the Mortgagee under the Corporate Guarantee, the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement, this Mortgage, the other Security Documents or any Collateral Instrument or at law and all the rights, powers and remedies so vested in the Mortgagee may be exercised from time to time and as often as the Mortgagee may deem expedient.
 
4.3
No enquiry
 
The Mortgagee shall not be obliged to make any enquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by it under this Mortgage or to make any claim or take any action to collect any moneys or to enforce any rights or benefits to which the Mortgagee may at any time be entitled under this Mortgage.
 
4.4
Waiver of rights
 
The Owner hereby waives any rights under the provisions of the laws of a given country which require the Mortgagee to levy execution against the Owner or make any demand or claim against the Owner prior to the enforcement of rights under this Mortgage.
 
6

 
5
Covenants
 
5.1
The Owner further covenants with the Mortgagee and undertakes throughout the Security Period:
 
5.1.1
Insurance
 
(a)
Insured risks, amounts and terms
 
to insure and keep the Ship insured free of cost and expense to the Mortgagee and in the sole name of the Owner or, if so required by the Mortgagee, in the joint names of the Owner and the Mortgagee (but without liability on the part of the Mortgagee for premiums or calls and to procure that no other assured shall be additionally named without the prior written consent of the Mortgagee):
 
(i)
against fire and usual marine risks (including excess risks) and war risks, on an agreed value basis, in such amounts (but not in any event less than whichever shall be the greater of (A) the market value of the Ship for the time being (as determined by the Mortgagee pursuant to clause 8.2 of the Loan Agreement) and (B) of an amount which, when aggregated with the equivalent insurance for all other Mortgaged Ships, shall be equal to at least one hundred and twenty per cent (120%) of (1) the Loan and (2) the Swap Exposure) and upon such terms as shall from time to time be approved in writing by the Mortgagee; and
 
(ii)
against protection and indemnity risks (including pollution risks for the highest amount in respect of which cover is or may become available for ships of the same type, size, age and flag as the Ship) for the full value and tonnage of the Ship (as approved in writing by the Mortgagee) and upon such terms as shall from time to time be approved in writing by the Mortgagee; and
 
(iii)
in respect of such other matters of whatsoever nature and howsoever arising in respect of which insurance would be maintained by a prudent owner of the Ship,
 
and to pay to the Mortgagee the cost (as conclusively certified by the Mortgagee) of (aa) any mortgagee’s interest insurance (“ MII ”) (including, if the Mortgagee shall so require, mortgagee's additional perils (including all P&I risks) coverage (“ MAP ”)) which the Mortgagee may from time to time effect in respect of the Ship upon such terms and in such amounts (not exceeding one hundred and twenty per cent (120%) (in respect of MII) and one hundred and ten per cent (110%) (in respect of MAP), in each case, of (aa) the Loan and (bb) the Swap Exposure) as it shall deem desirable; and (bb) any other insurance cover which the Mortgagee may from time to time effect in respect of the Ship and/or in respect of its interest and potential third party liability as mortgagee of the Ship as the Mortgagee shall deem desirable having regard to any limitations in respect of amount or extent of cover which may from time to time be applicable to any of the other insurances referred to in this clause 5.1.1(a);
 
(b)
Approved brokers, insurers and associations
 
to effect the insurances aforesaid in such currency as the Mortgagee may approve and through the Approved Brokers (other than the said mortgagee’s interest insurance which shall be effected through brokers appointed by the Mortgagee) and with such insurance companies and/or underwriters having a Standard & Poor rating of “BBB” or a comparable rating of another comparable rating agency as shall from time to time be approved in writing by the Mortgagee; provided however that the insurances against war risks and protection and indemnity risks may be effected by the entry of the Ship with such war risks and protection and indemnity associations as shall from time to time be approved in writing by the Mortgagee;
 
7

 
(c)
Fleet liens, set-off and cancellation
 
if any of the insurances referred to in clause 5.1.1(a) form part of a fleet cover, to procure that the Approved Brokers shall undertake to the Mortgagee that they shall neither set off against any claims in respect of the Ship any premiums due in respect of other vessels under such fleet cover or any premiums due for other insurances, nor cancel the insurance for reason of non-payment of premiums for other vessels under such fleet cover or of premiums for such other insurances, and shall undertake to issue a separate policy in respect of the Ship if and when so requested by the Mortgagee;
 
(d)
Payment of premiums and calls
 
punctually to pay all premiums, calls, contributions or other sums payable in respect of all such insurances and to produce all relevant receipts or other evidence of payment when so required by the Mortgagee;
 
(e)
Renewal
 
at least fourteen (14) days before the relevant policies, contracts or entries expire, to notify the Mortgagee of the names of the brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations proposed to be employed by the Owner or any other party for the purposes of the renewal of such insurances and of the amounts in which such insurances are proposed to be renewed and the risks to be covered and, subject to compliance with any requirements of the Mortgagee pursuant to this clause 5.1.1, to procure that appropriate instructions for the renewal of such Insurances on the terms so specified are given to the Approved Brokers and/or to the approved war risks and protection and indemnity associations at least ten (10) days before the relevant policies, contracts or entries expire, and that the Approved Brokers and/or the approved war risks and protection and indemnity associations will at least seven (7) days before such expiry (or within such shorter period as the Mortgagee may from time to time agree) confirm in writing to the Mortgagee as and when such renewals have been effected in accordance with the instructions so given;
 
(f)
Guarantees
 
to arrange for the execution and delivery of such guarantees or indemnities as may from time to time be required by any protection and indemnity or war risks association;
 
(g)
Hull policy documents, notices, loss payable clauses and brokers' undertakings
 
to deposit with the Approved Brokers (or procure the deposit of) all slips, cover notes, policies, certificates of entry or other instruments of insurance from time to time issued in connection with such of the insurances referred to in clause 5.1.1(a) as are effected through the Approved Brokers and procure that the interest of the Mortgagee shall be endorsed thereon by incorporation of the relevant Loss Payable Clause and, where the Insurances have been assigned to the Mortgagee, by means of a Notice of Assignment of Insurances (signed by the Owner and by any other assured who shall have assigned its interest in the Insurances to the Mortgagee) and that the Mortgagee shall be furnished with pro forma copies thereof and a letter or letters of undertaking from the Approved Brokers in such form as shall from time to time be required by the Mortgagee;
 
(h)
Associations' loss payable clauses, undertakings and certificates
 
to procure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship is for the time being entered shall endorse the relevant Loss Payable Clause on the relevant certificate of entry or policy and shall furnish the Mortgagee with a copy of such certificate of entry or policy and a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may from time to time be required by the Mortgagee;
 
8

 
(i)
Extent of cover and exclusions
 
to take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the Insurances (including, without limitation, the making of all requisite declarations within any prescribed time limits and the payment of any additional premiums or calls) so as to ensure that the Insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Mortgagee has not given its prior written consent and are otherwise maintained on terms and conditions from time to time approved in writing by the Mortgagee;
 
(j)
Correspondence with brokers and associations
 
to provide to the Mortgagee, at the time of each such communication, copies of all written communications between the Owner and the Approved Brokers and approved war risks and protection and indemnity associations which relate to compliance with requirements from time to time applicable to the Insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls referred to in clause 5.1.1(i);
 
(k)
Independent report
 
if so requested by the Mortgagee, but at the cost of the Owner, to furnish the Mortgagee from time to time with a detailed report signed by an independent firm of marine insurance brokers appointed by the Mortgagee dealing with the insurances maintained on the Ship and stating the opinion of such firm as to the adequacy thereof;
 
(l)
Collection of claims
 
to do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Mortgagee to collect or recover any moneys which shall at any time become due in respect of the Insurances;
 
(m)
Employment of Ship
 
not to employ the Ship or suffer the Ship to be employed otherwise than in conformity with the terms of the Insurances (including any warranties express or implied therein) without first obtaining the consent of the insurers to such employment and complying with such requirements as to extra premium or otherwise as the insurers may prescribe; and
 
(n)
Application of recoveries
 
to apply all sums receivable under the Insurances which are paid to the Owner in accordance with the Loss Payable Clauses in repairing all damage and/or in discharging the liability in respect of which such sums shall have been received;
 
5.1.2
Ship's name and registration
 
not to change the name of the Ship and to keep the Ship registered as a Marshall Islands ship and not to do or suffer to be done anything, or omit to do anything the doing or omission of which could or might result in such registration being forfeited or imperilled or which could or might result in the Ship being required to be registered under any other flag than the Marshall Islands flag and not to register the Ship or permit its registration under any other flag without the prior written consent of the Mortgagee;
 
5.1.3
Repair
 
to keep the Ship in a good and efficient state of repair and to procure that all repairs to or replacement of any damaged, worn or lost parts or equipment are effected in such manner (both as regards workmanship and quality of materials) as not to diminish the value of the Ship;
 
9

 
5.1.4
Modification; removal of parts; equipment owned by third parties
 
not without the prior written consent of the Mortgagee to or suffer any other person to:
 
(a)
make any modification to the Ship in consequence of which her structure, type or performance characteristics could or might be materially altered or her value materially reduced; or
 
(b)
remove any material part of the Ship or any equipment the value of which is such that its removal from the Ship would materially reduce the value of the Ship without replacing the same with equivalent parts or equipment which are owned by the Owner free from Encumbrances; or
 
(c)
install on the Ship any equipment owned by a third party which cannot be removed without causing damage to the structure or fabric of the Ship;
 
5.1.5
Maintenance of class; compliance with regulations
 
to maintain the Classification as the class of the Ship and to comply with and ensure that the Ship at all times complies with the provisions of all laws, regulations and requirements (statutory or otherwise) from time to time applicable to vessels registered under the laws and flag of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or otherwise applicable to the Ship and to procure that the Classification Society shall make available to the Mortgagee upon its request such information and documents in respect of the Ship as are maintained in the records of the Classification Society;
 
5.1.6
Surveys
 
to submit the Ship to continuous surveys and such periodical or other surveys as may be required for classification purposes and if so required to supply to the Mortgagee copies of all survey reports issued in respect thereof;
 
5.1.7
Inspection
 
to ensure that the Mortgagee, by surveyors or other persons appointed by it (at the expense of the Owner) for such purpose, may board the Ship at all reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting her and her records and to afford all proper facilities for such inspections and for this purpose to give the Mortgagee reasonable advance notice of any intended drydocking of the Ship (whether for the purpose of classification, survey or otherwise) Provided that if no Event of Default has occurred the Owner shall only bear the cost of no more than one (1) such inspection in every two (2) calendar years;
 
5.1.8
Prevention of and release from arrest
 
promptly to pay and discharge all debts, damages, liabilities and outgoings whatsoever which have given or may give rise to maritime, statutory or possessory liens on, or claims enforceable against, the Ship, her Earnings or Insurances or any part thereof and, in the event of a writ or libel being filed against the Ship, her Earnings or Insurances or any part thereof, or of any of the same being arrested, attached or levied upon pursuant to legal process or purported legal process or in the event of detention of the Ship in exercise or purported exercise of any such lien or claim as aforesaid, to procure the release of the Ship, her Earnings and Insurances from such arrest, detention, attachment or levy or, as the case may be, the discharge of the writ or libel forthwith upon receiving notice thereof by providing bail or procuring the provision of security or otherwise as the circumstances may require;
 
10

 
5.1.9
Employment
 
not to employ the Ship or permit her employment in any manner, trade or business which is forbidden by Marshall Islands law or international law, or which is otherwise unlawful or illicit under the law of any relevant jurisdiction, or in carrying illicit or prohibited goods, or in any manner whatsoever which may render her liable to condemnation in a prize court, or to destruction, seizure, confiscation, penalty or sanctions and, in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war be declared or not), not to employ the Ship or permit her employment in carrying any contraband goods, or to enter or trade to or to continue to trade in any zone which has been declared a war zone by any Government Entity or by the Ship's war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of the Mortgagee is obtained and such special insurance cover as the Mortgagee may require shall have been effected by the Owner and at its expense;
 
5.1.10
Information
 
promptly to furnish to the Mortgagee all such information as it may from time to time require regarding the Ship, her employment, position and engagements, particulars of all towages and salvages, and copies of all charters and other contracts for her employment or otherwise howsoever concerning her;
 
5.1.11
Notification of certain events
 
to notify the Mortgagee forthwith by facsimile thereafter confirmed by letter of:
 
(a)
any damage to the Ship requiring repairs the cost of which will or might exceed the Casualty Amount;
 
(b)
any occurrence in consequence of which the Ship has or may become a Total Loss;
 
(c)
any requisition of the Ship for hire;
 
(d)
any requirement or recommendation made by any insurer or the Classification Society or by any competent authority which is not, or cannot be, complied with in accordance with its terms;
 
(e)
any arrest or detention of the Ship or any exercise or purported exercise of a lien or other claim on the Ship or the Earnings or Insurances or any part thereof;
 
(f)
any petition or notice of meeting to consider any resolution to wind-up the Owner (or any event analogous thereto under the laws of the place of its incorporation);
 
(g)
the occurrence of any Default;
 
(h)
the occurrence of any Environmental Claim against the Owner, the Ship, any other Relevant Party or any other Relevant Ship or any incident, event or circumstance which may give rise to any such Environmental Claim; or
 
(i)
the occurrence of any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of  which will or could lead to the ISPS Code not being complied with by the Owner;
 
5.1.12
Payment of outgoings and evidence of payments
 
promptly to pay all tolls, dues and other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship and her Earnings and Insurances and to keep proper books of account in respect of the Ship and her Earnings and, as and when the Mortgagee may so require, to make such books available for inspection on behalf of the Mortgagee, and to furnish satisfactory evidence that the wages and allotments and the insurance and pension contributions of the Master and crew are being promptly and regularly paid and that all deductions from crew's wages in respect of any tax liability are being properly accounted for and that the Master has no claim for disbursements other than those incurred by him in the ordinary course of trading on the voyage then in progress;
 
11

 
5.1.13
Encumbrances
 
not without the prior written consent of the Mortgagee (and then only subject to such conditions as the Mortgagee may impose) to create or purport or agree to create or permit to arise or subsist any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Liens) over or in respect of the Ship, any share or interest therein or in the Insurances, Earnings or Requisition Compensation or any part thereof or interest therein other than to or in favour of the Mortgagee;
 
5.1.14
Sale or other disposal
 
not without the prior written consent of the Mortgagee (and then only subject to such terms as the Mortgagee may impose) to sell, agree to sell, transfer, abandon or otherwise dispose of the Ship or any share or interest therein;
 
5.1.15
Chartering
 
save under the Initial Charter, not without the prior written consent of the Mortgagee (which the Mortgagee shall have full liberty to withhold) and, if such consent is given, only subject to such conditions as the Mortgagee may impose, to let the Ship:
 
(a)
on demise charter for any period;
 
(b)
by any time or consecutive voyage charter for a term which exceeds or which by virtue of any optional extensions therein contained might exceed twelve (12) months' duration;
 
(c)
on terms whereby more than two (2) months' hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance; or
 
(d)
below the market rate prevailing at the time when the Ship is fixed or other than on arms' length terms;
 
5.1.16
Sharing of Earnings
 
not without the prior written consent of the Mortgagee (and then only subject to such conditions as the Mortgagee may impose) to enter into any agreement or arrangement whereby the Earnings may be shared with any other person;
 
5.1.17
Payment of Earnings
 
to procure that the Earnings are paid to the Operating Account for the Ship at all times unless and until the Mortgagee shall have directed to the contrary pursuant to clause 2.1.1 of the General Assignment and that any Earnings which are so payable and which are in the hands of the Owner's brokers or agents are duly accounted for and paid over to the Mortgagee forthwith on demand;
 
5.1.18
Repairers' liens
 
not without the prior written consent of the Mortgagee to put the Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon her in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed the Casualty Amount unless such person shall first have given to the Mortgagee in terms satisfactory to it, a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on the Ship or her Earnings for the cost of such work or otherwise;
 
5.1.19
Manager
 
not without the prior written consent of the Mortgagee to appoint a manager of the Ship other than the Manager, or terminate or amend the terms of the relevant Management Agreement;
 
12

 
5.1.20
Compliance with Marshall Islands law
 
to cause this Mortgage to be recorded as prescribed by Chapter 3 of the Maritime Act 1990 of the Republic of the Marshall Islands as amended and otherwise to comply with and satisfy all the requirements and formalities established by the said Maritime Act 1990 and any other pertinent legislation of the Republic of the Marshall Islands to perfect this Mortgage as a valid and enforceable first and preferred lien upon the Ship and to furnish to the Mortgagee from time to time such proofs as the Mortgagee may reasonably request for its satisfaction with respect to the Owner's compliance with the provisions of this sub-clause;
 
5.1.21
Notice of Mortgage
 
to place and at all times and places use due diligence to retain a properly certified copy of this Mortgage (which shall form part of the ships documents) on board the Ship with her papers and cause such certified copy of this Mortgage to be exhibited to any and all persons having business with the Ship which might create or imply any commitment or encumbrance whatsoever or in respect of the Ship (other than a lien for crew's wages and salvage) and to any representative of the Mortgagee and to place and keep prominently displayed in the chart room and in the Master's cabin of the Ship a framed printed notice in plain type reading as follows:
 
“NOTICE OF MORTGAGE
 
This Vessel is covered by a First Preferred Mortgage to CREDIT SUISSE of St. Alban-Graben 1-3, 4002 Basel, Switzerland under authority of Chapter 3 of the Maritime Act 1990 of the Republic of the Marshall Islands as amended.  Under the terms of the said Mortgage neither the Owner nor any charterer nor the Master of this Vessel nor any other person has any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon this Vessel any lien whatsoever other than for crew's wages and salvage”;
 
5.1.22
Conveyance on default
 
where the Ship is (or is to be) sold in exercise of any power contained in this Mortgage, to execute, forthwith upon request by the Mortgagee, such form of conveyance of the Ship as the Mortgagee may require;
 
5.1.23
Anti-drug abuse
 
without prejudice to clause 5.1.9, to take all necessary and proper precautions to prevent any infringements of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1986 of the United States of America or any similar legislation applicable to the Ship in any jurisdiction in or to which the Ship shall be employed or located or trade or which may otherwise be applicable to the Ship and/or the Owner and, if the Mortgagee shall so require, to enter into a “Carrier Initiative Agreement” with the United States Customs and Border Protection and to procure that such agreement (or any similar agreement hereafter introduced by any Government Entity of the United States of America) is maintained in full force and effect and performed by the Owner; and
 
5.1.24
Compliance with environmental laws
 
to comply with, and use all reasonable and proper endeavours to procure that all Environmental Affiliates of the Owner comply with, all Environmental Laws in relation to the Ship including, without limitation, requirements relating to manning, submission of oil spill response plans, designation of qualified individuals and establishing financial responsibility and to obtain and comply with, and procure that all Environmental Affiliates of the Owner obtain and comply with, all Environmental Approvals in relation to the Ship.
 
13

 
6
Powers of Mortgagee to protect security and remedy defaults
 
6.1
Protective action
 
The Mortgagee shall, without prejudice to its other rights, powers and remedies, be entitled (but not bound) at any time, and as often as may be necessary, to take any such action as it may in its discretion think fit for the purpose of protecting or maintaining the security created by this Mortgage and all Expenses attributable thereto shall be payable by the Owner on demand.
 
6.2
Remedy of defaults
 
Without prejudice to the generality of the provisions of clause 6.1:
 
6.2.1
if the Owner fails to comply with any of the provisions of clause 5.1.1 the Mortgagee shall be entitled (but not bound) to effect and thereafter to maintain all such insurances upon the Ship as in its discretion it may think fit in order to procure the compliance with such provisions or alternatively, to require the Ship (at the Owner's risk) to remain in, or to proceed to and remain in, a port designated by the Mortgagee until such provisions are fully complied with;
 
6.2.2
if the Owner fails to comply with any of the provisions of clauses 5.1.3, 5.1.5 or 5.1.6, the Mortgagee shall be entitled (but not bound) to arrange for the carrying out of such repairs, changes or surveys as it may deem expedient or necessary in order to procure the compliance with such provisions; and
 
6.2.3
if the Owner fails to comply with any of the provisions of clause 5.1.8 the Mortgagee shall be entitled (but not bound) to pay and discharge all such debts, damages, liabilities and outgoings as are therein mentioned and/or to take any such measures as it may deem expedient or necessary for the purpose of securing the release of the Ship in order to procure the compliance with such provisions,
 
and the Expenses attributable to the exercise by the Mortgagee of any such powers shall be payable by the Owner to the Mortgagee on demand.
 
7
Powers of Mortgagee on Event of Default
 
7.1
Powers
 
Upon the happening of any Event of Default, the Mortgagee shall become forthwith entitled to demand in accordance with the provisions of the Corporate Guarantee the payment of the Outstanding Indebtedness immediately whereupon the Outstanding Indebtedness shall become so due and payable and (whether or not the Mortgagee shall have made any such demand) the Mortgagee shall become forthwith entitled as and when it may see fit, to put into force and exercise all or any of the rights, powers and remedies possessed by it as mortgagee of the Ship or otherwise (whether at law, by virtue of this Mortgage or otherwise) and in particular (without limiting the generality of the foregoing):
 
7.1.1
to exercise all the rights and remedies in foreclosure and otherwise given to mortgagees by the provisions of Chapter 3 of the Maritime Act 1990 of the Republic of the Marshall Islands as amended and all applicable laws of any other jurisdiction;
 
7.1.2
to take possession of the Ship;
 
7.1.3
to require that all policies, contracts, certificates of entry and other records relating to the Insurances (including details of and correspondence concerning outstanding claims) be delivered forthwith to such adjusters and/or brokers and/or other insurers as the Mortgagee may nominate;
 
7.1.4
to collect, recover, compromise and give a good discharge for, all claims then outstanding or thereafter arising under the Insurances or any of them or in respect of the Ship, her Earnings or Requisition Compensation or any part thereof, and to take over or institute (if necessary using the name of the Owner) all such proceedings in connection therewith as the Mortgagee in its absolute discretion thinks fit, and, in the case of the Insurances, to permit any brokers through whom collection or recovery is effected to charge the usual brokerage therefor;
 
14

 
7.1.5
to discharge, compound, release or compromise claims in respect of the Ship, her Earnings, Insurances or Requisition Compensation or any part thereof which have given or may give rise to any charge or lien or other claim on the Ship, her Earnings, Insurances or Requisition Compensation or any part thereof or which are or may be enforceable by proceedings against the Ship, her Earnings, Insurances or Requisition Compensation or any part thereof;
 
7.1.6
to sell the Ship or any share or interest therein with or without prior notice to the Owner, and with or without the benefit of any charterparty, and free from any claim by the Owner (whether in admiralty, in equity, at law or by statute) by public auction or private contract, at such place and upon such terms as the Mortgagee in its absolute discretion may determine, with power to postpone any such sale, and without being answerable for any loss occasioned by such sale or resulting from postponement thereof and with power, where the Mortgagee purchases the Ship, to make payment of the sale price by making an equivalent reduction in the amount of the Outstanding Indebtedness in the manner referred to in clause 8.1;
 
7.1.7
to manage, insure, maintain and repair the Ship, and to employ, sail or lay up the Ship in such manner and for such period as the Mortgagee, in its absolute discretion, deems expedient accounting only for net profits arising from any such employment; and
 
7.1.8
to recover from the Owner on demand all Expenses incurred or paid by the Mortgagee in connection with the exercise of the powers (or any of them) referred to in this clause 7.1.
 
7.2
Dealings with Mortgagee
 
Upon any sale of the Ship or any share or interest therein by the Mortgagee pursuant to clause 7.1.6 or pursuant to clause 11.1, the purchaser shall not be bound to see or enquire whether the Mortgagee's power of sale has arisen in the manner provided in this Mortgage or whether the Mortgagee has made a demand for payment under the provisions of the Corporate Guarantee and the sale shall be deemed to be within the power of the Mortgagee and the receipt of the Mortgagee for the purchase money shall effectively discharge the purchaser who shall not be concerned with the manner of application of the proceeds of sale or be in any way answerable therefor and the sale shall operate to divest the Owner of all rights, title and interest of any nature whatsoever in the Ship and to bar any such interest of the Owner, and all persons claiming through or under the Owner.
 
8
Application of moneys
 
8.1
Application
 
All moneys received by the Mortgagee in respect of sale of the Ship or any share or interest therein or in respect of the employment of the Ship pursuant to the provisions of clause 7.1.7 (or otherwise pursuant to the provisions of this Mortgage) and all moneys received and retained by the Mortgagee in respect of the Insurances pursuant to this Mortgage shall be held by it upon trust in the first place to pay or make good the Expenses and the balance shall be applied in the manner specified in clause 2.10 of the Corporate Guarantee.
 
8.2
Shortfall
 
In the event that the balance referred to in clause 8.1 is insufficient to pay in full the whole of the Outstanding Indebtedness, the Mortgagee shall be entitled to collect the shortfall from the Owner or any other person liable therefor.
 
15

 
9
Remedies cumulative and other provisions
 
9.1
No implied waivers; remedies cumulative
 
No failure or delay on the part of the Mortgagee to exercise any right, power or remedy vested in it under the Corporate Guarantee or this Mortgage shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Mortgagee of any right, power or remedy nor the discontinuance, abandonment or adverse determination of any proceedings taken by the Mortgagee to enforce any right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or proceedings to enforce the same or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy, nor shall the giving by the Mortgagee of any consent to any act which by the terms of this Mortgage requires such consent prejudice the right of the Mortgagee to give or withhold consent to the doing of any other similar act.  The remedies provided in the Corporate Guarantee and this Mortgage are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
 
9.2
Preferred status
 
Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, it is intended that nothing herein shall waive the preferred status of this Mortgage and that, if any provision or portion hereof shall be construed to waive the preferred status of this Mortgage, then such provision or portion to such extent shall be void and of no effect.
 
9.3
Delegation
 
The Mortgagee shall be entitled, at any time and as often as may be expedient, to delegate all or any of the powers and discretions vested in it by the Corporate Guarantee or this Mortgage (including the power vested in it by virtue of clause 11) in such manner, upon such terms, and to such persons as the Mortgagee in its absolute discretion may think fit.
 
9.4
Incidental powers
 
The Mortgagee shall be entitled to do all acts and things incidental or conducive to the exercise of any of the rights, powers or remedies possessed by it as mortgagee of the Ship (whether at law, under this Mortgage or otherwise) and in particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing), upon becoming entitled to exercise any of its powers under clause 7.1, the Mortgagee shall be entitled to discharge any cargo on board the Ship (whether the same shall belong to the Owner or any other person) and to enter into such other arrangements respecting the Ship, her insurances, management, maintenance, repair, classification and employment in all respects as if the Mortgagee was the owner of the Ship, but without being responsible for any loss incurred as a result of the Mortgagee doing or omitting to do any such acts or things as aforesaid.
 
10
Costs and indemnity
 
10.1
Costs
 
The Owner shall pay to the Mortgagee on demand on a full indemnity basis all expenses or liabilities of whatsoever nature (including legal fees, fees of insurance advisers, printing, out-of-pocket expenses, stamp duties, registration fees and other duties or charges) together with any value added tax or similar tax payable in respect thereof, incurred by the Mortgagee in connection with the exercise or enforcement of, or preservation of any rights under, the Corporate Guarantee or this Mortgage or otherwise in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness and the security therefor, or in connection with the preparation, completion, execution or registration of the Corporate Guarantee or this Mortgage.
 
16

 
10.2
Mortgagee's indemnity
 
The Owner hereby agrees and undertakes to indemnify the Mortgagee against all losses, actions, claims, expenses, demands, obligations and liabilities whatever and whenever arising which may now or hereafter be incurred by the Mortgagee or by any manager, agent, officer or employee for whose liability, act or omission the Mortgagee may be answerable in respect of, in relation to, or in connection with anything done or omitted in the exercise or purported exercise of the powers contained in this Mortgage or otherwise in connection with such powers or with this Mortgage or with the Ship, its Earnings, Requisition Compensation and Insurances or otherwise howsoever in relation to, or in connection with, any of the matters dealt with in the Corporate Guarantee or this Mortgage.
 
11
Attorney
 
11.1
Power
 
By way of security, the Owner hereby irrevocably appoints the Mortgagee to be its attorney generally for and in the name and on behalf of the Owner, and as the act and deed or otherwise of the Owner to execute, seal and deliver and otherwise perfect and do all such deeds, assurances, agreements, instruments, acts and things which may be required for the full exercise of all or any of the rights, powers or remedies conferred by the Corporate Guarantee, this Mortgage or any of the other Security Documents, or which may be deemed proper in or in connection with all or any of the purposes aforesaid (including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the execution and delivery of a bill of sale of the Ship).  The power of attorney hereby conferred shall be a general power of attorney and the Owner ratifies and confirms, and agrees to ratify and confirm, any deed, assurance, agreement, instrument, act or thing which the Mortgagee may execute or do pursuant thereto.  Provided however that such power shall not be exercisable by or on behalf of the Mortgagee until the happening of an Event of Default.
 
11.2
Dealings with attorney
 
The exercise of such power by or on behalf of the Mortgagee shall not put any person dealing with the Mortgagee upon any enquiry as to whether any Event of Default has happened, nor shall such person be in any way affected by notice that no such Event of Default has happened, and the exercise by the Mortgagee of such power shall be conclusive evidence of the Mortgagee's right to exercise the same.
 
11.3
Filings
 
The Owner hereby irrevocably appoints the Mortgagee to be its attorney in its name and on its behalf and as its act and deed or otherwise of it to agree the form of and to execute and do all deeds, instruments, acts and things in order to file, record, register or enrol this Mortgage in any court, public office or elsewhere which the Mortgagee may in its discretion consider necessary or advisable, now or in the future, to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence thereof.
 
12
Further assurance
 
The Owner hereby further undertakes at its own expense from time to time to execute, sign, perfect, do and (if required) register every such further assurance, document, act or thing as in the opinion of the Mortgagee may be necessary or desirable for the purpose of more effectually mortgaging and charging the Ship or perfecting the security constituted or intended to be constituted by this Mortgage or contemplated by the Corporate Guarantee.
 
13
Total amount and maturity
 
For the purpose of recording this First Preferred Mortgage as required by Chapter 3 of the Maritime Act 1990 of the Republic of the Marshall Islands as amended the maximum amount is One hundred and forty four million Dollars ($144,000,000) (of which One hundred and twenty million Dollars ($120,000,000) represents the Loan and Twenty four million Dollars ($24,000,000) represents the Swap Obligations) and interest and performance of mortgage covenants.  The date of maturity is [ · ] November 2015 and the discharge amount is the same as the total amount.
 
17

 
14
Law, jurisdiction and other provisions
 
14.1
Law
 
This Mortgage shall be construed and enforceable in accordance with the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.
 
14.2
Submission to jurisdiction
 
For the benefit of the Mortgagee, the Owner irrevocably agrees, that any legal action or proceedings in connection with this Mortgage may be brought in the English courts, or in the courts of any other country chosen by the Mortgagee, each of which shall have jurisdiction to settle any disputes arising out of, or in connection with, this Mortgage.  The Owner irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts and the courts of any country chosen by the Mortgagee and irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Saville & Co. at present of One Carey Lane, London EC2V 8AE, England to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process issued out of the English courts in any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Mortgage.  The submission to such jurisdiction shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of the Mortgagee to take proceedings against the Owner or the Ship in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.
 
15
Other provisions
 
15.1
Severability
 
If any provision in the Corporate Guarantee, the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement, this Mortgage or any of the other Security Documents be or becomes invalid or unenforceable under any applicable law the provisions hereof shall in all other respects remain in full force and effect and the provision in question shall be ineffective to the extent (but only to the extent) of its disconformity with the requirement of the applicable law and if it is competent to the parties to waive any requirements which would otherwise operate as aforesaid those requirements are hereby waived to the extent permitted by such law to the end that the Corporate Guarantee, the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement, this Mortgage and each of the other Security Documents shall be valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.
 
15.2
Counterparts
 
This Mortgage may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be an original but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
 
16
Notices
 
16.1
Every notice, request, demand or other communication under this Mortgage shall:
 
16.1.1
be in writing delivered personally or by first-class prepaid letter (airmail if available) or facsimile transmission or other means of telecommunication in permanent written form;
 
16.1.2
be deemed to have been received in the case of a letter, when delivered personally or three (3) days after it has been put in to the post and, in the case of a facsimile transmission or other means of telecommunication in permanent written form, at the time of despatch (provided that if the date of despatch is not a business day in the country of the addressee or if the time of despatch is after the close of business in the country of the addressee it shall be deemed to have been received at the opening of business on the next such business day); and
 
18

 
16.1.3
be sent:
 
(a)
if to the Owner at:
 
c/o Globus Maritime Limited
128 Vouliagmenis Avenue
166 74 Glyfada
Athens
Greece
 
Fax no:                 +30 210 960 3802
Attention:             Mr George Karageorgiou
 
(b)
if to the Mortgagee at:
 
Credit Suisse
St. Alban-Graben 1-3
P.O. Box CH 4002
Basel
Switzerland
 
Fax:                        +41 612 667 939
Attention:              Ms Lydia Lampadaridou
 
or to such other address and/or numbers as is notified by one party to the other party under this Mortgage.
 
IN WITNESS whereof the Owner has executed this Mortgage the day and year first above written.
 
19

 
Schedule 1
 
The Loan Agreement
 
20

 
Schedule 2
 
The Master Swap Agreement
 
21

 
Schedule 3
 
The Corporate Guarantee
 
22

 
[ELEANOR MARITIME LIMITED] [DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD.] [ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED]

By
 
 
Name :
 
Title   :
 
23

 
Acknowledgement of Mortgage
 
PIRAEUS                                                                                                )
           ) S.S
PREFECTURE OF ATTICA, REPUBLIC OF GREECE                     )
 
On this [ · ] day of [ · ] 2007 before me personally appeared                             to me known who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that he resides at                                                    that he is an attorney-in-fact of [ELEANOR MARITIME LIMITED] [DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD.] [ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED] the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; and that he signed his name thereto by order of the Board of Directors of said Corporation.
 
 
Special Agent of the Republic of Marshall Islands

24

 
Schedule 7
 
Form of General Assignment
 

 
Private & Confidential
 
Dated [ · ] 2007

 
 
[ELEANOR MARITIME LIMITED]
   
 
[DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD.]
   
 
[ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED]
(1)
 
       
 
and
   
       
 
CREDIT SUISSE
(2)
 
       
 

 
GENERAL ASSIGNMENT
relating to m.v. [Island Globe] [River Globe] [Tiara
Globe]
 


 

 
Contents

Clause
 
Page
         
1
 
Definitions
 
1
         
2
 
Assignment and application of funds
 
4
         
3
 
Continuing security and other matters
 
6
         
4
 
Powers of Mortgagee to protect security and remedy defaults
 
7
         
5
 
Powers of Mortgagee on Event of Default
 
7
         
6
 
Attorney
 
8
         
7
 
Further assurance
 
8
         
8
 
Costs and indemnities
 
8
         
9
 
Remedies cumulative and other provisions
 
9
         
10
 
Notices
 
9
         
11
 
Counterparts
 
10
         
12
 
Law and jurisdiction
 
10
         
Schedule 1 Forms of Loss Payable Clauses
 
11
     
Schedule 2 Form of Notice of Assignment of Insurances   
  
12


 

 

THIS DEED OF ASSIGNMENT is dated [ · ] 2007 and made BETWEEN :
 
(1)
[ELEANOR MARITIME LIMITED] [DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD.] [ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED] a company incorporated in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 (the “ Owner ”); and
 
(2)
CREDIT SUISSE of   St. Alban-Graben 1-3, 4002 Basel, Switzerland (the “ Mortgagee ”).
 
WHEREAS :
 
(A)
by a facility agreement (the “ Loan Agreement ”) dated [ · ] 2007 and made between (i) Globus Maritime Limited (therein and herein referred to as the “ Borrower ”) as borrower and (ii) the Mortgagee as lender (therein referred to as the “ Bank ”), the Mortgagee agreed (inter alia) to make available to the Borrower, upon the terms and conditions therein contained, a reducing revolving credit facility of up to $120,000,000;
 
(B)
pursuant to the said Loan Agreement, the Mortgagee as of the date hereof has advanced or has agreed to advance to the Borrower (and the Borrower is indebted to the Mortgagee in) a total principal amount of up to $120,000,000 which (together with interest (as provided in clause 3.1 of the said Loan Agreement) thereon and fees) is to be repaid and paid, as the case may be, as provided in the Loan Agreement;
 
(C)
by a 2002 ISDA Master Swap Agreement (including its Schedule) dated as of [ · ] 2007 (the “ Master Swap Agreement ”) and made between the Borrower and the Mortgagee, the Mortgagee agreed the terms and conditions upon which it would enter into (inter alia) derivative transactions with the Borrower, whether in respect of the Loan (whether in whole or in part, as the case may be, from time to time) or for any other purpose whatsoever;
 
(D)
by a corporate guarantee (the “ Corporate Guarantee ”) dated [ · ] 2007 and executed by the Owner (therein referred to as the “ Guarantor ”) in favour of the Mortgagee, the Owner (inter alia) guaranteed the payment of any moneys owing by the Borrower to the Mortgagee under the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement and the other Security Documents;
 
(E)
pursuant to the Loan Agreement there has been or will be executed by the Owner in favour of the Mortgagee a first preferred ship mortgage (the “ Mortgage ”) on the vessel m.v. [Island Globe] [River Globe] [Tiara Globe] documented in the name of the Owner under the laws and flag of the Republic of the Marshall Islands under Official Number [2861] [ · ] [ · ] (the “ Ship ”) and the Mortgage of even date herewith has been or will be registered under the provisions of Chapter 3 of the Maritime Act 1990 of the Republic of the Marshall Islands as security for the payment by the Owner of the Outstanding Indebtedness (as that expression is defined in the Mortgage); and
 
(F)
this Deed is supplemental to the Corporate Guarantee and the Mortgage and to the security thereby created and is the “General Assignment” in respect of the Ship referred to in the Loan Agreement but shall nonetheless continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any discharge of the Mortgage.
 
NOW THIS DEED WITNESSETH AND IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:
 
1
Definitions
 
1.1
Defined expressions
 
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement and/or the Corporate Guarantee and/or the Mortgage shall, unless otherwise defined in this Deed, or the context otherwise requires, have the same meanings when used in this Deed.

 
1

 

1.2
Definitions
 
In this Deed, unless the context otherwise requires:
 
Assigned Property ” means:
 
 
(a)
the Earnings;
 
 
(b)
the Insurances; and
 
 
(c)
any Requisition Compensation;
 
Casualty Amount ” means Two hundred and fifty thousand Dollars ($250,000) (or the equivalent in any other currency);
 
Collateral Instruments ” means notes, bills of exchange, certificates of deposit and other negotiable and non-negotiable instruments, guarantees, indemnities and other assurances against financial loss and any other documents or instruments which contain or evidence an obligation (with or without security) to pay, discharge or be responsible directly or indirectly for, any indebtedness or liabilities of the Owner or any other person liable and includes any documents or instruments creating or evidencing a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, trust arrangement or security interest of any kind;
 
Default ” means any Event of Default or any event or circumstance which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or the satisfaction of any other condition (or any combination thereof) would constitute an Event of Default;
 
Earnings ” means all moneys whatsoever from time to time due or payable to the Owner during the Security Period arising out of the use or operation of the Ship including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) all freight, hire and passage moneys, income arising under pooling arrangements, compensation payable to the Owner in event of requisition of the Ship for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, and damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) or any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Ship;
 
Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances described in clause 10 of the Loan Agreement;
 
Expenses ” means the aggregate at any relevant time (to the extent that the same have not been received or recovered by the Mortgagee) of:
 
 
(a)
all losses, liabilities, costs, charges, expenses, damages and outgoings of whatever nature (including without limitation Taxes, repair costs, registration fees and insurance premiums) suffered, incurred or paid by the Mortgagee in connection with the exercise of the powers referred to in or granted by the Corporate Guarantee, the Mortgage, this Deed or any other of the Security Documents or otherwise payable by the Owner in accordance with clause 10 of the Mortgage or clause 8; and
 
 
(b)
interest on all such losses, liabilities, costs, charges, expenses, damages and outgoings from the date on which the same were suffered, incurred or paid by the Mortgagee until the date of receipt or recovery thereof (whether before or after judgment) at a rate per annum calculated in accordance with clause 2.5 of the Corporate Guarantee (as conclusively certified by the Mortgagee);
 
Guaranteed Liabilities ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Corporate Guarantee;
 
Indebtedness ” means any obligation for the payment or repayment of money, whether as principal or as surety and whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 
2

 

Insurances ” means all policies and contracts of insurance (which expression includes all entries of the Ship in a protection and indemnity or war risks association) which are from time to time during the Security Period in place or taken out or entered into by or for the benefit of the Owner (whether in the sole name of the Owner, or in the joint names of the Owner and the Mortgagee or otherwise) in respect of the Ship and her Earnings or otherwise howsoever in connection with the Ship and all benefits thereof (including claims of whatsoever nature and return of premiums);
 
Loss Payable Clauses ” means the provisions regulating the manner of payment of sums receivable under the Insurances which are to be incorporated in the relevant insurance documents, such provisions to be in the forms set out in schedule 1 or in such other form as may from time to time be required or agreed in writing by the Mortgagee;
 
Master Swap Agreement ” means the agreement referred to in recital (C) hereto;
 
Master Swap Agreement Liabilities ” means, at any relevant time, all liabilities, actual or contingent, present or future, owing by the Borrower to the Mortgagee under the Master Swap Agreement;
 
Mortgagee ” includes the successors in title and the Assignees and/or Transferees of the Mortgagee;
 
Notice of Assignment of Insurances ” means a notice of assignment in the form set out in schedule 2 or in such other form as may from time to time be required or agreed in writing by the Mortgagee;
 
Outstanding Indebtedness ” means the aggregate of the Guaranteed Liabilities and interest accrued and accruing thereon, the Expenses, the Master Swap Agreement Liabilities and all other sums of money from time to time owing to the Mortgagee, whether actually or contingently, under the Corporate Guarantee, the other Security Documents or any of them;
 
Owner ” includes the successors in title of the Owner;
 
Requisition Compensation ” means all moneys or other compensation from time to time payable during the Security Period by reason of the Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship;
 
Security Documents ” means the Corporate Guarantee, the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement, the Mortgage, this Deed and any such other document as may have been or may hereafter be executed to guarantee and/or secure all or any part of the Guaranteed Liabilities, interest thereon and other moneys from time to time owing by the Owner pursuant to the Corporate Guarantee and/or by any other Security Party pursuant to the other Security Documents or any of them (whether or not any such document also secures moneys from time to time owing pursuant to any other document or agreement); and
 
Security Period ” means the period commencing on the date hereof and terminating upon discharge of the security created by the Security Documents by payment of all moneys payable thereunder.
 
1.3
Headings
 
Clause headings and the table of contents are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Deed.

 
3

 

1.4
Construction of certain terms
 
In this Deed, unless the context otherwise requires:
 
1.4.1
references to clauses and schedules are to be construed as references to clauses of and schedules to this Deed and references to this Deed include its schedules;
 
1.4.2
references to (or to any specified provision of) this Deed or any other document shall be construed as references to this Deed, that provision or that document as in force for the time being and as amended in accordance with the terms thereof, or, as the case may be, with the agreement of the relevant parties;
 
1.4.3
words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;
 
1.4.4
references to a person shall be construed as references to an individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of persons or any Government Entity;
 
1.4.5
references to a “ guarantee ” include references to an indemnity or other assurance against financial loss including, without limitation, an obligation to purchase assets or services as a consequence of a default by any other person to pay any Indebtedness and “ guaranteed ” shall be construed accordingly; and
 
1.4.6
references to statutory provisions shall be construed as references to those provisions as replaced or amended or re-enacted from time to time.
 
1.5
Conflict with Loan Agreement and Corporate Guarantee
 
This Deed shall be read together with the Loan Agreement and the Corporate Guarantee but in case of any conflict between this Deed and either of the said instruments, the provisions of the Corporate Guarantee shall prevail.
 
2
Assignment and application of funds
 
2.1
Assignment
 
By way of security for payment of the Outstanding Indebtedness the Owner with full title guarantee hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Mortgagee absolutely all its rights title and interest in and to the Assigned Property and all its benefits and interests present and future therein Provided however that:
 
2.1.1
Earnings
 
the Earnings shall be payable to the Operating Account of the Owner until such time as an Event of Default shall occur and the Mortgagee shall have made a demand for payment in accordance with the provisions of the Corporate Guarantee whereupon the Owner shall forthwith, and the Mortgagee may at any time thereafter, instruct the persons from whom the Earnings are then payable to pay the same to the Mortgagee or as it may direct and any Earnings then in the hands of the Owner's brokers or other agents shall be deemed to have been received by them for the use and on behalf of the Mortgagee;
 
2.1.2
Insurances
 
unless and until an Event of Default shall occur and the Mortgagee shall have made a demand for payment in accordance with the provisions of the Corporate Guarantee (whereupon all insurance recoveries, other than any moneys payable under any loss of earnings insurance, shall be receivable by the Mortgagee and applied in accordance with clause 2.3):

 
4

 

 
(a)
any moneys payable under the Insurances, other than any moneys payable under any loss of earnings insurance, shall be payable in accordance with the terms of the relevant Loss Payable Clause and the Mortgagee will not in the meantime give any notification to the contrary to the insurers as contemplated by the Loss Payable Clauses;
 
 
(b)
any insurance moneys received by the Mortgagee in respect of any major casualty (as specified in the relevant Loss Payable Clause) shall, unless prior to receipt or whilst such moneys are in the hands of the Mortgagee there shall have occurred an Event of Default and the Mortgagee shall have made a demand for payment in accordance with the provisions of the Corporate Guarantee (whereupon such insurance monies shall be applied in accordance with clause 2.3s), be paid over to the Owner upon the Owner furnishing evidence satisfactory to the Mortgagee that all loss and damage resulting from such casualty has been properly made good and repaired, and that all repair accounts and other liabilities whatsoever in connection with the casualty have been fully paid and discharged by the Owner, provided however that the insurers with whom the fire and usual marine risks insurances are effected may, in the case of a major casualty, and with the previous consent in writing of the Mortgagee, make payment on account of repairs in the course of being effected; and
 
 
(c)
any moneys payable under any loss of earnings insurance shall be payable in accordance with the terms of the relevant Loss Payable Clause and shall be subject to such provisions of this clause 2 as shall apply to Earnings and the Mortgagee will not give any notification to the insurers as contemplated in such Loss Payable Clause unless and until the Mortgagee shall have become entitled under clause 2.1.1 to direct that the Earnings be paid to the Mortgagee.
 
2.2
Notice
 
The Owner hereby covenants and undertakes with the Mortgagee that it will from time to time upon the written request of the Mortgagee give written notice (in such form as the Mortgagee shall reasonably require) of the assignment herein contained to the persons from whom any part of the Assigned Property is or may be due.
 
2.3
Application
 
All moneys received by the Mortgagee in respect of:
 
2.3.1
recovery under the Insurances (other than under any loss of earnings insurance and any such sum or sums as may have been received by the Mortgagee in accordance with the relevant Loss Payable Clause in respect of a major casualty as therein defined and paid over to the Owner as provided in clause  2.1.2(b) ); and
 
2.3.2
Requisition Compensation,
 
shall be held by it upon trust in the first place to pay or make good the Expenses and the balance shall be applied by the Mortgagee in the manner specified in clause 2.10 of the Corporate Guarantee.
 
2.4
Shortfalls
 
In the event that the balance referred to in clause 2.3 is insufficient to pay in full the whole of the Outstanding Indebtedness, the Mortgagee shall be entitled to collect the shortfall from the Owner or any other person liable for the time being therefor.
 
2.5
Use of Owner's name
 
The Owner covenants and undertakes with the Mortgagee to do or permit to be done each and every act or thing which the Mortgagee may from time to time require to be done for the purpose of enforcing the Mortgagee's rights under this Deed and to allow its name to be used as and when required by the Mortgagee for that purpose.

 
5

 

2.6
Reassignment
 
Upon payment and discharge in full to the satisfaction of the Mortgagee of the Outstanding Indebtedness, the Mortgagee shall, at the request and cost of the Owner, re-assign the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation to the Owner or as it may direct.
 
3
Continuing security and other matters
 
3.1
Continuing security
 
The security created by this Deed shall:
 
3.1.1
be held by the Mortgagee as a continuing security for the payment of the Outstanding Indebtedness and the performance and observance of and compliance with all of the covenants, terms and conditions contained in the Security Documents, express or implied, and that the security so created shall not be satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of any part of the amount hereby and thereby secured (or by any settlement of accounts between the Owner or the Borrower or any other person who may be liable to the Mortgagee in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness or any part thereof and the Mortgagee);
 
3.1.2
be in addition to, and shall not in any way prejudice or affect, and may be enforced by the Mortgagee without prior recourse to, the security created by any other of the Security Documents or by any present or future Collateral Instruments, right or remedy held by or available to the Mortgagee or any right or remedy of the Mortgagee thereunder; and
 
3.1.3
not be in any way prejudiced or affected by the existence of any of the other Security Documents or any such Collateral Instrument, rights or remedies or by the same becoming wholly or in part void, voidable or unenforceable on any ground whatsoever or by the Mortgagee dealing with, exchanging, varying or failing to perfect or enforce any of the same, or giving time for payment or performance or indulgence or compounding with any other person liable.
 
3.2
Rights additional
 
All the rights, powers and remedies vested in the Mortgagee hereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any and every other right, power or remedy vested in the Mortgagee under the Corporate Guarantee, the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement, this Deed, the other Security Documents or any Collateral Instrument or at law and all the rights, powers and remedies so vested in the Mortgagee may be exercised from time to time and as often as the Mortgagee may deem expedient.
 
3.3
No enquiry
 
The Mortgagee shall not be obliged to make any enquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by it under the Mortgage and/or this Deed or to make any claim or take any action to collect any moneys hereby assigned or to enforce any rights or benefits hereby assigned to the Mortgagee or to which the Mortgagee may at any time be entitled under the Mortgage and/or this Deed.
 
3.4
Obligations of Owner and Mortgagee
 
The Owner shall remain liable to perform all the obligations assumed by it in relation to the  Assigned Property and the Mortgagee shall be under no obligation of any kind whatsoever in respect thereof or be under any liability whatsoever in the event of any failure by the Owner to perform its obligations in respect thereof.

 
6

 

3.5
Discharge of Mortgage
 
Notwithstanding that this Deed is expressed to be supplemental to the Mortgage it shall continue in full force and effect after any discharge of the Mortgage.
 
4
Powers of Mortgagee to protect security and remedy defaults
 
4.1
Protective action
 
The Mortgagee shall, without prejudice to its other rights, powers and remedies under any of the Security Documents, be entitled (but not bound) at any time, and as often as may be necessary, to take any such action as it may in its discretion think fit for the purpose of protecting or maintaining the security created by this Deed and the other Security Documents, and all Expenses attributable thereto shall be payable by the Owner on demand, together with interest thereon at the rate provided for in clause 2.5 of the Corporate Guarantee from the date such expense or liability was incurred by the Mortgagee until the date of actual receipt whether before or after any relevant judgment.
 
4.2
Remedy of defaults
 
Without prejudice to the generality of the provisions of clause 4.1, if  the Owner fails to comply with the provisions of clause 5.1.1 of the Mortgage, the Mortgagee shall become forthwith entitled (but not bound) to effect and thereafter to maintain all such insurances upon the Ship as in its discretion it may think fit in order to procure the compliance with such provisions or alternatively, to require the Ship (at the Owner's risk) to remain in, or to proceed to and remain in, a port designated by the Mortgagee until such provisions are fully complied with and the Expenses attributable to the exercise by the Mortgagee of any such powers shall be payable by the Owner on demand.
 
5
Powers of Mortgagee on Event of Default
 
5.1
Powers
 
At any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default and the making of a demand for payment under the provisions of the Corporate Guarantee, the Mortgagee shall forthwith become entitled (but not bound) as and when it may see fit, to exercise in relation to the Assigned Property or any part thereof all or any of the rights, powers and remedies possessed by it as assignee and/or chargee of the Assigned Property (whether at law, by virtue of this deed or otherwise) and in particular (without limiting the generality of the foregoing):
 
5.1.1
to require that all policies, contracts, certificates of entry and other records relating to the Insurances (including details of and correspondence concerning outstanding claims) be delivered forthwith to such adjusters and/or brokers and/or other insurers as the Mortgagee may nominate;
 
5.1.2
to collect, recover, compromise and give a good discharge for,  all claims then outstanding or thereafter arising under the Insurances or any of them or in respect of the Earnings or Requisition Compensation or any part thereof, and to take over or institute (if necessary using the name of the Owner) all such proceedings in connection therewith as the Mortgagee in its absolute discretion thinks fit, and, in the case of the Insurances, to permit any brokers through whom collection or recovery is effected to charge the usual brokerage therefor;
 
5.1.3
to discharge, compound, release or compromise claims in respect of the Ship, its Earnings, Insurances or Requisition Compensation or any part thereof which have given or may give rise to any charge or lien or other claim on the Ship, its Earnings, Insurances or Requisition Compensation or any part thereof or which are or may be enforceable by proceedings against the Ship, its Earnings, Insurances or Requisition Compensation or any part thereof; and
 
 
7

 

5.1.4
to recover from the Owner on demand all Expenses incurred or paid by the Mortgagee in connection with the exercise of the powers (or any of them) referred to in this clause 5.1.
 
6
Attorney
 
6.1
Appointment
 
By way of security, the Owner hereby irrevocably appoints the Mortgagee to be its attorney generally for and in the name and on behalf of the Owner, and as the act and deed or otherwise of the Owner to execute, seal and deliver and otherwise perfect and do all such deeds, assurances, agreements, instruments, acts and things which may be required for the full exercise of all or any of the rights, powers or remedies conferred by the Corporate Guarantee, the Mortgage, this Deed or any of the other Security Documents or which may be deemed proper in or in connection with all or any of the purposes aforesaid.  The power of attorney hereby conferred shall be a general power of attorney under the Powers of Attorney Act 1971, and the Owner ratifies and confirms, and agrees to ratify and confirm, any deed, assurance, agreement, instrument, act or thing which the Mortgagee may execute or do pursuant thereto.  Provided always that such power shall not be exercisable by or on behalf of the Mortgagee until the happening of any Event of Default.
 
6.2
Exercise of power
 
The exercise of such power by or on behalf of the Mortgagee shall not put any person dealing with the Mortgagee upon any enquiry as to whether any Event of Default has happened or whether the Mortgagee has made a demand for payment under the Corporate Guarantee, nor shall such person be in any way affected by notice that no such Event of Default has happened, and the exercise by the Mortgagee of such power shall be conclusive evidence of the Mortgagee's right to exercise the same.
 
6.3
Filings
 
The Owner hereby irrevocably appoints the Mortgagee to be its attorney in its name and on its behalf and as its act and deed or otherwise of it to agree the form of and to execute and do all deeds, instruments, acts and things in order to file, record, register or enrol this Deed in any court, public office or elsewhere which the Mortgagee may in its discretion consider necessary or advisable, now or in the future, to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence thereof.
 
7
Further assurance
 
The Owner hereby further undertakes at its own expense from time to time to execute, sign, perfect, do and (if required) register every such further assurance, document, act or thing as in the opinion of the Mortgagee may be necessary or desirable for the purpose of more effectually mortgaging and charging the Assigned Property or perfecting the security constituted or intended to be constituted by this Deed.
 
8
Costs and indemnities
 
8.1
Costs
 
The Owner shall pay to the Mortgagee on demand on a full indemnity basis all expenses or liabilities of whatever nature (including legal fees, fees of insurance advisers, printing, out-of-pocket expenses, stamp duties, registration fees and other duties or charges) together with any Taxes (including value added tax or other similar tax) payable in respect thereof, incurred by the Mortgagee in connection with the exercise or enforcement of, or preservation of any rights under, this Deed or otherwise in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness and the security therefor, or in connection with the preparation, completion, execution or registration of this Deed.

 
8

 

8.2
Mortgagee's indemnity
 
The Owner hereby agrees and undertakes to indemnify the Mortgagee against all losses, actions, claims, expenses, demands, obligations and liabilities whatever and whenever arising which may now or hereafter be incurred by the Mortgagee or by any manager, agent, officer or employee for whose liability, act or omission the Mortgagee may be answerable in respect of, in relation to, or in connection with anything done or omitted in the exercise or purported exercise of the powers contained in this Deed or otherwise in connection with such powers or with this Deed or with the Ship, its Earnings, Requisition Compensation and Insurances or otherwise howsoever in relation to, or in connection with, any of the matters dealt with in this Deed.
 
9
Remedies cumulative and other provisions
 
9.1
No implied waivers; remedies cumulative
 
No failure or delay on the part of the Mortgagee to exercise any right, power or remedy vested in it under this Deed, the Corporate Guarantee, the Mortgage or any of the other Security Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Mortgagee of any right, power or remedy nor the discontinuance, abandonment or adverse determination of any proceedings taken by the Mortgagee to enforce any right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or proceedings to enforce the same or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy, nor shall the giving by the Mortgagee of any consent to any act which by the terms of this Deed requires such consent prejudice the right of the Mortgagee to give or withhold consent to the doing of any other similar act.  The remedies provided in this Deed, the Corporate Guarantee, the Mortgage and the other Security Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
 
9.2
Delegation
 
The Mortgagee shall be entitled, at any time and as often as may be expedient, to delegate all or any of the powers and discretions vested in it by this Deed, the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement, the Mortgage (including the power vested in it by clause 11 of the Mortgage) or any of the other Security Documents in such manner, upon such terms, and to such persons as the Mortgagee in its absolute discretion may think fit.
 
9.3
Incidental powers
 
The Mortgagee shall be entitled to do all acts and things incidental or conducive to the exercise of any of the rights, powers or remedies possessed by it as mortgagee of the Ship (whether at law, under this Deed or otherwise) and in particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) upon becoming entitled to exercise any of its powers under clause 7 of the Mortgage, the Mortgagee shall be entitled to discharge any cargo on board the Ship (whether the same shall belong to the Owner or any other person) and to enter into such other arrangements respecting the Ship, the insurances, management, maintenance, repair, classification and employment in all respects as if the Mortgagee was the owner of the Ship, but without being responsible for any loss incurred as a result of the Mortgagee doing or omitting to do any such acts or things as aforesaid.
 
10
Notices
 
The provisions of clause 8 of the Corporate Guarantee shall apply mutatis mutandis in respect of any certificate, notice, demand or other communication given or made under this Deed.

 
9

 

11
Counterparts
 
This Deed may be entered into in the form of two counterparts, each executed by one of the parties, and, provided both the parties shall so execute this Deed, each of the executed counterparts, when duly exchanged or delivered, shall be deemed to be an original but, taken together, they shall constitute one instrument.
 
12
Law and jurisdiction
 
12.1
Law
 
This Deed is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.
 
12.2
Submission to jurisdiction
 
For the benefit of the Mortgagee, the parties hereto irrevocably agree that any legal action or proceedings in connection with this Deed may be brought in the English courts, or in the courts of any other country chosen by the Mortgagee, each of which shall have jurisdiction to settle any disputes arising out of or in connection with this Deed. The Owner irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts and the courts of any country chosen by the Mortgagee and irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Saville & Co. at present of One Carey Lane, London EC2V 8AE, England to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process issued out of the English courts in any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Deed.  The submission to such jurisdiction shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the right of the Mortgagee to take proceedings against the Owner in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.
 
The parties further agree that only the courts of England and not those of any other State shall have jurisdiction to determine any claim which the Owner may have against the Mortgagee arising out of or in connection with this Deed.
 
12.3
Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999
 
No term of this Deed is enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this Deed.
 
IN WITNESS whereof this Deed has been duly executed as a deed the day and year first above written.

 
10

 
 
Schedule 1
 
Forms of Loss Payable Clauses
 
(for attachment by way of endorsement to the Policy)
 
1
Hull and machinery (marine and war risks)
 
By a General Assignment dated [ · ] 2007 [ELEANOR MARITIME LIMITED] [DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD.] [ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED] of Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960   (the “ Owner ”) has assigned to CREDIT SUISSE of St. Alban-Graben 1-3, 4002 Basel, Switzerland (the “ Mortgagee ”) all the Owner's rights, title and interest in and to all policies and contracts of insurance from time to time taken out or entered into by or for the benefit of the Owner in respect of m.v. [Island Globe] [River Globe] [Tiara Globe] and accordingly:
 
 
(a)
all claims hereunder in respect of an actual or constructive or compromised or arranged total loss, and all claims in respect of a major casualty (that is to say any casualty the claim in respect of which exceeds Two hundred and fifty thousand Dollars (US$250,000) (or the equivalent in any other currency) inclusive of any deductible) shall be paid in full to the Mortgagee or to its order; and
 
 
(b)
all other claims hereunder shall be paid in full to the Owner or to its order, unless and until the Mortgagee shall have notified the insurers hereunder to the contrary, whereupon all such claims shall be paid to the Mortgagee or to its order.
 
2
Protection and indemnity risks
 
Payment of any recovery which [ELEANOR MARITIME LIMITED] [DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD.] [ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED] of Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 (the “ Owner ”) is entitled to make out of the funds of the Association in respect of any liability, costs or expenses incurred by the Owner, shall be made to the Owner or to its order, unless and until the Association receives notice to the contrary from Credit Suisse of St. Alban-Graben 1-3, 4002 Basel, Switzerland (the “ Mortgagee ”) in which event all recoveries shall thereafter be paid to the Mortgagee or their order; provided always that no liability whatsoever shall attach to the Association, its Managers or their agents for failure to comply with the latter obligation until the expiry of two clear business days from the receipt of such notice.
 
3
Loss of earnings
 
By a General Assignment dated [ · ] 2007 [ELEANOR MARITIME LIMITED] [DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD.] [ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED] of Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 (the “ Owner ”) has assigned to Credit Suisse of St. Alban-Graben 1-3, 4002 Basel, Switzerland (the “ Mortgagee ”) its rights, title and interest in and to all policies and contracts of insurance from time to time taken out or entered into by or for the benefit of the Owner in respect of m.v. [Island Globe] [River Globe] [Tiara Globe] and her earnings and accordingly all claims hereunder shall be paid in full to the Owner unless and until the Mortgagee shall have notified the insurers hereunder to the contrary, whereupon all such claims shall be paid to the Mortgagee or its order.

 
11

 
 
Schedule 2
Form of Notice of Assignment of Insurances
 
(For attachment by way of endorsement to the Policy)
 
[ELEANOR MARITIME LIMITED] [DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD.] [ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED] of Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960,   the Owner of m.v. [Island Globe] [River Globe] [Tiara Globe] , HEREBY GIVES NOTICE that by a General Assignment dated [ · ] 2007 and entered into by us with CREDIT SUISSE of St. Alban-Graben 1-3, 4002 Basel, Switzerland there has been assigned by us to CREDIT SUISSE as mortgagee of the said vessel all insurances in respect thereof, including the insurances constituted by the Policy whereon this notice is endorsed.
 
………………………………………………….
 
Signed
 
For and on behalf of
[ELEANOR MARITIME LIMITED] [DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD.] [ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED]
 
Date: [ · ]
 
 
12

 

EXECUTED
)
 
as a DEED
)
 
by
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
………………….
[ELEANOR MARITIME LIMITED]
)
Attorney-in-Fact
[DEVOCEAN MARITIME LTD.]
)
 
[ELYSIUM MARITIME LIMITED]
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 

...........................
 
Witness:
 
Name:
 
Address:
 
Occupation:
 

EXECUTED
)
 
as a DEED
)
 
by
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
………………….
CREDIT SUISSE
)
Attorney-in-Fact
in the presence of:
)
 

...........................
 
Witness:
 
Name:
 
Address:
 
Occupation:
 
 
13

 
Schedule 8

Form of Manager’s Undertaking
 

 
Private & Confidential

Manager’s Undertaking

To:
Credit Suisse
St. Alban-Graben 1-3
4002 Basel
Switzerland
 
From:
Globus Shipmanagement Corp.
Trust Company Complex
Ajeltake Road
Ajeltake Island
Majuro
Marshall Islands
MH96960
 
[ · ] 2007
 
Dear Sirs
 
US$120,000,000 Reducing Revolving Credit Facility to Globus Maritime Limited
 
1
Loan Agreement and Master Swap Agreement
 
1.1
We understand that under a facility agreement dated [ · ] 2007 (the “ Loan Agreement ”) and made between (1) Globus Maritime Limited (the “ Borrower ”) as borrower and (2) Credit Suisse as lender (the “ Bank ”), the Bank agreed (inter alia) to make available to the Borrower, upon the terms and conditions therein contained, a reducing revolving credit facility of up to One hundred and twenty million Dollars ($120,000,000) and that it is a condition precedent to the Bank making the Commitment available to the Borrower that we, Globus Shipmanagement Corp. (the “ Manager ”), enter into this letter of undertaking (the “ Letter ”) in favour of the Bank.
 
1.2
We also understand that under a 2002 Master Swap Agreement dated as of [ · ] 2007 (the “ Master Swap Agreement ”) and made between the Borrower and the Bank, the Bank agreed the terms and conditions upon which it would enter into derivative transactions with the Borrower, whether in respect of the Loan (whether in whole or in part, as the case may be, from time to time) or for any other purpose whatsoever.
 
1.3
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless otherwise specified herein, have the same meanings when used herein.
 
2
Confirmation of appointment
 
We hereby confirm that we have been appointed as the manager of m.v. [Island Globe] [River Globe] [Tiara Globe] (the “ Ship ”) registered under the laws and the flag of the Republic of the Marshall Islands in the ownership of [Eleanor Maritime Limited] [Devocean Maritime Ltd.] [Elysium Maritime Limited] of the Marshall Islands (the “ Owner ”) pursuant to a management agreement (the “ Management Agreement ”) dated [9 July 2007] [ · ] [ · ] and made between ourselves and the Owner and that we have accepted our appointment thereunder in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof.

 
1

 

3
Representations and warranties
 
3.1
We hereby represent and warrant that the copy of the Management Agreement set out in Appendix 1 to this Letter is a true and complete copy of the Management Agreement, that the Management Agreement constitutes valid and binding obligations of the Manager enforceable in accordance with its terms and that there have been no amendments or variations thereto or defaults thereunder by the Manager or, to the best of the Manager’s knowledge and belief, by the Owner.
 
3.2
We hereby confirm that the representations and warranties set out in clauses 7.2.9, 7.2.10 and 7.2.11 of the Loan Agreement are true and correct in all respects.
 
4
Undertakings
 
The Manager undertakes with the Bank that throughout the Security Period (as such term is defined in the general assignment dated [ · ] 2007 (the “ General Assignment ”) and executed by the Owner in favour of the Bank):
 
4.1
the Manager will not agree or purport to agree to any material amendment or variation of the Management Agreement without the prior written consent of the Bank;
 
the Manager will procure that any sub-manager appointed by the Manager pursuant to the provisions of the Management Agreement or otherwise will, on or before the date of such appointment enter into an undertaking in favour of the Bank in substantially the same form ( mutatis mutandis ) as this Letter;
 
4.3
the Manager will not, without the prior written consent of the Bank, take any action or institute any proceedings or make or assert any claim on or in respect of the Ship or its policies and contracts of insurance (which expression includes all entries of the Ship in a protection and indemnity or war risks association) which are from time to time during the Security Period (as such term is defined in the General Assignment) in place or taken out or entered into by or for the benefit of the Owner (whether in the sole name of the Owner or in the joint names of the Owner and the Bank or otherwise) in respect of the Ship and her Earnings (as such term is defined below) or otherwise howsoever in connection with the Ship and all benefits thereof (including claims of whatsoever nature and return of premiums) (the “ Insurances ”) or any moneys whatsoever from time to time due or payable to the Owner during the Security Period (as such term is defined in the General Assignment) arising out of the use or operation of the Ship including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) all freight, hire and passage moneys, income arising under pooling arrangements, compensation payable to the Owner in event of requisition of the Ship for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Ship (the “ Earnings ”) or any other property or other assets of the Owner which the Bank has previously advised the Manager are subject to any Encumbrance (as such term is defined in the General Assignment) or right of set-off in favour of the Bank by virtue of any of the Security Documents;
 
the Manager will discontinue any such action or proceedings or claim which may have been taken, instituted or made or asserted, promptly upon notice from the Bank to do so;
 
4.5
the Manager does hereby subordinate any claim that it may have against the Owner or otherwise in respect of the Ship and its Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation (as such term is defined in the General Assignment) to the claims of the Bank under the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement and the other Security Documents and undertakes not to exercise any right to which it may be entitled in respect of the Owner and/or the Ship and/or its Earnings and/or Insurances and/or Requisition Compensation in competition with the Bank;
 
4.6
the Manager will promptly notify the Bank if at any time the amount owed by the Owner to the Manager pursuant to the Management Agreement (whether in respect of the Manager’s remuneration or disbursements or otherwise) exceeds Twenty thousand Dollars ($20,000) or the equivalent in other currencies; and
 
4.7
the Manager will provide the Bank with such information concerning the Ship as the Bank may from time to time reasonably require.
 
 
2

 

5
Insurance assignment
 
By way of security for the repayment of the aggregate of the Loan (as defined in the Loan Agreement) and interest accrued and accruing thereon, the Expenses (as such term is defined in the General Assignment) and all other sums of money from time to time owing by the Owner to the Bank, whether actually or contingently, under the Loan Agreement, the Master Swap Agreement and the other Security Documents or any of them (the “ Outstanding Indebtedness ”), the Manager with full title guarantee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally assigns and agrees to assign to the Bank all of the Manager's rights, title and interest in and to all the benefit of the Insurances.
 
5.2
The Manager hereby undertakes to procure that a duly completed notice in the form set out in Appendix 2 to this Letter is given to all insurers of the Ship and to procure that such notice is promptly endorsed on all policies and entries in respect of the Insurances and agrees promptly to authorise and/or instruct any broker, insurer or association with or through whom Insurances may be effected to endorse on any policy or entry or otherwise to give effect to such loss payable clause as may be stipulated by the Bank.
 
5.3
The Bank shall, at the Manager's cost and request, re-assign to the Manager all the Manager's right, title and interest in the Insurances upon the Outstanding Indebtedness being paid and discharged in full to the satisfaction of the Bank.
 
5.4
Any moneys in respect of the Insurances which would (but for the assignment contained in clause 5.1 above) be payable to the Manager shall be applied in accordance with clause 2.3 of the General Assignment.
 
6
Acknowledgement
 
The Manager hereby acknowledges that it has seen and has reviewed the Loan Agreement and the other Security Documents and agrees to abide by and to observe the provisions thereof insofar as the same are applicable to it as therein provided.
 
7
Law and jurisdiction
 
7.1
The agreement constituted by this Letter is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.
 
7.2
The Manager agrees, for the benefit of the Bank, that any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Letter against the Manager or any of its assets may be brought in the English courts.  The Manager irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Saville & Co. at present of One Carey Lane, London EC2V 8AE, England to receive for it and on its behalf, service of process issued out of the English courts in any such legal action or proceedings.  The submission to such jurisdiction shall not (and shall not be construed so as to) limit the rights of the Bank to take any proceedings against the Manager in the courts of any other competent jurisdiction nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.
 
7.3
No term of this Letter is enforceable under the provisions of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this Letter or to whom this Letter is not addressed.
 
Yours faithfully,

....................................................
 
For and on behalf of
 
GLOBUS SHIPMANAGEMENT CORP.
 

 
3

 

Appendix 1
 
Copy of the Management Agreement

 
4

 

Appendix 2
 
Notice of Assignment
 
We, GLOBUS SHIPMANAGEMENT CORP. , the managers of the m.v. [Island Globe] [River Globe] [Tiara Globe] HEREBY GIVE NOTICE that by a first assignment dated [ · ] 2007 and entered into by us CREDIT SUISSE there has been assigned by us to the said CREDIT SUISSE of St. Alban-Graben 1-3, 4002 Basel, Switzerland as first assignees all of our right, title and interest in and to the insurances in respect of the said Ship including the insurances constituted by the Policy whereon this notice is endorsed.
 
......................................………………
 
SIGNED
 
for and on behalf of
 
GLOBUS SHIPMANAGEMENT CORP.
 
   
Dated: [ · ]
 
 
5

 
Schedule 9

Form of Charter Assignment


 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
Exhibit 10.2
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
Exhibit 10.3

RULES

of

the

GLOBUS MARITIME INCENTIVE PLAN

(Adopted by the Company on              2007)


 

 
 
INDEX
 
Rule
     
Page
         
1
 
Definitions
 
1
         
2
 
Commencement and Timing of the Grant of Awards
 
3
         
3
 
Eligibility and Conditions
 
3
         
4
 
Individual limit
 
4
         
5
 
Overall limit
 
4
         
6
 
Dividend Shares
 
5
         
7
 
Vesting and Delivery of Shares
 
5
         
8
 
Cessation of Employment
 
6
         
9
 
Lapse
 
6
         
10
 
Takeovers and liquidations
 
6
         
11
 
Amendments
 
7
         
12
 
Variation of share capital
 
7
         
13
 
Administration
 
8
         
14
 
Rights of Shares
 
8
         
15
 
Disposal of Shares
 
8
         
16
 
General
 
9

 

 
 
RULES OF THE GLOBUS MARITIME INCENTIVE PLAN

    1
Definitions
 
1.1
In this Plan unless the context otherwise requires the following expressions have the following meanings:
 
Admission ” means the admission of Shares to trading on AIM becoming effective within the meaning of the AIM Rules and the expression “ Admitted ” shall be construed accordingly;
 
AIM ” means the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange;
 
AIM Rules ” means the rules of the London Stock Exchange governing Admission and the operation of AIM;
 
Award” means a conditional award of a specified number of Shares;
 
Award Certificate ” means the certificate executed by the Grantor evidencing the grant of an Award;
 
Award Tax Liability ” means an amount sufficient to satisfy any taxes, duties or social security contributions arising in any jurisdiction which are required to be withheld or accounted for by an Awardholder’s Employing Company or any other Group Company or any other person in connection with the grant, holding and/or Vesting of an Award and/or the delivery to the Awardholder of Shares subject to that Award;
 
Awardholder ” means any Eligible Employee who has been granted or remains entitled to a Subsisting Award or (where the context so permits) the personal representatives of such individual;
 
Board ” means the board of directors of the Company;
 
Committee ” means the Remuneration Committee of the Board;
 
Company ” means Globus Maritime Limited registered in Jersey under No. 94123;
 
Courts ” means the courts of England and Wales;
 
Date of Grant ” means the date on which the Award is granted in accordance with Rule 3;
 
Dealing Code ” means the provisions in the AIM Rules relating to dealings in Shares by Eligible Employees and the Company’s own code of dealing if such code has been adopted;
 
Dealing Day ” means any day on which the London Stock Exchange is open for transaction business;
 
Director ” means a director of the Company;

 

 

Earnings ” means the aggregate of:
 
 
(i)
the annual cash salary and bonus of the office(s) or employment(s) by virtue of which an Eligible Employee is eligible to participate in the Plan and which the Eligible Employee earns during the period of 12 months ending on the relevant Date of Grant; and
 
 
(ii)
any fees in respect of consultancy and management services provided by the Eligible Employee to any Group Company during the period of 12 months ending on the relevant Date of Grant;
 
Eligible Employee ” means any employee or executive director of a Group Company;
 
Employing Company ” means any Group Company or former Group Company by which the Awardholder is or where the context so admits was employed;
 
Grantor ” means the Board or Committee (acting on behalf of the Company);
 
Grant Condition ” means the condition set out in paragraph 14.2 of Part IX of the Company’s Admission Document in respect of the first Admission of the Shares or such other condition as the Committee may determine being no harder to satisfy than the condition referred to above;
 
Group ” means the Company and its subsidiaries and the expression “ Group Company ” shall be construed accordingly;
 
Law of 1991 ” means the Companies (Jersey) Law of 1991;
 
London Stock Exchange ” means London Stock Exchange plc or any successor company or body carrying on the same business;
 
Market Value ” means, in relation to a Share:
 
 
(a)
at any time at which the Shares are Admitted, the closing price of a Share (as published in the Financial Times on the Date of Grant) on the Dealing Day immediately preceding the Date of Grant provided that such day shall not fall within a period during which dealings in Shares are prohibited under the Company’s Dealing Code, in which case the references to “Dealing Day” above shall be to the first day on which dealings in Shares are again permitted under the Company’s Dealing Code; or
 
 
(b)
at any time at which the Shares are not Admitted, the Board’s reasonable opinion of the fair market value of a Share on the relevant day in accordance with Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992;
 
Plan ” means the Globus Maritime Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time;
 
Rules ” means these rules as from time to time amended in accordance with their provisions;
 
Share ” means an ordinary share in the capital of the Company;

 
2

 

Subsisting Award ” means an Award to the extent that it has not lapsed; and
 
Vest ” means, in relation to an Award, for the relevant Awardholder to become absolutely beneficially entitled to some or all of the Shares comprised in the Award, subject always to the other provisions of the Plan and the expressions “ Vesting ". " Vested " and “ Unvested ” shall be construed accordingly.

1.2
Where the context permits the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and the masculine gender shall include the feminine.
 
1.3
References to any statutory provision shall include any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment thereto.
 
1.4
The headings to the Rules are for convenience only and have no legal effect.
 
    2
Commencement and Timing of the Grant of Awards
 
2.1
Awards may be granted under the Plan on and following the date of Admission.
 
2.2
The Committee may resolve at any time that no further Awards shall be granted under the Plan and in any event no Awards may be granted under the Plan after the tenth anniversary of Admission provided that this Rule shall not affect the subsisting rights of Awardholders.
 
2.3
Subject to Rule 2.4, Awards may only be granted at the following times:
 
2.3.1
within the period of 28 days from and including the date of adoption of the Plan;
 
2.3.2
within the period of 28 days from and including the date on which any amendment to the Plan takes effect in accordance with Rule 11;
 
2.3.3
within the period of 28 days from and including the date of announcement of the Group’s results for any period;
 
2.3.4
within the period of 28 days from and including the date on which the Company publishes a prospectus or similar document; and
 
2.3.5
at any other time at which the Grantor resolves that exceptional circumstances exist which justifies the grant of Awards.
 
2.4
No Awards shall be granted at any time during which dealings are prohibited under the Company’s Dealing Code.
 
    3
Eligibility and Conditions
 
3.1
Subject to this Rule 3, any Grantor may from time to time in its absolute discretion grant an Award to an Eligible Employee as it may in its absolute discretion select.
 
 
3

 

3.2
The Board may only grant an Award to a Director acting on the recommendation of the Committee regarding the selection of that Director and the extent of an Award.
 
3.3
The number of Shares which may be subject to the grant of any such Award to a Director shall be determined subject to the Grant Condition.
 
3.4
Subject to the right of a deceased Awardholder’s personal representatives to receive Vested Shares pursuant to an Award in accordance with Rule 8.4, every Award shall be personal to the Eligible Employee to whom it is granted and shall not be capable of being transferred, assigned or charged other than, with the permission of the Board, a transfer or assignment for the benefit of a company through which the Eligible Employee is providing consultancy services to a Group Company.
 
3.5
No monetary consideration shall be payable for the grant of an Award.
 
3.6
Neither the grant of an Award nor any benefit which may accrue to an Awardholder as a result of the Award shall form part of that Awardholder’s pensionable remuneration for the purposes of any pension plan or similar arrangement which may be operated by any Group Company.
 
3.7
If any Award is granted in breach of the limits contained in Rules 4 and/or 5, it shall be limited and take effect over the maximum number of Shares over which it could have been granted without breaching those limits.  No Award to acquire a fraction of a Share shall be capable of being granted.
 
3.8
It shall be a term of any Award that the Awardholder shall comply with such arrangements as the Grantor may in its absolute discretion specify for the indemnification or reimbursement of any Award Tax Liability.
 
3.9
Awards shall be granted in such manner as the Grantor may determine. When the Board or Committee so determines, the Grantor may request an Awardholder to accept an Award, such acceptance to be provided in such form and manner as the Grantor may determine.
 
    4
Individual limit
 
4.1
Any Award granted to an Eligible Employee shall be limited and take effect so that immediately following such grant the Market Value of the Shares subject to Awards granted to the Awardholder under the Plan (excluding any Awards which have lapsed or partially lapsed or been surrendered) during the previous 12 months shall not exceed a sum equal to twice his Earnings.
 
    5
Overall limit
 
5.1
No Award to be satisfied by the issue of Shares shall be granted on any day if as a result the number of Shares issued or remaining issuable pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan and any rights granted under any other employees’ share scheme adopted by the Company in the ten years preceding the proposed Date of Grant would exceed 10 per cent of the number of Shares in issue on the Date of Grant .
 
 
4

 

5.2
For the purposes of the limit contained in this Rule, any Shares transferred, or remaining transferable, by the Company from treasury shall be treated as issued or remaining issuable (as applicable) and Shares which are the subject of Awards which have lapsed, partially lapsed or been surrendered shall be excluded.
 
    6
Dividend Shares
 
6.1
If a cash dividend is paid during the period commencing on the relevant Date of Grant and ending on the date of delivery of the Shares subject to an Award, the number of Shares subject to the Award shall be increased by the number of Shares calculated in accordance with Rule 6.2 below.  Any additional Shares made subject to an Award shall be subject to the Rules and the same terms as the original Shares subject to that Award as if such Shares had been comprised in the Award on the Date of Grant except for the purposes of the limits set out in Rules 4 and 5 above.
 
6.2
The number of additional Shares shall be calculated using the following formula:-
 
DS  = X x Y
  Z
 
 
Where:
X is the number of Shares subject to the Award which have not been delivered to the Eligible Employee on the date the dividend is paid;
 
 
Y is the value of the dividend (in pence, on a per Share basis);
 
 
Z is the closing price (in pence) of a Share on the first Dealing Day on which Shares are traded without the benefit of the relevant dividend (i.e. “ex-dividend”) as published in the Financial Times on the day following that first Dealing Day referred to above; and
 
DS is the whole number of additional Shares resulting from multiplying X by Y, dividing the product of that calculation by Z and ignoring any fractions of a Share.
 
    7
Vesting and Delivery of Shares
 
7.1
Save as otherwise provided for in these Rules and subject to Rule 8, Awards shall vest proportionally on a daily basis during the period commencing on the Date of Grant and ending on the day preceding the third anniversary of the Date of Grant.
 
7.2
In circumstances where an Award would Vest at a time when dealing in Shares would not be permitted under the Company’s Dealing Code the Award shall not Vest until the first day to arise on which dealings in Shares are again permitted.
 
7.3
The Board shall allot or procure the transfer to the relevant Awardholder of the Vested Shares subject to that Award within the 30 days that follow each of the first three anniversaries of the Date of Grant of an Award unless such allotment or transfer would not be lawful in the relevant country or territory.
 
 
5

 

    8
Cessation of Employment
 
8.1
If an Awardholder ceases employment or to hold office with the Group on account of his summary dismissal, his Award (whether Vested or Unvested) shall lapse immediately in its entirety.
 
8.2
If an Awardholder ceases employment or to hold office with the Group for any reason other than his summary dismissal, he shall be entitled to receive, subject to Rule 7 and 8.3,  such of the Shares subject to his Award as had Vested on the date of cessation of his office or employment (or, if earlier, the date on which notice is given by the Awardholder or the Employing Company of the relevant Awardholder that the employment or office of that Awardholder will terminate, unless the Committee acting in its absolute discretion otherwise determines). His Award in respect of any Unvested Shares shall lapse forthwith.
 
8.3
In the case of Rule 8.2 above, in the 30 days that follow the termination of the Awardholder’s office or employment, the Board shall allot or procure the transfer to the relevant Awardholder of the Vested Shares subject to that Award rounded down to the nearest whole number in the event of fractions of a Share unless such allotment or transfer would not be lawful in the relevant country or territory.
 
8.4
In the event that the Awardholder dies, references to “Awardholder” in this Rule 8 shall include, where the context so permits, references to the Awardholder’s personal representatives.
 
    9
Lapse
 
9.1
A Subsisting Award shall lapse and cease to be capable of Vesting upon the occurrence of the earliest to occur of the following:
 
9.1.1
as provided for in Rule 8.1 or 8.2;
 
9.1.2
the date of any breach or purported breach of Rule 3.4; and
 
9.1.3
the date on which the Awardholder becomes bankrupt.
 
   10
Takeovers and liquidations
 
10.1
If the Courts sanction a scheme of arrangement pursuant to article 125 of the Law of 1991, all Subsisting Awards shall Vest in full regardless of the extent previously Vested, unless the Committee shall in its absolute discretion determine that the ultimate shareholders of the Company following the scheme of arrangement are substantially the same as the Company’s shareholders immediately prior to the scheme of arrangement.
 
10.2
If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares in the Company under articles 116 to 124 of the Law of 1991, all Subsisting Awards shall Vest in full regardless of the extent previously Vested.
 
10.3
If the Company passes a resolution for its voluntary winding-up, all Subsisting Awards shall Vest in full regardless of the extent previously Vested.
 
 
6

 

10.4
If the Shares cease to be Admitted or listed on any "recognised stock exchange" (as defined in section 841 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1998), all Subsisting Awards shall Vest in full regardless of the extent previously Vested.
 
10.5
If the Company undertakes a transaction whereby it sells such of its assets as have a value equal to or exceeding 75% of the net asset value of the Company (as calculated by reference to the Company’s accounts for the financial year preceding such transaction) other than a sale of less than 50% (by number) of the Group’s vessels, all Subsisting Awards shall Vest regardless of the extent previously Vested.
 
10.6
If any of Rules 10.1 to 10.5 apply, the Board shall, as soon as reasonably practicable following the relevant event (referred to in any of Rules 10.1 to 10.5), allot or procure the transfer to the relevant Awardholder of the Shares subject to that Award unless such allotment or transfer would not be lawful in the relevant country or territory
 
   11
Amendments
 
11.1
Subject to Rules 11.2 and 11.3, these Rules may be amended by the Committee in any way, provided that no alteration to the material advantage of an Awardholder or Eligible Employee may be made to the Plan without the prior approval of the Company’s shareholders in general meeting.
 
11.2
Subject to Rule 11.3, no amendment to the Plan may operate to vary adversely the terms of any Awards granted prior to such amendment unless:
 
11.2.1
the relevant Grantor has invited every relevant Awardholder to give an indication as to whether or not he approves the amendment; and
 
11.2.2
such amendment is approved by a majority of those Awardholders who have given an indication.
 
11.3
Minor amendments which the Committee considers necessary or desirable in order to benefit the administration of the Plan, to take account of a change in the applicable legislation in any country or territory or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for Awardholders or any Group Company or to take account of a corporate transaction involving a Group Company may be made without the need for either of the approvals set out in Rules 11.1 and 11.2 provided that such amendments do not affect the basic principles of the Plan.
 
11.4
Written notice of any amendment in accordance with this Rule shall be given to all affected Awardholders.
 
   12
Variation of share capital
 
12.1
In the event of any capitalisation, consolidation, sub-division or reduction of the share capital of the Company and in respect of any discount element in any rights issue or any other variation in the share capital of the Company the number of Shares subject to an Award may be varied in such manner as the Committee shall determine to be fair and reasonable.
 
 
7

 

12.2
The Grantor may take such steps as it considers necessary to notify Awardholders of any adjustment made under Rule 12.1 and to call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Award Certificate consequent upon such adjustment.
 
   13
Administration
 
13.1
The Board shall have power from time to time to make and vary such regulations (not being inconsistent with the Plan) for the implementation and administration of the Plan as it thinks fit.
 
13.2
The decision of the Board shall be final and binding in all matters relating to the Plan.
 
13.3
The costs of establishing and administering the Plan and any expenses (including stamp duty) involved in any transfer of Shares to an Awardholder shall be borne by the Company.
 
13.4
The Company shall not be obliged to provide Eligible Employees or Awardholders (or their personal representatives) with copies of any notices, circulars or other documents sent to shareholders of the Company.
 
   14
Rights of Shares
 
14.1
Subject to Rule 6, Shares allotted pursuant to an Award will on allotment rank pari passu in all respects with the then issued Shares save as regards any rights attaching by reference to a record date prior to the date of such allotment and will be subject to all the provisions of the Articles of Association of the Company.
 
14.2
If and so long as Shares are traded on AIM, the Company will apply for any Shares issued pursuant to the Plan to be admitted to trading on AIM.
 
14.3
All allotments, issues and transfers of Shares are subject to any necessary consents under any relevant enactments or regulations for the time being in force in the United Kingdom, Jersey or elsewhere.  The Awardholder is responsible for complying with any requirements to obtain or avoid the need for any such consent.
 
   15
Disposal of Shares
 
15.1
Following the Vesting of an Award and the delivery of the Shares subject to that Award, an Awardholder may not dispose of any Shares acquired pursuant to an Award under the Plan before the first anniversary of acquiring the Shares except in accordance with Rule 15.2.
 
15.2
If the Awardholder incurs a tax or social security contributions liability as a result of the Vesting of an Award or the delivery of the Shares subject to an Award, the Awardholder shall be entitled to sell sufficient of the Shares received pursuant to his Award prior to the first anniversary of his acquisition of such Shares in order to fund any such tax or social security contributions liability.
 
 
8

 

   16
General
 
16.1
The Plan shall commence on Admission and shall (unless terminated earlier by a resolution of the Board or a resolution of the Company in general meeting) terminate upon the tenth anniversary of such date. Upon termination (howsoever occurring), no further Awards may be granted under the Plan but such termination shall be without prejudice to any accrued rights in existence at the date thereof.
 
16.2
The Company will at all times keep available sufficient authorised and unissued Shares to satisfy the Vesting of all Subsisting Awards, taking account of any other obligations of the Company to issue Shares.
 
16.3
The existence of any Award shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its shareholders to make or authorise any or all adjustments, recapitalisations, reorganisations, reductions of capital, purchases or redemptions of its Shares or any other changes in the structure of the Company’s share capital or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issue of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or convertible into, or otherwise affecting the Shares or the rights thereof, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.
 
16.4
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the rights and obligations of an Awardholder under the terms and conditions of his office or employment shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right he may have to participate in the Plan.  An individual who participates in the Plan waives all and any rights to compensation or damages in consequence of:
 
 
(a)
the termination of his office or employment with any company for any reason whatsoever, whether lawful or unlawful; and/or
 
 
(b)
the exercise or failure to exercise any discretion conferred by these Rules
 
insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under, or to be entitled to an Award under, the Plan as a result of such termination or from the loss or diminution in value of such rights or entitlements.  If necessary, the Awardholder’s terms of employment shall be varied accordingly.
 
16.5
All allotments, issues and transfers of Shares under the Plan will be subject to the Company obtaining any consents required under any relevant legislation in the United Kingdom or elsewhere and Awardholders will be responsible for complying with all relevant requirements in order to obtain or avoid the necessity for any such consent.
 
16.6
The Grantor, the Company and any other Group Company shall have no obligation to notify Awardholders (or their personal representatives, as the case may be) of the forthcoming lapse of an Award nor, save as otherwise provided for in the Plan, to provide other reports to Awardholders as to the status of their Awards.
 
 
9

 

16.7
The Company shall not be responsible for obtaining any governmental, regulatory or other official consent that may be required in any country or jurisdiction in order to permit the grant or Vesting of an Award to a particular Eligible Employee or Awardholder.  The Eligible Employee or Awardholder (as the case may be) shall be responsible for obtaining any such consent and the Company shall not be responsible for any failure by any Eligible Employee or Awardholder to do so or for any tax or other liability to which an Awardholder may become subject as a result of his participation in the Plan.
 
16.8
It is a condition of participation in the Plan that an Awardholder agrees to the holding of information about the Awardholder by the Company and authorises the Company and its agents and advisers to use such information according to these Rules for the purposes of the Plan.  It is a further condition of participation in the Plan that each Awardholder agrees that data concerning the Awardholder’s participation may be processed by agents of the Company wherever located and where necessary transmitted outside the European Economic Area.
 
16.9
Save as otherwise provided in the Plan, any notice or communication to be given to any Eligible Employee or Awardholder may be given by electronic mail, personally delivered or sent by ordinary post to the person’s last known address and where a notice or communication is sent by post it shall be deemed to have been received 48 hours after the same was put into the post properly addressed and stamped.  Share certificates and other communications sent by post will be sent at the risk of the Eligible Employee or Awardholder concerned and the Company shall have no liability whatsoever to any such person in respect of any notification, document, share certificate or other communication so given, sent or made.
 
16.10
Any notice to be given to the Company shall only be delivered or sent to their respective registered offices addressed to the company secretary and shall be effective upon receipt.
 
16.11
The Plan and all Awards granted under it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts.
 
10

 
 
Exhibit 10.4
 
BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES AGREEMENT

This Business Opportunities Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into on, and effective as of, November 22, 2010, between Georgios Feidakis (the “ Founder ”) and Globus Maritime Limited, a Jersey company to be domesticated into the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “ Company ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Founder and the Company and their respective affiliates are or in the future may be engaged in businesses relating to dry bulk shipping; and

WHEREAS, the Founder and the Company wish to identify the circumstances when, and the procedures pursuant to which, Business Opportunities (as hereinafter defined) are divided between the Founder and the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1.   
Corporate Opportunities .

a.  
The Founder agrees to disclose all Business Opportunities and the material facts attendant thereto, to the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) for consideration by the Company.

b.  
If within seven (7) business days of the Founder disclosing the Business Opportunity to the Board, the Board fails to adopt a resolution (and to provide a copy of the same to the Founder) that provides that the Company will use its commercial best efforts to pursue such Business Opportunity, the Company will be deemed to have declined to pursue such Business Opportunity, in which event the Founder shall be free to pursue it for the Founder’s or his affiliates’ personal benefit. For the avoidance of doubt, any Business Opportunity that the Company fails to pursue, as defined in this clause, shall be treated as confidential and may not be disclosed by the Company to any third party, subject to applicable laws and rules and requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange upon which the securities of the Company trade.

c.  
For the purposes herein, “ Business Opportunities ” shall mean any business opportunities available to the Founder or to any affiliate of the Founder that he controls relating to dry bulk shipping which may arise during the Term, as defined below in Section 6, and which could reasonably be expected to be business opportunities that the Company might pursue.


 
2.   
Acknowledgment and Release .   The Company hereby (i) acknowledges and agrees that except as provided in this Agreement, the Founder shall not have any obligation to offer the Company any business opportunity (other than a Business Opportunity) or transaction; (ii) renounces any interest or expectancy in any permitted Business Opportunity pursued by the Founder in accordance with this Agreement; and (iii) waives any claim that any business opportunity, transaction or Business Opportunity pursued by the Founder constitutes a corporate opportunity of the Company, unless such opportunity was pursued by the Founder in violation of this Agreement.

3.   
Conduct of Business .  Neither the Founder or his affiliates nor a director, officer, employee or agent of the Founder or his affiliates, whether or not such person is also a director, officer, employee, agent or shareholder of the Company, shall be liable to the Company or its shareholders for breach of any fiduciary or other duty that such person may have by reason of the Founder or his affiliates undertaking any activity permitted in this Agreement.

4.   
Additional Obligations of Founder .

a.  
The Founder hereby acknowledges and agrees that he and the affiliates he controls may acquire an interest of up to five (5) per cent of the issued ordinary share capital of a public company that carries on dry bulk shipping activities, provided neither he nor any such affiliate is directly or indirectly involved in the management of such company.

b.  
Neither the Founder nor any affiliate he controls shall during the Term and for six (6) months thereafter solicit any employee or officer of the Company or its subsidiaries, being an employee of a senior capacity (with seniority being determined by reference to an annual salary in excess of €100,000 per annum or more).

5.   
Other Conduct .   Any conduct by the Founder or his affiliates that does not comply with this Agreement shall not by reason thereof void a transaction or make it voidable or be deemed a breach of any fiduciary or other duty that may be owed to the Company, but shall instead be governed by the Republic of the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act or any other applicable law.

6.   
Term .   This Agreement shall expire (other than Sections 4(b), 7, 8 and 11) on the first day on which the Founder no longer beneficially owns common shares or any other equity representing at least thirty (30) per cent of the combined voting power of all outstanding common shares or any other equity of the Company, or no longer serves as a director of the Company (the “ Term ”).

7.   
Governing Law .  This Agreement, except as provided for in Section 5 and any mandatory provisions of the Republic of the Marshall Islands with regard to the Company, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York.

8.   
Arbitration .  All disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be finally settled by arbitration under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one or more arbitrators appointed in accordance with the said Rules. The seat of the arbitration shall be Athens, Greece. Any award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be recognized and enforced by any court having jurisdiction thereof.

9.  
Amendments; Waivers .  This Agreement may not be amended, changed, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified or terminated, except upon the execution and delivery of a written agreement executed by the parties hereto.  The failure of any party hereto to exercise any right, power or remedy provided under this Agreement or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity, or to insist upon compliance by any other party hereto with its obligations hereunder, and any custom or practice of the parties at variance with the terms hereof, shall not constitute a waiver by such party of its right to exercise any such or other right, power or remedy or to demand such compliance.

2

 
10.   
Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to its subject matter, and supersedes and replaces all prior agreements and understandings of the parties in connection with such subject matter.

11.   
Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be given in writing and delivered personally, by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), by overnight courier postage prepaid), facsimile transmission or similar means, to the party to receive such notices or communications at the address set forth (or such other address as shall from time to time be designated by such party to the other party in accordance with this Section 11.
 
 
If to the Founder: 
Mr. Georgios Feidakis
c/o Global Maritime Limited
128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 3rd Floor
166 74 Glyfada
Athens Greece
 
 
If to the Company:
Globus Maritime Limited
28 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 3rd Floor
166 74 Glyfada
Athens Greece
 
All such notices and communications hereunder shall be deemed given when received, as evidenced by the signed acknowledgement of receipt of the person to whom such notice or communication shall have been personally delivered, the acknowledgement of receipt returned to the sender by the applicable authorities, the confirmation of delivery rendered by the applicable overnight courier service or the confirmation of a successful facsimile transmission of such notice or communication.

12.   
Family Relationships .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no family member above the age of 18 shall be considered an affiliate of the Founder, other than in connection with Section 3.

13.   
Rights of Third Parties . The provisions of this Agreement are enforceable solely by the parties to this Agreement, and no shareholder of the Company or any other person shall have the right, separate and apart from the Company, to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to compel any party to this Agreement to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

14.   
Further Assurances .  The parties hereto agree to execute and deliver such other documents or agreements and to use commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, such other actions and to do, or cause to be done, all other things, in each case necessary to desirable for the implementation of this Agreement, including but not limited to executing or causing a party’s affiliate to execute an agreement to terminate the Relationship Agreement dated May 31, 2007 among the Company, the Founder and Firment Trading Limited.

15.  
Headings .  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of this Agreement or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

16.   
Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one agreement.

3

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Founder and the Company have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.
 

/s/ Georgios Feidakis      
Georgios Feidakis



GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED


By :  /s/ Georgios Karageorgiou       
     Name: Georgios Karageorgiou
     Title: Director
 
Signature Page – Business Opportunities Agreement

 

Exhibit 10.5

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of November 22, 2010, among Globus Maritime Limited, a corporation to be domesticated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “ Company ”), Firment Trading Limited, a company existing under the laws of Cyprus (“ Firment ”), and Kim Holdings S.A., a company existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (“ Kim ” and together with Firment, the “ Shareholders ”).

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to provide the Shareholders with certain registration rights with respect to its shares of Common Stock (as hereinafter defined).

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valid consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

1.
Certain Definitions .

In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.

Class B Shares ” means shares of the Class B common shares, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

Common Stock ” means shares of common stock, par value $0.004 per share, of the Company, including common stock issuable upon conversion of Class B Shares and any other shares issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to the common stock, par value $0.004 per share, of the Company by way of a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, exchange, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Control ,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting shares, by contract or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting shares of any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed, for purposes of this Agreement, to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting shares, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this provision, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

Dissolution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7 hereof.

Effectiveness Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(g) hereof.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Form F-1 ” means the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, filed with the SEC for the initial registration of the Common Stock.

 

 

Governmental Entity ” means any national, federal, state, municipal, local, territorial, foreign or other government or any department, commission, board, bureau, agency, regulatory authority or instrumentality thereof, or any court, judicial, administrative or arbitral body or public or private tribunal.

Holder ” means any Person that owns Registrable Shares, including the Shareholders, their Affiliates and such successors and permitted assigns as acquire Registrable Shares, directly or indirectly, from such Person. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company may deem and treat the registered holder of Registrable Shares as the Holder and absolute owner thereof, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Initiating Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, incorporated or unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, Governmental Entity or any other entity.

Piggyback Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

Prospectus ” means the prospectus or prospectuses included in any Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement and by all other amendments and supplements to the prospectus, including post-effective amendments and all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus or prospectuses.

Qualifying Event ” means the date on which the Form F-1 has been declared effective by the SEC.

Registrable Shares ” means shares of Common Stock held by the Shareholders or any Affiliate of the Shareholders, shares of Common Stock receivable upon the conversion of Class B Shares held by the Shareholders or any Affiliate of the Shareholders or any shares of any successor or acquiror of the Company issued in exchange or substitution for any of the foregoing in connection with any acquisition, merger, combination or similar transaction involving the Company or any successor of the Company; provided , however, that Registrable Shares shall not include any securities sold by a Person to the public either pursuant to a Registration Statement or Rule 144 or any securities that may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without restriction or limitation on volume or manner of sale.

Registration Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.

Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company which covers any of the Registrable Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all materials incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Shelf Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

 
2

 

Suspension Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(f) hereof.

Underwritten Offering ” means a registration in which securities of the Company are sold to underwriters for reoffering to the public.

Withdrawn Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(g) hereof.

2.
Demand Registration .

(a)            Right to Request Registration . Subject to Section 2(d) hereof, at any time commencing one (1) year after the Qualifying Event, any Holder or Holders (“ Initiating Holders ”) shall have the right to require the Company to register under the Securities Act (“ Demand Registration ”) all or part of the Registrable Shares; provided , however, that each Demand Registration be for Registrable Shares.

Within ten (10) days after receipt of any such request for Demand Registration, the Company shall give written notice of such request to all other Holders of Registrable Shares and shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2(d) hereof, include in such registration all such Registrable Shares with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the Company’s notice.

(b)            Number of Demand Registrations . Subject to the provisions of Section 2(a), the Initiating Holders of Registrable Shares shall collectively be entitled to request an aggregate of two (2) Demand Registrations in any one twelve (12) month period and a maximum of three (3) Demand Registrations in total. A registration shall not count as one of the permitted Demand Registrations (i) until it has become effective, (ii) if the Initiating Holders requesting such registration are not able to have registered and sold at least 50% of the Registrable Shares requested by such Initiating Holders to be included in such registration or (iii) in the case of a Demand Registration that would be the last permitted Demand Registration requested hereunder, if the Initiating Holders requesting such registration are not able to have registered and sold all of the Registrable Shares requested to be included by such Initiating Holders in such registration.

(c)            Allocation of Securities Included in Registration Statement . If any requested registration made pursuant to Section 2(a) involves an Underwritten Offering and the managing underwriters of the requested Demand Registration advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Shares proposed to be included in any such registration exceeds the number of securities which can be sold in such offering without having an adverse affect on such offering, including the price at which such Registrable Shares can be sold, the Company shall include in such registration only the number of Registrable Shares which in the reasonable opinion of such managing underwriters can be sold without having the adverse effect referred to above. If the number of shares which can be sold without having the adverse effect referred to above is less than the number of Registrable Shares proposed to be registered, the amount of Registrable Shares to be so sold shall be allocated pro rata among the Holders of Registrable Shares desiring to participate in such registration on the basis of the amount of such Registrable Shares initially proposed to be registered by such Holders. If the number of shares which can be sold exceeds the number of Registrable Shares proposed to be sold, such excess shall be allocated pro rata among the other holders of securities, if any, desiring to participate in such registration based on the amount of such securities initially requested to be registered by such holders or as such holders may otherwise agree.

 
3

 

(d)            Restrictions on Demand Registrations . The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration within three (3) months after the termination of an offering under a previous Demand Registration or a previous registration under which the Initiating Holder had piggyback rights pursuant to Section 4 hereof where the Initiating Holder was permitted to register and sell 50% or more of the Registrable Shares requested to be included therein. The Company may postpone for up to ninety (90) days the filing or the effectiveness of a Registration Statement for a Demand Registration if (i) the Company’s board of directors reasonably determines that a Demand Registration would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect an offering of securities of the Company, the preparation of which had then been commenced, (ii) the Company is in possession of material non-public information the disclosure of which during the period specified in such notice the Company’s board of directors reasonably believes would not be in the best interests of the Company, (iii) the Company, in its good faith judgment, determines that any registration of Registrable Shares should not be made or continued because it would materially interfere with any material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or merger or other transactions or events involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iv) such Demand Registration would render the Company unable to comply with the requirements of applicable securities laws; provided , however, that in the event described above, the Initiating Holders requesting such Demand Registration shall be entitled to withdraw such request prior to its effective date and, if such request is withdrawn, such Demand Registration shall not count as one of the permitted Demand Registrations. The Company shall provide written notice to the Initiating Holders requesting such Demand Registration of (i) any postponement or withdrawal of the filing or effectiveness of a Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(d), (ii) the Company’s decision to file or seek effectiveness of such Registration Statement following such withdrawal or postponement and (iii) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement. The Company may defer the filing of a particular Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(d) only once during any twelve (12) month period.

(e)            Withdrawal by Holders .  Any Holder requesting a Demand Registration will be permitted to withdraw in good faith all or part of the Registrable Shares from such Demand Registration at any time prior to the date the Commission declares effective the Registration Statement relating to such Demand Registration, in which event the Company will promptly amend or, if applicable, terminate or withdraw the related Registration Statement; provided , however, that if the Holder requesting a Demand Registration pursuant to this Section 2(e) withdraws from such registration, such registration shall count as a Demand Registration unless such Holder pays all of the out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in connection with such registration.

(f)            Selection of Underwriters .      If any of the Registrable Shares covered by a Demand Registration are to be sold in an Underwritten Offering, the Initiating Holders shall have the right, but not the obligation, to select the managing underwriter(s) to administer the offering subject to the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g)            Effective Period of Demand Registrations . The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all necessary provisions of the federal securities laws in order to keep each Registration Statement relating to a Demand Registration effective for a period of (i) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, three (3) months from its effectiveness date, or (ii) in any other case, the lesser of three (3) months or such shorter period as will terminate when all Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Registration Statement (the “ Effectiveness Period ”).  If the Company shall withdraw any Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2(d) (a “ Withdrawn Demand Registration ”), the Initiating Holders of the Registrable Shares remaining unsold and originally covered by such Withdrawn Demand Registration shall be entitled to a replacement Demand Registration which (subject to the provisions of this Section 2) the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep effective for a period commencing on the effective date of such Demand Registration and ending on the earlier to occur of the date (i) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, three (3) months from its effectiveness date, or (ii) in any other case, the lesser of three (3) months or such shorter period as will terminate when all Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 
4

 

3.
Shelf Registration .

(a)           At such time as the Company is able to use Form F-3 under the Securities Act (or any successor or similar form) for sales of Registrable Shares by a Holder, at the request of one or more Holders, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect, as expeditiously as possible, the registration under the Securities Act of any number of Registrable Shares for which it receives requests in accordance with Section 2(a) (the “ Shelf Registration ”). The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as promptly as practicable and maintain the effectiveness of such Registration Statement (subject to the terms and conditions herein) for a period ending on the earlier of (i) three (3) years following the date on which such Registration Statement first becomes effective (but one (1) year if the Company is not able to continue to use Form F-3 under the Securities Act (or any successor or similar form)), (ii) the date on which all Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement have been sold, and the distribution contemplated thereby has been completed, (iii) the date on which all Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement have become freely saleable pursuant to Rule 144 without restriction or limitation on volume or manner of sale.

(b)           The Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 3 shall, to the extent possible under applicable law, be effected to permit sales on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. Any sale pursuant to the Shelf Registration pursuant to this Section 3 may or may not be underwritten; provided , however, that (i) Holders may request any underwritten takedown only to be effected as a Demand Registration (in which event, unless such Demand Registration would not require representatives of the Company to meet with prospective purchasers of the Company’s securities, a Demand Registration must be available thereunder and the number of Demand Registrations available shall be reduced by one subject to Section 2(b)) or (ii) Holders may request an unlimited number of underwritten takedowns to be effected in accordance with the terms of Section 4.

(c)           In the event of a request for a Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 3(a), the Company shall give written notice of the proposed filing of the Registration Statement in connection therewith to all Holders of Registrable Shares offering to each such Holder the opportunity to have any or all of the Registrable Shares held by such Holder included in such registration statement. Each Holder of Registrable Shares desiring to have its Registrable Shares registered under this Section 3(c) shall so advise the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of such notice from the Company (which request shall set forth the amount of Registrable Shares for which registration is requested), and the Company shall include in such Registration Statement all such Registrable Shares so requested to be included therein.

(d)           The number, percentage, fraction or kind of shares referred to in this Section 3 shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, merger or consolidation, exchange or distribution in respect of the shares of Common Stock.

(e)            The Company, and any other holder of the Company’s securities who has registration rights, may include its securities in any Shelf Registration effected pursuant to this Section 3.

 
5

 

4.
Piggyback Registration .

(a)            Right to Piggyback . If at any time commencing one (1) year following the Qualifying Event, the Company proposes to register any of its common equity securities under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8, Form F-8 or on Form F-4 or any similar successor forms thereto or a registration statement covering an offering of convertible securities), whether for its own account or for the account of one or more stockholders of the Company, and the registration form to be used may be used for any registration of Registrable Shares (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), the Company shall give prompt written notice to each Holder of Registrable Shares of its intention to effect such a registration and, subject to Sections 4(b) and 4(c), shall include in such registration all Registrable Shares with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within fifteen (15) days after the effectiveness of the Company’s notice, provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to register any Registrable Shares pursuant to this Section 4(a) that are eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 without restriction or limitation on volume or manner of sale. The Company may postpone or withdraw the filing or the effectiveness of a Piggyback Registration at any time in its sole discretion.

(b)            Priority on Primary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without having an adverse effect on such offering, the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Registrable Shares requested to be included therein by the Holders, pro rata among the Holders of such Registrable Shares on the basis of the number of shares requested to be registered by such Holders, and (iii) third, other securities requested to be included in such registration pro rata among the holders of such securities on the basis of the number of shares requested to be registered by such holders or as such holders may otherwise agree.

(c)            Priority on Secondary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of a holder of the Company’s securities other than Registrable Shares, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without having an adverse effect on such offering, the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the securities requested to be included therein by the holders requesting such registration and the Registrable Shares requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such securities on the basis of the number of shares requested to be registered by such holders, and (ii) second, other securities requested to be included in such registration pro rata among the holders of such securities on the basis of the number of shares requested to be registered by such holders or as such holders may otherwise agree.

(d)            Selection of Underwriters . If any Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary offering, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any such offering. If the Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary offering, the holders of a majority (in value) of the securities to be included in such offering shall have the right, but not the obligation, to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any such offering subject to the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided that, if holders of a majority (in value) do not select such managing underwriter or underwriters within (15) days after the effectiveness of the Company’s notice contemplated by Section 4(a), the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to select such managing underwriter or underwriters.

(e)            Other Registrations . If the Company has previously filed a Registration Statement with respect to Registrable Shares, and if such previous registration has not been withdrawn or abandoned, the Company shall not be obligated to cause to become effective any other registration of any of its securities under the Securities Act, whether on its own behalf or at the request of any holder or holders of such securities, until a period of at least ninety (90) days has elapsed from the termination of the offering under the previous registration.

 
6

 

5.
Registration Procedures .

(a)           Whenever the Holders request that any Registrable Shares be registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Shares in accordance with the intended methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall:

(i)           prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Shares and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable thereafter; and before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, furnish to the Holders of Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement and the underwriter or underwriters, if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, including documents incorporated by reference in the Prospectus and, if requested by such Holders, the exhibits incorporated by reference, and such Holders shall have the opportunity to object to any information pertaining to such Holders that is contained therein and the Company will make the corrections reasonably requested by such Holders with respect to such information prior to filing any Registration Statement or amendment thereto or any Prospectus or any supplement thereto;

(ii)          prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for a period of not less than 180 days, in the case of a Demand Registration or such shorter period as is necessary to complete the distribution of the securities covered by such Registration Statement and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

(iii)         furnish to each seller of Registrable Shares such number of copies of such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus) and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Shares owned by such seller;

(iv)         use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Shares under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Shares owned by such seller; provided , however , that the Company will not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph 5(a)(iv), (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(v)          promptly notify each seller of such Registrable Shares, at any time when a Prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the occurrence of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of any such seller, the Company shall prepare a supplement or amendment to such Prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Shares, such Prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

 
7

 

(vi)         in the case of an Underwritten Offering, enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form with customary indemnification provisions reasonably acceptable to the Company) and take all such other actions as the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares being sold or the underwriters reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Shares and cause to be delivered to the underwriters and the sellers, if any, opinions of counsel to the Company in customary form, covering such matters as are customarily covered by opinions for an underwritten public offering as the underwriters may request and addressed to the underwriters and the sellers;

(vii)        make available for reasonable inspection during normal business hours by any seller of Registrable Shares, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement, subject to any confidentiality and other restrictions which the Company reasonably deems necessary;

(viii)       use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Shares to be listed on the principal securities exchange on which securities of the same class issued by the Company are then listed;

(ix)          if requested, cause to be delivered, immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (and, in the case of an Underwritten Offering, at the time of delivery of any Registrable Shares sold to the underwriters pursuant thereto), letters from the Company’s independent certified public accountants addressed to each underwriter, if any, stating that such accountants are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, and otherwise in customary form and covering such financial and accounting matters as are customarily covered by letters of the independent certified public accountants delivered in connection with primary or secondary underwritten public offerings, as the case may be;

(x)           make generally available to its stockholders a consolidated earnings statement (which need not be audited) for the twelve (12) months beginning after the effective date of a Registration Statement as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of such period, which earnings statement shall satisfy the requirements of an earning statement under Section 11(a) of the Securities Act; and

(xi)         promptly notify each seller of Registrable Shares and the underwriter or underwriters, if any:

(A)            when the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed and, with respect to the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective;

(B)            of any written comments of the SEC or of any written request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or Prospectus;

 
8

 

(C)                of the notification to the Company by the SEC of its initiation of any proceeding with respect to the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement; and

(D)           of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Shares for sale under the applicable securities or “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction.

(b)           The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that no Registration Statement (including any amendments or supplements thereto and Prospectuses contained therein) shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (except, with respect to any Holder, for an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for use therein).

(c)            The Company shall make available to each Holder whose Registrable Shares are included in a Registration Statement (i) promptly after the same is prepared and publicly distributed, filed with the SEC, or received by the Company, one copy of each Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, each preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto, each letter written by or on behalf of the Company to the SEC or the staff of the SEC (or other governmental agency or self-regulatory body or other body having jurisdiction, including any domestic or foreign securities exchange), and each item of correspondence from the SEC or the staff of the SEC (or other governmental agency or self-regulatory body or other body having jurisdiction, including any domestic or foreign securities exchange), in each case relating to such Registration Statement (other than any portion thereof which contains information for which the Company has sought confidential treatment), and (ii) such number of copies of a Prospectus, including a preliminary Prospectus, and all amendments and supplements thereto and such other documents as such Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Shares owned by such Holder. The Company will promptly notify each Holder of the effectiveness of each Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment. The Company will promptly respond to any and all comments received from the SEC, with a view towards causing each Registration Statement or any amendment thereto to be declared effective by the SEC as soon as reasonably practicable and shall file an acceleration request as soon as reasonably practicable following the resolution or clearance of all SEC comments or, if applicable, following notification by the SEC that any such Registration Statement or any amendment thereto will not be subject to review.

(d)           At all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the SEC pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, the Company shall file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, and take such further action as any Holders may reasonably request, to the extent required to enable such Holders to be eligible to sell Registrable Shares pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar rule then in effect).

(e)            The Company may require each seller of Registrable Shares as to which any registration is being effected to furnish in writing to the Company any other information regarding such seller and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing, including, but not limited to, a shareholder questionnaire that may include a certified statement as to the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by each Holder and the natural persons thereof that have voting and dispositive control over the Registrable Shares.

 
9

 

(f)           Each seller of Registrable Shares agrees by having its shares treated as Registrable Shares hereunder that, upon notice that the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (or any document incorporated therein) contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that such Prospectus or Registration Statement (or any document incorporated therein) must be amended or supplemented for any other reason (a “ Suspension Notice ”), such seller will forthwith immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable Shares for a reasonable length of time not to exceed sixty (60) days until such seller is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed and is furnished with a supplemented or amended Prospectus as contemplated by Section 5(a)(v) hereof, and, if so directed by the Company, such seller will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such seller’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Shares current at the time of receipt of such notice; provided , however, that such postponement of sales of Registrable Shares by the Holders shall not exceed ninety (90) days in the aggregate in any one (1) year. If the Company shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Shares pursuant to a Prospectus, the Company shall extend the period of time during which the Company is required to maintain the Registration Statement effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date such seller either is advised by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed or receives the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(a)(v). In any event, the Company shall not be entitled to deliver more than three (3) Suspension Notices in any one (1) year.

6.
Registration Expenses .

(a)           All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or “blue sky” laws, listing application fees, printing expenses, transfer agent’s and registrar’s fees, cost of distributing Prospectuses in preliminary and final form as well as any supplements thereto, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified public accountants and other Persons retained by the Company (all such expenses being herein called “ Registration Expenses ”) (but not including any underwriting discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Shares, any taxes of any kind (including, without limitation, transfer taxes) with respect to any disposition, sale or transfer of Registrable Shares, or fees and expenses of more than one counsel representing the Holders of Registrable Shares), shall be borne by the Company. In addition, the Company shall pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance which the Company may elect to obtain and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which they are to be listed.

(b)            In connection with each registration initiated hereunder (whether a Demand Registration or a Piggyback Registration), the Company shall reimburse the Holders covered by such registration or sale for the reasonable fees and reasonable disbursements of one law firm, plus local counsel as necessary, chosen by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares included in such registration or sale.

(c)            The obligation of the Company to bear the expenses described in Section 6(a) and to reimburse the Holders for the expenses described in Section 6(b) shall apply irrespective of whether a registration, once properly demanded, if applicable, becomes effective, is withdrawn or suspended, is converted to another form of registration and irrespective of when any of the foregoing shall occur; provided , however, that Registration Expenses for any supplements or amendments to a Registration Statement or Prospectus resulting from a misstatement furnished to the Company by a Holder shall be borne by such Holder. If any Registration Statement for a Demand Registration is withdrawn solely at the request of a Holder of Registrable Shares (unless withdrawn following postponement of filing by the Company in accordance with Sections 2(d)(i) or (ii)) and such request is the second or subsequent such withdrawal request by any Holder complied with by the Company, then at the election of the requesting Holder, either such Holder shall bear the Registration Expenses for such Registration Statement, or the number of Demand Registrations available to such Holder shall be reduced by one.

 
10

 

7.
Distribution of Rights upon Dissolution of the Shareholder .

If at any time after the execution date of this Agreement, a Shareholder ceases to exist for any reason as a legal entity (a “ Dissolution ”) and prior to such Dissolution the Shareholder distributed its shares in the Company to its members or if the Shareholder has otherwise distributed such shares to its members, then such members shall have the same rights and obligations under this Agreement as granted to the Shareholder as if such Dissolution had not occurred.

8.
Indemnification .

(a)           The Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder, each underwriter for such Holder, their respective officers, directors and Affiliates and each Person who controls such Holder or underwriter (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (collectively, “ Losses ”), arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or applicable “blue sky” laws, except insofar as the same are made in reliance and in conformity with information relating to such Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein or caused by such Holder’s failure to deliver to such Holder’s immediate purchaser a copy of the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto (if the same was required by applicable law to be so delivered).

(b)           In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Shares is participating, each such Holder shall furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or Prospectus and, shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its officers, directors Affiliates, and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all Losses arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that the same are made in reliance and in conformity with information relating to such Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein or caused by such Holder’s failure to deliver to such Holder’s immediate purchaser a copy of the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto (if the same was required by applicable law to be so delivered) after the Company has furnished such Holder with a sufficient number of copies of the same; provided , however, that the obligation to indemnify shall be several, not joint and several, among such Holders and the liability of each such Holder shall be in proportion to and limited to the net amount received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 
11

 

(c)            Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification; provided , however, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have under this Section 8 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 8 and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses available to such indemnified party which are in addition to or may conflict with those available to another indemnified party with respect to such claim. Failure to give prompt written notice shall not release the indemnifying party from its obligations hereunder.

(d)            The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities.

(e)            If the indemnification provided for in or pursuant to this Section 8 is due in accordance with the terms hereof, but is held by a court to be unavailable or unenforceable in respect of any Losses referred to herein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified Person as a result of such Losses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which result in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified Person on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party, and by such party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder be greater in amount than the amount of net proceeds received by such Holder upon such sale or the amount for which such indemnifying party would have been obligated to pay by way of indemnification if the indemnification provided for under Section 8(a) or 8(b) hereof had been available under the circumstances.

9.
Participation in Underwritten Offerings .

No Person may participate in any registration hereunder which is underwritten unless such Person (a) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

10.
Rule 144 .

The Company covenants that it will use reasonable best efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, and it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request to make available adequate current public information with respect to the Company meeting the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, to the extent required to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Shares without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time or (ii) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such information and requirements.

 
12

 

11.
Miscellaneous .

(a)            Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be hand delivered or mailed postage prepaid by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission (with immediate telephone confirmation thereafter),

if to the Company:
 
Globus Maritime Limited
c/o Globus Shipmanagement Corp.
128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 3rd Floor
166 74 Glyfada  Athens, Greece
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Fax: +30 2210 960 8300
     
with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
 
Watson Farley & Williams (New York) LLP
1133 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Attention: Antonios C. Backos, Esq.
Fax: +1 212 922 1512
     
if to Firment:
 
 
Firment Trading Limited
c/o Globus Shipmanagement Corp.
128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 3rd Floor
166 74 Glyfada  Athens, Greece
Attention: Georgios Feidakis
Fax: +30 2210 960 8300
     
with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
 
Timagenis Law Firm
57, Notara Street, 185 35 Piraeus, Greece
Attention: Gregory J. Timagenis, Esq.
Fax: +30 210 422 1388
     
if to Kim:
 
  
Kim Holdings S.A.
c/o Globus Shipmanagement Corp.
128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 3rd Floor
166 74 Glyfada  Athens, Greece
Attention: Georgios Karageorgiou
Fax: +30 2210 960 8300

If to a transferee Holder, to the address of such Holder set forth in the transfer documentation provided to the Company or at such other address as such party each may specify by written notice to the others, and each such notice, request, consent and other communication shall for all purposes of the Agreement be treated as being effective or having been given when delivered personally or upon receipt of facsimile confirmation if transmitted by facsimile, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of incoming mail, addressed and postage prepaid as aforesaid.

(b)            No Waivers . No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 
13

 

(c)            Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, it being understood that subsequent Holders of the Registrable Shares are intended third party beneficiaries of this Agreement. Any purported assignment of rights under this Agreement to a Person other than the Shareholder, a successor of the Shareholder or Affiliate of the Shareholder shall be void unless made in a duly-executed writing signed by the assignor.

(d)            Other Registration Rights . The Company shall not grant to any Person the right, to request the Company to register any securities of the Company except such rights as are not more favorable than or inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein. In the event the Company grants rights which are more favorable, the Company will make such provisions available to the Holders and will enter into any amendments necessary to confer such rights on the Holders.

(e)            Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(f)            Jurisdiction . Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and in the courts hearing appeals therefrom unless no basis for federal jurisdiction exists, in which event each party hereto irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, and the courts hearing appeals therefrom, for any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any such action, suit or proceeding, any claim that such party is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts for any reason, other than the failure to serve process in accordance with this Section 11(f), that it or its property is exempt or immune from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise), and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, that the action, suit or proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of such action, suit or proceeding is improper, or that this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by such courts and further irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the benefit of any defense that would hinder, fetter or delay the levy, execution or collection of any amount to which the party is entitled pursuant to the final judgment of any court having jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereto expressly acknowledges that the foregoing waivers are intended to be irrevocable under the laws of the State of New York and of the United States of America; provided , that consent by the parties hereto to jurisdiction and service contained in this Section 11(f) is solely for the purpose referred to in this Section 11(f) and shall not be deemed to be a general submission to said courts or in the State of New York other than for such purpose.

(g)            Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (A) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR (B) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE.

 
14

 

(h)           Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory parties hereto had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(i)            Captions . The headings and other captions in this Agreement are for convenience and reference only; they are not part of this Agreement and shall not be used in interpreting, construing or enforcing any provision of this Agreement.

(j)            Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties hereto as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

(k)            Amendments . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares (as constituted on the date hereof); provided , however, that without a Holder’s written consent no such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver shall affect adversely such Holder’s rights hereunder in a discriminatory manner inconsistent with its adverse effects on rights of other Holders hereunder (other than as reflected by the different number of shares held by such Holder); and provided , further, that the consent or agreement of the Company shall be required with regard to any termination, amendment, modification or supplement of, or waivers or consents to departures from, the terms hereof, which affect the Company’s obligations hereunder. This Agreement cannot be changed, modified, discharged or terminated by oral agreement.

(l)            Aggregation of Shares . All Registrable Shares held by or acquired by any Affiliated Persons will be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

(m)          Specific Performance . In the event of a breach by a party hereto of its obligations under this Agreement, each other party hereto, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement.  Each party hereto agrees that monetary damages may not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of any provision of this Agreement and hereby further agrees that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such breach, it will waive the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

(n)           Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto relating to the matters contained herein, superseding all prior contracts or agreements, whether oral or written, relating to the matters contained herein.

 
15

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized persons as of the date first indicated above.

 
GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
     
 
By:
/s/ Georgios Feidakis
   
Name: Georgios Feidakis
   
Title:   Director
     
 
FIRMENT TRADING LIMITED
     
 
By:
/s/ Savvas Polydorou
   
Name:  Savvas Polydorou
   
Title: Sole Director
     
 
KIM HOLDINGS S.A.
     
 
By:
/s/ Georgios Karageorgiou
   
Name: Georgios Karageorgiou
   
Title:  Director

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 

 

Exhibit 21.1
 
SUBSIDIARIES OF GLOBUS MARITIME LIMITED
 
Name
 
Jurisdiction of Incorporation
 
Name Under Which the
Subsidiaries do Business
Globus Shipmanagement Corp.
 
Marshall Islands
 
Globus Shipmanagement Corp.
Elysium Maritime Limited
 
Marshall Islands
 
Elysium Maritime Limited
Devocean Maritime Ltd.
 
Marshall Islands
 
Devocean Maritime Ltd.
Domina Maritime Ltd.
 
Marshall Islands
 
Domina Maritime Ltd.
Dulac Maritime S.A.
 
Marshall Islands
 
Dulac Maritime S.A.
Kelty Marine Ltd.
 
Marshall Islands
 
Kelty Marine Ltd.
Sibelle Marine Inc.
 
Marshall Islands
 
Sibelle Marine Inc.
Supreme Navigation Co.
 
Marshall Islands
 
Supreme Navigation Co.
Adagio Marine S.A.
 
Marshall Islands
 
Adagio Marine S.A.
Abrosa Shipping Inc.
 
Marshall Islands
 
Abrosa Shipping Inc.
Eleanor Maritime Limited
 
Marshall Islands
 
Eleanor Maritime Limited
 
 
 

 

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated November   , 2010, in the Registration Statement (Form F-1) and related Prospectus of Globus Maritime Limited for the registration of shares of its common shares stock.

 
Athens, Greece.
November   , 2010
 

The foregoing consent is in the form that will be signed upon the completion of the Company’s redomicilation described in Notes 1 and 26 to the financial statements.
 
/s/ Ernst & Young (Hellas) Certified Auditors Accountants S.A.
Athens, Greece
 
November 22, 2010

 
 

 


Exhibit 23.2
 
 
Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd., Drewry House, Meridian Gate, 213 Marsh Wall, London E14 9FJ, England
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7538 0191 Facsimile: +44 (0) 20 7987 9396 Email: enquiries@drewry.co.uk  Website: www.drewry.co.uk

Globus Maritime Limited
128 Vouliagmenis Avenue, 3rd Floor
166 74 Glyfada
Athens, Greece

November 22, 2010

Dear Sir/Madam:

Reference is made to the Form F-1 registration statement (the “Registration Statement”), relating to the resale of common shares, par value $0.004 per share, of Globus Maritime Limited (the “Company”). We hereby consent to all references to our name in the Registration Statement and the use of the graphical and statistical information supplied by us set forth in the sections of the Registration Statement entitled “Risk Factors”, “Business” and “The Dry Bulk Industry”. We further advise the Company that our role has been limited to the provision of such graphical and statistical data supplied by us. With respect to such graphical and statistical data, we advise the Company that:

Ø      We have accurately described the international dry bulk shipping industry; and

Ø      Our methodologies for collecting information and data may differ from those of other sources and does not reflect all or even necessarily a comprehensive set of the actual transactions occurring in the dry bulk shipping industry.

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of the Company on Form F-1 to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the references to our firm in the section of the Registration Statement entitled “Experts”.

Yours sincerely,

/s/ Nigel Gardiner

Nigel Gardiner
Managing Director
Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd.
 
Drewry Shipping Consultants Limited – registered in London, England No. 3289135